Burmapastpresen02fytc PDF

Ift |Ithrarg
P*tttar*ttg of
Omenta
the Harris family
Digitized by the Internet Archive

in
2013
http://archive.org/details/burmapastpresen02fytc
73
BURMA, PAST AND PRESENT.
B,F.
THE
SHWE DAGON, PAGODA,
RANGOON
BURMA
AND PRESENT
PAST
WITH
PERSONAL REMINISCENCES OF THE COUNTRY
ALBERT FYTCHE,
Lieut. -Gen.
C.S.L
LATE CHIEF COMMISSIONER OF BRITISH BURMA, AND AGENT TO THE VICEROY

AND GOVERNOR-GENERAL OF INDIA.
''H8?7
IN
fxkv
iroXeuu neKop-qiAed' acOAoov.
TWO VOLUMES.
VOL.
II.
WITH ILLUSTRATIONS.
London
C.
Kegan Paul
&
Co.,
i,
1878.
.-
Paternoster Square,
DS
v.
649472
(^-,M,,/fr j/ /, ,,/;r/
)
^ wto ^^^^
CONTENTS.
CHAPTER
I.
LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.

PAGI
The Burmese the standard language of the country.

used.
The Burmese and Takings received their
The Talaing
religion
little
and alpha-
Description of the Burmese and Taking languages.

Great reverence paid the numerals
and IX. Use made of
the numeral V. Burmese metaphysical works are
the Pali language.
Books, how formed. Writing of the Burmese. Burmese
Their sacred books. The Bee-da-gat-thoon-bon and the Baideng.
The disputed
Secular
The Burmese drama.
Description of a Burmese
Dress of the
The orches Plots of the plays. A
the Palace
Mandalay.
bet from India.
to
III.
in
literature.
literature.
wife.
theatre.
actors.
ballet at
tra.
at
.....
Burmese great lovers of both vocal and instrumental music.

tion of a Burmese drama, The Silver Hill
CHAPTER
Transla-
II.
PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION, AND HABITS AND CUSTOMS

OF THE BURMESE.
Physical characteristics of the Burmese race.
Its
ornaments.
Burmese
Hindostan.
Female
dress
and
Ear-tubes. Universality of smoking. Singular custom.

altogether
different
people from the inhabitants of
Absence of caste prejudices. Their
Happiness
a rule not laborious.
marriageable
pleasing manners.
Absence of pauperism. Affection of

children. Fondness for amusement and excitement.
of the people.
parents for their
As
Male costume. Tattooing.
absence considered a mark of effeminacy.
girls.
Marriage customs. Perfect freedom of

Hk-pet. Curious
Marriage purely a
civil rite.
custom pursued by a bridegroom's bachelor
friends.
Privileges
of
CONTENTS.
PAGE
the
female
sex.
Code
of divorce.
Polygamy. Sensitiveness
to
Suicide of a bridegroom. Attempted

Tendency
Food. Description of a Burmese banquet. Their
The devil dance. Disease caused by witchtreatment of
Peculiarity of the boats. Mode of
Funerals. Boat
" Palmam qui meruit
rowing. Description of the

Vaunting songs, and grotesque attitudes of the winners. Subscrip Boxing and wrestling. Admirable
tion
Game of
temper of the combatants. Description of the Ta-soung-doing
Weaving the sacred cloth. Relays of workers. Working
to suicide.
raillery.
suicide of a
girl.
disease.
races.
craft.
ferit."
goal.
football.
purses.
fes-
tival.
and courting. Floating lights. Water
festival
on
New
Meaning of the observance. Mythological legend
CHAPTER
Year's Day.
.
-59
III.
FOUR YEARS' ADMINISTRATION OF BRITISH BURMA,

1867-1871.
Our commerce with China confined to sea-ports. Ancient overland commerce between Burma and Western China via Bhamo. Brought to a
Early
close in
1855.
medans.
They
history of the Panthays or Chinese
establish a
Mahommedan kingdom
in
Mahom-
Yunnan.
Burma and Yunnan confined to Chinese

Mandalay and Bhamo. Their jealousy regarding it.
Despatch of a Mission under Major Sladen to Western China via
Bhamo. Burmese suspicion of it. The King ultimately sends the
expedition in his own steamer to Bhamo.
Hill ranges and valleys
occupied by Kakhyens and Shans.
Description of these tribes.
The Governor of Bhamo defeated and slain by the Kakhyens. DiffiMonopoly of
trade between
inhabitants of
culties
of the
Mission
in
consequence.
The
Mission starts for
Mission
Valuable
tion of specimens of natural history made by Dr. Anderson. Bambusicola Fytchii. Kakhyen ideas of marriage. Their superstitious
Momein.
Secret
agencies at
delayed at Ponsee.
observances.
The
work
Delay profitable
Communication
stop the Mission.
to
in
some ways.
opened with the Governor of Momein.
Chinese freebooter Li Plsieh-tai.
holdMission
escorted
Hospitality
Ta-sa-kon.
of
collec-
by Shans
All
Destruction of his
and
objects
strong-
Panthays to Momein.
of
Mission
successfully
Return journey quite an

ovation. Description of
Exposition of the policy
despatching the Mission. Objects not
but commercial. The
and gallantry shewn by Major Sladen. Favourable view taken
by him of the Panthay rebellion. Policy of the British Government
towards Yacoob Beg, Sultan of Kashgar. An English
agent
obtained.
Mission
Bhamo.
Kakhyen oath.
returns
to
in
political
tact
political

CONTENTS.
vii
I'AGK
Bhamo. Large increase of trade. A Panthay Embassy

Collapse of Mahomproceeds to England via Rangoon and Calcutta.
medan power in Yunnan. Despatch of a second Mission to Western
China.
Its failure.
Murder of Mr. Margary. Lord Lawrence retires
from the Viceroyalty of India. Lord Mayo appointed Viceroy.
Correspondence with Lord Mayo.
Important measures carried out
appointed
to
............
my
during
dinner
administration of British
Burma.
CHAPTER
Speech
at a public
95
IV.
BUDDHISM AND EDUCATION IN BURMA.

Shamanism the
spirits.
ancient religion of Burma.
Three
religions preceded
Adoration
Buddhism
of nats and other
in India.
wide-spread religion. Propagated by persuasion alone.

previous to Gautama.
Gautama.
His
The
Jutaka
Buddhism a
The Buddhas
Birth and parentage of

Education of Gautama.
fables.
miraculous conception.
He deserts his palace and assumes the garb

His
and temptations in the wilderness. He
becomes a Buddha. The sacred Bo-tree. Gautama proceeds towards
Benares to preach his doctrine. He
his
Attempts on
his
Punishment of Dewadat. Gautama's death His funeral.
Gautama's
The Shwe-dagon pagoda Rangoon. The
three Synods. The Pitakatayan, or Buddhist scriptures. Powers of
memory of Buddhist
Two Buddhist missionaries arrive
Thatun. Buddhagosa. Takings received their religion and alphabet
from Ceylon. The Burmese from the Takings. Karma and Nirvana
described. Buddhism and Brahminism compared. Dana, or almsgiving. Purity of Buddhist
Singular analogy of Buddhistic
and observances to those of Romish Christianity. Early Roman
Catholic missionaries
the East. Their opinions regarding Buddhism. Buddhism existent in the western world previous to the birth
of our Saviour. Gautama a saint in the Roman calendar. Phongyees.
Gautama's four
visions.
of an ascetic.
trials
visits
father.
life.
relics.
at
priests.
at
ethics.
rites
in
Rules of the Order. The Novitiate. Ordination. Celibacy.

Diet.
The Habit. The Order of Nuns. Funerals. Monasteries.
Education
in
education lately
regarding
it.
Burma.
Monastic and lay schools.
adopted by the British Government.
How overcome. Success of the system
System of
Difficulties
.
137
CONTENTS.
viii
APPENDICES.
PAGE
Appendix A. Official
reports
regarding an expedition
an
against
Arakan Hill Tribe
Appendix
Official documents connected with services
............
B.
district
Appendix
C Narrative of the Mission
Appendix D.
vinces
APPENDIX
Memorandum
now forming
E.
lation of
Appendix
213
F.
British
in
1867
Burma under
British
and Native
rule
..........
Letter of
the Fanthays, or
220
252
286
Mahommedan popu-
apology from the Emperor of China
Appendix G. Memorandum on
Burma, 1867-71
Mandalay
Bassein
on the comparative progress of the pro-
Memorandum on
Yunnan
to
in the
four years' administration uf
296
304
British
307
LIST OF
MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

VIEW OF THE SHWE-DAGON PAGODA AT RANGOON
Frontispiece
SPECIMEN OF BURMESE WRITING
BURMESE DANCING GIRL AND A BURMESE LADY
GAME OF FOOTBALL
......
BAMBUSICOLA FYTCHII
FUNERAL PROCESSION OF A BUDDHIST PRIEST
INTERIOR OF A BUDDHIST MONASTERY
TofacepaSe
6$
,,
86
104
201
204
MAP OF BURMA AND ADJACENT COUNTRIES, WITH ROUTES

OF VARIOUS EXPLORERS
At end of Volume
....
BURMA, PAST AND PRESENT,
CHAPTER
I.
LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.

The Burmese the standard language of the country. The Taking little used.
The Burmese and Talaings received their religion and alphabet from
India.
Description
Great
Use made of the numeral
of the Burmese and Talaing languages.
reverence paid to the numerals III. and IX.
Burmese metaphysical works are the

language. Books, how
Writing of the Burmese. Burmese
Their sacred
books. The Bee-da-gat-thoon-bon and the Baideng. Secular
The disputed
The Burmese drama. Description of a Burmese
The orchestra. Plots the plays.
Dress of the
Maudalay. Burmese great lovers of both vocal
the Palace
V.
in
Pali
formed.
literature.
literature.
wife.
theatre.
of
actors.
ballet at
at
and instrumental music.
Translation
The
Silver
language of
the
of a Burmese drama,
Hill.
The Burmese
is
country, in which
conducted, and
is
the
the administration of affairs
spoken generally by
natives, including, also,
standard
in
many
all
is
classes of
instances, the hill
few villages coast- ward, however,
tribes.
In
peopled
by descendants of the old kingdom of
Pegu, and remote from the main sources of access

to the principal towns, the Talaing, or
notwithstanding the
their
rule
to
efforts of the
stamp out
all
Mon
language
Burmans during
knowledge of
it
is

taught in the Buddhist monasteries, and the
still
sacred writings expounded in that dialect.

It
is, I
consider, a source of regret that nationality
of language was not restored to the Talaings on our
occupation of the country.
would have removed
It
the feeling of degradation of a conquered race, and,
together with the grateful sense for such a considera-
have served as a check on any combination by
tion,
them with the Burmese, which might possibly
arise
in the future.
The Burmese,
their
religion
as well as the Talaings, received
and alphabet
from
India.
Their
alphabets differ very slightly, both being a circular

variety of the ancient
Deva Nagri;*
languages have no radical
affinity,
but the two

the
Burmese
being cognate with the Tibetan, and the Taking

(as stated in the
previous chapter) with the aborigi-
Indian tribes of the north-east, Monda, or K61
nal
family.
The former
is
labial
and
soft as the Italian,
the latter harsh and guttural as Arabic.
In com-
bination of words and sentences and in idiom they

are entirely different.
In the Talaing language!
the subject usually precedes the verb, and the object

follows
it,
as in
English
but in a Burmese and
Tibetan sentence the order of the words
is
inverted.
specimen of Burmese writing, being a transcript of a petition made to
when Chief Commissioner of British Burma,

+ The Rev. Dr. Mason, "Burma," p. 126.
is
given on the opposite page.
me
ft**'
<S
(J>
rLS
"
S-co
p^
3
cj
CO
0)
CO
^CO
s
8-
*><
CO
o
8
jr&
8?
y 8
cS
g 8-
I'&K
o
"
8 8
3-88
CO 77
b
Q ^S
- O Q
$&%%
Q3-*
co
c2
<AJ
S|^
8
CO
gU
<8
<%<%%
90 .8
c<&
cg-oc^
CO
CO
^^ 8-1
CO
c^r
iff
'SJccL
rf
eg)
g-8
H
SS
8 8
o-
on
Or
i
00
B 2

For
example given by Csoma de
instance, in the
Koros
his
in
grammar
of the Tibetan
language,
the translation of " in a book seen by me!' would
become
both these
in
latter
languages
"
me
by seen
book a in,"
The Burmese
language,
according
Schleicher's classification * belongs, in
to
August
common
with
the other Indo-Chinese tongues, to the type of the

isolating
languages,
mere
consisting of
roots,
in-
capable of forming compounds, and not susceptible

of inflectional
With few exceptions
change.
words are derived from
original
roots,
all
which, by
being used with affixes or prefixes, are converted

without inflection into different parts of speech.
written from
is
tween the
with
duced from the
pronounced
distinct
The
and
words,
exception
the
as
monosyllabic,
polysyllabic
dialect,
each
words
intro-
and even these are
syllable
of
them was a
word.f
alphabet consists of ten vowels and thirty-
The vowels
two consonants.
original character only

syllable of a
wholly
is
of
Pali
if
no division be-
to right, has
left
It
word of
are written in their
when they form
Pali origin.
When
the
initial
combined
Compendium der Vergleichenden Grammatick der Indogermanischen
Sprachen, von August Schleicher, 8vo. Weimar, 1866.
+ From
this
has arisen the system complained of by Colonel Yule, of
hyphenized aggregation of
See "Mission
to
Ava,"
syllables,
p. 106.
when
Pali
names
are written in English.
THE BURMESE LANGUAGE.

with consonants they are represented by symbols.
The vowel a
supposed to be inherent
is
consonant that
furnished with the symbol
not
is
vowel or marked as
of another
every
in
The
final.
first
twenty-five consonants are divided into five classes

of five each, viz., gutturals, palatals, Unguals, dentals,
and
Of
labials.
the remaining seven, ^vo.
may be
considered liquids, one a sibilant, and the other
is
the aspirate k.
Gender
is
strictly
confined to those appellatives
which imply objects distinguished by

usually expressed
difference
to
by
sex,
and
is
affixes referring to the sexual
such nouns as virtue, house, are not held
be of the neuter gender, but are considered to be
of no gender at
In combining a numeral with
all.
a noun, the term implying the genus, or essential

quality of the thing
into
spoken
of, is
Burmese the idea two oxen,
sary to say oxen, two animals

lings,
two
flat
things
objects of reverence
is
four
To
added.
it
render
would be neces-
two
priests,
shillings, shil-
four
priests,
and even when the appellative
used without a numeral, the term implying
class is often
from
tsa,
its
superadded, as tsa-gnhet, a sparrow
a sparrow, and gnhet, bird.
In the oral language, affixed particles, especially

connective ones, are often omitted
this,
words being spelt the same and only

slightly in
tone
with
many
differing
when spoken, but having
very
a widely

different
signification
and words
action being frequently not used
modification * of
them
renders the language
at
to those
more
difficult
accustomed
of acquisition,
to the inflecting
of
structure
finished
expressing a
in
together with other pecu-
liarities,
first,
any
declaring
and
Indo-European
the
languages.
The numeral system

Most of the names
nification
Buddhist
faith.
" nine/'
The
Thengha.
"
They
first
some
of the numerals have
evident marks of allusion
the
to
decimal.
is
sig-
them bear
the language, and two of
in
" the three
Burmese
of the
of
tenets
the
are thoon, " three/'f and Ko,
typifies
Buddhist
the
or
triad,
most precious gems/' Bttddha, Dhamma,

Buddha, His Law, and the congregation
of his Saints."
According
to
Buddhism, from Buddha proceeded
the Law, and from the

it
for,
human
that
Law came
those
has in
intelligence
power of transcendental
perfectibility,
gnostic dogma, the foundation-stone of
a religion.
*
are
For
all
For
instance, to
is
fulfilled
itself
the
the dia-
Buddhism
as
this reason, thoon implies, likewise,
wash the hands, the
different phrases,
who
face,
the body, linen, dishes,
&c,
each expressing the action to wash by a different
verb.
number
by the Egyptians in their

by the Hindus of Brahma,
Vishna and Siva, and by the ancient Greeks of Jupiter, Neptune, and Pluto.
Number seven is held among Semitic nations as a sacred and perfect number,
t Great reverence
is
also paid to the
three
worship of Amounra, Amoun-neu, and Sevek-ra
evidently in allusion to the seven epochs of creation
stars (the Pleiades) in the constellation of Taurus.
See footnote
or, possibly, to
to
the seven
page 91.
THE BUDDHIST TRIAD.

so to perform one's moral
coming enrolled
"the Supreme and
of the triune
a compo-
also
beyond which
attributes,
final
The number
no passing."
manner,
become
to
nine, in the
a triple combination of three
is
by be-
as,
Supreme Triad, the Tharanagdon,
nent part of the
is
member
in the latter
Three (the Thengha)
there
exigencies,
same
a trebly
expressive symbol, therefore, of the expressive three
number
and, being the product of that
emblematises
the
Triad teeming
itself, it
energy of the Supreme
active
in itself
into
Ko
hence
" nine," implies
likewise, to " reverence, worship, trust in," &c.

It is usual, in epistolary writing, to
or pause, as a sort of starting point

is
often used in this way, because
commandments
tseng, " the five
commandments while
that the reader should

evil interpretation
On
refers to
and
its
Pegny-
use in this
writing his
letter,
mind
as also
do the same, and not put an
on any part of
it.
the introduction of the Buddhist religion and
numerous admixtures of terms from the
literature,
Pali dialect
distinctly
were introduced
extraneous
now
admission, and are seldom

conversation.
*
"
mark
the figure five
it
that the writer has kept in
instance implies
these
make
"Grammar
PP. 89, 90.
All the
of the
but they remain as
as they did
made use
on
of in
their first
common
Burmese metaphysical works
Burmese Language," by Lieutenant Thos.
Latter,

are in the Pali language,* in copying which recourse
is
had
to the vernacular alphabet, the ancient square
seldom adopted, except
Pali character being
instance, in
which
for the sacred

at
is
invariably used, and that
Kambhawa^
ordination
the
it
of
one
in
is
or rules to be observed
priests.
These
ordinances
are supposed to have been promulgated and sanc-
tioned by
Gautama
veneration by
all
and are held
himself,
in
profound
Buddhists.
Burmese books are composed of leaves % of the
Palmyra palm, through the ends of which a

passed, and are
and lacquered
gilt,
letters
are engraved
fingers
is
bound between a couple of wooden
covers,
stylus, held
string
in
coloured devices.
The
on the leaves with an iron
nearly perpendicular by the two fore-
and thumb of the
right hand,
and steadied
* It has long been a disputed point whether the Pali or the Sanskrit
is
the
most ancient language. The Buddhists hold that Pali is the root of Sanskrit,
and the primitive language from which all others are descended. Whereas
their rivals, the Brahmans, declare that it is a derivation from the Sanskrit ; but
polluted like cow's milk in a dog's skin by the unholy contact of Buddhist
heretics.
European
philologists appear generally to agree that Pali represents one of
the oldest Prakritic dialects of Northern India, which has been handed
down
and was the popular dialect of Magadha and Central India at the time
and if not a derivation from Sanskrit in an early stage of its
of Gautama
development, that the two dialects were contemporaneously evolved from a
kindred source, the traces of which cannot be discovered at the present day.
See Muir's " Sanskrit Texts," pp. 53 103, vol. ii. ; Lotus de la Bonne Loi.
App. Burnouf.
t I have in my possession two very beautiful manuscripts of this work in the
to us,
one written in letters of gold on ivory

;
and highly varnished palm leaves.
old square Pali character

the other on
gilt,
leaves,
and
% The process of preparing these leaves has been given in the preceding
chapter.
LITERATURE OF THE BURMESE.

by the thumb-nail of the
is
often cut to receive
visible
left
hand, in which a nick
The
it.
writing
is
rendered
by the application of charcoal ground with
eng-tway, a fragrant
gum
procured from Diptei'o-
carpus grandiflora, and which latter preserves also

the
leaves
Buddhist
from
the
attacks
of
Every
insects.
monastery contains a
of
library
these
books, kept in carved and lacquered cabinets.
The
literature of the
Burmese, both sacred and
profane, has mostly an Indian origin.
Their two
great metaphysical works are the Bee-da-gat thoonbon, or Pittakatayan * (the three baskets),
Baideng.
The former
divisions of the
first,
three
great
Buddhist scriptures, the Thuttan,
Winiya, and Abhidhamma, and
The
the
contains
and the
is
very voluminous.
Thuttan, or the line,f contains the nume-
rous sermons and discourses of

cellent precepts contained in
Gautama; the ex-
some of which would
do honour to a Christian teacher of the present day.

In one of these sermons, for instance,
prescribes the
manner
should be observed.
"
in
which religious
Whoever," he
Gautama
festivals
says, " wishes
* The King is having the entire Bee-da-gat engraved on white marble slabs,
which are to be placed round the temple he has built near Mandalay. When
Mandalay I visited the place where they were being engraved. A large
number of stone-cutters were employed, and busily engaged on the work.
t It is like a rule or line, because as the line (thuttan) is a mark of definition
to carpenters, so is the Thuttan a rule of conduct to the wise.
In the same
way that flowers strung together upon a thread are neither scattered nor lost, so
the precepts contained herein are united by this line (thuttan).
Tumour's
"Mahawanso." Hardy's "Eastern Monachism," p. 168.
at
io
must not
to acquire great merit,
limit himself to the
customary adorations and offerings on these days,

but must spend them in meditating on the favours
He
of God, and the excellence of his law.
must be
contented with one simple dish in the morning, and

with
passed
it
or no sleep at night, which should be
little
and
in prayer,
As
reading good books.
in
moreover, forbidden to do any work on these
is,
must be
days, everyone
careful to despatch all neces-
may be
free
In another, he thus accosts a young disciple
who
sary business the day before, that so he
from
all
had gone
six
and
cares
distractions."
"
astray.
things
that
are
intoxicating liquors
the streets
and
man
should refrain from the

ruinous,
called
viz.
the custom of wandering about
gambling
games
frequenting vicious com-
lastly, slothfulness
performance of one's
love of
too great passion for dancing
and spectacles
pany
and negligence
Drunkenness
duties.
in the
the
is
cause of the loss of goods and reputation, of quarrels,

diseases,
immodesty of
and incapacity
for learning.
man
ings expose a
and leave
success
is
dangers and temptation,
games and shows draws a man from
his occupations,
livelihood.
to great
Unseasonable wander-
family and possessions unprotected.
his
passion for
dress, disregard of honour,
and hinders him from gaining
gambler has no
friends.
his
In gaming,
followed by intrigues and quarrels
loss,
BUDDHIST ETHICS.
by bitterness and sorrow of
heart, as well as dilapi-
Finally, frequenting the
dation of fortune.
company
of the vicious, idleness, and neglect of one's proper
debauchery, deceit, robbery, and
duties, lead to
all
kinds of wickedness."
them
In speaking of false friends, he describes

" as
always making show of friendship without
reality,
giving
professing a love which

little
friends
may
that they
man
with a
they do not
only
who
are far from fulfilling
those
evil,
adds,
who
because he
it
in their actions
are ever ready to assist a
of
such both in
four
kinds
or
rich,
Those,
too,
even
at the peril of their lives
in
finally,
doing
he
friends,
those
adversity and prosperity
who
and,
man
Real
firstly,
those
who
are
secondly,
give good advice on proper occasions,

;
thirdly, those
take care of whatever belongs to
and fourthly, those who teach a
who
is
give a promise in words, but
but never in doing good.

are
feel,
receive much, and being
because they have need of his favour.

are false friends,
its
who
him they love
man what
is
good,
are delighted in his prosperity, and sorrowful
in his misfortunes."
The second
division,*
Winya, or
discipline, is
subdivided into five books, and contains the regulations of the priesthood.
the Buddhist religion, as

* Hardy's
It "is said to
where
be the
discipline
" Eastern Monachism,"
p. 168.
is
life
at
of
an
12
end,
religion
at
is
The
an end."
Abhi-dhamma, or pre-eminent
by Gautama
the
to
third
division,
was addressed
truths,
Brahmas and Dewas, and con-
tains seven sections, not in the
form of sermons, but
specifying terms and doctrines of dogmatic philosophy,
with definitions and explanations.
The Baideng
ever, of
is
divided into four parts, one, how-
which has been
lost.
work on mathematics and
the great Pali
It is
astronomy,
or
rather
astrology.
Of
secular literature there are
works on subjects
such as chronological history, medicine, topography,

ballads,
and romances
the latter two of which are,
to the credit of the Burmese, free from the gross-
ness and indelicacy of similar productions in India.

I
here extract a tale from the
will
tsarie, translated
by the
late
Thoo-dhamma-
Colonel Sparks, which
will serve to illustrate the general character of the
latter
kind of
literature.
THE DISPUTED
WIFE.
In the olden time, during the era of Thermaydha,*

in the country of
man who was
Kaytoomatee, the son of a certain
possessed of countless wealth, and the
daughter of another rich

*
The
sixteenth Buddh,
in stature.
who
man named Thanga, were
lived 90,000 years,
and was eighty-eight
cubits
THE DISPUTED
WIFE.
13
married to each other, with the consent of their
The
parents.
man's son said to his wife,
rich
"
Our
parents are in the enjoyment of vast wealth, but
have nothing
ship,
therefore,
and go with others
to
embark on board
shall
Lankha Deepa.*
His wife, on hearing these words, spoke

tionately, saying, "
trading,
that
go
him affec-
it is
the poor only
both your parents and mine are in
the enjoyment of
I
to
My husband, if you leave me to go
have no other protector
to sea
we
that wealth can bestow
all
beseech you."
Her husband
replied, " It
go
is
not,
good
have riches which have been gained by our own
to
industry,
and even
if
am drowned
such a death will be honourable.

substance
in the attempt,
man
base and contemptible.
is
without
Sitting
still,
and eating and drinking, are disgraceful to a man.
The
wise
setting
have
said,
therefore,
no value upon their
lives,
that
they who,
embark upon the
ocean in search of wealth, even although they should
be disappointed
praise
f so
am
in
aim,
are
determined to go."
he took some stock
He
their
in trade
had not been
deserving
of
Thus saying
with him and departed.
gone
long before his wife
formed an intimacy with a servant named Payta,
who
*
said to her one day, "
The
Pali
name
We
are living together
of Ceylon.
at much greater length, and with

more force, in the Zanekka, one of the ten Dzats which contain the history of
G.iudama in a former transmigration.
f These
manly sentiments are expressed
14
now, but how
we be
shall
when your husband
able to continue to do so,
returns
The
"
rich
man's
daughter desired Payta to bring a corpse from the
burying ground, and to place

the house on
some other
was
as he
death, and then
to
and
place,
told,
on the
roof,
and
set
saying, " People will think that
fire,
have been burnt
it
live
we
can go to
Payta did
together."
and they removed
to another part
of the country.
The
parents thinking that
who had been
daughter
bitterly,
was
it
burnt,
in
reality their
mourned
and performed the funeral
rites
for
her
over the
corpse.
Payta and the rich man's daughter, being without

the means of subsistence in their
the latter said,
"
We
will
be struck with
place of abode,
are in a miserable condition
my
and
here, let us return,
new
parents, on seeing me,
my resemblance
to their daughter,
and give us something with which we

to procure clothes
cordingly,
down
and food."
and arriving
to rest
to
draw water
" If
it
at her parents' garden, sat
The
rich
memory
and on seeing her cried
were not that she has a husband with
could declare that this
So taking up
is
by
tree,
man's servants came
for a libation to the
their master's daughter,
be able
returned ac-
under the shade of a flowering
the side of a bank.
down
They
shall
her,
of
out,
we
our master's daughter."
their golden pitchers, they returned
THE HUSBAND'S RETURN.
15
and reported to their mistress what they had seen.
The
rich
man's wife hastened down to the garden,
and on looking upon her daughter, with
weeping
refrained from
was,
she answered,
travellers,
"
Go
as she asked her
Madam, your
"
and are about
servants
not away from us/' said the lady,
made them both
saying, she
who
she
are
depart immediately."
to
be to us in the place of the daughter
So
difficulty
"
you
we have
shall
lost."
return to the house
with her, and gave them a pavilion to dwell in with

a pinnacled roof.*
About
this
time the husband returned, and, on
inquiring for his wife,
was informed that she had
perished in her house, which had been destroyed
by
Restraining his tears, he chanced to enter
fire.
which
pavilion
the
mother-in-law had
his
where, seeing his wife, he
people
mean by saying
here she
is
the time
all
village judge,
that
"
my
dead,
"
is
So he applied
when
to the
who, on the testimony of the com-
plainant's mother-in-law,
threw out the case.

to the
What do
exclaimed,
wife
built,
Being
governor of the
previous decision.
who, not being
and many other persons,
He
dissatisfied,
district,
who confirmed
then went
much versed
he appealed
to
the
the
King,
in the law, the nat's
daughter, the guardian of the white umbrella, cried

*
roof of several stages, rising one above another, the use of
confined in
Burma
to religious edifices, palaces,
which is
and the houses of men of rank.
out, "
King, this case
meddle
to
Is not
with.
the disposal of suits

sent for
the
"
is
not one for the ignorant
your chief noble
The King, on
chief nobleman,
and
skilful in
hearing
him
told
unless he settled the case, he would degrade
from
that,
him
his rank.
The
daughter
nobleman's
was
father
my
Let not
observing
that
her
whereupon
dejected, inquired the reason;
he repeated to her the

"
this,
She
King's order.
said,
father distress himself, but let
him
cause the three parties to appear before me, and

let
him
them
erect a building for the purpose,
the
in
remain
corners
three
in the centre
and place
whilst
thereof,
will
and examine them."
All having been done as she desired, the noble-
man's daughter called the rich man's son and thus

addressed him,
"
all
perfection, every
of
life,
excellent
man, adorned with
one says that
after,
regardless
you embarked upon the ocean, your wife
perished here
in
the flames which
Your parents abound
dwelling.
consumed your
in riches,
and you
have acquired much wealth besides by your voyage.

It is
unbecoming
engaged
in
in a
person of your condition to be
such a contest as
are quarrelling for the
this,
where two men
possession of one
This young lady also says that she
is
woman.
your adver-
sary's wife,
and he declares the same
quently
from the King downwards, have decided
all,
thing, conse-
NOBLE SENTIMENTS.
against
you.
she were
If
should she deny the fact
You had
"
how
or
my
better follow
shall
utter
it ?
counsel which
how
but
man, and
noble
we
if
am
will
you receive
You
are the son of
daughter of a great
the
are both but of one mind,
what sorrow
can ever befall us for the rest of our lives
The
wife
man's son replied,
rich
who was
"
How
me by
betrothed to
am
Being asked to explain
"
herself further, she continued, "
a rich
why
your wife,
about to unfold to you

it,
really
17
can
" *
give up a
her parents before
she was able to walk alone, and before she ceased to
be allowed to go without clothes on
man ought
of
nature
be incapable of doing a cruel or
to
heartless action,
The
and what good can ever
daughter, on hearing these
from
result
The nobleman's
words of this man of
the breach of a solemn compact
"
honour, expressed her astonishment and dismissed

him.
The
nobleman's daughter then called Payta, and
said to him, "It
is
not meet for two young men,
endowed with every
are
one woman.
live
with you
perfection, to quarrel for
have no husband, and
great will be our love
* I cannot help noting
who
desire to
and,
the delicacy with which this proposal
being
is
made.
Indeed, there are several passages in this story, which are calculated to give a
favourable idea of Burmese literature.
How simple, for instance, and yet how
noble,
is
the
young man's
to Payta, with
whom
there
reply.
Mark
also the different styles of her address
was no occasion
for
much
refinement.
She tempts
the former with her love, the latter with her riches and her rank.
vol.
11.
nobleman's
daughter,
we enjoy
not
shall
pleasures attending upon rank and wealth
on hearing
considering that
this,
in
ends
they are
posed
to
by nature
are
of deceit, and their minds dis-
full
My
treachery.
to
life
water
like
is
hollow of the hand of this woman.'"

will
Payta,
devices for the accomplishment of their
fertile
;
"
would be wise
it
Women
follow her advice, replied, "
the
do as you
answered
desire."
she, "
we must
some other part of

only will
" If
and she desired him
the
Therefore
you agree
to
my
plan,"
elope together, and live in
on
this condition
this also
he consented,
the country
To
trust you."
in
to return to his place.
After this she sent for the rich man's daughter,
and thus examined

of your
stances
position
rich
"
You,
why
is
this
first
you were
woman, and so
like fruit
is
like the tree itself.
His paramour,
to live with
? "
also
The
the rest of
She
upon a
this
am
tree,
replied,
I
the
and her
nature of fruit
a shoot sprouts out, which gives forth
either because she was his accomplice, and he feared that
she might betray him, or because

the
If
then do you refuse
woman
husband
;
the circum-
sister,
know no sorrow during
lady, are
nature of
is
My
husband are humble, whilst the
man's son are great.
life
"
and means of happiness enjoyed by
him, you would
your
her.
means by which she had
it
occurred to him, that as she had suggested
rid herself of her husband, she
would not be
wanting in an expedient to put himself out of the way hereafter, should she
entertain the wish to
do
so,
and would not scruple to use
necessary, to effect her purpose.
violent means, if
CONVICTION OF THE CULPRITS.
19
one or two leaves, and then grows into a branch; on

the branch
formed a bud
is
and then
Can
the refuse.
from which
falls
off,
once been born, re-enter
which
it
When
"
this
Now
the fruit
away among
cast
or can a child, after

its
it
womb
mother's
has
from
secretaries
all
comprehend the treachery of
woman
dismissed them
them
the nobleman's daughter had heard this she
exclaimed,
which
forth ? "
came
is
fruit
the fruit be re-attached to the stalk
has fallen
it
and
time expands
this in
which changes into
into a blossom,
ripens,
all
three,
it,
saying, she
and having dictated
that each of
to record
So
has been guilty."
she had
them had
it
said,
to the
and caused
read to her father.
He,
rejoicing exceedingly, took the three parties to the

suit before the
King, and on questioning them [they
confessed the truth].
The King
thus passed sentence
"
The
servant
Payta, not being the true husband, deserves to suffer
death; nevertheless,
spare his
life.
The
rich
man's
son turned merchant, who, although he had acquired

vast wealth,
husband.
would not break
The
rich
his troth,
man's daughter
is
is
the original
also
worthy of
death, because she denied her husband; but, in consideration of her
having indicated the
truth,
by the
* An elegant and touching picture of the lost and fallen state of

a wife, who
by her unfaithfulness has forfeited the love and respect of her husband, to
which she feels her too late repentance can never hope to restore her.

2o
metaphor of the
from
child,
its
be united to
stalk cannot
its
which
ripe fruit,
it
has fallen
again,
and of the
after
it
which having once been born, cannot re-enter
mother's
Then
womb, she
the
nat's
is
cautioned and released."
daughter, the guardian
of the
white umbrella, testified her approval, and the King
made
the nobleman's daughter his Queen.
Therefore
inquire into
let
all
wise judges carefully consider and
cases of fraud, deceit,
and treachery,
before they pass a decision.
Another of
their romances, called "
Apau-radza-
bon," treats of the principles of political science, and
shows peculiar shrewdness

I
will
in
many
of
its
precepts.
may
quote one of these precepts, and which
yet be applicable to the present great war raging
between Russia and Turkey.

"
Once upon a time two Kings, whose

Burma, declared
bordered on
other,
and both had recourse
Burmese monarch, who sent
whom
war
to
which was given

" In
the
for the
working
Minister,
in the following
in his field,
manner
a countryman,
the
and
who was
two cocks ran out of the jungle
and commenced fighting together, and

tinuing
in
for advice as to
do under the circumstances
presence of
each
against
for assistance to the
he placed much confidence,
what he was
territories
combat
for
after con-
some time with great
bravery and determination, they became so over-
THE BURMESE DRAMA.

come with
their
that
exertions,
they became ex-
when he sprang
hausted and could fight no longer,
Do
upon them and seized them both.

fore,
King
do
Remain
likewise.
21
you thereLet
quiet.
these two Kings fight with each other until their
resources are exhausted, and then dictate peace to
them, and annex such portions of their territories as
your Majesty
may
The drama
desire."
Burma
in
is
a national institution,
exercising a wide-spread and powerful influence on
the minds of the population
and one of the
impressions which strike a stranger

passion that exists
performances.
among
It is
play,
the universal
the people for dramatic
a strange and curious sight to
see the large crowds of
night to witness
is
first
the
Burmese assembled
for the
performance of a pooay, or
and the delight and perfect good order which
they manifest.
Their
attention
appears
wholly
absorbed by the performance, and the sympathy
shown
for distressed
virtue,
and
rattling peals
of
laughter caused by the comic parts of the play, are
very natural.
Except
for the dresses of the actors
and
actresses,
which appear rich and handsome, the mise-en-scene
and stage accompaniments are rude and simple.
structure of bamboos, supporting a roof of trellis
work, lightly thatched with grass, and picturesquely
draped with bright-coloured
silks
and
cloths, suffice
22
The
for a theatre.
stage
is
in the centre,
and
in its
midst, around a green
bough unhesitatingly accepted
as a substitute for a
wood
of earthen
consisting
footlights,
scene, are
bowls placed on
plantain stems, and fed with petroleum
bamboo
platforms, on one or
guished
visitors,
grouped the
more
Raised
oil.
sides for distin-
supply the place of boxes
and
pit
and gallery are represented by the orderly crowd

seated close together in a circle on the ground.
the back
the orchestra, and behind
is
it
At
the corps
dramatique, surrounded with dragon wings, masks,
and other stage

have
properties,
their " exits
The
and
their entrances."
of the
plots
change their dresses, and
different
resemblance to each other.
plays bear a great
The
di'amatis personae
generally representing the adventures of a prince,

first
in
quest
princess, a "
of,
and then
heavy father"
in
the courtship of a
in the
shape of a king,
oppressively wise ministers, humble courtiers, and
maids-of-honour for the princess.

receptions,
The
prince
and dances as
processions,
is
There are court

interludes.
invariably accompanied by a servant,
a loo-byet, or " sort of Shakespearian Lance,"
whose
jokes with the maids-of-honour and others, often

improvised, and bearing on matters of local gossip
and scandal, give
rise
to peals of laughter.
tones and cadences of the
a different
meaning
to
The
Burmese language, giving

words
whose alphabetic
A BURMESE BALLET,
forms are the same, lends
not always
itself readily to
and the jokes of the
entendre,
doicble
23
most
of the
seldom or ever anything said
loo-byet are
nature
delicate
puns and
though
at these plays
exceed
the average licence of an English stage.
The
dialogue
chiefly
is
The music and
with solos, chorus, and dancing.
means dissonant and inharmonious,
singing are by no
many
interspersed
recitative,
of the airs being very sweet and pleasing.
In dancing they observe time accurately, not only
with their voices, but every joint in their bodies
appear obedient to the sound of the instruments,

displaying that litheness
and
flexibility
of fibre,
which distinguish natives of a tropical climate from

those of a temperate region.
When
was
Mandalay the King
at
Mission to a ballet at the palace.
commenced by
invited the
The performance
the entrance of about thirty
young
who arranged themselves

a semi-circle, and kneeling down bowed to
They wore the ordinary hla-mien,
Majesty.
single
in
girls
Burmese
fashion
The
petticoat,
after
that
as
satin,
his
or
worn by princes
all
in
the
plays.
red and green, the jackets
with circular pieces of silver stitched on,
somewhat
heads the
in
but the jacket was more of the
hta-miens were
white
so
file,
girls
to
resemble armour.
On
their
wore peaked helmets, such as are
used by male performers
in
the
ordinary
plays,
24
The
girls,
rising,
performed a slow graceful
first
dance round the theatre to the accompaniment of

the band, varying the step and pace from time to
and again kneeling down
time,
taking up her position
chanted a slow
hymn
one of the number,
in
the centre, then sang or
in
honour of
Majesty,
his
describing his greatness and goodness.
This was acknowledged by
all
of the most effective exhibitions
The dead
nessed in the East.
of us to be one
we had
ever wit-
silence of the
whole
assembly, the clear and exceedingly sweet tone of

the
girl's voice,
and the peculiar measure of the
made
half-recitative, half-melody,
air,
the whole scene
The hymn
consisted
of three verses; at the end of each, the
girls, still
most striking and
kneeling,
beautiful.
bowed low
his
to
They then
Majesty.
resumed the dance, which they accompanied with

a low chant, and varied
it
by beating time with two
ornamental sticks which they now carried.

too,
being ended, the King rose and
the
performance the
Nanmadau
Queen, entered, and seated

Majesty on a sofa placed
The
left.
During
Phura,
or chief
herself
close
to
his
for her reception.
people are great lovers of both vocal and
instrumental
other
This,
music,
foreigners,
and
who
many Englishmen
have merely a
and
superficial
knowledge of the language, are under the impression that the songs of the people are wholly, or
WAR-BOAT SONGS.
amatory ones.
But such
25
not the case
they delight in those of a domestic nature, also
chiefly
and many a
of
the
time when on my
country,
have
is
tours in the interior
heard
charming
little
birds, the
merry sunshine, the working
fields,
songs of children playing, flowers,
and such-like
recitative
in the rice-
subjects.
Their war-boat songs are
The
singing
villagers
stirring
and
lively.*
of the pai-neng, or steersman, and
when
then the swell of voices
the boatmen, often
sixty or eighty in number, join in the chorus, keep-
ing time with their oars,
Lord Dalhousie
in
is
very
striking.
one of these boats on
to Bassein shortly after the last
landed
his visit
Burmese war, and he
was very much struck with the men's song, remarking that
reminded him of the boat-songs he used
it
to hear in
Canada
As some
of
in the
my
days of his youth.
readers can have possibly no
conception of what a Burmese

following drama, called "
is
good type of
The
play really
Silver
this vein of
and one of their popular plays,
Hill,"")*
Burmese
will
is,
the
which
literature,
give a good
idea of their general plot and dialogue.

* This part
is
steersman, and he
often taken by the pai-kheit, or stroke oar, in place of the

is
chosen for
this post
on account of his good voice, as well
as his skill with the oar.
t This play was translated by Lieut. Sladen (now Lieut. -Col. Sladen) and
the late Colonel Sparks in 1856, and the original thoughts and imagery of the
vernacular has been well and carefully preserved.
THE SILVER
HILL.
A BURMESE DRAMA.
IBramatig Pcrsonar.
The King of
Pinzala.
Prince Thoodanoo, his son, heir to the throne.

Doomarajah, King of the Silver Hill in Fairy-land.
Mozalinda, a hunter.
Pamouk, a hermit.
Moka, a soothsayer.
Another Hermit.
Ministers of State, Officers, a Beloo,* Guards, Attendants, &c., &c.
Princess Dwaymenau, daughter of King Doomarajah.

Six Princesses, her
sisters.
Mala, chief of the Ladies of the Palace

Maningya, wife of Mozalinda.
of Pinzala.
Virgin Attendants, &c.
ACT
SCENE
I.
Hall
The King surrounded by
Prince
sleeping
in
I.
the Palace of Pinzala.
his Ministers of State.
/;/
recess the
on a couch of gold ; Attendants watching over
his slumbers.
king.
My
faithful Ministers,
To me
who
constant pay-
your cheerful homage, as the
Rejoicing circle round the glorious
Enthroned
*
food
An
is
ogre,
human
who
flesh.
in
stars
moon
splendour on Eugandia's mount
possesses certain
superhuman powers and whose favourite
THE SILVER
HILL.
when first Pinzala's realm

Bowed 'neath our sceptre, have its people known
One hour of fear, one cause of discontent ?
Say, since the day
MINISTERS.
Not one,
King
KING.
Attend, then, while
ask
Your counsel on a matter which concerns

Not us alone, but all our subjects' weal.
You know
the Prince
green in years,
albeit
To Zamboodeepa's *
farthest
Extends the fame of
his transcendant worth.
boundary
know ye cause
Speak, wise and trusty nobles,
Why
this
our son, who, as the orb of heaven,
Shines forth in radiant glory, should not be

Straightway installed successor to our crown
FIRST MINISTER.
Joyfully, sire,
In
this
your servants acquiesce
your royal purpose.
Before
Who,
whom
like
Our young
prince,
Maha Thamada,
Sprung from the race of
kneels the mighty elephant,
a warrior, curbs his fiery steed,
Bends the tough bow, and every weapon
wields,
Excels the greatest monarchs of the world.
Why
Let
then delay
this
With
fitting
pomp and
state,
day see him heir apparent made.
[Exeunt King and Ministers.
prince (awaking from
sleep).
In vain upon this diamond couch recline
My
My
weary limbs.
high estate.
Vain
is
my
princely birth,
With sorrow's weight oppressed,

*
The world
of man.

28
Nor pomp, nor power, can calm my

See, at
yon
tortured breast.
'midst her shining train
lattice,
Of beauteous handmaids, my beloved
Ah me
do but dream
my
Away, and mocks
Methought
Reposed the
E'er
As
knows
So do
Princess,
lily
the vision melts
waking loneliness.
my
gems, and by
o'er with
this heart
fades the
stands.
upon a golden couch,
I lay
Thick studded
but
in sleep
side
alone
one moment's happiness.
when
the sun departs,
pine and droop,
whom
cruel fate
Divides for ever from the one I love.
ATTENDANT.
Dear master, weep
Who
E'en the
not.
fairy maids,
love to twine amidst their golden hair
The blossoms
Must wait
of the sweet Mezoothaka,
to cull their floral favourites
Till spring returning calls
them
into
life
So, in due season, shall possession cool
The
fiery
torment of your passion's flame.
[Exeunt.
II. A Forest.
SCENE
Enter Mozalinda.
MOZALINDA.
you love of a black
lily
reverse of grace and beauty

dirt-begrimed, thick-lipped,
pig-eyed, black beetle
as a poet
pick up some game.
of wives, and
you very
frizzle-haired, crook-backed,
you
you dear
you, something to eat and drink
bow, to
say.
paunchy, beetle-browed, pug-nosed,
you, and give your darling husband,
his
would
Maningya, get up,
little
who
for
he
is
is
as
off to
Come, look
don't be dawdling there
all
good
day.
will
as a father to
the hills with
sharp,
you dearest
THE SILVER
HILL.
29
Enter Maningya.
MANINGYA.
You lump
is all
of calamity
this hurry-skurry
You
with the cold, with nothing on
keep out the cutting wind

after ?
nve-broken-ribbed fool
about,
I'll
and be
off with
till
you
shaking
but this rag of a petticoat to
midnight too
What
I'll
are
this jar of
to the jungle,
water and bundle
and mind what you are
you return again without some game worth
for, if
abuse you
till
you
kick you
you learn better manners, you
Here, take
What
am
not stand any more of your behaviour.
I'll
rice,
me
and
with these two legs of mine
of
quintessence of selfishness
Don't you see that
about ?
eating,
you don't know whether you are standing on
your head or your heels.
[Ex.t.
MOZALINDA.
Behold the noble hunter Mozalinda,
At the
soft
Armed
with his
Defence
bidding of his beauteous dame,
bow
of horn and glitt'ring arrow
sufficient against ev'ry foe
Off to the forest wends his way. (To the orchestra) What, ho
As with
its
million wheels the Ship of Fire
Strikes with loud noise the extremest firmament,
Making the world

So
as with an earthquake tremble,
the thunder of your drums resound.
let
Exit Mozalinda. After a pause,

Mozalinda. Soft music.
\_Loud music.
re-enter
MOZALINDA.
How
sweet to wander through these shady groves,
Where
And
star-like
jasmine flowers their incense breathe,
the bright Engyin blooms on every side.
In amorous couples rainbow-tinted birds

Flit
through the branches.
Shall rest awhile.
The
Alas
tiger's
!
my
roar
(Starts.)
comes
Maningya,
Here my weary feet

Hark from yon sloping
floating
down
the breeze.
in this lone spot
hill
3o
My
heart
The
heavy when
is
must onward,
I still
think on thee.
would escape
if I
savage beasts that in these
Ha
what bright scene
On some
is
arrives at the Lotus Lake.
I surely
this ?
enchanted ground.
abound.
hills
[He
See
stand
here the frequent prints
Of various animals who throng the brink

Of this fair lake to quench their burning thirst.
The zephyr, laden with the blended scent
Of jasmine, lily, and unnumbered flowers,
Cools
my hot brow
gay flocks of parroquets,

wheel
In circling flight, like shooting emeralds,
The song
of birds makes pleasant melody.
My
Maningya
To
share the enjoyment of this paradise
O, would that you were here,
Here, by the margin of the limpid wave,
Whose
waters gleam like diamonds in the sun,
Upon whose bosom
float
the lotus buds,
Purple and white, like amethysts and pearls,

I'll
lay
me down
beneath
th'
umbrageous boughs
this wide-spreading banyan, and court
Of
The
soft
approaches of refreshing
sleep.
[He
SCENE
sleeps.
Scene
Fairy-land, or the Country of the
III.
Silver Hill.
The King Doomarajah on one
side of the stage,
Seven Daughters on the
other.
first princess.
Dear
and companions, who with
sisters,
me
Share the calm quiet of our blest abode
In Fairy-land
That we, as
To
earth,
is
and
closes.
once more the time
is
come
our custom, should descend

in the lovely
Lotus Lake
and his
THE SILVER
Sport 'midst the
Come,
let
we alone
lilies
HILL.
31
outvie.
us ask our royal father's leave.
SECOND PRINCESS.
lovely daughter of a kingly sire,
Whose glory that of other kings excels,

As thou all other maidens dost surpass
and
In beauty
to
your father kneel
We, your
six sisters of
one mother born,
Who
go,
love you as our lives, will follow thee.
[They
cross over to the
King.
FIRST PRINCESS.
King and Father
Lord of
Whose
this
greatest of thy race,
palace and of Fairy-land,
might, like Meru's Mount, no power can shake
Behold your daughters suppliant
at
your
feet.
We
crave permission to descend to earth
To
enjoy our pastime 'midst the shady bowers
That
fringe the
Lotus Lake, and, when fatigued,
Our glowing bodies
in
its
waves
to cool.
KING.
Go,
if it
my
please you, but,
Remember
that the world
Is not, like ours,
daughters dear,
where mortals dwell,
exempt from accident.
that bright intelligence

Be careful then
Which to our highly gifted race belongs
;
Exert, I charge
And
with
all
you
speed to
well each action weigh,

this
your
home
return.
FIRST PRINCESS.
Thanks, generous father
No
in the
world of
lingering stay our nimble feet shall
But hasten back
to Fairy-land
and
men
make,
thee.
[Exeunt.
32
SCENE IV. The

Mozalinda
Lotus Lake.
asleep tinder
a banyan
tree.
Enter the seven Fairy Princesses.

FIRST PRINCESS.
what sweet and tender thoughts
lovely lake,
Thy emerald
my
waters in
fount of rapture
awake
breast
Here the balmy wind
Is but the sigh of incense-breathing flowers
What
god, or
(To her
fairy, first
sisters.)
Come,
Our necklaces and

And, as we
Our
created thee
let
us doff our costly ornaments,
chaplets set with gems,
sport amidst the crystal waves,
lovely forms, but half concealed, shall
gleam
Like summer lightning through a silvery cloud.
[They
Mozalinda awakes,
bathe,
MOZALINDA.
Sure
was born 'neath some auspicious
star
Happy the hour in which I first drew breath

Yes, now I feel the proverb's homely truth
"
Who
No
wins a Beauty needs desire no more."
fabled beings of inferior race
Are
these, but fairies of the
Behold the dazzling
And pearls that glisten, like

On their rich necklaces and
Not
lovelier
is
the
degree.
first
lustre of the
gems
the morning dew,

earrings rare.
moon, when
all
the sky
Reflects the splendour of her argent rays.

1 faint
Is
with ecstacy
a sight
like this
more than poor humanity can

\_He falls back
bear.
i?isensible, the?i
These sweet perfections mock the limner's
could
And
one of these
fair
to our Prince present
bathers seize,
my
slowly recovers.
skill.
peerless prize,
THE SILVER
Such bounteous
largess
That care or want

I
have
it.
Near
this lake
guerdon be,
a holy man,
He
dwells.
magic noose, which
One
my
33
never more should know.
Pamouk, the Hermit,
would
HILL.
if
has,
'tis
said,
can obtain,
of these birds of paradise I shall
With ease
SCENE
secure.
To him
The Hermit's Cell
V.
[Exit,
I will repair.
the Forest near the
in
Lotus Lake.
Enter the Hermit
Pamouk and Mozalinda.

pamouk.
There
To
is
one way, and only one,
gain the end you seek.
my
son,
magic noose
The King of Dragons gave himself to me.

The worthless gift, in yonder alms-bowl cast,
Neglected lies
nor will I now defile
;
My
hands by touching the unhallowed thing ;
But take
it,
if
you
list,
and snare your
bird,
mozalinda.
Kind Hermit, deign
to accept a
poor man's thanks.

[Takes the noose aHd
SCENE
Fairies bathing.
the
Princess
who fly
off to
VL The
Lotus Lake.
Enter Mozalinda, who
Dwaymenau.
casts the lasso
Exeunt
the other
and catches
Six
Fairy -land.
DWAYMENAU.
Ah me what unforeseen calamity

On me has fallen ? Help, dearest
!
VOL. il
exit.
sisters,
help
ti
Fairies?
34
And
free
In vain
And
me
from
this horrible distress
my
I struggle, all
like
limbs are cramped,
statue's, stiffen into stone.
Help, or your
sister dies
MOZALINDA.
Nay, beauteous Queen
Of Fairy-land, such idle words as these
Become not those fair lips. What now you deem
Misfortune, rather
is
the sure reward
Of works of merit in a former state.

The Prince of this great country, to whose
Lord of the Tsuddan Elephant, and
Above the
sire,
raised
influence of Destiny,
hundred kings submissive homage pay,
Still
You,
needs a wife his loneliness to cheer

therefore, have I thus,
by magic
art,
Ensnared, to make you sharer of his throne.
DWAYMENAU.
Kind Hunter, whom men Mozalinda call,
me behold a daughter of the King
In
Of Fairy-land, Lord
of the Silver Hill
Reflect, I pray thee, whether such as I
Can
You
stoop to be the bride of mortal man.

will
not then this hateful union press,
But rather
free
me
from these cruel bonds.
MOZALINDA.
Grieve not, most beautiful of fairy queens,
For some good action done
Tis now your happy destiny
The
heart
Come, my
and fortunes of
fair captive,
in ages past,
to share
this puissant Prince.
you must follow
me
Straight to the palace of your future lord.
\Exit Mozalinda, leading off
Dwaymenau.
THE SILVER
SCENE
Hall
VII.
in
; ;
HILL.
35
Enter Prince and Mozalinda.
MOZALINDA.
Great Prince, whose majesty surpasses
all
Th' united glory of the hundred kings
Who
The
bow
at thy footstool
As thy
their lowly heads,
rare beauty in itself contains
several attributes of every flower
That glads the eyes of
earth's inhabitants
As I was wandering through the pleasant woods,

Where dappled deer and antelope abound,
I came by chance upon the Lotus Lake
There
I beheld,
descending from the sky,
Seven beauteous damsels
like
a flock of birds
Alight upon the margin of the pool
One
of these seven
I,
with a magic noose,
Secured, and with due reverence,
My
Prince,
humbly now present
peerless prize I
Deign to accept the lovely Dwaymenau
Fairy Princess, pure as virgin gold.
PRINCE.
My
worthy Mozalinda
quickyour
gift
Bring to our presence.
[Exit Mozalinda.
Re-enters, leading in
Ha
Before that face, the
Herself in clouds
Dwaymenau.
what do
see ?
moon abashed would
veil
Thooza, the Fairy Queen,
With envy pale ; more beautiful than gold

Wrought into fairest forms by artist hands ;
Pure as a
Soft
is
lily,
or the morning
her cheek, as
Her mouth
down on
dew
insect's
wing
breathes incense, and her flowing hair
36
Is dark as night.
How
And
How
musical her voice
she alone,
is
movement
She indeed,
meet my Queen to be.
graceful every
COURTIERS.
The Princess is in truth most

As good as she is fair.
fair,
and seems
PRINCE.
charming nymph,
Daughter of Fairy-land, whose blushing cheek
Glows
like a petal
of the lotus bud
Some work of merit in a former state

Which we have done, now bears its fated
And
in
Still
am
And,
to
one
lot
I free
my
but thy consent accord,
father's
throne
when
succeed,
Thou, dearest Dwaymenau, with me
My
fruit,
our destinies unites.
shall sit
Queen.
DWAYMENATJ.
mighty Prince,
may
this
not be
Our races differ, and our countries lie

Wide as the poles asunder. I was born
In Fairy-land, a daughter of the king
Who
reigns in splendour o'er the Silver Hill
I with
no earthly monarch
e'er will
mate
Therefore, I pray your Highness, give
Back
to
my home and
me
leave
father to return,
PRINCE.
Nay
Of all
!
My
lovely gem, thou precious composite
things beautiful, thou shalt not thus
proffered love reject.
With
life
Will I so rare a pearl consent to lose
alone
!

THE SILVER
No
To
HILL.
grieve not dearest, though I
win and wear thee ever near
still
my
37
persist
heart.
[He
END OF ACT
In the interval between the
Dwaymenau and
hostile
\st
takes her hand.
I.
and 2nd Acts
the
Pinzala
she becomes pregnant,
Prince marries
is invaded by a
army.
ACT
SCENE
Hall
I.
King
in
II.
surroufided by his Ministers of State.
KING.
Nobles and Ministers, well versed
in all
The arts of war, attend

These men of Gyoon
Have dared Pinzala's borders to invade.
!
Therefore our
Shall
will is that
These boasting
So
that not
The
our Royal Son
head our army, and make instant march,

rebels to exterminate
one be
left to
fearful tidings of his
carry back
comrade's doom,
[Exit King.
Enter Prince.
FIRST MINISTER.
Prince, as noble as the lion king,
Presumptuous
of your might,
foes, regardless
Within the confines of our realm unfurl
The
Has
standard of revolt.
Our
lord,
your
sire,
therefore sent us to inform your Highness,
It is his pleasure that
you take
command
Of all our forces, and, with utmost haste,

March forth and make an end of these his
foes.
;;
38
PRINCE.
Gladly
will I the king's
behest obey.
Foot, cavalry, and elephants prepare,
And
army thoroughly equipped
see the
With
all this
Then not an
may
expedition
we
instant will
require
[Exeunt Ministers.
loiter here.
Enter Dwaymenau.
Fair as the moon, and soon to reign a Queen,
Stern duty calls
me hence
against our foes
Grieve not, beloved, whose perfection needs
No
aid of ornament or glittering gems,
Whose every movement in its grace

The lily waving gently to the breeze
excels
Safe in the palace, dearest wife, remain,
Surrounded by your
faithful
handmaidens.
DWAYMENAU.
Pity
That
If
my
I,
lord,
you
must forget
surely
no mortal, but a
fairy,
you forsake me, whither
For comfort or support
It
am.
shall I turn
cannot be
I will not leave thee, but, where'er
There
you
go,
though forced to cling
will I follow thee,
In humble desperation to thy robe.
Ah
cruel one, to choose this time to leave
Your Dwaymenau, who bears your own dear babe

Within her
Delay ;
if
womb
sl
you desert
little
while at least
me
now, the world,
Ten times consumed by fire, less hot would be

Than the fierce flame of anguish that will burn
This tortured breast.
My
heart
is
in
would that
my mouth and
chokes
were dead
my
PRINCE.
It
must
be, dearest
dry these bootless
speech. [She weeps.
tears,
THE SILVER
And
me
let
HILL.
39
see thee smiling say, Farewell.
Grieve not for
me
our enemies o'erthrown,
I soon shall from the battle-field return.
am
Whilst I
absent, daily offer, love,
Prayers and libations to our
God
for
me.
DWAYMENAU.
come kind Death, and free me from this load

Of grief my heart has sunk within my breast,
As o'er-ripe fruit falls from the laden tree.
;
[She falls fainting on a couch.

Re-enter Ministers, with Officers
and Standards.
FIRST MINISTER.
All
is
prepared,
my
Lord, in
strict
accord
With the wise precepts of our Sacred Books

That
treat
The Forces
on War.
are
drawn
up.
And wait impatient for the word Advance

Away then, mighty Prince, and lead them on.
!
PRINCE.
'Tis well, I
Of million
go to head
warriors
this fierce array
whose heavy tread
Will shake the balance of the trembling Earth.
Let the loud cannon instantly proclaim
[farewell,
Our coming, and march on! (To Dwaymenau.)

1 will return
Has time
before one
little
to travel 'twixt your heart
SCENE
II.
Prince surrounded by
Camp
in
and
lips.
Good
tidings bear I to
the
his Officers.
my Lord
[Exeunt.
the Jungle.
Enter Ministers.
first minister.
On
Dearest,
sigh
the Prince
same day your prosperous march began,
Ao
The
flower you
And
your
Who,
left
put forth a tender bud,
Princess to a son gave birth,
fair
lovely as the nine most precious gems,
exempt from
Shall live
calamity.
all
PRINCE.
Thanks, noble
Moung Kyau
I
Let
friends.
this
To
be called.
our Infant Heir
your
fidelity
with implicit confidence intrust
The
my
welfare of
SCENE
III.
absent wife and Son.
Hall
[Exeunt.
in
King surrounded by
his Ministers.
king.
Right
And
trusty Friends, to
practised
whose experience
wisdom ever
I resort
In times of trouble or perplexity
As on my diamond-studded couch
I
I lay,
saw ten thousand sharp and threatening blades,
Like forked lightning,

I also
saw
my
flash
on every side
Like a huge serpent, high Pinzala's walls
The Soothsayer Moka
To
interpret
entrails thrice infold,
what
to our presence bring
this vision
may
portend.
[Exeunt Ministers.
Re-enter with
Moka.
Moka.
{Aside.)
To
happy chance,
avenge the
insults
at length I see a
way
which that haughty Prince
Has heaped on me. He loves his dainty wife

Her life my debt with interest shall pay.
(To the King.) Illustrious Monarch of the Universe,
;
Pardon your
servant,
if,
by Truth compelled,
THE SILVER
HILL.
His tidings sound unwelcome to your
Thus do
I read,
King, your
fatal
41
ear.
dream.
Against your throne shall enemies conspire,
And
Your
dire misfortunes in a ceaseless train
steps pursue,
till
death shall lay you low.

KING.
Must
it
indeed be so
By which
may
Is there
these fearful
ills
no way
avert ?
MOKA.
King, inexorable Fate ordains
One
only terrible alternative.
A hundred
fowls, as
Must on the
And
many
goats
and swine,
Yeetnat * bleed,
altar of the
the fair Consort of your Royal son
Crown
with her
life
the costly sacrifice,
KING.
It is in
To
vain to strive with Destiny
avert these threatened dangers from our head,
Whate'er the price demanded we must pay
Therefore, for this great hecatomb prepare
Goats, fowls, and swine
And in
To the
gilt
Pavilion raise,
the midst an Altar dedicate

all-powerful Yeetnat Deity
Then let our daughter, beauteous Dwaymenau,

The Fairy Princess of the Silver Hill,
Who, as Queen Thooza's golden image, shines
In radiant loveliness, thereon be
demon, supposed
laid.
to exercise a special influence
[Exeunt,
on the fortunes of Kings.
42
SCENE
Apartment of the Princess
IV.
in
the Palace
of Pinzala.
The Princess
a couch with her infant in her arms.
seated on
Enter Ministers.
first minister.
We
come, by order of our Lord the King,
Fraught with sad tidings which we fear to

It is his sovereign will that you,
tell.
sweet Lady,
Fairer than mortals, pure as virgin gold,
on the Yeetnat's
Shall
altar offered be.
DWAYMENAU.
Do
hear rightly
Am
by
my
You must needs
You cannot mean
that
whom
I,
mistake
he so loves,
Royal Father doom'd to die
MINISTERS.
Alas
we discharged
too faithfully have
Our solemn
duty.
DWAYMENAU.
O
My
grief
The
is
mine
Prince, regardless of his wretched wife,
And now
I shall
Alas
they bid
me for the tented field

me for my death prepare,
never see
what deadly
That
Wo
fate is
wider than the boundless sea,
Deserts and leaves
So
what
this calamity
my
sin
(To her
And,
From
we
[She weeps.
have done,
o'ertake ?
a Fairy born,
to earth 'midst mortal
child.)
e'er
I,
me
should
worth the day that
Came down
husband more.
can
men
to die
Sweet innocent, cling closer to
part for ever,
my
draw once more
nature's fount the bland maternal stream.
breast,

THE SILVER
How
can
fierce flames in
So burns
my
Why
who
My babe,
And my
love
unite,
ye Powers that be,
me
all
them both so
conspired
not,
more beauteous than the
pearls I wear,
my
whence
to
came ?
darling, ere I quit your side,
From this full bosom I will draw a cup

Of mother's milk, and leave it, sweet, for
When
Chaplets amidst
my
him what
I
Dwaymenau
have suffered
weave
inquires,
my
child.
are gathering in the distant sky,
long the journey that before
My fairy
for his sake.
must tear myself away,
Dark clouds
And
from which
tresses to entwine,
Returns, and for his
Now
thee.
your dear father, who, in these fond eyes,
Is fairer than the flowers
Tell
fondly, leave
dear Lord, without one fond adieu,
Abandoning, return
Cry
one vast blaze
anguish.
have ye thus against

I,
43
and thy father dear ?
I leave thee,
As when
Must
HILL.
robes once
Then, spreading
my
more
me
lies.
must resume,
long idle pinions, soar
High up amidst the rainbow-tinted clouds

Which, by the gentle zephyr drawn aside,
Shall, like a curtain, part to let
{Aside
to the
With a
me
soft strain of
through.
tender melody,
Farewell,
As I ascend, my flight accompany.

once more farewell, my darling babe,
And
my
Musicians.)
you,
husband.
Your wretched
I
cannot go
wife,
Ah
and her
and yet
'tis
that
you could see
last kiss receive.
death to
stay.
[Exit, after slowly retiring

to
embrace her
child.
and
three times returning
;;
44
SCENE
Hermit's Cell in the Forest.
V.
Enter Hermit and Dwaymenau.

HERMIT.
Art thou the lovely Beranee, new fallen
From
With
And
Fairy-land,
who
thus appearest, decked
bracelets, necklaces,
and chains of
gold,
pearly chaplets 'midst thy tresses twined
The greedy eyes that once have looked on

From the rich feast, refuse to turn away.
thee
Say, from what region of celestial bliss
Hast thou descended, and what cruel
Has one
It
like thee
conducted to
cannot be that you, a
Are
Or
fate
cell ?
fugitive,
from a cruel husband's wrath
flying
art
my
thou some unfortunate Princess
Compelled,
in peril of thy
life,
to flee
Before thy father's conquering foes
Fear not,
my
The
truth,
daughter, to impart to me.
DWAYMENAU.
Father, in thee I gladly will confide,
And
all
Know,
my
Dearer to
Next
He,
His
me
away
husband
blest.
a Royal Prince,
me
Whilst he was away,
evil counsellors,
to the Yeetnat deity
should offered be.
was compelled
Prince,
Instant, I
his country's foes to meet,
moved by
Determined
The
life,
forced to leave
father,
That
I
than
in succession to his father's throne
called
Was
tragic history relate.
then, that I was with a
my
know,
to
fly,
To
save
and thus
am
my
life
here.
husband, when he learns

will follow
on
my
my
track
When, in pursuit of me, he comes this way,

Good Hermit, give to him this emerald ring,
loss,
THE SILVER
And
this
HILL.
45
enchanted drug, whose potent charms
my
Shall from all evil
dear Lord protect.
HERMIT.
Daughter, I will
Me how
but e'er you go, inform
may
his future course I
direct.
DWAYMENAU.
First, in
the Forest's gloomiest recess,
Beloo his way
fierce
will intercept
Then, sore entangled, he
Through
will struggle loilg
thickets of impenetrable cane
This past, a hissing stream of molten brass

Will farther progress bar,
Of glowing
amidst the mass
metal, he will see emerge,
With threatening head and
crest,
a Dragon vast,
Let him, undaunted, on the monster tread,
He
will,
And
subdued, his writhing folds uncoil,
form a bridge
Lastly, a pair of
Perched high
These
o'er
in air
daily to
which
Rocs he
my
my
Lord
shall pass
upon a cotton
father's
Palace
tree,
come
my
When to thy cell my noble husband comes,
To him convey, and say that, by the charm
In search of food.
Kind Hermit, these
Of this enchanted
drug, he will surmount
In safety
all
will descry,
words,
the perils that beset
His way to me, and that

Will, with its aid,
his every wish
accomplishment
attain*
HERMIT.
Doubt
I will
not,
my
daughter,
all
you ask of me
perform.
DWAYMENAU.
Thanks, reverend
sir,
farewell
[Exit
46
SCENE
Palace of the King of the Silver Hill.
VI.
The King.
Enter
Dwaymenau
to the
sound of
soft music.
KING.
What
do
I see
my Dwaymenau
Tell me, dear daughter,
all
again ?
that has befallen
You whilst a captive 'midst the haunts of men,

And how your efforts to escape were crowned
With
this successful issue.
DWAYMENAU.
O my
For some good deed which
I
must have done,
Of him who
father,
in a former state
in concert with the son
o'er Pinzala's
My
fate
On
earth, should be of
decreed that
realm
is
King,
the happy wife,
good Prince Thoodanoo.
But brief my joy, my gallant husband, called

To head his troops against his country's foes,
Left me
no sooner his protecting arm
Was from his wife withdrawn, than, lending ear
To some malicious Brahmin's treacherous tongue,
;
His
sire,
That
the King, his pleasure signified
should on the Yeetnat's
This when
And
I heard, I
deemed
hastening home, in
Behold
me
all
altar die
it
time to
fly,
humility,
prostrate at your
Royal
feet.
KING.
Attendant Nobles,
That
To
all
let
it
be your care
arrangements speedily are
made
lodge the Princess as befits her rank
See that a band of slaves obedient wait
To
minister to e'en her slightest wish.
THE SILVER
HILL.
47
MINISTERS.
your commands we hasten to obey.
Sire,
SCENE
VII.
\_Exeunt.
Exterior of the Palace of Pinzala.
Enter Mala, at the head of a band offemale Attendants.

MALA.
R^yal maidens, virtuous as
Our Prince
fair,
victorious from the
war
returns,
Let us of betel and choice food prepare
Our humble
Them
offerings,
and haste
to lay
with congratulations at his
Enter Prince and
feet.
Officers.
PRINCE.
subdued by
my
resistless might,
count the moments
till
in
Our
1
foes
I fold
Ha
once more
my
Mala, welcome,
my
dearest
but
embrace
Dwaymenau.
say,
how
is this ?
Your Royal Mistress was not wont, methinks,
To be the last to greet her Lord's approach

What holds her prisoner in her Palace walls ?
Our little friend Moung Kyau, too, is not he
;
Crying to spring into his
But you look

I
father's
arms
and your once cherished locks

see neglected and dishevelled hang.
sad,
MALA.
Alas
For
our noble Master must prepare
evil tidings.
Scarcely were you gone,
'Ere certain Brahmins, with malicious spite,
Prevailed upon our sovereign Lord the
To sacrifice the blameless Dwaymenau

Upon an altar to the Yeetnat raised
:
King
48
She, hearing
And
left,
this,
her fairy wings unfurled,
for ever, this too
dangerous home.
PRINCE.
O dearest Mala, tell me what befell

My boy, when thus abandoned to his
fate.
MALA.
Blame not
Did
the Princess,
so
reluctantly
she depart, that, like a new-fledged bird,
She hovered long with hesitating wings
At
a cup, with her
last,
own milk she
filled,
and mingled with her
Like molten
pearls,
This leaving
for her child, at length
tears,
she soared
On high, and disappeared amidst the skies.

We, who remained, have tended on the child,
And, by
his
golden cradle
Continued watch have
set with
o'er his
gems,
slumbers kept
PRINCE.
Listen, brave warriors, to my words give heed
When first the invaders lit the torch of war,
And all Pinzala kindled into flame,
I sallied forth with you, my gallant Chiefs,
To do our duty in our country's cause
Scarce had I marched, before our Lord the King,
By some
My
vile, false
wife unlawfully
This
fit
reward for
astrologer misled,
condemned
all
my
Tradition will preserve,
Ten
times
may be
to die
loyalty
aye,
though
this earth
destroyed, the tale shall live
She, like a bird of Paradise, has flown,
And
left
a world unworthy her to hold.
But though the universe ten times dissolve
Ere
Her
I o'ertake her,
nought
steps from following,
shall
me
prevent
Wherefore beat to arms,

THE SILVER
The army
Go,
Until
pursue
will
its
more
my Dwaymenau
bring
49
march with me.
the King, that I no
tell
HILL.
return,
with me.
SCENE VIII. The
\_Exeunt.
Hermit's Cell.
Enter Hermit.
hermit.
What means this clang of armed warriors

Which strikes my ears ? Ha hitherward
!
mighty
host, with helmet, sword,
Horses and elephants,
and
they come,
shield,
the trembling earth
Quivers beneath their tread.
Enter Prince.
Illustrious Prince,
From what far country, and with what intent,

Has this vast army here arrived with you ?
prince.
Most reverend
The
sir, I
am
Prince Thoodanoo,
next successor to Pinzala's throne,
A realm
Whilst
I,
as glorious as the rising sun,
a hostile army to repel,
Led forth our troops, some traitor knave beguiled

The King, my Princess to condemn to die.
She
fled,
and
I,
impelled by love and hope,
Am hastening onward
Charmed with
I
to the Silver Hill.
the beauty of your calm retreat,
turned aside more near the scene to view,
And
so approached your cell.
hermit.
But two days gone,
creature beautiful as Thooza's
VOL.
II.
self,
5o
And
graceful as a
young
gazelle,
Calling herself a daughter of the
Of that same
Mayhap that
Some
But the
And
place you name, the Silver Hill,

you, from
good deed, be
effect of that
was, has
it
with
some good deed long
past,
acquaintance have enjoyed with her,
slight
Whate'er
was here,
King
now exhausted
your good fortune.
it
sure,
ceased,
O my
son,
Consider what a difference exists
Between a
And how
Fairy's nature
and our own,
unsuitable must ever be
Association, therefore, 'twixt the two.
Blinded by passion now, you undertake
This toilsome journey
Can you
for all
like you, so
youth
pray, what recompense
your pains anticipate

noble and so
fair,
Should seek a wife as perfect as the Queen
Of Tsekya Meng,
To
the
King of Nats,
herself,
share the glory of your future throne
Wherefore, be wise,
And, ere
it
be too
relinquish this pursuit,
late,
your steps retrace.
PRINCE.
Your
counsel, holy father, I admit,
Becomes the prudence of a sage

But
like thee
can never for an instant cease,
Aye, though the heavens and earth should pass away,-
From following, till at last I overtake

The Fairy mistress of my heart and soul.
Therefore, I
am
resolved,
if
need there
Through my next ten existences
be,
I still
Will persevere undaunted, e'en although
The Tsekya Meng should

Oppose, and hurl me
with his thunderbolts
to destruction.
me no longer, only show the road

Which she was pleased to take.
Stay
Now,
THE SILVER
HILL.
51
HERMIT.
If
Why
go,
but ere you
perfect emerald,
leave,
go you
here, take
will,
this ring,
which your Princess
Gave me for you, and this enchanted drug,

Which from all evil will preserve you safe,
And
your wishes with fruition crown.
all
Long
your way, and as you journey on,
is
fierce
Beloo
will
your
first
danger be
The
next, a forest of impervious cane
And
last
of
all,
a stream of molten brass,
O'er which a Dragon keeps perpetual guard
When
these are past, far off you will descry,
Perched on the summit of a cotton-tree,
pair of Rocs,
And
Thus
Me
said fair
in their flight,
go,
my
Dwaymenau, and
as she charged
her very words repeat.
strictly, I
Now,
these follow
they will lead you to the Silver Hill.
son, success attend your hopes
PRINCE.
Accept
my
thanks,
good
father.
Fare thee
SCENE IX. A dark

Prince
resti?ig
under a banyan
well.
[Exit.
Forest.
tree.
Enter a Beloo.
BELOO.
Haugh here I am, of all my mighty

The most terrific monster. It is time
!
race
I to the
Himalayan
forests
should repair.
[Aside to musicians.
Strike up,
and
let
your martial strains create
Such a sensation, that
all
eyes shall turn
52
To
my head
gaze on me, as though upon
The
Sun's ten thousand rays concentred shone.
(Sees the
Ha
Prince.)
ha
a dainty dinner
I espy.
Loud music.
[Approaches him threateningly.
prince
monster
Vile, miserable
(rising).
dost thou dare
With me, descended from the Sun,
to fight ?
This golden arrow, with a diamond head,
my bow
Launched from
shall
end thy worthless
life.
and kills him. Flourish on

The Prince proceeds, and becomes
[Shoots at the Beloo
drums.
the
en-
tangled in the cane forest.

I
can no more,
Turn where
exhausted nature
Ah
me
Let
invoke
its
aid,
\He
me
interlaced,
the enchanted drug,
and
try
once more.
emerges from the cane forest
and proceeds.
lovely Fairy of the Silver Hill,
What pangs do
Yet
I for
as I journey
Or through
thy dear sake endure
up the mountain
gloomy
the
forest, I
Beloos, whose favourite food
And
My
tigers,
is
side,
defy
human
flesh,
scarce less terrible than they.
precious Pearl, for thy dear sake alone
Your poor devoted husband
struggles on.
\He comes
matted creepers form
I will, the
net whose meshes round
All progress bar.
fails
what
is
Of liquid
here
to the river
of molten brass.
Above a bubbling mass
metal a huge dragon rears
His head, and gapes
at
me
with threatening jaws
Once more
the magic drug must
And
me
guide
me
befriend,
safely o'er the monster's back.
\IIe crosses the stream over the
arrives at a cotton-tree,
Rocs.
011
DragonV
back,
and
which are a pair of

THE SILVER
HILL.
53
FEMALE ROC.
(
My
whom,
brother dear, from
I ne'er
share the shelter of the
since
we were hatched,
whom
have been divided, and with
Say, whither shall
we
same
fly for
soft nest,
food to-day
MALE
ROC.
sister, know you not that from the land

Of men the daughter of King Doomarajah
Has safe returned the which to celebrate
What,
royal festival this day
is
held
Let us then to the Silver Hill
And
repair,
be partakers of the sumptuous
feast.
[The Prince spreads some of the enchanted drug over

his body, which renders him invisible.
He
moicnts between the wings of one of the Rocs.
They fly away.
SCENE
X.
Well
in
the Court-yard of the Palace
of the Silver Hill.

Seven Female Attendants of the Palace drawing water.
Enter Prince,
prince.
Ye Powers
If I
am
divine, vouchsafe to
me
a sign,
destined ever more to see
My much
loved Dwaymenau, then
let
the last
Of these
fair
To draw
her golden pitcher from the well.
maidens
try without success
[Six of the maidens draw up their pitchers,

seventh is unable to do so.
the
female attendant.
Here, gentle youth, your courteous help
To
raise this pitcher,
which
my
crave
strength exceeds.
[The Prince draws up the pitcher, and drops

the emerald ring.
into it
[Exeunt.
54
SCENE XL
Dwaymenau,
Apartment of the Princess Dwaymenau.
attended by her maidens, washing her head, finds her
ring in the pitcher.
DWAYMENAU.
Ah me
I faint,
my thoughts arc
confused,
all
Body and mind alike are paralyzed.

The father of my child, as beautiful
As these my tresses, has at last arrived.
Brave heart
And conquer
His way
My
to
heart
thus fearlessly to persevere,

the dangers that beset
all
What
me.
has he not endured
melting at the dreadful thought.
is
Enter King Doomarajah.

king.
Why, how now, daughter, wherefore lie you thus,

As though a thunderbolt had struck you down ?
DWAYMENAU.
dearest father,
this,
Which, as you know,
And
which
my favourite ring,
my finger never left,
parted with not long ago
For a most special purpose, has returned.
From
1
out this pitcher as
found
This
That
is
it
me
to
my
to
its
my hand
drew,
former place restored
a sign infallible
dear husband has indeed arrived.
Now, can you wonder
Was more
than
I,
that this sweet surprise
at first,
king
Which of you brought
{to
could calmly bear
Attendants).
this pitcher
from the well
FEMALE ATTENDANT.
Great King, forgive your slave,
this slender
arm
THE SILVER
In vain a task beyond
A
I
its
who
courteous youth,
HILL.
55
strength essayed,
stood beside the well,
asked to help me, and his aid he gave.

KING.
Bring him before
SCENE
King
me
Audience
in the
{Exeunt.
Hall.
Audience Hall of the Palace.
XII.
Enter Prince,
on his Throne.
escorted by Ministers.
king.
thou
who
art o'er all
In beauty, with
pre-eminent
endowed
all qualities
Which man
Whence art thou, and what strange adventures
Thee to the country of the Silver Hill ?
adorn, and as a lion brave,
Without concealment
let
led
us briefly hear.
PRINCE.
1 will,
King.
Of him who
And
In me behold the son
o'er Pinzala reigns
next successor to
my
For some good deed which

I
must have done,
To win
And to
was
my
throne
former state
rich reward
my
bride,
complete our happiness a son

blessed.
hostile force
Our arms
I led,
But brief are
advancing to
one march
When, by a Brahmin's
My
in a
your lovely daughter for
Our union
it
supreme,
father's
artful
all
our joys;
repel,
I scarce
had
ta'en,
tongue beguiled,
royal father issued a decree
That your dear daughter should a victim bleed
Upon
She
I,
the Yeetnat's altar.
fled for safety to
counting
life
Hearing
this
her native land,
as but a grain of dust
56
When
Have
cast into the scale against
my
love,
followed her, and thus you see
suppliant kneel before your royal
me now
feet.
KING.
Listen,
my
Ministers
this gentle youth,
Urged on, he tells us, by the love he bears

Our daughter Dwaymenau, has hither come.
If he so high a prize expects to win,
He
must convince us that
And undergo
his love
is
true,
of his worth.
trial
Therefore, from out our armory bring forth
The famous bow, whose
ton suspended
If
he can bend
SCENE
uncurved sustains
string
let this
stranger try
tough unyielding bow.
this
[Exeunt.
Lists in the Court-yard of the Palace.
XIII.
Enter King, Ministers, and Prince.

'first minister.
Here
Has
is
the
bow on which our Lord the King

you make trial of your strength.
willed that
[Prince
takes the bow.
PRINCE.
Now
is
the crisis of
And Dwaymenau
And all is lost.
is
my
Succeed,
fate.
mine
for. ever.
[He
Fail,
tries the
bow and bends
FIRST MINISTER.
Your Majesty,
The
stubborn
And
hard as
bow curved
like the eagle's wing,
steel, is, in his
hands, a reed.
KING.
He
has done well
but to a further
test
it.
THE SILVER
We
HILL.
57
needs must subject him, before the hand
Of our
Princess
we can on him bestow.
Bring from the stables our most vicious steed,
And
a wild elephant that ne'er has
The
driver's goad,
And
whose glaring eye proclaims
unsubdued
spirit
in our
felt
these
him mount,
let
presence to subjection tame.

MINISTERS.
You
hear the royal order,
This
will
and worst, ordeal
last,
you dare
to essay ?
PRINCE.
Is't
bow have
not enough that I the
And must
Well, be
it
I still
so
new
I
trials
bent,
undertake
never can draw back,
Bring the wild horse and wilder elephant

[
(To the
orchestral)
Now
The horse and elephant are led on.
thunder forth a bold inspiring
Whose echoes, spreading far and

The earth to its foundations.
[He mounts
the
Lists, after
wild
horse,
and
rides
fierce brute I plant
my
He
thus obedient to
turns whichever
my armed
way
(To the KlNG.)
KING.
Before
my
Of
inwrought with gems suspended be,
let
the elephant.
heel,
The second trial, which the King ordained,

Has but confirmed the presage of the first.
daughters
the
the neck
I please to guide.
FIRST MINISTER.
silk
round
royal foot,
[He mounts
And
it
which he dismounts.
On
Of this
strain,
wide, shall shake
a seven-fold screen
[He dismounts,
58
And from within let each of them, in turn,

One taper finger carefully expose.
If he, who claims the lovely Dwaymenau,
By this can single her from all the rest,
I will
admit his
[A
title
scrce?i
to her hand.
dropped.
is
The Princesses
in turn
put
forth a finger.
PRINCE.
all
Grant
ye Powers, vouchsafe your gracious aid,
me some sign my choice to guide aright.

[As Dwaymenau puts forth her finger,
on
1 hail
As
the
this
My
omen
bee settles
it.
(takes the finger).
dear hand
happy choice.
Ah
the thrill I feel,
touch once more, confirms
Now, King, my
prize I claim.
KING.
Well hast thou earned
it,
[Leads forward
Embrace your blushing
The
reign of
true
and
gallant Prince.
Dwaymenau from
wife,
and happy be
Thoodanoo and Dwaymenau.
behind the
screen.
CHAPTER
II.
PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION, AND HABITS AND CUSTOMS OF

THE BURMESE.
Male costume. Tattooing.

Female dress and ornasmoking. Singular custom. Bur-
Physical characteristics of the Burmese race.

Its
absence considered a mark of effeminacy.
ments.
Ear-
tubes.
Universality
of
mese altogether a different people from the inhabitants of Hindostan.

Absence of caste prejudices. Their pleasing manners. Happiness of the
people.
Absence of pauperism. Affection of parents for their children.
Fondness for amusement and excitement. As a rule not laborious.
Marriage
Perfect freedom of marriageable
purely a
Hla-pet. Curious custom pursued by a bridegroom's
bachelor
Privileges of the female Code of divorce.
Polygamy. Sensitiveness to
Tendency to suicide. Suicide of a
bridegroom. Attempted suicide of a
Food. Description of a
Burmese banquet. Their treatment of
The devil dance.
Disease caused by witchcraft. Funerals. Boat
Peculiarity of the
" Palmam qui
boats. Mode of rowing. Description of the
Marriage customs.
girls.
civil rite.
friends.
sex.
raillery.
girl.
disease.
races.
goal.
Vaunting songs, and grotesque attitudes of the winners.

Subscription purses. Game of football. Boxing and wrestling.
Admirable temper of the combatants. Description of the Ta-soung-doing
Weaving the sacred cloth. Relays of workers. Working and
courting. Floating
Water festival on New Year's Day. Meaning
of the observance. Mythological legend.
meruit
ferit.
"
festival.
lights.
The
physical
those which distinguish the

rally.
of the
characteristics
The shape
Burmese are
Mongolian race gene-
of the skull
globular,
is
and seen
from the front has a peculiar pyramidal, or lozenge

form,* owing to a great lateral
extension of the
zygomatic arches, coupled with a narrow forehead,

*
Cunningham's " Ladak,"
p. 297.
60
causing great breadth of face below the eyes, nar-
rowing
upwards and downwards.

and
broad
moderate
ing no
with
flat
high
The
and showLips
of prognathism in the jaws.
somewhat intumescent, and chin
often fleshy and

short.
Eyes,
black,
oblique,
which
latter
wide
apart,
appearance
the shape or position of the

structure of the
is
Mouth
cheek-bones.
in size, with fine vertical teeth,
symptom
face
lids,
and
is
is
and
generally
caused, not by
orbits,*
but by the
produced by the tension
of the skin over the projecting cheek-bones, under

the outer angles of the eyes, and by the flatness of
The nose
the space between the eyes.
with
or no bridge, generally short, with broad
little
nostrils,
broad,
is
and flattened towards the forehead.
black, long, straight,
and abundant.
whiskers, and moustache small and
angle about
Colour of
jj.
No
Hair
beard or
Facial
slight.
skin, bright pale
brown,
or isabelline hue, approaching to yellow.
They
the
are a fine, robust, athletic race, but not
men averaging about
five
feet four inches in
Their bodies are well proportioned
height.
somewhat long
the legs.
in the trunk,
Head
tall,
and arms
but
relatively to
well set on, shoulders square, chest
wide and deep, and legs showing great muscular

development.
and
idiotcy
As
a race, they are very healthy
and deformity of body are of unusually
* Pritchard's
"Natural History of Man,"
vol.
i.,
p. 214.
MALE COSTUME.
61
rare occurrence.
Their demeanour
elasticity of step,
and the composure of
marked by
is
their counte-
nance denotes great confidence in themselves.
They wear
of the head, and

it
knot on the top
their hair tied in a
wound round
or intertwined with
a piece of muslin or gay silk handkerchief;
is
a jacket of cotton or broadcloth, according to the

season, hangs loosely from their shoulders over the
hips
and a potso of bright
round the
waist,
or cotton
silk
wound
extending to the ankles, and with
one end often thrown jauntily over the shoulder,

in the
fashion of a
Highlander's
kilt,
forms their
dress.
From
the waist to the knees nearly every male
amongst the Burmese

pigment
birds,
is
tattooed with a black or blue
in figures of lions,
and beloos, enclosed
tracery
and flowing
lines.
tigers,
in
a groundwork of fine
This operation commences
as early as the age of six years,

ally
until
and
is
done gradu-
completed, often extending over several
The
years.
elephants, nats,
operation, performed
by needles and an
instrument shaped like a mathematical steel pen,
is
very painful one, and during the process the patient

is
drugged with opium to render
Portions of the arms and upper part of the
acute.
body are
listic
his feelings less
also often tattooed in vermilion with caba-
and mystic characters, as charms against an
enemy,
evil spirits,
and
disease.
These squares are

62
subdivided into several small ones, with figures in

each, so arranged
by arithmetical progression, that
whether added up horizontally, transversely, or perpendicularly, the sum-total
following are examples
is
The
always the same.
'5
34
13
12
16
15
10
15
15
15
15
15
9
15
Herodotus
(v.
6)
mentions
the
Thracians
as
being tattooed (eorvx&u) which was considered an
emblem
of rank, and the want of
With
ness of descent.
of rank, as mostly
its
absence
is
all
the
are
delicate.
*
Burmese
more or
showing meanit is
not a sign
less tattooed,
and
considered as a mark of effeminacy.*
The Burmese women

plexion
it
than the
are
much
men, and
their
They have good
in
com-
features
more
fairer
figures,
with
small
William of Malmesbury mentions tattooing as being one of the English
vices at the time of the
Norman
conquest
but, according to Caesar, their
bodies were merely stained with woad, the pigment not being inserted under
the skin, as in the case of the Burmese.
FEMALE COSTUME.
and
hands
They
are
and
feet,
not
limbs
handsome,
well
perhaps,
European ideas of beauty
63
proportioned.
according
but they
to
never-
are,
theless, often
very comely, as much from expression,
as feature, or
more
They pay
so.
the adornment of their persons.

tresses (frequently like their
riched with false
tails),
great attention to
Their long black
European
sisters,
carefully dressed
en-
and per-
fumed, are gathered at the back of the head, a la
Madonna, and
gracefully adorned with fresh flowers,
usually an orchid, a jasmine, or a chumpac.
Their
petticoat,
native loom,
woven
or hta-mein,
in
of silk from the
is
vandyke, cable, or serpentine
patterns of the brightest dye and varied hues, but
always blended with great
taste.
This
is
wrapped
round the body, and the bust covered by a bodice

generally of Turkey-red cloth, folded in under the
left
The
arm.
waist,
and
falls
petticoat
down
in
is
tucked in tightly at the
front to the ankles
but
merely slightly lapping over discloses a portion of

the leg
when
walking, one limb being visible at a
time, according to the forward step.
To
the petticoat
pattern,
tal
is
attached a skirt of a different
most generally of a pale pink, with horizon-
narrow stripes of dark colours, interwoven with
gold or silver threads.

ten inches to a foot
management,
This
skirt trails
behind some
on the ground, and
in either
its
walking or dancing,
graceful
is
one of
64
the accomplishments of a
or jacket, of muslin,
ta-bet,
Burmese
silk,
belle.
or satin,
An
worn open
or shawl, thrown over the shoulders, and red
When
sandals, complete the habiliments of the sex.

in full-dress
they are
faces with
tha-nat-kha
the
engyce,
Murraya
in
the habit of powdering their
having a somewhat similar
exotica,
fragrance to sandal-wood
and rougeing
cosmetic prepared from
pencilling
their
eyebrows
their lips.
Their necklaces and ornaments, of pure gold, set

with rubies and other precious stones, are handsome
and
in
good
But
taste.
ornaments are their ear-tubes*

called earrings,
orifice
made
most remarkable
their
for they
cannot be
which are introduced into a large
in the lobe of the ear.
the lobe of the ear
is
common
The
boring of
to both sexes.
It is
pierced in the ordinary manner, and the aperture
gradually enlarged
by introducing small
bamboo, increasing
in
The
commonly
ear-tubes most
slips
of
number by slow degrees.

in
use are cylinders
of gold, about one-and-a-half inches long, and threequarters of an inch in diameter, and into which
Men, women, and
often thrust a half-smoked cigar.
children are
all
who have
and even
infants at
may appear
to those
great smokers
the breast, incredible as
it
is
not seen them, are occasionally observed
having a pull at the fragrant weed.

* Na-doungs.
SINGULAR CUSTOM.
The ceremony
of boring* a child's ears
a great festival, and
is
kept as
the relations and friends of
all
The
the parents are invited.
made by
65
invitations are not
notes or cards, but, according to
Burmese
custom, by sending round small conical packets of

pickled tea
ceremony a dinner
of the
open
play,
to
is
Burmese
generally performed
in front of the house.
joint
is
with equal
dislocated, and,
if
extended the elbow
is
joint being protruded,
This
ing inwards.
The custom
by constant working,
rendered so flexible
facility either
is
way.
girls,
elbow
earliest age, to turn the inside of the
outwards, as
given, and a
singular practice prevails of accustoming
from the
the
is
comers,
all
under a temporary theatre
After the completion
(let-phet-dholi).
that
When
it
the
moves
arm
is
inverted, the inside of the
and the external part bendconsidered the ne plus ultra
of enlarging the lobe of the ear, so as to enable
it
to carry
and is supposed to
be connected with sun worship. Spanish historians mention that elaborate
religious ceremonies were held at the Temple of the Sun at Cuzco, on the
occasion of boring the ears of the young Peruvian nobles, and in the case
ear-tubes of large size, appears to be a very ancient custom,
of princes of the blood, the Inca himself pierced the ear-lobes with a golden
pin.
The image
of
Gautama
is
always portrayed with long pendant ear-lobes
reaching to his shoulders, "characteristic of his pre-eminence over
"Voyage"
all
men."
375) it is related that Pigafetta, who

sailed with Magellan in 15 19, heard from an old pilot that there was an island
In Pinkerton's
(vol. xi., p.
where a race of diminutive stature existed, with ears as long as their bodies, so
that they lay on one ear, and used the other for a coverlid.
They were said
to be Troglodides.
A similar story is told by Strabo, on the authority of
Megasthenes.
Pliny also states that in the " Isles of the Scythians " there
were reported to be natives with ears of similar dimensions, and used for the
same purpose. See article in the "Journal of the Anthropological Institute,"
vol.
ii.,
No.
VOL.
II.
11.,
by
J.
Park Harrison, M.A.

F
66
of elegance, and in
all
Burmese drawings women are
represented in this posture.
The
people
of
Burma,
whether
Burmese properly so
Talaings, or
Arakanese,
called,
are alto-
gether a different people from the inhabitants of

India.
They
are
by hereditary
trammelled
not
priests, like
Brahmins, or hedged round with caste *
distinctions,
compelling them to live on
in the
same
narrow grooves as their forefathers from generation

Unlike the distrustful and suspicious
to generation.
Hindus and Mahommedans, woman holds a
position
amongst them of perfect freedom and independence,

and
their children are free to
come and
They
go.
are open-hearted and merry in disposition, and no
European has ever entered

tercourse with
into free
in-
them without being more struck with
They
their virtues than their faults.

traditional
and kindly
are free from
and conventional dogmata, and are by
nature and habit far less imbued with the odium

*
The Hindus
recognise four
Vaisyas, and Sudras.
distinct
The " Jatimala," a
castes
Brahmans,
Kshatriyas,
Sanskrit work, gives the following
" In the first creation by Brahma,

Brahmanas proceeded, with the Veda, from the mouth of Brahma. From his
arms Kshatriyas sprung ; so from his thigh Vaisyas, from his foot Sudras,
tradition respecting the origin of each caste.
were produced
The word
"lineage;"
all
caste
with females."
is
derived from the Portuguese
in Sanskrit they are called varnas, that
word
is,
casta,
"race" or
Heeren
"colours."
supposes that the origin of the institution was founded upon conquest
first
three tribes being a foreign race
and reduced them
to
an
who subdued
inferior caste
the
it "as the result of

by descent from father to son,
while others trace
that fondness for perpetuating, like heirlooms,

certain offices,
the aborigines of the country
or the exercise of certain arts or professions, which
peculiarly characteristic of almost all nations of the Indo-Germanic race."
is
so
PLEASING MANNERS.
67
contemptuous abhorrence of
all
creeds and customs, other than their own, than
is
theologicum, or that
the case with the ordinary Asiatic of whatever creed
or denomination.
Their manners are distinguished by a pleasing
They
mixture of courtesy and freedom.
possess
great aplomb ; and even the poorest, while frank, are
In
well bred.
with
intercourse
their
each other
they are good-humoured and considerate, and the
observer cannot but be struck with the enjoyment,
and happiness of the people.
contentment,
appear well
labour
days'
destitution
None
off.
suffices
quite
is
are very rich, or poor

for
unknown.
pauperism nor poor-law

If
three
days'
There
All
;
two
bread, and
is
neither
in the province.
a family should happen to be
in want,
once assisted by their neighbours, and
they are at
" the stranger
within their gates," of whatever creed, has never to
ask twice for food.

children
is
The
very great.
a sacred precept and
Much
respect
there are
is
affection of parents for their

Filial piety is inculcated as
its
duties religiously observed.
shown by the young
to the old,
and
two forms of address which are always
used by the young to the middle-aged, and by both

to the old.
is
Mendacity, so characteristic of Orientals,
not a national defect amongst this people, and
experience has
in
shown
favour of truth
my
that the chances are greatly
when evidence
is
sought.

68
They
amusement and excitement, and
are fond of
All have enough for their
as a rule are not laborious.
wants, and they are content with that sufficiency,
They
act fully
maxim
to the
Christian
as well as
evil
up
which
" sufficient
Buddhist
is
for the
day
the
is
Strong, patient, and good-tempered,
thereof."
they are utterly without
the
restless
energy of
Europe.
Their repose
placidity,
rather than that of indolence, the quies-
cence which
is
perfect,
is
yet
it
that of
is
the root of the Buddhist creed, which
forms their idea of happiness, and which
"the
is
only expression in the features of their motionless
They do
god."
not, like the
Europeans, convert the
world into a workshop, because their world
not
is
yet darkened with the pressure of over-population
and competition
neither
is
their desire to possess
great wealth stimulated by the painful contrast of
extreme luxury with squalid poverty and humiliating

dependence.
The
affected
condition
social
by
the people
of
marriage
their
though betrothals take place

even
in
infancy
no
customs.
is
largely
In
India,
at a very early
age
one ever sees a young man
and a young woman walking together as companions,

friends, or lovers.
mon.
On
occasions,
In
god
blind
sway, and there
a sight
is
com-
and when they meet on other
these,
the
Burma such
is
is
allowed to have his
freedom of manners, a
fre-
COURTSHIP.
quent interchange of wit and
69
raillery,
and
inter-
change of sentiment, which would horrify a native
About
of India.
eight
when
" courting time,"*
their
in
the young
casement
is
a signal
is
"
ladies " receive
acquaintances, and
bachelor
their
o'clock in the evening
a lamp
that
placed
they are
" at
home."
Women
are generally married about seventeen or
nineteen years of age, to the
man
of their choice
of about the same age or older, the parents very
seldom
more than
interfering,
to advise.
The Bud-
dhist law forbids opposition in such cases, leaving
young people,
own
in
inclinations,
a great measure, to follow their
and
contracted without the

either party
marriages are occasionally

consent of the parents of
and sometimes even
in direct
oppo-
sition to their wishes.
When
to
a couple have agreed between themselves
marry, the mother of the man, or his nearest
female relation,
mother of the
is
generally
first
and
sent to sound the

if
she appears to
approve of the match, some of the
suitor's elderly
girl privately,
friends are sent to propose the marriage formally

to the girl's parents,
* Loo-byo lai-thee kala.
and adjust the settlement.
On
this happy land, loo-byo hoing or apyo-hoing (old

unknown, and the widowed seldom remain long
in that state.
It may not be out of place here to observe that the Burmese do
not kiss each other in the western fashion, but apply the lips and nose to the
cheek, and make a strong inhalation, which they express by the term nan-shokihee, to sniff up a scent.
In
bachelors and old maids) are
7o
the parents giving their consent to the marriage,
the
de
corbeille
groom
noce
furnished
is
according to his means, *
by the
bride-
and the marriage
takes place almost immediately.
feast
is
prepared, accompanied with the inevit-
able pooay, or play
the
happy couple eat out of the
same dish before the assembled guests

the bridegroom
marriage
is
is
practically
brought to a
holy aid
its
returned,
is
thus purely a simple
religion lends not
which
presents the bride with hla-pet\
(pickled tea), the compliment
ceremony
after
civil
for
and the
close.
The
to
which
rite,
marriage
is
looked
upon by the Buddhist priesthood as a concession
human
frailty,
to
of the earth earthy, and opposed to
the ideas of religious contemplation and abstraction
which govern their order.
curious custom
prevails of the bridegroom's
bachelor friends and others assembling on the night

of
marriage round his house, and throwing
the
* Dowries are seldom ever given
of marriage
almost everything
is
by parents
to their 'daughter? at the time
expected to be furnished by the bridegroom.
Burmese, therefore, cannot say with the Latin poet
" Pars minima
+
and
Hla-pet, or pickled tea,

is
is
est ipsa puella sui."
used on
many
festive occasions
imported chiefly from Thein-nee, in the Shan
states',
by the Burmese,
bordering on China.
made up into balls of different sizes, by means of a glutinous substance,

which unites the leaves together without injuring their qualities. I have also
It is
seen
it
in the
form of small pressed cakes
and
also
packed
in
hollow bamboos
of about three feet in length, with the ends stopped up with clay.
This
latter
comes from the Kubo valley, on the borders of Munipur.

The Burmese serve up the tea-leaves dressed with sesamum oil, garlick, and
assafcetida, and thus prepared look upon it as a great delicacy, and a good
promoter of digestion.
MARRIAGE CUSTOMS.
stones on
71
roof and at the doors, and which
its
many
kept up often for
hours.
It
not done as
is
a protest against the marriage, or in the
what an English lad would
"fun;"
call
is
way
of
but as
following out an immemorial custom, and though
the practice must, one would think, be an incon"
venient one to the
happy couple,"
they would
still
think that a proper compliment had not been paid
them
I
if it
was omitted.
have already remarked that the position of
woman amongst
Burmese
the
is
She
much higher and
Mahommedans* and
independent one than amongst

Hindus.
with them, not the mere slave of
is
passion, but has equal rights,
and
is
the recognized
and duly honoured helpmate of man, and,

bears a
more prominent share
the more ordinary affairs of

*
A Mahommedan woman
in fact,
in the transaction of
than
life
has neither social rank nor
is
the case,
She
civil rights.
is
not even permitted to enter their ideal paradise, but sighs at the portals of
Heaven, a mere spectator of that happiness which she can never hope
"Woman," by
G. N. Cresswell,
In ancient times a
much
to share.
p. 45.
purer morality existed in the East.
In the laws of
Menu, said to have been composed 1280 B.C., we read (Book iii., 58):
" Women are to be esteemed and honoured by their fathers, brothers, husbands, and fathers-in-law,
if
the latter wish to be
nothing.
when
happy themselves.
The
women are honoured where it is not done, sacrifices avail

When the women are ill-treated the whole family goes to ruin
gods rejoice when
the contrary happens,
it
nourishes for ever."
In the Maha-bharata King Dushmanta expresses himself in the following

beautiful language:
"The
gives the children
the
woman is the honour of the family; she, who

woman is the life of man she, who is ever faithful.
The woman
is
happiness.
The woman, with
the half of the man, she
is
his best friend, the source of all
her sweet language,
is
the friend in solitude,
mother of the oppressed, refreshment on the journey through the wilderness

of life."
(Digest of Hindu Law, translated by Coleman.)
the
72
perhaps, with any other people, either eastern or
To
western.
give a very striking instance, even in
a matter the most remote from the ordinary expected
and conventionalities of womankind,
duties
a case where the wife of a
and revenue
in
open
when
Myo-ok (head
judicial
a township) came before
officer of
court,
may cite
me
was Deputy Commissioner of
Bassein, having nine notorious dacoits or robbers in
her custody, and stating that her husband would

follow with the record of the proceedings in the
case.
The
business of the country
retail
is
mostly carried
on by women, and a large proportion,
wholesale description.
anything without
she possesses the
household
boorkhah, or
She
Mahommedan
wife,
or
fact,
is
no
"purdah
behind a screen), or wears no
cause to hide her face

maid,
In
key of the house/' and of the
establishment.
nasheen" (hidden
as
Burmese seldom does
consulting his wife.
first
"
also, of the
veil,
for
she has no
her legal rights are admitted
widow
the
sole
right
in
her
property before, and that acquired after marriage
is
acknowledged, and only under rare and peculiar

circumstances can property,
or ancestors,
time
left
her by her parents
become her husband's during her
she can hold real property in her
and even obtain

he forsakes
her,
own
life-
right,
legal possession of her husband's
if
LAW OF
code of divorce
which
unions,
damnable
as "a
visions
been
has
Roman
Bigandet, the
is
DIVORCE.
provided for
ill-assorted
pronounced
by Father
Catholic Bishop of Rangoon,
laxity."
Amongst
where a desire
are,
73
a separation
for
by an equal
causes, parties can divorce each other
other
is
goods
can
or
in
demand
if
one of them
provided
free to go,
the clothes
wear are
left
all
method which
which
unwilling, the
property except
woman
a divorce for ill-treatment, or
her in case of barrenness or
the
is
behind.
husband cannot properly maintain
of
is
" incompatibility of temper," or other
mutual, from
division of
other pro-
its
is
if
her
and he from
her,
Another
infidelity.
not unfrequently resorted to
is
that
aggrieved parties turning priests or nuns,

at
They may
once
dissolves
return
and marry another
to
;
the
a secular
matrimonial
life
bond.
any time,
at
but, for the sake of appearance,
their return to the world
is
usually deferred
some
months.
Serious connubial quarrels appear rarer amongst
the
Burmese than most communities
and apart
from their natural good temper, the easy severance

of the nuptial knot may, notwithstanding
ing condemnation by the
thing in
its
its
sweep-
good bishop, have some-
favour, namely, that of rendering
husband
and wife mutually forbearing.
Buddhism disapproves of polygamy
but does
74
not wholly disallow

ever,
Few Burmese
it.
more than one
and
wife,
have, how-
the case of a
in
second or more being taken, the Ma-ya-gyee, or

first
always holds the highest rank
wife,
the
in
household.
Burmese women are
as a rule prolific,
and have
the ordinary proportion of male and female children.
As soon
may be,
as a child
it
born, whatever the season
custom to
the
is
is
the mothers apartment, and
which treatment
light a large fire in
her before
place
This
continued for seven days.
is
it,
roasting not unfrequently injures the health of the

patient,
and though English medical
often pointed out
its
absurdity,
and
officers
tried to
have proved
have
combat
the system,
all
universal
the custom and so strong the prejudice
is
their efforts
The usage
in its favour.
with some ideas of
is
in vain, so
associated,
purification,
which,
believe,
on such
occasions, prevail in different forms in other parts
of the world
but
never heard any satisfactory
reason given for the practice.
Mothers suckle
their
children for a long period, extending occasionally

to
two or three
years, gradually
weaning them on
boiled rice and plantains.
The Burmese
are very sensitive to raillery, and
have a peculiar delicacy of

they
call a-shet,
feeling, or
dread of what
or shame, to use the English trans-
lation of the expression,
which does
not,
however,
SENSITIVENESS TO RAILLERY.
hardly convey
disregard of
meaning, and show a great
full
its
by committing suicide
life
The
trifling causes.
shown by Colonel
75
for the
nature of this feeling
J.
P.
is
most
well
Briggs, in his interesting
work on Heathen and Holy Lands,

following cases with which he
in
the two
became acquainted
in
his official capacity.
Two
young women, both much admired, resided
near each other
and though a good-natured
rivalry
existed between them, they were great friends, and
meet together, and
often used to
their conquests
and
girlish secrets.
relate
mutually
This occurred
more
particularly in the evening time at the village
well,
where they met to draw water.
Here they
were wont to laugh and joke with one another on

that
most important of
would be married
all
subjects,
and what
first,
which of them
sort of
husbands
they would get.

After a time one of these girls married a good
respectable man, a sawyer by occupation, and had
been living
when her
friendly
in
her husband's house but a few days,
old
companion with others paid her a
Her husband was not present, and

commenced teasing and joking with her
visit.
the visitors
about her husband.

"
Ah
"
said her friend, "
but only to a sawyer
you are married
first,
would not marry a sawyer
much you have got by your good
looks,
and your
76
high
family that looked so
good-naturedly joined
and did not
think
in the
The young
"
laugh against herself,
defend
necessary to
it
wife
her
husband, whose good qualities were well known.
So her thoughtless
not having
who was
all
The
a better match.
for
husband,
was so ashamed
the conversation, and
not being thought good enough for his pretty
young
wife,
and annoyed
that he forthwith
pride, furnishes
destruction,
employed
girl
at her not taking his part,
went away and hung
Any momentary
to
began pitying her
garden at the back of the house
in the
overheard
at
made
visitors
annoyance, or shock to their
them with
and opium
is
sufficient
cause for
self-
one of the means often
for the purpose.
of about fifteen years of age, being sent
market by her mother
gathered
himself.
from her
there of about the

similar manner.
garden,
same
to
some oranges
sell
met a female
age,
friend
and employed
The market was
trade not sufficiently brisk to keep
not
full,
in
and the
them employed,
and the two good-for-nothings commenced gambling

for the oranges,
by playing odd and even with the
small dried flowers attached to the
them
lost nearly all
returned
home
fruit.
One
of
her oranges to the other, and
without the computed
number of
coppers, the sale of the missing fruit ought to have

realised.
RICE "THE STAFF OF
On
LIFE:'
77
her mother discovering that her daughter had
her oranges by gambling, she boxed her ears,
lost
and scolded her
when
the girl
enough
lowed
in the
the house, purchased
left
to poison
it
presence of some neighbours,
two or three people, and swal-
she then returned to her mother, and
quietly told her
what she had done, and that she
would never have the power
The mother
grief
some opium,
to ill-treat her again.
greatly alarmed,
hugging her child
and
the
in
wildest
bosom, rushed
to her
off
with her to the Government Hospital, where the

surgeon, being fortunately present at the time, was
enabled to save her

Rice, as in
life.
the countries of Southern
all
takes the position of " the staff of

universal food, so
Breakfast
is
much
and supper the evening
rice.
fish
chutneys
and other
amongst the
the
It
is
usually accom-
of different kinds, meat,
salads of sliced
sea- coast oysters
is
so as to tint the language.
and vegetables, which are eaten with

these, are
and
morning, dinner the noon,
called the
panied by a ragout of
life,"
Asia,
it.
Besides
cucumber, and on the

shell fish,
latter,
and several
and without which
no Burmese considers he has made a good dinner,

is
nga-pee,
potent
preparation,
somewhat
re-
sembling anchovy paste, composed of prawns and

fish
fry,
pounded with
condiments.
chillies,
garlic,
and other
soup composed of the nests of the
78
sea-swallow
small
sembling
isinglass,
(Hirundo
which are found on the rocky
islands of the coast,
and
meals,
accompany
occasionally
much
is
closely re-
esculenta)
by old men
prized
their
for
its
supposed recuperative powers.
Their
japanned
meals
trays,
up
served
are
fitting
in
red
circular
successively into a conical
apparatus tapering to a point, called an
The
ok.
rice,
and
the others china cups and platters holding the
fish,
lowest and largest receptacle contains the
meat,
When
etc.
several
are
partaking of the
same meal, they assemble round the

containing the
rice,
tray
large
each helping themselves to
it
with their hands, and seasoning the rice with the

materials taken with a spoon from the
trays,
which are passed round.
attendant
Their beverage
is
water.
The
wilfully to deprive animals of
most
them
tenets of the Buddhist religion forbid
strictly
life.
Any, even the
amongst them,
religious
however,
have no scruples in eating the flesh of an animal

killed
by another person
the sin of
its
as then, they consider,
destruction does not rest upon them,
but on the person

are
who
actually caused
very hearty eaters, and
choice
in
the description
of
are
the
it.
They
not particularly
food they
eat.
The lower classes, especially, will eat anything.

They eat vermin, such as rats, and reptiles like
TREATMENT OF
will
same
foul
In
who
fact,
Mongol
feeders as their
the rude Tatar warriors
79
eat animals, even,
have died a natural death.
that
the
They
and snakes.
lizards
DISEASE.
they are
ancestors,
fought in the armies
of Jenghis Khan.
The Burmese know
nothing of anatomy
their treatment of disease
medicine.
practise
No
Anyone
license
members of
necessary, and the
or
is
allowed
diploma
the
Their
work on medicine (Baideng) teaches
human body
that
composed of the four elements,
is
and the symptoms of disease manifested
That there
senses.
is
the profession are,
generally speaking, rogues and charlatans.

classical
and
mixed up with ignor-
and prejudice.
ance, superstition,
to
is
which are caused by
are' ninety-six
in the five
genera of diseases,
evil spirits, passions, or
humours
seated in the blood and nerves by climate and by

food.
One
cury
of their most
esteemed remedies
is
mer-
but their prescriptions are chiefly confined to
aromatic ingredients, such as cardamums, nutmegs,

chillies, etc.
roots,
to
and
to barks,
and
the virtue of which latter
particularly various
is
supposed greatly
depend on the periods when they are gathered,
such as
eclipses.
the
changes
They have
of
the
moon, and during
singular ideas regarding diet.
During fevers and other acute disorders
far
from
diminishing the quantity of food to be taken by
8o
the patient, they rather increase
it
the idea being
that the
more
will
and consequently better able to withstand
be,
that
is
eaten the stronger the patient
the disease.
If all the physician's
disease,
is
it
remedies
then often declared that the malady
has been caused by an evil

propitiated
to check the
fail
by
offerings
spirit,
who must be
and the devil dance *
For
purpose a strong-minded female of middle age,
this
accustomed to hire herself out on such occasions,
whom
and of
one,
is
sent
every large village contains at least
for,
and under the name of the wife of
the Nat-tso, or evil
a shed erected for the
spirit, in
purpose near the patient's house,

offerings,
she
tortions to the
goes
through
is
with votive
sundry violent con-
sound of a drum and brass trumpet,
and ends by feigning syncope.

she
filled
When
in this state
questioned regarding the sick person, and
her replies are unfavourable,

recovery
is
There
is
all
hope of the
if
patient's
given up.
one disease
in particular that is
much
dreaded by the Burmese, called a-peng (peng means

a wedge in the vernacular) which they suppose to
be caused by a substance formed of bones,
and sinews produced by magic, and forced
The
This
is
into the
rite, and is doubtless a remnant of Shamanism.

by the Burmese Nat-pan, or that of the "possessing
not a Buddhist
festival is called
flesh,
FUNERALS.
8r
stomach, or some other part of the body by witches.
This disease
and
considered to be not unfrequent
is
incurable.
had a favourite servant, named
Shw^gyau, who had long been

supposed to have died of
is
of his body, his
my
in
service,
and
After the cremation
it.
widow brought me a
hard, irregularly
formed substance found amongst
and
ashes,
his
which she gravely declared was the cause of death,
and through the power of the Tson-ma, or witch,
was the only portion of the body
that
had
resisted
the flames.
Burmese
religious
and
parade,
solemnized
the people
female
portion,
in
the
raise
left
more
the house,
with
great
demonstration
external
Immediately the breath has
grief.
all
are
funerals
most
of
the body,
especially the
shrieks,
frightful
and messengers are despatched with information of

the mournful event to the connections and friends
of the deceased,
to
offer
ments
their
who
attend as speedily as possible
condolences,
for the funeral
and
make
arrange-
the expenses of which they
help to defray by voluntary contributions amongst
them.
After the corpse has
been washed, and a coin
called kadho-akha, or ferry-hire
Buddhist Charon
in
placed
the obolus
in the
mouth,
it is
for the
wrapped
a clean white sheet, and laid on an open bier in a
front
room of the house, where
VOL.
II.
it
remains, generally,
G
82
for
about three days, when
it is
removed
in a
wooden
coffin to the place of cremation.
First in the funeral procession, slung on poles
and
carried on men's shoulders, are alms for the priest-
hood and
following which are nuns
for the poor,
pawn and
carrying pickled tea,
betel
and then come
priests carrying their broad-leafed palm-fans
shoulders,
a band of music precedes the
their
their disciples, walking
and attended by
two and two
on
coffin,
borne by the friends of the deceased, and immediately
after
deceased,
mourning.
dressed
nearest
the
are
it
in
all
white
Attached to the
of cloth, which
is
relations
4'
the
of
the
Buddhist
coffin is often
a piece
extended over the shoulders of
the mourners.
On
the arrival of the coffin at the cemetery,
placed on the ground

priests sittingf at the
and others
in the
* Just the reverse of the
is
near the funeral pyre, the
head of
same
it
it,
attitude
with the mourners

in
front of them.
custom of the ancient Romans, with
their
"white
days," and their holiday-dress of white clothes, "et populus festo concolor
ipse suo
" indeed,
generally in every country at the present day white
considered a festive colour.
am
is
not aware of the reason for the Buddhists
adopting white as their mourning colour.
+ The
one
in
down
When
sitting posture is the attitude of respect in
which an
Burma
and
can remain in the presence of a superior.
inferior
it is
the only
In squatting
they are particularly careful to turn the soles of their feet behind them.
presenting anything to a superior, they do
it
in a crouching position,
with averted head, showing every symptom of awe and respect.

of their having to address him, they
first
join their hands,
In the event
and touch the
forehead.
when a great man makes

down before him.
Instead of an assembly rising

the custom in Europe,
it
sinks
his appearance, as is
FUNERAL CEREMONIES.
chief priest then recites u the five
The
83
Command-
ments," the " three kinds of worship," or Buddhist
and
creed,
the " ten
followed by the other priests repeating
is
At
good works."
the conclusion of these
the chief mourner pours out water* from a cup or
a cocoa-nut shell upon the

coffin
in
or,
cloth
on the ground, pro-
absence,
its
attached to the
nouncing at the same time, after the chief

"
Let the deceased and
merit
the
of
distance,
"We
now performing," the

They then all retire
will."
the coffin
pyre by those whose
and
present partake of the
all
ceremonies
assembly replying,
to a
priest,
placed on the funeral
is
office
it
is
to burn the dead,
set fire to.
Before leaving the cemetery, the alms are distributed to the priests,
pickled tea, and the

of
by
all
who have
day
third
after
and
to the poor
pawn and
betel,
is
and the
partaken
attended the funeral.
the
funeral, the
On
relations
the
of the
deceased return to the cemetery and gather the

ashes,
which they place
in
an urn, and bury
in the
earth.
* This
ceremony of pouring out water on the earth is of Indian origin, and

It is performed on the presentation of a monastery to the priesthood, and on other important occasions ; and
is done with the intention of calling the guardian nat of the earth as a witness
adopted by the Burmese with their religion.
to the donation.
text
is
When
pronounced
the
it is
performed some such formula as that given in the
donor not being
the merits of his
brotherly love.
satisfied
with receiving himself the
Koung-hmo, or "good- work," wishes also others to reap

pious liberality thus showing a great amount uf liberallity and
sole benefit of the
84
Amongst
the wealthier
after the death,
the ninth day
class, until
receptions are held nightly at the
house of the deceased, with a view of diverting the

attention of the relatives,
and preventing them from
brooding over their bereavement, and concluded on

the tenth day by a great feast given to the priests,
and
those
all
who have
any way
assisted in
at the
funeral.
The
ceremonies connected with the cremation
of the bodies of priests differ from those of the
and
laity,
will
be
described
subsequent
in
chapter.
The Burmese
all kinds.
One
sports
seen
in
is
at
that of boat-racing,
greater
amusements of
of their most manly and national
advantage
management
the
and nowhere are they

than
which
of
their
boats,
they show
great
in
In rowing they almost always sing, keeping
skill.
time
are very fond of
with
their
oars,
and
the
(ya-lay-athan) appears very melodious
down
the
broad
stream
of
the
of
swell
voices
when wafted
Irawadi by the
breeze.
The
annual boat-races take place on the
of October, and every village of any

division of a town,
moon
and each
have generally a public racing
boat with a picked crew.

slightly
size,
full
peaked bows and
These
boats,
sterns,
and a wash-board
which have
about ten inches high, are from forty to sixty feet
BOAT-RACING.
85
They
long, scooped out of a single tree.
and often
painted,
gilt,
and the largest of them carry
crews of from sixty to eighty men,
bow.
the
who
all
do not use
racing they
In
are gaily
sit
facing
but
oars,
paddles about four feet long, with which, in spurts,

they attain great speed.
The
course
in length,
is
from a mile to a mile and a half
and a boat containing the umpire, with
a flag flying at the mast-head,

stream, and forms the goal.
this boat,
and extending
side, is fixed a
cord
at
for
is
anchored
mid-
in
Athwart the bows of
some
distance on either
hollow bamboo, through which a loose
passed with a bunch of palm leaves fastened
is
Only
each end, and projecting from the bamboo.
two boats race
at a time,
and
to
prevent fouling,
As
they have to pass on opposite sides of the goal.

the
leading
boat
stationed in the
shoots
bow
for
past
the
the goal,
purpose, seizes
bunch of leaves on
his side,
and the
attached
instantly
pulled
bamboo.
all
to
By
it,
is
this
a man,
the
other, being
through
the
simple device, dead heats, and
possibility of disputes, are avoided, for "
palmam
qui meruit ferit" and wins the race.
On
up
the race being won, the winning crew
in their boat,
throw themselves into grotesque
attitudes, gesticulating
and shouting wild songs of
triumph, in which they are joined by

friends
jump
many
of their
and backers on the banks of the river
and

86
this wild state of
excitement
commencement
the
The Burmese
often prolonged until
is
of the next race.
are very clannish in their feelings,
coupled with a strong itch for gambling, especially

at these
annual races
being raised
and the purses
in the districts to
for the races
which the contending
boats belong, are, consequently often heavy ones.
good deal of money,
outside bets
but
down on
paid
changes hands
in
are ready-money transactions,
all
the
also,
spot,
hearted people, those
and amongst
who
this
light-
lose look for better luck
next year, and losses are soon forgotten.
The youth of Burma show great agility in their

game of foot-ball (khyay-Ion), which differs, however,
very considerably from the European game, and
played by six or eight young
The
men formed
in a circle.
a hollow sphere formed of wicker-work,
ball,
is
is
tossed up in the air in the centre of the group, and
the object
keep
it
possible.
but
is
to pass
from
It
falling
to
the ground
as
long
as
must not be struck with the hand
foot, ankle,
part of the
from one to the other, and
it
knee, elbow, shoulder, and any other
body may be
No
used.
little
skill
is
required in keeping the ball in motion, and they
seldom miss their stroke, or

direction intended.
"
To
fail
have
to give the ball the
their limbs free, they
gird up their loins," and their tattooing becomes
very apparent, as
may be observed
in the
engraving
GIRDING UP THE LOINS.

The game
on the opposite page.
merriment and laughter, and
spirit.
game
similar
is
87
causes
much
pursued with great
is
played
Cochin
in
but with a shuttlecock
made
round and bound with
strings, into
China,"''
of dried skin rolled
which feathers
are inserted.
Most young men

a proficient in them
and
and
with the knee
manner
is
always held
wrestle,
and
high esteem
in
In boxing, "tripping up," and striking
respect.
allowable.
box and
learn to
as
foot,f
Wrestling
is
well as the
pursued
as with us, throwing
in
fist,
the
on the back
are
same
consti-
tuting the victory.
On
holidays or festive occasions the most
common
Ground
and wrestling.
diversions
are boxing
the ring
prepared and made soft with moistened
sand,
is
and around
it
the spectators
scaffolding being erected
and
"
on one side
As
heads of the people."
every
festival,
a band of music
plays
during
the combats.
punishment
is
allowed,
tapped," or blood
decides the fight.
and
"
umpires
the practice at
in attendance,
No
and
severe or cruel
first
drawn from a cut
To
or stand, a
for the
is
is
the
sit
for
drop of claret
lip,
or elsewhere,
determine this point, curious
See Macartney's " Embassy to China,"
vol,
i.,
p. 339,
must be remembered that they wear no boots or shoes on these

occasions.
I have seen a severe fall given by the foot being caught in an
attempt at a high kick, and a very awkward blow given under the chin by the
It
knee.

and minute examinations are often
set
on foot by
the umpires, those having cut lips or other trifling
endeavouring to conceal them, and the
mishaps,
detection of which calls forth bursts of laughter from
the spectators.
Their
first
attitude of defence
not good, the
is
be to plant the
principal object appearing to
blow, and leave the rest to chance
first
but the agility
and rapidity with which they dodge a blow and

return
When
it,
a match
dressed
"
would
game
word or
good anywhere.
be considered
is
made
up,
the two competitors,
in
a similar fashion to that
at
foot-ball," after
shown
two, take up a position in the centre of the
who
generally an old professor and teacher of the
The
the
exchanging a friendly
each being accompanied by a second,
ring,
in
following description
is
is
art.
not unlike that which
then happens.
As
the combatants advance, each carefully watches
his opponent's eye, with
one arm
other put out and withdrawn, as

tance, the
other
it
if
and the
feeling the dis-
music playing as they draw near each
gradually
the
measure quickens, the mus-
cular motions of the combatants

to
in reserve,
feint,
to
keep time
a blow dodged, a right and left
the music faster
and
faster
in
their
home
a cross-buttock cleverly
escaped, and another blow home.
dance madly
seem
circular
The
kettle-drums
frames
the
com-
BOXING AND WRESTLING.

batants close
hug
and
trip
89
and as they come
the ground the seconds rush in and separate
to
them
the music dies away, the musicians perhaps
more
exhausted than the combatants themselves.
Then
gay
prizes of
muslin turbans are distributed
silks or
to the " gladiatori," the winners' share being
more
costly than the losers.
The combatants on
these
show ad-
occasions
mirable temper throughout, and
have never heard
of anyone being seriously hurt, or a case of bad
blood arising from a boxing-match.
During the day of the
full
moon
of Ta-soung-
mon, corresponding with our month of November,

an interesting
when
doing;
festival takes place called
Ta-soung-
pieces of yellow cloth are presented
to the priesthood for their dresses
offerings to the pagodas,
which they are
rolled.
and, also, as
round the sacred sides of
These pieces of
cloth
must
be made from the raw cotton, and dyed within one

night*
The evening
is
before the festival, after the cotton
with
at
Burmese dwelling
is
picked and the thread spun, the looms
one
least
* This
is
every
not an ordinance of Gautama.
facture of cloth
is
the following text).
of Burma.
which
of
The custom
for this rapid
said to have proceeded from Maia, Gautama's

It is
more
manu-
mother
(see
practised on the seaboard than in the interior
The Egyptian priests had a garment woven in one day when they
memory of the return of Rampsinitus from the infernal
Herod, ii., 123. The magic standard of the Danes was also woven
observed the festival in

regions.
and embroidered by royal hands
in
one noon-tide.
See " Monachism,"
p. 122.
9o
furnished
are
brought outside, and placed
in front
may be seen down

women hard at work
of the houses, and lines of them
each side of a
with the
street,
weaving, at which they remain
night
being told off for each loom.
reliefs
by one and a
rivalry as to
who
half broad,
shall
Notwithstanding a great deal of
younger portion of the weavers,
is
first
flirting
all
piece of
fifteen feet
and there
complete the
several
The
by each loom must be
cloth furnished
long,
all
great
piece.
among
the cloth
ready by morning, and the following day
is
the
is
chiefly
spent in visiting the monasteries and presenting the

cloths to the priests.
The
origin of the custom for this rapid manufac-
ture of cloth
is
have proceeded from Maia,*
said to
the mother of Gautama, causing a priest's dress to be

instantly
woven, and conveyed to her son, on her
perceiving from the realms of bliss that he had fled
from his palace to the desert, and divested himself

of the royal robes with the intention of becoming a
Recluse. \
In the evening the pagodas are illuminated from

* Maia, by virtue of her great merits, migrated after death to the happy
abode of the nats, and became a daughter of the nat Too-tseet-ta. She was
fifty-six
years old
when
she died
her confinement of Gautama.
and her decease took place seven days after

death, it is said, " was not the result of her
Her
delivery," but she departed this world because the term of her
life had come.

Bishop Bigaudet ("Life of Gautama," p. 60) this dress, and
the other priestly requisites, were miraculously presented to Gautama by a great
t According
Brahma named
to
Gatigara,
former state of existence.
who had beeu an
intimate friend of
Gautama
in a
BURMESE
91
bottom by means of small oil-lamps, and
top to
owing to these religious

on commanding
very
is
FESTIVALS.
is
which
is
of
every
lofty
pole,
every day at sunset, and con-
lighted
tinued until
door
Opposite the
suspended a lamp on a
also
them
the general effect of
sites,
beautiful.
house
being always built
edifices
From
close of the month.
the
latter feature
the
Ta-soung, the
name
festival
takes
this
designation
its
of the month, and doing, a pole
or post*
On
the night of the
the above
fire-boats
and
forming
current,
figures,
* This festival
November
in Asia,
addition
to
and as they
brilliant lines
away
waning
village, small
each with a number

float
down
the
of fantastic shapes
the
in
who
anxiously watched by the people
or " feast of
in
town or
rafts are launched,
on them
of lights
moon,
where a river or large stream
lights,
in the vicinity of the
exists
and
full
distance,
are
launch them
no doubt connected with the great festival of the Pleiades,

and of the dead," held in ancient times in the month of
and which is still held, during this month, in some form or other
is
first fruits
America, Polynesia and Europe.
It lingers
All Halloween, All Saints, and All Souls.
The
with us in the festivals of
rising of the Pleiades
on an
evening of the month of November, culminating at midnight, and setting in

is supposed to have marked the commencement of the primitive
which was siderial or astral, and regulated by the seven stars in the
the morning,
new
year,
constellation of Taurus.
The
Bull and the Seven Stars are also associated
with the tradition of the deluge.
menced on the 17th November,

Pleiades.
(See " Life and Work
p.
370
et seq.).
Ancestors,"
the
Burmese
is
may add
The deluge
moment
supposed to have com-
of the culmination of the
at the
Great Pyramid," by C. Piazzi Smith,
also that the
" Feast of Lanterns," or " Feast of

Burma at the same time as
held by the Chinese inhabitants of
festival of
is
at the
Ta-Soung-doing.
92
they are looked upon as offerings to the river
for
nat,
and
it is
a token of good luck
the lights burn
if
long. *
On
the
"
the
first
water
day of the new year commences

which
festival,''
At daybreak
the people
for
lasts
four
days.
proceed to the pagodas
which they sprinkle with water, offering up at the
same time prayers
for a plentiful
They,
season.
present jars of water to the priests, and ask
also,
forgiveness for any wickedness they
may have com-
mitted by thought, word, or deed during the past

year.
After
these
religious
ceremonies
kind of Burmese carnival begins,
are
over,
reminding one
of the showers of confetti, and mazzi di fibri that

salute the revellers
during the carnival at
Rome
only here, instead of sweetmeats and nosegays, water
thrown, sometimes
is
flowers in
it.
The
indeed
scented,
fronts of the houses are decorated
with green leaves and flowers, and

larly the
having
or
all
hands, particu-
young men and women, send showers of
water on the passers-by, bursts of laughter succeeding

*
somewhat
where floating lights may

and they are looked upon there
similar custom exists in Hindustan,
be often seen at night on the river Ganges
The ceremony, however,

made for the safe
also as votive offerings to the spirit of the stream.

is
not confined to any particular night, and the offerings are
return of relations, friends, or lovers,
lamp meets with an accident and

but
if it
continues burning until
the beloved one
is
"Lalla Rookh,"
p. 317.
it
who have gone on
long journeys.
sinks, or goes out, the
omen
is
If the
disastrous
disappears in the distance, the safe return of
believed certain.
The custom
is
alluded to by
Moore
in
THE WATER-FESTIVAL.
each well directed volley
armed with earthen
jars
or
No
with water.
The
bred for any one
who
cups
silver
Occasionally these bands
contests, drenching each other
licence gives rise to
harmless merriment, and
those
and
one, whatever his rank, escapes the
liquid salutation.
of the season;"
parading the streets
of water
duck everyone they meet.
meet and have regular
93
it
considered very
is
to object to these "
and
much
bad luck
ill-
compliments
sure to ensue to
is
are not wet at least once
during the
quaint wild
a bevy of
day.
It
is
sight
see
to
maidens rushing wildly about with

hair
streaming
down
their backs,
their long
and
their
wet
light
dress drenched and clinging to each curve of the

figure,
loudly
(not wet,
not wet),
an Italian
girl
after
colettil
shouting,
calls
Ma-tso-boo
much
in
Ma-tso-bool
same
the
Senza moccoletti
spirit that
Sdnza moc-
having just dashed the lighted taper
out of an unwary hand on the last night of the

carnival.
The
original idea of this festival
of washing
away the
together with any
ill
sins
is,
believe, that
and impurities of the
feelings that
past,
may have sprung
up during the year that has just faded away, and
commencing the new one

is
free
also a mythological tale of
ing of a king's head
from
its
all stain.
There
typifying the wash-
by the seven nats
that watch
94
over time,* and

laps as
comes
who
pass on the head to each other's
the old year goes out and the
new one
in.
* This tradition, also,
is
not improbably connected with the Pleiades.
See
note at foot of page 91.
f In describing the above festival and the boxing-match, I have, with the
drawn largely upon "Heathen and Holy Lands," by
Lieut. -Col. J. P. Briggs, a work containing many good sketches of the habits
and customs of the Burmese.
author's permission,
CHAPTER
III.
FOUR YEARS' ADMINISTRATION OF BRITISH BURMA,

1 867-1871.
Our commerce with China confined to sea ports. Ancient overland commerce
between Burma and Western China vi& Bhamo. Brought to a close in
Early history of the Panthays or Chinese Mahomedans. They
1855.
establish a Mahommedan kingdom in Yunnan.
Monoply of trade
between Burma and Yunnan confined to Chinese inhabitants of Mandalay
and Bhamo. Their jealousy regarding it. Despatch of a Mission under
Major Sladen to Western China via Bhamo. Burmese suspicion of it.
The King ultimately sends the expedition in his own steamer to Bhamo.
Hill ranges and. valleys occupied by Kakhyens and Shans.
Description
The Governor of Bhamo defeated and slain by the
of these tribes.
Kakhyens. Difficulties of the Mission in consequence. The Mission
Secret agencies at work to stop the Mission.
Mission
starts for Momein.
delayed at Ponsee.
Delay profitable in some ways. Valuable collection
of specimens of natural history made by Dr. Anderson.
Bambusicola
Fytchii.
Kakhyen ideas of marriage. Their superstitious observances.
Communication opened with the Governor of Momein. The Chinese
Destruction of stronghold. Mission escorted

by Shans and Panthays to Momein. Hospitality of Ta-sa-kon. All
objects of Mission successfully obtained. Mission returns to Bhamo.
Return journey quite an ovation. Description of Kakhyen oath. Exdespatching the Mission. Objects not
position of the policy
and gallantry shown by Major Sladen.
but commercial. The
freebooter, Li Hsieh-tai.
his
in
political
tact
Favourable view taken by him of the Panthay rebellion. Policy of the

Government towards Yacoob Beg, Sultan of Kaskgar. An English
British
Large increase of trade. A Panthay

England via Rangoon and Calcutta. Collapse
Embassy proceeds
of Mahomedan power in Yunnan. Despatch of a second Mission to
Murder of Mr. Margary. Lord Lawrence
Western China.
from the Viceroyalty of India. Lord Mayo appointed Viceroy.
Correspondence with Lord Mayo. Important measures carried out during
my administration of British Burma. Speech a public dinner.
political agent
appointed to Bhamo.
to
Its failure.
retires
at
The
details of four years' administration of a pro-
vince like
British
Burma would have but
little
96
Blue books respecting
interest for English readers.
remote regions do not constitute the popular reading

of the day, yet measures have been carried out in
Burma which might have engaged
The
the empire.
was of
the attention of
expedition which
this description.
It
sent to China
opened up scenes and
countries which had been for generations a terra

incognita to Europeans.
It
brightened up the hopes
Burma with
of every merchant in
new markets
for
British
British capital
and
enterprise.
Our
the prospect of
new
industry,
fields
for
intercourse with China has been of growing
importance
hitherto
it
for
more
two
than
centuries,
has been confined to the sea-ports.
attempts * have been

land side, and for
all
made
to
open
it
but
Few
up on the
practical purposes the interior
of China has been a sealed
book
to
Europeans.
Yet within the memory of the present generation, a

prosperous trade was carried on between Upper
Burma and Western
China.
Burma, amongst other articles of minor importance,

exported cotton,
silk,
tea,
salt,
and gold
and rubies
leaf.
The
China exported
intermediate region
between the two countries consists of
hills
and
valleys occupied by barbarous and semi-civilized
The
routes surveyed by Major Sladen, as also those by Dr. Richardson,
Captain McLeod, and other explorers in different parts of Burma and the
adjacent countries, are
shown
in the
accompanying map.
THE BHAMO EXPEDITION.

known
tribes
as ignorant
alive to
as
They
Kakhyens and Shans.
and credulous as
the profits of the
was brought
state of things
97
are
children, but are fully
This
carrying trade.
to a close
by
political
revolutions.
About 1855 the Panthays* established a Mahommedan kingdom in the province of Yunnan in
The Chinese
Western China.
The
movement.
Chinese authorities ignored
eyes of the central authority at Pekin.
the
in
it
local
failed to crush the
had no desire
Indeed, they could have
draw
to
the attention of the imperial government to their
own weakness and

tried to harass the
Panthay dominion
They encouraged
fashion.
Meanwhile they
incapacity.
the
freebooters,
preyed upon the Panthay kingdom from
and so
far
the side of
Mahom-
the world of civilization.
Burma
these freebooters had put
an effectual stop to the trade, or only suffered
was that the trade became small but
The Fanthays belong
physical aspect they are a
to
tall,
the
Sunni
sect of
the
it
to
The
pass on the payment of a heavy black mail.

result
who
sides,
all
they succeeded in cutting off the
medan dominion from
On
Chinese
after
profit-
Mahommedans.
la
strongly built, fair-skinned, race, with a type
of face differing distinctly from the Chinese.
Their dress for the most part
resembles the Chinese
wear
but, unlike them, they
the folds of large white turbans.

industrious
history,
and
enterprising.
their hair long, coiled in
In character they are great traders, very
A memorandum
on
their
origin
together with other matters connected with the race,
and early
read by
me
before a meeting of the Asiatic Society of Bengal in December, 1867, will be
found
in the
VOL.
11.
Appendix.
(Appendix E.)
98
able.
was a monopoly
It
the
in
hands of the
Bhamo and Mandalay, who
Chinese of
bribed the
freebooters and did their utmost to keep what
trade there was entirely under their
The
own
little
control.
revival of this trade under British auspices
would render Burma the most flourishing province

the empire of British India.
market
It
in
would open out a new

which
for British manufactures,
in
due time
would extend over a greater area than that of

But, before this could be attempted,
it
India.
was necessary
Accordingly, the main
to arrive at the actual facts.
purpose of the expedition of 1868 was to investigate

thoroughly the causes of the cessation of trade
discover the exact political condition of the
between
Burma and
and Shans
China,
to obtain as
respecting the Panthay
much
known
kingdom
to interest the local
restoration
and extension of the
was obvious
tion to
cordially
my
at
tribes
Kakhyens
Yunnan
communities
and
to
in the
trade.
any expedi-
Western China depended upon
government.
by
in
that the success of
supported
to
information as possible
endeavour
It
as
hill
starting
its
being
by the Burmese
All this had been apparently secured
treaty of
1867.
The Burmese
ministers
issued orders or said they had issued orders to the
Governor of the
head men of
to
all
frontier
town of Bhamo, and
to the
the towns and villages on the route,
make every arrangement
in
anticipation of the
SUSPICIONS OF THE MINISTERS
The King seemed
arrival of the expedition.
enthusiastic
on the
subject
members of
from
expedition
the
be
to
he volunteered the
own steamers
services of one of his
99
to carry the
Mandalay
to
Bhamo.
Meantime some of the ministers
grow
to
suspicious of the expedition.
merchants at Mandalay were

it
still
began
at court
The Chinese
more opposed
to
they were naturally anxious to keep the mono-
poly of the trade in their
own
hands.
It
was
whispered that the success of the expedition would

bring a large influx of foreigners into Burma, and
deprive the
the
King
of his independence
English on their
commenced by asking
and how
appearance
first
India,
in
for leave to trade,
and ended
by conquering and annexing the country.
All these
things
worked upon the mind of
affected doubt
He
whether the river Irawadi would be
navigable between
the dry months.
risk his
his Majesty.
Mandalay and Bhamo during
At
last
he said he was afraid to
steamer for the conveyance of the expedi-
tion.
At
this crisis
to the Chief
I
Major Sladen, the
Commissioner
at
Political
Mandalay, and
Agent
whom
had appointed leader of the expedition, applied
for
an English steamer.
jealousy of
the
King.
This step excited the
He
was
afraid
that
an
English steamer would have the glory of being the

first
to
tions
go
He
Bhamo.
to
expedition
the
1868,
his objec-
Accordingly on the
expedition.
January,
all
his steamer at the disposal
and again placed
of the
withdrew
Bhamo, and reached
13th
of
steamed away
to
that place in eight days with-
out any difficulty whatever.
Bhamo
yond
are
it
Kakhyens
with
the frontier town towards China.
is
ranges of
the
;* dirty,
hills
Be-
occupied by the
unkempt, ugly barbarians, armed
bows and arrows, spears and matchlocks;

and
drunken,
superstitious,
degree.
Beyond the Kakhyen
occupied
by the
Shans
lawless
an
the
to
hills
are valleys
industrious
domestic and pious after Buddhist fashion

chiefs are often as
a certain amount of
Burma.
The Shans
their allegiance
is,
hills.
and
their
King
the
to
of
more independent, and
are
to say the least, questionable.
nominally the sovereign

tribes
in his palace at
up
to the
Mandalay he
to believe that his orders are implicitly

* So called by the
but the
The Kakhyens owe
allegiance
The King of Burma is

of the Kakhyen and Shan
frontier,
people,
drunken and refractory as
rude neighbours on the
last
Burmese
Chinese
induced
is
obeyed and
but they call themselves Sheng-pan.
They
are
a portion of the vast horde of Singphoos that inhabit the mountainous districts
of Northern Assam,
and
stretch
round the north of Burma
Intermixed with Kakoos and other kindred

not only
all
tribes,
into Western China.

and the Shans, they extend,
along the northern frontier of Burma, but occupy large portions of
the hilly tracts on both sides of the Irawadi river, dipping

as the latitude of
Tagoung.
down
as far south
THE KA KB YENS AND SBANS.

respected by
Unfortunately, just
these tribes.
all
101
before the arrival of the expedition at
Bhamo, there
had been an outbreak amongst the Kakhyen
The Governor
to suppress
of
it,
Bhamo had gone
tribes.
out with a force
but had been defeated and
slain.
Such was the unhappy news that greeted Major

Sladen on arriving at Bhamo, when he was naturally
anxious to start at once for China.
On
the day after the arrival of Major Sladen, the
two head men or magistrates of Bhamo paid him a

visit
courteous, for they

at
They were
on board the steamer.
knew
his
rank as Political Agent
Mandalay; but they were strangely
They
the expedition.
perfectly
reticent
about
professed to be entirely igno-
rant of any arrangements for his journey over the
Kakhyen
Mandalay
They knew
hills.
;
quainting the
expedition.
had done
they
nothing
from
orders
towards
ac-
heads of villages with the coming
This was not a very promising out-
look for Sladen.

officials
of no
Moreover, whilst the
Burmese
were friendly and hospitable, they seemed
Whenever Major Sladen

expedition they moaned over the
to enjoy his perplexity.
referred to the
murder of the Governor of Bhamo, and expatiated

upon the lawless character of Kakhyens and Shans.
Whenever Major Sladen pressed them
to
make
arrangements, they urged that under existing
cumstances nothing whatever could be done.
cir-
The
102
Bhamo
Chinese merchants at
They
strain.
talked in the
declared that even
if
same
the expedition
way through Kakhyens and Shans, there

were freebooters beyond, who would stop all further
made
its
progress towards Western China.

It is
After stopping a month at
delay.
start,
needless to dwell upon the details of the
but thwarted
new governor
and guides had been furnished by
carriage
two Kakhyen
chiefs
far as the
Bhamo, and the expedition got away.
arrived at
The
trying to
every way, the prospects of
in
the expedition began to brighten.
Mule
Bhamo
chiefs,
engaged
Shan
known
as Ponlyne
and Ponsee.
to carry the party in safety as
Kakhyen
states at the foot of the
hills.
But from the very

agencies were at
induce
Major
first it
work
Sladen
was evident
that secret
to stop the expedition,

to
Mysterious shots were fired
turn
back
and
Bhamo.
to
Some-
in the distance.
times a bullet whizzed suspiciously near the head

of one or other of the
members
of the expedition.
Spears were hurled, nobody knew by whom.
were often missing.
amongst the
drivers.
chiefs incessantly
Sometimes there was a
Mules
strike
The Ponlyne and Ponsee
clamoured for rupees
hausted their imaginations
they ex-
their efforts to
find
fresh grounds for a renewal of their demands.
In
all
in
cases of difficulty they got exceedingly drunk,
REPEATED DELAYS.
and were either unable
or
tion,
assumed a threatening
At
extremely provoking.
rities at
arrived with orders
wanted
mines.
village
days
the Governor,
was
it
them about some old
silver
Such
damp
expedition.
At
Ponlyne
of
;
members of
at
the
Ponsee
it
the
party was
delayed
was delayed several
But nothing would induce Major Sladen
weeks.
say anything,
to
however, were well calculated to
the spirits of the
several
Ponlyne and Ponsee
This was evidently a mere pretence.
obstacles,
the
Bhamo
to consult
to thwart than to
one occasion a messenger

the
for
return to
chiefs to
said,
same time the autho-
the
On
which was
attitude
Bhamo were more ready
help the expedition.
any explana-
furnish
to
103
or
make any movement, which
would indicate any intention of returning.
He
showed admirable temper and determination throughout.
These delays involved much

they were profitable
and
in
and
naturalist
to
enabled to collect
Major Sladen
other ways.
his able coadjutor Dr.
of time, but
loss
John Anderson, surgeon
the
expedition,
much
valuable
were
thereby
information
re-
specting the natural history, products, and manufactures
of
this
unknown
region
become acquainted with the
habits
thought which prevailed amongst

tants.
and,
its
moreover,
and forms of
rude inhabi-
104
The
large
many
contained
tory,
valuable specimens of natural his-
some of which are new
these latter
honour to
my
call after
name.
The
social
and
religious
by
well deserving of study
"
Proceedings of
London
contained in the note
is
below.''*
life
all
February,
for
of the Kakhyens,
who
* Banibusicola
Fytchii.
brunneo-ferrugineo
Pileo
auchenio cinnamomeo
Their
fascia lata super-
fronte conjuncta utrinque elongata, albescenti-cinerea
oculos nigra
is
are interested in
the early developments of primitive man.
ciliari in
the
figured on the
It is
in the
Zoological Society of
871,"
me
Dr. Anderson's description of
by him
the bird, as given
The
Amongst
to science.
a partridge, which he did
is
opposite page, and
made by Dr. Anderson,
collection
fascia
pone
interscapularibus et tectricibus alarum
cinereo-olivaceis, maculis subtriquetris rufo-brunneis, nigro tcrminatis et plumis
brunneo-nigro obscure lineolatis
dorso, uropygio et tectricibus caudse superiori-
bus cinereo-olivaceis, nigro-brunneo transversim obscure nitideque notatis vel
interdum nigro parce maculatis, maculis triangularibus albescente
subfasciatis,
cinereo
terminatis
undulatim
fasciatis,
rectricibus
fasciis
cinnamomeis,
nigro-brunneo obscure lineolatis

jugulo rufo-ochraceo
ejus
et
pallide
loris,
cinnamomeo
cinnamomeis alboque
crissoque
duabus mediis nigro-brunneo
ochraceis pallide marginatis
duabus sequentibus
mento gulaque
longitudinaliter vario
ocellatis et nigro parce maculatis
rufescenti-albis,
maculis
remigibus
tertiariis
rufo-brunneis,
albescente cinereo tenuiter marginatis

tenuiter marmoratis.
9 "5 a fronte
rictu
The
Long, tota
et
:
nigris
remigibus
et cinereo
obscure
apicibus extensis nigris
marginibus externis cinereo
et
et
albo
12, alae 5 '80, caudae 4*20, tarsi 1*58, rostri
*86.
Cauda magis brunnea
fascia post oculus
cinnamomea
calcari minuto.
structural characters of this bird are decidedly Bambusicoline ; but
related in
pectore, ventre
et triangularibus
cinnamomeis, secundariorum marginibus externis brunneo

:
magnis. subrotundatis
hypochondriorum plumarum maculis permagnis

marmoratis
ochraceis
pallide
pectore lateribusque
colouring to Arboiicola.
it
is
Gould describes the spur of B. sonorivox

as blunt
but it is very sharp in this species, and is indicated in the female
by a small tubercle. The female is also distinguished from the male by the
postorbital band being cinnamon instead of black.
I procured this bird from
the old rice-clearings on the hill- sides of Ponsee, at an elevation of 3000 feet.
;
its
BAMBUSIGOLA
FYTOIll!
SUPERSTITIOUS OBSERVANCES.
and sugges-
ideas of marriage are specially curious
Women
tive.
ability
to
esteemed- according
are
bear
105
allowed between the sexes.
utmost liberty
is
however, the
woman
the
marriage,
Before
children.
their
to
When,
has become a mother, she
soon finds a husband
and henceforth,
fidelity to
her husband becomes a cardinal virtue.

unfaithfulness after marriage
is
Indeed,
generally punished
by death.
The religion of the Kakhyens is equally primitive.

They propitiate spirits, good and bad, under the
name of nats. They believe that men are sometimes possessed by these
they are spiritualists

are
spirits.
In other words,
they believe that certain
endowed with the power of expressing the
of the spirits
men
will
and they consult such persons on
all
occasions of difficulty or danger.
Major Sladen had several opportunities of forming

a judgment upon these proceedings
for the
Kak-
nats,
when any
doubt arose as regards the expedition.
The man
hyens
invariably
consulted
the
supposed to be possessed went away to a corner of

the
He
house by himself.
began to work himself
and groaned
crouched down, and
into a fury.
He
shrieked
stroked his face with both hands
tore his hair in his feigned madness.

legs
began
was
really possessed.
to quiver.
At
last, his
This was the signal that he
From
the
moment
that his
io6
legs quiver, his utterances are regarded as those of
Major Sladen was
nats and demons.
He
propitiation.
by the payment of
tried to get off
The money was
fifteen rupees.
told to offer a
laid
on a new
cloth,
and presented, on a
platter of plaintain leaves, to the
possessed man.
was rejected by the
It
spirits.
kick from the
man
possessed, sent the rupees scatter-
ing over the
floor.
Five rupees more were added.
The
spirits
were now propitiated
through the
man
they proclaimed,
possessed, that they regarded the
expedition with a favourable eye.
Meantime, Major Sladen made a bold stroke,

which ultimately insured the success of
It will
tion.
was
be remembered that his main object
open up the route as
to
his expedi-
Western China,
that
is,
as
far
as far as the
Yunnan
in
Panthay king-
dom, which the Chinese Mahommedans had established
in
1855.
This
involved the
necessity
of
finding a way, not only through the tracts inhabited
by the Kakhyens and Shans, but through the region

beyond, which was infested by Chinese freebooters.
The Chinese merchants

terrify
Major Sladen by
these Chinese bandits

fellow
at
Bhamo had
tried
to
stories of the exploits of
and especially of one
named Li Chen-kuo,
alias
terrible
Li Hsieh-tai.
Major Sladen suspected that the Bhamo merchants were

cut
him
off,
intriguing with
this
Li
Hsieh-tai
to
or at any rate, to stop his expedition.
HOSPITALITY OF GOVERNOR OF
MO MEW.
Accordingly he sent scouts with a
Panthay Governor
at
to
letter
107
the
Teng-yueh Chou or Momein,
the frontier fortress on the western side of Yunnan,
beg the Panthays
to
to clear the
The
these brigands.
proved
result
At Ponsee, Major Sladen received

Governor of Momein,
taken the
the
to
route from
the
news arrived
satisfactory.
letters
from the
that
he had
effect,
against the bandits.
field
all
Subsequently,
that the stronghold of Li Hsieh-tai
had been captured by the Panthays, and that the
Shans were overjoyed
at their deliverance
from
this
freebooter.
From this moment, the expedition was a success.

The Shans, who were independent of the King of
Burma, sent a deputation
The new
arrivals
to
Major Sladen
at Ponsee.
conducted the expedition safely
through the whole of the Shan country as
Mynela,
Panthay
There Captain
escort,
Sladen was
far as
met by a
which conducted the expedition past
the ruined stronghold of Li Hsieh-ta', to the frontier
Panthays at Momein.
fortress of the
Major Sladen was
cordially
welcomed by Ta-
sa-kon the Governor of Momein, and nothing can
have exceeded the friendly hospitality with which

the
mission
people.
was
The
three
approached from
objects
for
the
treated,
both
routes
by him, and
by which Momein
Bhamo were
his
is
surveyed, and the
attainment of which
the
Mission
108
had been sent
accomplished, without a single
fully
important mishap.
Major Sladen would have gone
on to
head-quarters
Talifu,
the
the
of
Government, but found that there were

other difficulties in the
stances described
was
political
and from the circum-
beyond Momein.
would doubtless have been interesting
some
time, from
ceeded
in
sufficient
at the
points of view, had the party suc-
reaching Talifu
whom
and
by him, there can be no doubt he
right in not proceeding
It
ties,
way
Panthay
but the Panthay authori-
Major Sladen met
at
Momein, were of
importance and position to render their
views and opinions a safe criterion of the feeling

of the Panthay Government.
on
It
was evident
that
their part there existed a strong desire for the
resuscitation of the trade.
the party
States,
among
The
long residence of
the Kakhyens,
was productive of the best
Apart from some
and
in the
Shan
results.
local jealousies
caused
by a
wish to secure for themselves the advantages of
having the route through their individual
territories
fully alive
it
appeared that the Shan Chiefs were
to the gain to
the
them of the renewal of trade
Kakhyens seemed
to
while
have realised the peaceful
character of the mission, and the profitable future
they would secure,
Even
if
the route
was
re-established.
the physical difficulties of the route proved by
no means
great,
and could be materially modified,
RETURN OF THE
MISSION.
whenever considered advisable
do
to
109
by
so,
local
labour which was only too anxious to be employed.
The
May
on which
until the 13th July,
set out
Momein from
mission stayed at
on
their return to
latter
the 28th
date they
Bhamo, which they reached
on 5th September following.
Their return journey
was quite an ovation, Kakhyens and Shans vying

with each other in showing them hospitality.
If
one Tsanbwa
* or
two routes led
Pomaing
to the
same
(chiefs of clans)
place,
would almost quarrel with
another for the honour of getting them to
any
particular village, or give
any
particular route pre-
Thirty-one
ference over others.
visit
Kakhyen
chiefs,
with some two hundred followers accompanied the

mission to Bhamo, and there, according to national
custom, bound themselves by an oath to protect and

afford safe-conduct to all traders
ing their respective
The
"
travellers cross-
ranges.
hill
taking of the oath
savage solemnities, and
Sladen
and
is
is
accompanied by peculiar
thus described by Major
For each
buffalo slaughtered a separate building
constructed, consisting of strong posts sunk into
is
the ground, with cross pieces to which the animal
is
tied previous to sacrifice.

"
separate altar
is
also prepared, twenty feet in
Tsanbwa is a Burmese version of the Shan title Chau-phra meaning LordPomaing is also a Shan word, signifying Father-noble.
ruler.
no
bamboos some
height, with a platform of
square, on which the sacrifice
is
four feet
Kakhyen
offered.
every degree and denomination are invited
deities of
and bear evidence
to attend
to the rite about to
be
solemnized or oath taken.

"
The
invocation
slaughter,
and again previous
on the
offering
office bearer,
once before
to laying the meat-
performed by a special
It is
altar.
whose prayerful intonation
is
strangely
and suggestive of portions of
musical
The
Cathedral service.
is
repeated twice
is
firmly
bound by
its
and then thrown on one
The whole weight and
strain of the
body
There
partially twisted.
is
moment's delay
animal to be slaughtered
horn to the wooden construc-
tion before mentioned,
neck, which
own
our
side.
is
on the
is
not a
a Kakhyen, specially equipped for
the service, holding a plantain-leaf cup of sacred
water
in
rushes
one hand and a naked sword
The
forward.
sacrifice,
water
neck
where the
thrown over the
edge of the sword
while the sharp
brought down with frightful

of the
is
in the other,
effect
strain
on that portion
is
The savagery
result
is
complete.
scene
is
somewhat atoned
for
greatest
of the
its
"
the
w hole
T
by an absence of
torture or suffering, from which the animal
by
is
is
saved
almost instantaneous death.
The
carcase
the portion of
is
it
cut up without loss of time, and
alone
to
which the
deities
are
KAKHYEN
known, by Kakhyen experience,

cooked and
laid
This
srods.
is
on the
OATH.
altar to
be
to
partial, are
be feasted on by the
the time, while the deities are bein^r
propitiated with the semblance of a feast, that they
are called
upon
to witness the oath
which the
to
whole ceremony leads up.

"
small quantity of the blood of the slaughtered
animal has been caught, and
is
now mixed
vessel with an abundant supply of
The whole
is
stirred
in
a large
raw native
spirits.
up with the points of swords
and
spears, which are dipped into the liquor
each
chief, as
he comes up
in the
and
supposed presence
of the attendant deities and takes his draught from

the
bowl, swears
sacred
results as a certain
"
The
consequence of
the
of
oath
the
violent
certainty be incurred
gagements contained
Such
Burma
is
to
the
is
fidelity
most
infidelity.
drank
is
said
in the
to
be
a
by a departure from the enin the oath."
story of the
which
in
fearful
death which would of
Western China.
controversy,
through misconception.
after
imply the
of
dipping of the spears and swords
liquor in which
typical
which
prayers
muttered
oath
his
first
It
believe
It
from
expedition
has led to
has
much
chiefly
risen
was followed some years
by another expedition, which was accompanied
by sorrow
British
and
disaster,
government
into a
and
nearly
drifted
war with China.
the
feel,
ii2
therefore, that the
moment
has arrived for making
an exposition of the policy by which

planning the
in
was actuated
and which
expedition,
first
con-
tinued to pursue after the return of the expedition,
down to the close of my Administration.

The expedition of 1868 had no political object.
The leader of the expedition was cautioned to be
guarded
that
in
allowing the Panthays even to suppose
we had any
aim
political
or
he was
that
authorized to entertain any propositions of a nature
other than commercial.
purpose of acquiring
It
full
was undertaken
for the
information respecting the
physical condition of the several trade routes leading
from Burma to Yunnan, and how

ameliorated
might be
the causes which had brought about
the cessation of the

position held
far these
by the
trade
since
1855
different tribes
who
the exact
inhabited
the intervening country with reference to that
and the
possibility, or otherwise, of
traffic;
re-opening the
trade under existing circumstances.
The whole
the
official
of this information was obtained, and
narrative of Major Sladen of the pro-
ceedings of the mission furnishes the fullest possible

details.
Nothing
is
wanting therein
information and explanation.
in the
must
way
at the
of
same
time do justice to the tact and gallantry which Major
Sladen displayed under various trying circumstances.

Occasional misgivings
are
expressed at
different
THE PA NTHAY REBELLION.

them
parts of his journal; but no trace of
seen
his
in
all,
to
is
be
any time throughout the
actions at
Above
expedition.
113
have always admired the
readiness of his resources in overcoming obstacles
purposely placed in his way.

If
Major Sladen erred
in
any way,
it
was
in taking
a too favourable view of the strength of the Panthay
and
rebellion,
Momein
in
intimating
the governor of
to
that the friendly state of our relations with
the Court of Pekin might be utilized in bringing
contending interests
about a reconciliation of
Yunnan.*
This,
by the proverbial sanguine
in
oriental
temperament, may, possibly, have been interpreted

to
mean
But
really
more than was intended.
in all this, as in
acted in perfect good
everything
He
faith.
else,
Major Sladen
was urged on by a
He saw
generous and chivalrous enthusiasm.
Chinese
Mahommedans engaged
the
a resolute and
in
conscientious struggle against the oppressive gov-
ernment of the Mandarins.

powerfully
enlisted
in
the
His sympathies were
Panthay
cause.
He
believed that the establishment of the independence

of the Panthay Sultan, as a friendly power, would
prove most advantageous to the British Government.

It
would
namely,
solve
the
the
great problem
re-opening
of the
of the
old
trade
Western China, under the most favourable

* See p. lxvii. of
vol.
11.
Appendix
to
Major Sladen's
Official
time,
into
auspices.
Report.
1
14
due
It is
was
to
Major Sladen
perfectly
to say, that this policy
with the role afterwards
consistent
adopted by the British Government,
with
in dealing
another rebel prince on the side of Western China,
How
namely, Yacoob Beg, the Sultan of Kashgar.
such proceedings were in accordance with our
far
treaty relations with
others
decide
to
China
have
a matter which
is
only
leave
discuss
to
the
nature of our relations with the Panthay Sultan of
Yunnan.
was
arise
I
afraid
lest
might
complications
political
from an early stage of the proceedings
did
my
return,
knowledgments
the
ciated
to
help
and ac T
suitable presents
sent
Ta-sa-kon
for
and
After Major
best to guard against them.
Sladen's
fully
which he had afforded
appreto
the
Expedition, and the hospitality and kindness with
which
he
had
Sladen and his party.

to
him
at the
ment was
and
received
But
same time
entertained
took care to explain
that the British Govern-
in treaty alliance
with China, and that
could not help him either with arms or
Panthay war of independence.

fectly
on
understood between
this friendly
Major
us,
men
in the
All this was per-
and matters remained
and personal footing
until
left
the
province in 1871.
On
the return of the
Mission from
Momein
with a view to strengthen the belief in the reality
INCREASE OF TRADE.
own
of our
trade,
intentions to endeavour to resuscitate
and
maintain
to
Kakhyen and Shan

ment,
chiefs,
an English
provided for
in
communication with the
and the Panthay Govern-
political
Bhamo
pointed to
"5
my
agent was at once ap-
which contingency had been

Treaty of 1867 with tne King
of Burma.
During 1868-69, the year immediately following

this treaty, the
Port of
customs collection on the trade of the
Rangoon increased more than
and the one per

on
all
cent, duty, leviable
goods declaredfor export
overland
to
fifty
under
per cent.,
this treaty
Upper Burma and
to
China, upwards of one thousand per
over that of the preceding year.

increase of trade,
into a contract with
Owing
was enabled
in
cent.,
to this vast
1869 to enter
an English Steam Company, for
a small subsidy, to despatch a steamer weekly to
Mandalay, and one once a month to

matters had only to be
develop
I
left
Bhamo
and
alone for trade to further
itself.
need not dwell upon the sequel.
In
1872 an
embassy headed by Hussan, the son of the Sultan

of
Yunnan, as he was
Help
was
wanted
styled, arrived at
against
the
Rangoon.
The
Chinese.
embassy* was very favourably received
both at
* A Burmese embassy also left for England about the same time, which was
somewhat snubbed, as compared with the reception of the Panthay one, The
positions of the two embassies, however, were, very properly, entirely reversed
on
their arrival in
England.
I

it6
Rangoon and
but there
its
status
shewn
be
false.
to
The news
to
and sent on
Calcutta,
was
fully understood,
and
at
once
embassy having proceeded
of Hussan's
England was
England
to
carried to China,
doubtless with
numerous exaggerations, and the Chinese, who were

even then pressing the Panthays hard, redoubled
their
efforts.
They
concentrated their forces and
surrounded Talifu the capital of Yunnan.

the city
They took
by storm and committed unutterable
horrors.
The Panthay dominion was crushed out with fire

and sword.
The embers were still smouldering
when another Mission of peace and commerce was
sent into
Western China.
matter of history.
The
Its failure
has become a
murder'" of Mr. Margary
one of the saddest events
in the story of
is
Chinese
exploration, f
*
copy of the
letter of
Emperor of China, and

Great
to
Britain,
apology
for the
credentials of the
dated October,
murder of Mr. Margary from the
Envoy Kuo Sung-tao on
1876,
is
contained
in
his Mission
the Appendix.
(Appendix F.)
+ From
this
the experience gained in the
first
second expedition, notwithstanding
its
expedition, I believe myself that
questionable opportuneness, would
its way across the vast continent of China, if at the

members of the Mission, including Mr. Margary, had kept
together, and Colonel Horace Browne, instead of delaying, had pushed
steadily on his way from Bhamo, which, I think, by patience and tact might
have been safely done. Once in communication with any of the responsible
officers of the Chinese Government all petty differences and opposition would
have ceased in the same way as occuiTed with the former expedition, when
Major Sladen had succeeded in placing himself in direct intercourse with the
Panthay Governor of Momein.
have successfully made good

outset all the
The Mission had
certainly not the difficulties to contend with at
previous one had, and there appears to
me
to
first
as the
have been no adequate cause
for
LORD MAYO APPOINTED VICEROY.

To
return to the story of
my own
117
administration.
In the beginning of 1869, shortly after the return of
Major Sladen from Momein, there was a change

the government of India.
Lord Lawrence,
had,
and
late
have
John, the present
from the Viceroyalty, and
retired
was succeeded by the
Sir
in
Lord Mayo.
always
the
had,
greatest
admiration for the sterling qualities of the famous

of
ruler
Punjab,
the
who
been
has
regarded as the saviour of India.
had the utmost respect
generally
have always
the large and varied
for
experiences which he was enabled to bring to bear
upon
all
But
Indian questions.
the Punjab
heart was in
he never cared much for Burma
thoroughly grasped
never
his
the
relations
political
He
between British Burma and Upper Burma.

always appeared to be looking at
Punjabi
King
present
like
spectacles
to
be
of
Runjeet Sing.
Indeed, in
Burma through
opinion
Burma was a
of
he
that
the
strong potentate
my humble
opinion,
the province of British Burma, prior to the advent
delay, as
pony and bullock
carriage, porters
and guides, had apparently
prepared beforehand in readiness for the expedition.
By pushing
all
been
on, too, the
expedition would probably have anticipated the assembly of the large rabble of
young men and boys who fired over the heads of the expedition, and caused its
This attack
return (see Anderson's " Mandalay to Momein," pp. 430-433).
was evidently well understood by the Burmese escort, and could only have been
intended as a
sham one
heavy
said to have continued over
firing,
casualties
slightly
to induce the return of the Mission
for, after all
reported in Colonel Browne's numerous party were three
wounded, and those non-combatants.
the
a considerable period, the only
men
n8
of
Lord Mayo, had never received
attention from the
its
Government of
full
share of
India, since the
days of the great Marquis of Dalhousie.

Accordingly, on Lord Mayo's
I
attempted to
province.
view, and
place.
It
initiated
life
sympathies
in
India,
my own
a correspondence with this
venture to
It will
with the
enlist his
arrival in
reprint
in
the present
who
are familiar
it
be interesting to
all
and career of that lamented statesman.
throws a favourable light upon the character of
Lord
Mayo,
illustrate the
and
serves
at
the
same time
then state of British Burma.
"Rangoon, March
"
My
to
10th,
1869.
Lord,
" I
had hoped
to
have had the pleasure of
meeting your lordship on your
and suggested
to
the advisability
arrival in Calcutta,
His Excellency Sir John Lawrence

of
my
proceeding there for the
purpose, but His Excellency was of opinion that
having regard to the state of the Burman Court
had better defer
my
visit, until it
my
should please your
attendance.
write now,
however, to express to your lordship
my
congratula-
Excellency to desire
tions
on your occupation of the
office of
Governor-
General and Viceroy, and to ask of you a favourable

consideration for the Administration over which
have the honour
to preside.
CORRESPONDENCE WITH LORD MAYO.

"
119
There were matters connected with the present
and future condition of the province which

to think
might be more
your Excellency
the course of
your lordship, and
ventured
satisfactorily represented to
Some
in person.
official
of these will in
correspondence come before
go
will, I trust,
far to interest
you
in this outlying province.
"
The
peculiar geographical
Burma, the
was obtained,
all
individual
differs
sula,
of
characteristics
of British
people,
its
and
connection with the empire from which
political
of
position
go
to
make
attention.
its
it
the province deserving
system of taxation
Its
from that of any Administration
and rated on population
its
in the penin-
revenue
is
more
than double that provided by any province or presidency.
Its
and the enormous
isolated position,
yearly accession of a population coming from the

distracted country of the
which
affect
nowhere seen
the
in
King
of Ava, are conditions

of
consolidation
India
strides the province has
proper
made
our rule here,
while
the
in material
rapid
progress
under British Government, have forced on us
all
the anomalies to be seen in the sudden spring of a
capable country into extraordinary commercial and
producing
activity.
Burma can neither be judged or managed

by rule of thumb. The Burmese portion of its inhabi"British
tants
(who are the most numerous and important),
i2o
prosperous
are
impulsive
sensitive
quick feelings,
if it
ever
The
times existed
in historical
The
faith in the stability of existing rulers.
capital
crafty,
depth of attachment.
little
and
harassed state of their country has de-
hitherto
stroyed
are
with
nationality,
and with
fickle,
they
but
them unknown, and
to
is
any
use of
these generations,
in
at least, they will scarcely realise (or at least, will
not practically illustrate in this particular) the gain
be derived from the permanency of a strong
to
Apart from
authority.
provincial
interest,
local
its
Burma has
British
strong grounds for attention.
It
a highway to China, and to
me
seem
far distant
when
peculiarities
and
other and
promises to furnish
the day does not
may
this question
force itself
on Government with extreme urgency.

"
The
extraordinary use of the Western States of
America, the hot haste with which the Government

are pushing on connection with
board,
and
advanced
Courts,
in
all
America
the
predominance
the western
they
have
sealately
Chinese diplomatic relations with other
point to a determination on the part of
to secure,
Chinese market.
if
possible, the
The
communication they are
command
present obstacles of
in
fair
way
of the
difficult
of solving,
and
there will then remain the necessity of adapting their
exports to the Chinese requirements.

<(
Will this be possible without running us so close

as
Further,
commercial
our
affect
to
vitally
stand
they long
will
121
superiority
commanding
the
we derive from our opium exports, and

It is
hold we thus have on the Exchange?
position
the
here the question touches India in a tender point.
The derangement
most serious
of our
crisis
in
American interference
opium revenue means a
Indian
and were
finance,
to affect our sea-borne opium,
the routes through this province would
become of
In the case of
the highest Imperial importance.
such a contingency, and for collateral reasons,
themselves sufficiently advantageous,

sider
it
highly prudent on
we should be
in
in
should con-
Imperial grounds that
a position to substitute a western
ingress to China, for the present seaboard approach,
destined
be
to
disproportionately
entirely absorbed,
" If I
am
shared,
if
not
by America.
right in attributing so
to the western through route
much importance
to China,
should
it
strongly colour our policy towards the Court of Ava;

but,
to
be of
avail,
seriously entertained
should, in
the
my
routes
it
must be deliberately and
and
firmly carried out.
We
opinion, prosecute the exploration of
so
as
thoroughly
to
master
their
capabilities.
"
There
is
at present before
Government a
pro-
position for the construction of a railway within our
own
territories
from Rangoon to Prome.
It
is
122
self-contained scheme, of commercial
importance, standing on
of
its
own
its
and
political
merits irrespective
prospective extension beyond our frontier,
or of the adoption of any other through route to
China.
"
Trusting that sanction
may be accorded
nothing would more happily inaugurate
to this,
its
com-
mencement than the presence of your Excellency

should you find
it
feasible with
demands upon your

province,
the
many
time to
lordship's
of satisfactory progress.
encouragement
to
the
Your
arrival
this
find signs
would afford
classes,
official
urgent
visit
hope your Excellency would
and
your
lordship would realize the vast commercial interests
which are yearly extending

State, as well as of those
" I
for the benefit of the
engaged
in
them.
have the honour to remain,

"
Your
lordship's obedient servant,

"
Albert Fytche.
"The Right Hon. the Earl of Mayo, K.T.

"&c, &c, &c."
"Simla, April
30,
1869.
" Sir,
" In
I
have
my
to
answer
to
your
letter of the 10th
March
thank you for your congratulations upon
assuming the
office
of
Governor-General of
India.
"
can assure you that the
affairs
of the province

of British
that
Burma occupy much
of
my
attention,
123
and
look on the position of that province with
the greatest interest.

"
rapid
consider that the
country has
advance which the
made under our government
the most satisfactory evidences
is
one of
of the success of
British rule in India.

11
have already sanctioned with much pleasure
your proposal for placing an Agent at Bhamo, and

I
shall look with
much
anxiety to the result of his
residence at that place.
always be glad to
shall
hear from you upon the subject of the communiwith Western China, but
cation
sary
lest
to
it
proceed with great care
be neces-
will
in
that matter,
any precipitancy should destroy or indefinitely
delay attempts
made
that
in
direction
their
at
outset.
"
have not yet received Captain Sladen's
and regret
to hear that the delay has
sioned by that officer

"
to
The
ill
health.
Prome has already engaged my
Burma
from India, uniformity of gauge
is
is
Rangoon
attention,
so far
and
removed
not necessary,
and that therefore the construction of

lighter
been occa-
project of a line of railway from
consider that as British
report,
lines
of a
and cheaper kind, and of a narrower gauge
might with advantage be considered.

"
have
also, after
much
consideration, approved
i2 4
of
plan
the
for
encouraging
primary education
through the medium of the Buddhist monasteries

of Burma.
hope that that experiment
carried out with prudence
be
will
and vigour, and
shall
look with the greatest interest to the result.

"
hope
may be
my
discharge of
able,
consistently with
other duties, to visit
very distant date, and
Burma
can assure you
the
at
no
look
forward to the possibility of such an event with

great pleasure.
"
am, yours
faithfully,
"
"General A. Fytche,
"&c, &c,
&c."
"Simla,
"
My Dear
"
it
occurs to
certain expressions
letters,
me
that
the officers of your

policy in
yune n,
and
it
is
have observed
in those of
in
Major Sladen,
possible that the views of
Commission
as regards British
Burma, do not altogether agree with those
entertained
by the Government of
therefore, there
should be the slightest misappre-
duty to inform you that
any interference
Lest,
India.
hension on this most important subject,
my
1869.
General,
From
some of your
Mayo.
C.S.I.
am
think
it
wholly opposed to
in the affairs of foreign states, that
can be by honourable means avoided.

annexation of Burma, or any of
its
The
future
adjacent states,

is
not an event which
on the contrary,
125
either contemplate or desire
should view with extreme regret
and disapproval any course of action that would

impose on the British Government the necessity of
occupation, or of assuming, even
in
a temporary
manner, the government of any of the states lying

adjacent to the province
now
in
firmly but prudently insisting
on the maintenance of
and on the protection of our
treaty obligations,
all
While
your charge.
and avoiding any act that would lower British
trade,
influence, or
compromise
understand that
it
British interests,
the desire of the
is
you
will
Government
of India that the status quo as regards the relations
between
strictly
" I
it
and the kingdom of Burma should be
maintained.
am
better.
which he
glad to hear that Major Sladen

I
fully
is
recognize the
placed,
the people with
much
so
difficult position
in
and the uncertain character of
whom
must never cease
to
of caution in
all
sity
is
he has to
deal.
But you
impress on him the
neces-
his proceedings, especially in
the delicate matter of the establishment of his
new
court of extra-territorial jurisdiction.
Though I am anxious
Bhamo should be opened at
"
without any unnecessary delay,
that
the
it is
at
a suitable time, and

I
am
of opinion that,
while any unusual excitement prevails
Burmese population,
Agency
among
the
not desirable that Captain
i26
Strover should proceed to that place, and you should
be perfectly
satisfied
you
before
danger,
that
he can do so without
authorize
departure
his
for
Mandalay.
"
am, yours
faithfully,
"
"General A. Fytche,
"&c.,
&c,&c"
"Rangoon, June
"
My
"
29,
1869.
Lord,
I
of
letter
Mayo.
C.S.I.
beg
acknowledge the receipt of your
to
nth
views and wishes
towards the
containing your
inst.,
Excellency's
on the course to be pursued
Court of Ava, and the states lying
adjacent to British Burma.

"
my
Your Excellency may
carrying out the policy prescribed
the policy that
ment of
my
depend on
in fact,
it
is
have pursued from the commence-
taking charge
which the whole tenor of

the
confidently
Government
of
of this
my
India
province, and
correspondence with
and Lord Lawrence
shows.
"
Burmese
character,
and
crooked policy of the Court of

is
best moulded and
able assumption
underhand
the
Ava
is
such, that
it
worked upon by the unmistake-
of firmness, and
use of straight-
forward language on the part of those

influence them,
and
and we must
as
who wish
your
to
Lordship

remarks
firmly but prudently
tenance of
us,
upon the main-
The King and
treaty obligations.
all
Court are apt to judge
his
insist
127
not so
much by our
power, as by our concessions and endurance
real
and our
of wrongs,
matters,
trivial
is
at
yielding,
even
most
the
in
once looked upon as a sign
of weakness.
"
The
pressure from the mercantile community
home, as well as
at
this country, will continue
in
we have free and unrestricted

with Upper Burma, but what is still
unceasingly until
trade, not only
of
much
greater importance, with China, and both of
these can be obtained without the danger of an-
nexation being thrust upon

treaty
us, if
the terms of the
concluded with the Court of
Ava
in
October,
1867, are carried out in their integrity.

"
My
belief
still
continues that there need be no
fear of collision with the
Court of
Ava
during the
present King's lifetime, such as should require us

to act hostilely towards
him
occupant of the throne
is
not be overlooked.
but
a change in the
a contingency that
At such a time
may
amount
the
and duration of the anarchy, and disorganization

and stoppage of
Burma,
will
all
trades that will occur in
Upper
depend greatly on the promptitude with
which we might use our preponderating influence,
and the weight of that influence would

ratio
tell
corresponding with the extent to which
it
in
had
128
The customs
previously been acknowledged.

lection
col-
on the trade of the port of Rangoon
in-
creased during the past year more than fifty per
and the one per
cent.,
the
on
treaty
all
cent,
goods declared
Upper Burma and overland

i
,000 per
cent,
export
to
China, upwards of
be made and precaution used,
a valuable and
trade receives
to
for
over the preceding one, every prepara-
tion should therefore
that such
duty leviable under
marvellously increasing
no sudden check.
Individually,
would assure your lordship of the certain absence

of any desire on
tremities
would be
my
part to push matters to ex-
on the contrary,
to preserve
my
natural inclination
Upper Burma
friendly terms as long as possible.
many
years of
my
life
intact,
I
and on
have spent
amongst the Burmese, and
many defects in their character,

many good qualities they possess,
whilst aware of the

I
am
and
not blind to
should be sorry indeed to see their nationality
extinguished, although
require them, in their
more advanced
"
the force of circumstances
own
interests, to yield to
our
civilization.
shall not fail to again press
upon Major Sladen
the views expressed by your Excellency, and that
His Majesty, the King of Burma should be assured

of our good
the British
"
faith,
and of the friendly disposition of
Government towards him.
Captain Strover
is still
at
Rangoon, of which he

ADDRESS FROM INHABITANTS OF RANGOON.
Town Magistrate, and he
Bhamo until I am assured
will
is
from
result
"
doing
his
am
that
129
not proceed to
no danger
will
so.
your lordship's obedient servant,

"
Albert Fytche.
" The Right Hon. the Earl of Mayo, K.T.,
"&c
&c, &c."
In the latter part of 1869
had the opportunity
long desired of discussing the

personally with Lord Mayo.
the
Duke
India
paying a
and the heads of the several
ments
were
for
Government
House
Calcutta.
circumstances
Mayo,
Viceroy.
ful
statesman,
govern-
Under
at
the
these
in
and
much
his
deeply with his

capacity
Death
as
pleasure the thought-
matters connected with
all
his great social qualities
a host.
tribute to
with
he took
and
me
impress
to
recall
interest
Burma
as
as
to
had many conversations with Lord
sufficient
powers
local
visit
some weeks
entertained
at
Burma
of
His Royal Highness
Edinburgh was
of
affairs
allows
and urbanity
a survivor
to
pay a
departed greatness, without the risk of
a charge of adulation.
On
one occasion
an address
community
reply
to
in
his
had the honour of presenting
lordship
Burma.
from the
append
his
European
Excellency's
3o
"Calcutta,
"
"
have received with great
address of the
me by
to
7///
"January, 1870.
Gentlemen,
your
satisfaction
nth December, which was
presented
General Fytche, the Chief Commissioner
of British Burma, on his arrival in Calcutta.

"
me
The growing
prosperity of British
an object of
Her
portion of
the fruits of
British
special
interest.
Burma
There
is
is
to
no
Majesty's Indian dominions where
good government, and the
results of
energy and industry, have been so rapidly
developed.
"
thank you most sincerely for the expression
of the desire that
should
visit
and can assure you that on the

that
public
duty
will
permit,
comply with the wish that
is
British
Burma,
earliest occasion
shall
not
conveyed
to
me
in
to
fail
your address.
"
melancholy interest appertains to
ment.
It
was the
which was delayed
at the
Andamans
until after
The
will
this
announcement of a
first
Burma, and had such a

need say no more.
Mayo."
my
docuvisit,
departure from
melancholy ending.
sad death of Lord
Mayo
never be forgotten by the
present generation.
Besides the treaty concluded with the King of
MY
ADMINISTRATION OF BRITISH BURMA.
Burma, and the despatch of the Mission
131
Western
to
China, there were other important measures carried

out during
my
was established
Civil Justice
Administration.
at
Mandalay, for the
of cases in which British and
trial
mixed Court of
Burmese
subjects
were both concerned.
railway was
proposed and planned between
The
Rangoon and Prome.

but the
left
down until after I had

Embankments were constructed,
were not
rails
the province.
and large
tracts of
converted
forth
into
country was surveyed,
laid
swamp and marsh were
thereby
which
brings
culturable
territory
Three new light-houses
teeming harvests.
were also constructed under the able superintendence

of Colonel Alexander Fraser,
Engineers.
at
and
Jails
C.B., of the Royal
Civil Courts
every important station
were constructed
in British
Burma,
in lieu
of the miserable huts which had been previously
used for such purposes.
The
trade and revenues of the province largely
One
increased.
interested in
was the education of the
tion of native
in
of the subjects which
Burmese.
this -direction
Buddhist religion.
are
I
genera
rising
The measures
closely
was much
carried out
associated
will therefore deal
with the
with
it
in
the next chapter.

I
an
might dwell upon many other matters

official
memorandum on my
but as
Administration of

132
British
Burma
is
entered
who may
perusal of those
matter,
will
in
Appendix *
the
interested
feel
for the
in
this
avoid laying myself open to a possible
charge of egotism by pursuing the subject further.

I
trust
may be
pardoned, however, for quoting
me
here some extracts from a speech delivered by

leaving
before
just
Rangoon,
which
in
endea-
voured to sum up the work accomplished during
my
administration
" It will
me on
perhaps be expected from
the
present occasion, to glance very briefly at the chief
my
measures of
administration throughout the last
four years, during which
have been Chief Com-
missioner.
"When
first
took charge of this province
the early part of 1867,
great progress under
Pegu
had
population
my
British
Burma had made
predecessor Sir A. Phayre.
enormously increased
under British
rule,
city.
done then, and
much
to
But
am
still
and Rangoon had

into a large
much remained
sorry to say that there
be done now.
The King
just refused to conclude a treaty.
and
wealth
in
been converted from a swampy village

commercial
in
of
No
to
be
is still
Burma had
steamers had
reached Bhamo, and only four merchant steamers
had
visited
Mandalay.
*
Our
Appendix G.
trade
beyond
the
SPEECH AT A PUBLIC DINNER.

was almost
frontier
roads,
The
nil.
province was without
and the idea of a railway had scarcely been
The
ventilated.
worse paid than
of the commission were
officers
"The
were also
police
far higher.
paid,
ill
quently untrustworthy and

civil
offices at
India, although
any province of
in
expense of living here was
and
133
Rangoon were
in
The
inefficient.
mere
courts were
and were consegaols
huts, whilst the public
embryo.
now venture to notice the progress which

has been made during the last four years, I must,
" If
in the first instance, express
of the Commission,
officers
my best thanks to the

have been
by whom
I
most ably served, and without whose cordial

ance
could have achieved but

the
notice
to
of
services
little.
the
beg
assist-
specially
Commissioners of
Divisions, Colonels Ardagh, Brown, Stevenson
my
Ryan, those of
late
and present
secretaries,
and
and
the officers of the Commission and Police generally
of the latter
of Majors
"In
must not omit
to
Duncan and Hamilton, and Mr. Doyle.
the
first
year of
my
administration
cluded a treaty with the King of

led
to
a large
An
con-
Burma which has
increase of trade, and
our relations with the Court of

footing.
mention the names
established
Ava on
a friendly
expedition has been sent under Major
Sladen, which has penetrated far beyond
Bhamo
the borders of China
springing
and a new trade
is
to
134
up. which,
carry
will
bringing
down
of a few
years,
manufactures to Yunan, whilst
British
the commodities of Western China
We
Rangoon.
to
in the course
trust,
now
are
in
weekly steam com-
munication with Mandalay, monthly communication

with Bhamo, and the voyage to
Bhamo
is
no longer
an expedition of danger, but a pleasant holiday

trip.
"
complete system of imperial roads has been
planned, and are in course of construction, and a

line of railway
has been surveyed between Rangoon
and Prome.
On my
the officers of the
recommendation the pay of
Commission has been
raised to
the rates which prevail in other provinces.

police
have received higher
grades, and
am happy
year there has been
salaries
in
the lower
to say that during the last
decrease
throughout the
province of 27 per cent, in violent crime.

gaols
and
courts
civil
Our
New
have been constructed
every important station, and the public
offices
at
on
the Strand are an ornament to Rangoon.

"
Three more new light-houses have been con-
structed under the able superintendence of Colonel
Fraser at the Krishna Shoal, China Bukheer, and
Eastern-grove
name,
have
and
to
in
mentioning Colonel Fraser's
thank him
for the great support
and zealous assistance he has rendered me on every

occasion,
and
to congratulate
him on the completion
SPEECH AT A PUBLIC DINNER.

magnificent
of that
protect the
of
series
commerce of our
135
which
light-houses
coasts, as well as the
other works which he has either completed or are
already in progress.
"A
scheme
for the
general education of native
school-masters and school-mistresses,
is
of
in course
establishment at Rangoon.
"
There
have specially given

ever be borne
will
two objects
however,
are,
my
attention,
mind by
in
which
to
and which
my
Burma
British
is
The
population, and
trust
successors.
allude to the encouragement of immigration,
reclamation of culturable land.
and the
crying want of
have
At
opportunity to encourage immigration.
lost
the
no
same
time large tracts of culturable land have been re-
claimed from encroachment of rivers by a system of
embankments, which
am
glad to say have effected
the object in view.

"
But
need not weary you, gentlemen, with
further details.
cannot, however, avoid thanking
the important and growing non-official

this
province for the cordial support
on
all
occasions,
and
opinion with which
have
that
failed in
all
any
of us are
have been favoured.
respect,
fallible,
have always endeavoured

of
my
power.
have received
enlightened public
the
for
community of
it
may be remembered
hope and
but
to
do
In conclusion,
If
my
I
trust that
duty to the best
beg
to
thank you,
136
one and
honour you have done
me on
Whether
Burma
for the
all,
present occasion.
return to
the
or
always rejoice to hear of
otherwise,
prosperity,
and treasure up pleasant memories of
shall
the country and
people,
its
who honour me on this

as of those who may be
causes,
and
after
am
would
and of the many friends
present occasion, as well
absent from a variety of
fain express the
personally forgotten, the
administration
may
its
hope that long
memory
of
my
not have wholly passed away/
CHAPTER
IV.
BUDDHISM AND EDUCATION
IN BURMA.
the ancient religion of Burma. Adoration of nats and other

Three religions preceded Buddhism India. Buddhism a wide-
Shamanism
spirits.
in
Propagated by persuasion alone. The Buddhas previous

to Gautama. The Jataka
Birth and parentage of Gautama.
His miraculous conception. Education of Gautama. Gautama's four
He deserts palace and assumes the garb of an
His
and temptations in the wilderness. He becomes a Buddha. The
sacred Bo-tree. Gautama proceeds towards Benares to preach his
doctrine. He
life. Punishment of
Attempts on
The
Dewadat. Gautama's death. His funeral. Gautama's
Shwe"-dagon pagoda
Rangoon. The three Synods. The Pitakatayan
spread religion.
fables.
visions.
his
ascetic.
trials
his father.
visits
his
relics.
at
or Buddhist scriptures.
Powers
of
memory
of Buddhist priests.
Two
Buddhagosa. Takings
ceived their religion and alphabet from Ceylon. The Burmese from the
Takings. Karma and Nirvana described. Buddhism and Brahmanism
compared. Dana or alms-giving. Purity of Buddhist ethics. Singular
Buddhist 'missionaries arrive at Thatvin.
analogy of Buddhistic
rites
and observances
re-
to those of
Romish
Christi-
Early Roman Catholic missionaries in the East. Their opinions

regarding Buddhism. Buddhism existent in the western world previous
to the birth of our Saviour. Gautama a saint in the Roman calendar.
Phongyees. Rules of the Order. The Novitiate. Ordination.
Celibacy. Diet. The
Habit. The Order of Nuns. Funerals.
Monasteries. Education in Burma. Monastic and lay schools. System
of education
adopted by the British Government.
regarding
How overcome. Success of the system.
anity.
lately
Difficulties
it.
During
the progress of this work,
have attempted
to give brief accounts of the politics, literature, art,
and customs, and habits of the people of Burma.

Properly to appreciate and understand a people,
however,
it
is
necessary
to
have, at least,
some
138
knowledge of the
therefore,
religion they profess.
purpose,
be but for ready reference, to give
if it
here a short description of Buddhism *
the
old
moral ,and humanizing doctrine of the Ascetic of

Kapilavastu.
people of
the great
In ancient times, the religion of the
Burma was Shamanism

Nomadic races of High
;
they are an
in
common
Asia, of which
This debased system of
offset.
worship has been superseded by Buddhism

still
lingers in the land, in the
with
spirit
but
it
form of adoration and
dread of natsf or dewas, which order of beings

* In the brief sketch of
Buddhism given
in this chapter, I
have selected
many of my arguments and leading points from Bigandet's "Legends of

Gautama " Hardy's M Eastern Monachism," and " Legends and Theories of
the Buddhists;" "Buddhism" by Rhys Davids; Wassilief's " Der Budd;
hismus
"
Max
Miiller's
"Chips;" "Journal Asiatique," Mohl, 1856; and
other eminent authorities on the subject.
+ The term nat
no doubt synonymous with Marco Polo's Natigay.
is
speaking of the religion of the Tatars he says
" This
is
In
the fashion of their
is a Most High God of Heaven, whom they worship

and incense, but they pray to Him only for health of mind
But they have a certain other god of theirs called Natigay, and
or body.
they say he is the god of the earth, who watches over their children, cattle,
and crops. They show him great worship and honour, and every man hath a
figure of him in his house, made of felt and cloth; and they make, also, in the
same manner images of his wife and children." This account agrees generally
with what we are told, too, of the original Shamanism of the Tunguses, which
recognizes a Supreme Power over all, and a small number of potent spirits
religion.
They
say there
daily with thurible
called Ongot.
The
Yule's
"Marco
Polo,"
v.
ii.,
pp. 224-25.
figures of Natigay, as illustrated in Yule's
work, resemble in a remark-
able degree the nats which are to be seen in Burma, carved in wood.
Sir Arthur Phayre, who is intimately acquainted with all that relates to
Buddhism, remarks in a note on nats as follows: "The modern Burmese
acknowledge the existence of certain beings, which, for want of a better term,
we
call
'almost spiritual beings.'
They apply
to
them the term
nat.
Now
according to Burmese notions, there are two distinct bodies or systems of these
creatures.
The one
which Thagya-Meng
is
is
a regularly constituted company,

the chief.
Most undoubtedly
if I
that
may
say so,
of
body of nat was
ADORATION OF NATS.
139
have been adopted into the Buddhist system, and

play a conspicuous part in the affairs of this world.
This worship, though in opposition with the more

exalted and purer doctrines of primitive Buddhism,
is
by the Buddhist
nevertheless, countenanced
priest-
hood, and a large portion of the worship of the
Burmese, from the highest

consists
in the
monies,
and
nats,
to
lowest ranks,
the
performance of superstitious cere-
offerings
made
for
propitiating
evil
and obtaining favours and temporal advan-
tages from
The
unknown
good
ones.
habitations of these nats are situated in the
to the
Burmese
until they
become Buddhists.
Those are the
real
dkva or dewata.
"But the other set of nats are the creatures of the indigenous system, existing
among all the wild tribes bordering Burma. The acknowledgment of those
beings constitutes their only worship.
On
these grounds, I consider that the
Burmese acknowledged and worshipped such beings, before they were converted to Buddhism.
"Now if they acknowledged such beings, they, no doubt, had a name for
them, similar in general import to the 'fairy,' 'elf,' and so on, among the
inhabitants of Britain, for beings of a quasi-spiritual nature.
there
is
may
observe
a complete analogy in the state of Burmese belief in the existence of
such beings, and that which prevailed formerly in Europe, and some remnants
which may be found even now existing among the uneducated. I mean
Anglo-Saxon tribes were converted to Christianity, the belief
in fairies and elves was universal.
With Christianity came a belief in a
different order of spiritual beings, and with that a new name, derived from the
Latin angel.
This is somewhat analogous to the state of things among the
Burmese before and after their conversion to Buddhism.
"But to return to the Burmese. They, when they received Buddhism,
of
that before the
appear to have generally retained their vernacular

in Pali,
dewa.
Why
this
should be done
is
name
for the beings called
certainly not apparent.
Why
have the English and all the Teutonic nations retained the ancient names Evil
and Spirits, though they adopted with Christianity a new term for good spirits
generally?
allude to the term devil, which, there
logically connected with that Pali
word dewa
or d'eva."
is
no doubt,
is
philo-
14
six
lower heavens beyond the moon, rising
and which, together
cession one above the other,
with the abode of man,
in suc-
and the four
of
states
punishment, form the eleven seats of the passions.*
Nats are endowed with forms of such ethereal

nature, as to be able to transport themselves with
the utmost rapidity to our sublunary world
every mountain,
of importance,
of,
is
tree,
town, village, or other object
supposed to be under the protection
and presided over by one of them. The Burmese
also believe that there are

*
and
"In
spirits
peculiar to our
the Buddhist system there are thirty-one seats or abodes assigned to
all beings,
which are disposed on an immense
scale,
four states of punishment.

six seats of nats.
extending from the bottom
At the foot we find the

Next comes the abode of man ; above it are the
of the earth to an incommensurable height above
These eleven
it.
seats are called the seats of passion, or con-
cupiscence, because the beings residing therein are
still
subject to the influence
of passion, though not to an equal degree.
"Above
the abodes of nats are sixteen seats, called
Rupa, disposed perpen-
The inhabitants of
They have freed themselves
from concupiscence, and almost all other passions, but still retain some
affection for matter and material things.
Hence the denomination of Rupa,
or matter, given to these seats.
The remaining portion of the scale is occupied
dicularly one above the other to an incalculable height.
those regions are called Brahmas, or perfect.
by the four
seats called
Arupa, or immaterials, for the beings inhabiting them

passions.
They have, as it were, broken
are entirely delivered from all
ties that would attach them to this material world.

summit of perfection one step farther, and they enter
into the state of Niebban or Nirvana, the consummation, according to
Buddhists, of all perfection.
To sum up all the above in a few words, there
are four states of punishment.
The seat of man is a place of probation and
trial ; the six abodes of nats are places of sensual pleasures and enjoyments.
In the sixteen seats of Rupa are to be met those beings whose delights are of a
more refined and almost purely spiritual nature, though retaining as yet some
slight affection for matter.
In the four seats of Arupa are located those
asunder even the smallest
They have reached
the
beings
who
are wholly disentangled from material affections,
in the sublimest contemplation, soaring, as
of pure spiritualism."
Bigandet,
p. 5.
it
who
delight but
were, in the boundless regions
ANCIENT RELIGIONS OF
earth,
The
Europe, and priethas.
an ogre who haunts forests and solitary
is
and feeds on human
places,
of a
141
such as beloos, witches, with powers similar
tp those of mediaeval
beloo
INDIA.
man
It
flesh.
has the face
with eyes of a deep red hue, and body of
The
so subtle a nature as not to project a shadow.
prietha
is
being
a state of punishment on
in
account of sins committed in former existences, and

is
doomed
recesses of uninhabited
the
to live in
mountains, smarting under the pangs of unsatiated

hunger.
Its
body, and particularly
of gigantic dimensions, whilst
its
its
mouth
stomach,
is
so small,
that the point of a needle can scarcely enter
remnant of tree worship exists

bestowed on the Bo-tree {Jims
in
is
it.
the veneration
religiosa),
which
will
be remarked upon hereafter.
We
know
Buddhism
that at least three religions preceded
in India
the wild devil-worship of the
Aborigines, the religion of the
Aryan invaders
as
represented in the Vedic hymns, and Brahminism,
with
its
caste,
and pantheism."*
described
distinctive features of priestly mediation,
"
as
little
In
fact,
Buddhism has been
more than a
revival
of the
coarser descriptions of the aboriginal races, purified
and refined by the application of Aryan morality,
and elevated by doctrines borrowed from the

lectual superiority of the
*
Aryan
" Fairburn's Studies,"
races."
p. 130.
"
As
intel-
a part
142
of the reform which
Gautama
introduced, ancestral
worship was abolished, and the sepulchral tumulus
became the depository of
worship was repressed, and

worship elevated to the
Buddhism
is
first
Serpent
sister faith of tree
its
rank." *
now
the most wide-spread religion
existing on the earth,
branches,
of saints.
relics
and one which
in its various
to
tables
according
published by Mr.
statistical
lately
Rhys Davids, holds beneath
sway the minds of 500,000,000 of human
its
beings,
or forty per cent, of the estimated population of the

"
world.
The
by a coat of
yellow robe has never been covered
mail, nor the voice of
heard amongst the din of
battle."
Sramana been
During an
exist-
ence of nearly 2500 years, the doctrines of Gautama
have been propagated

"
by persuasion
and
alone,
though Buddhists themselves have been frequently
persecuted even
to destruction,
no instance
record of a religious war having been
is
on
waged by
them, or an attempt made to spread their
faith
by
any part of the world." f

Previous to the time of Gautama, the founder of
force in
the present Buddhist system, twenty-four Buddhas

are said to have appeared, twenty of
their
appearance
worlds,J
in
different
whom made
previous successive
and four during the present world
of
* Fergusson's "Tree and Serpent Worship," p. 62.

t Ibid., p. 63.
% The duration of a revolution of nature, or the time required for the formation of a world, its existence and destruction, is divided into four periods. The
BUD DHAS PREVIOUS TO GAUTAMA.

Gautama was
these latter
is still
There
one more Buddha to appear, Aramaitriya, the
Buddha
who
of kindness,
Niebban
of
the last Buddha.
143
again " open the door
will
man," and he closes
to
the present
dispensation.
Gautama
thus represented to be only one of
is
a long series of Buddhas

intervals
on the
earth.
be said to have been
have appeared at
that
Such Buddhas, indeed, may
known from
the very beginning
of things, only, in the Buddhist imagination, there
The
no beginning and no ending.
is
details of their
teaching and lives strongly resemble those of the

last
Buddha, and as Orientals are great adepts at
dovetailing the past with repetitions of the present
mapping
out
cycles, strongly
have
possibly
vast
one
the
former legendary Buddhas
may
resembling
tradition of their
were,
into
eternity, as
its
been
it
the present
invented
time, with the intention of giving
more extension
fourth period, or that which begins with the apparition of

until its destruction, is divided into sixty-four parts, called
one Antrakap, the
life
of
man
innumerable number of years

decreases slowly to
in that
its
Gautama's
since
man on
Antrakaps.
the earth,
During
increases gradually from ten years to an almost

;
having reached
its
maximum
second part of an Antrakap
when
the
life
and
all
of
man
of duration,
it
We live at present
former short duration of ten years.

is
on the decline and
decrease.
Matter
is
eternal
but
its
organization,
the changes attending
laws that act upon

of any being.
assert
it
are self-existing,
it,
are
Both matter and the

independent from the action and control
caused and regulated by certain laws co-eternal with
it.
As soon
as a system of worlds is constituted, Buddhists boldly

and perseveringly maintain that the laws of Karma, or those of merits
and demerits, are the sole agents that regulate and control both the physical and
moral world.
See Bigandet,
p. 22.
144
and
solidity to
the
whereupon
basis
his
founded.
is
The
religion of
Gautama
is
to last
which 2420 have now elapsed.

after long
5000 years, of
Buddhas appear
Gautama, before
intervals of time.
taining to the state of a Buddha, passed
550*
*
is
system
The
different phases of existence,
at
history of these 550 separate existences (called
at-
through
one time
by the Burmese
redzats)
contained in the Jataka, the tenth division of the Sutta Pitaka, or second
book of the sacred canon of the Buddhists.
They form a
valuable corpus
fabularum, or compilation of folk-lore current in the East in ancient times.
Many
of the stories are substantially the same as those to be found in Êsop and
Phcedrus, whose fables strongly resemble Oriental rather than original Greek
compositions.
Their
tales, too, are
and the animals mentioned
only found in Eastern countries.
under their names,
if
imbued with Asiatic manners and customs,

monkeys and peacocks, &c, are
in them, such as
We
may
therefore infer that the fables found
not taken from the Jataka, have at least an Eastern origin,
and found their way to Europe, first amongst the Greeks, and next reached the
Western nations through La Fontaine and others.
The Jataka stories, however, were not retailed at convivial parties, as is said
"
by Aristophanes to have been customary with the "drolleries of /Esop
(AlawTTiKa ye\o7a)
but are supposed to have been narrated by Gautama himself
to his disciples, and others, in order to make them acquainted with the events
that happened to him when he was passing through the different phases ot
metempsychosis. Almost all of them end in showing that the personage who
played the most important and praiseworthy role was Gautama himself, and
those who befriended or assisted him were now his most favourite disciples
and hearers, whilst those who had opposed him were the heretics and unbelievers of that day, particularly the wicked Dewadat.
;
My
readers will recognise the following story taken from the Jataka.
On
one occasion, when Gautama was speaking to his disciples regarding the
conduct of Dewadat, he said, " Once when I was a stork, he was a lion.
In
his haste to eat, a bone stuck in his throat.
He implored my assistance, and,
with my long neck and beak, I took the bone from his throat.
When I asked
him
for the
reward he had promised
quite enough that he
me
had allowed me
for the service,
to
withdraw
my
he answered
head
safe
it
was
from his
gullet."
The "Thousand And One Nights," commonly called " The Arabian Nights'
Entertainments," which are such favourite stories in Europe, are also of Indian
origin, written in
into Arabic.
Sanskrit,
They
and afterwards translated
are called in Sanskrit, Vrihatkatha.
into
Persian and then
GAUTAMA'S FORMER EXISTENCES.
145
ceiving birth as a nat, at others, that of a bird or
other animal,* gradually accumulating at each birth
a greater degree of merit, and gravitating towards

the centre of matchless perfection.
which they become
woman
born,
In the birth in
Buddha, they are always of
and pass through infancy and youth
like ordinary beings, until at a prescribed
abandon the world and
the wilderness,
to
retire
age they
where, after a course of ascetic observance, at the
powers
foot of a tree they receive the supernatural
with
which
the
office
But
and highest glory
greatest distinction
receive the
endowed.
is
wisdom by which they can
is,
their
that they
direct sentient
beings to the path that leads to Niebban or Nir-
wana, the cessation of
Gautama
} is
have been born on a Tues-
said to
day, the day of the

in the
existence.")"
moon
full
of the
year answering to 623
month
B.C.,
of
May,
and was the
* According to Buddhistic notions, animals are beings in a state of punish-
ment, differing from man, not in nature, but in merits.
They
are supposed to
possess reason to a certain extent.
t " Monachism," p. v.
% Gautama is the name by which
the last
Buddha is
usually
known
to southern
Buddhists, and that of Sakya-Muni, the Sakya Sage, to northern Buddhists.
He
has other names, but they are, properly speaking,
him
said to have
been given
objects have
been accomplished
to
five
;
conqueror
such as Siddartha,
Sakya- Singha, the lion of the Sakya tribe
Loka-natha, the Lord of the world

Jina, the
titles,
days after his birth, and meaning he whose
Dharma-raja, the King of righteousness
Suttha, the teacher, &c.
are inhabitants of Burma, Ceylon, Siam, and Anam ;

and the northern of China, Japan, Tibet, and Nepaul. The sacred books of
the former are written in Pali, and the latter in Sanskrit.
The works in Pali
are considered the most reliable and complete.
The southern Buddhists
The Chinese
VOL.
II.
give the year 1029 B.C. as the date of the birth of Gautama,
146
son of Saddhodana, chief of the tribe of Sakyas,
and King of Kapilavastu,* or Kapilawot, a small

on the banks of the river Rohini,
principality situated
the
modern Kohana, about a hundred miles northHis mother was Maiya, daugher of
east of Benares.
Suprabuddha, chief of the neighbouring and kindred
Both
tribe of Kolyans.
race,
tribes
were of pure Aryan
and branches of the Suryavansi, or
line of the
Sun.
Many
stories
are
told
of
the
miraculous
and
mystical conception and birth of Gautama, and also

of his precocious wisdom.
His mother, who had
lived to the age of 57 years without bearing a child,
seven days of
after
fasting, dreamsj"
she
is
conveyed
and the year 951 B.C. for that of his death but they admit that the religion
was not introduced into China until 1000 years later. De Guignes, Klaproth,
and Sir William Jones adopt from the Chinese nearly similar dates for these
;
events.
comparison of many epochs, however, has established
date 628 B.C. for the year of the birth of

decease.
Gautama
and 543
in India the
B.C. for that of his
This difference of some 400 years has led some to believe the Chinese
era refers to an anterior Buddha.
extraordinary similitude in
books, and
rituals,
many
Correct dates are so far important, as the

parts of the Buddhist doctrine,
and forms, and
and of the
institutions of this religion, with those of
which was remarked by the Jesuits who visited Tibet

and even by Father Rubruquis in the thirteenth,
might lead to the belief that they had been borrowed entirely from this latter,
if the chain of evidence that established their greater antiquity were less
Princep's "Tibet, Tatary, and Mongolia," p. 145.
complete.
* The village of Nagara has been identified by General Cunningham with
Kapilavastu, and Gautama is still the name of the Rajput Chief.
Cunningham's
"Ancient Geography of India," vol. i., p. 417.
Romish
Christianity,
in the seventeeth century,
+ In the East, miracles are generally made to precede the birth

The life of Daghda, the mother of Zoroaster, the founder
men.
of the Parsees,
Deity,
who
is
said to have
been so spotless as to
of remarkable
of the religion
attract the favour of the
foretold to her the greatness of Zoroaster while yet in the
through the medium of dreams
womb,
and the birth was attended with many miracu-
MA/YA'S DREAM.
on her couch by four nat princes
i47
heavenly
to their
abode, and placed in a grotto on a mountain slope.
While there she sees the future Buddha
in the
form
of a beautiful white elephant"* descending from the

side of an opposite
after
who
enters the cave, and
walking three times round her couch, opens
her right
On
hill,
side,
and conceals himself
in
her womb.
her relating this dream to her husband, sixty-
Brahmans are sent
four learned
lous circumstances, calculated to
make
for to
the persons
expound
it.
who saw it adopt and spread

Many of these miracles
the belief in the divine mission of the new-born infant.
have found their way into classical writings, and Pliny mentions that Zoroaster
laughed on the day on which he was born, and that his brain palpitated so
hand when placed upon
violently as to repel the
The
it.
prophet was nearly co-etaneous with that of Gautama.
and died 513 B.C.
See " Hist.
Parseesin India,"
c.
Nat."
vii.
xvi.
c.
life
of the Persian
He was
born 589 B.C.,
H. Lord's " Account of the
hi.
Grote, in his " History of Greece," vol.
says "that the century
hi., p. 85,
between 620 and 500 B.C. appears to have been remarkable for the first diffusion and potent influence of distinct religious brotherhoods, mystic rites, and
expiatory ceremonies, none of which find any recognition in the Homeric epic."
This was the age of Gautama and Zoroaster.
The Greeks were
generally free
from the ascetic element, with one exception. It is said that Lycurgus in his
wanderings, penetrated as far as India and there are many points of resem;
blance between the precepts promulgated by Gautama and the laws of the
Spartans.
" The submission of the young was
the Spartan legislator, and great respect
strictly
was paid
enforced in the code of
aged there was a

community of property nearly all distinctions of rank were abolished the
education, dress, and food of all classes were the same
the diet Avas of the
the use of gold and silver was forbidden and all were taught
simplest kind
to endure the greatest hardships unmoved.
The young were set free from the
restrictions under which they had previously laboured when twenty years of
age, the same age at which the Sramana novice was admitted to ordination.
But the Spartan annihilated self that he might become a patriot the Buddhist ascetic, that he might become non-existent."
"The Voice of the Past,"
to the
R. S. Hardy, p. 353.
* This form is said to have been deliberately chosen by the future Buddha,
because
it
was the form indicated by an angel who had in a previous birth been
Foucaux, p. 52.
one of the Rishis, the mythical poets of the Rig Veda
L 2
148
Their interpretation
son
who
will live
that the
is,
bear a
a Cha-
whose sway
human
race will acknowledge
tion, after
will
among men, and become
kawati, or mighty ruler,
all
the
withdrawing from the
or,
become a
world, he will
Queen
recluse,
and
in
that condi-
disentangling himself from the miseries
become a Buddha, and remove
of existence, will
the veils of ignorance and sin from the world.
holy man, like Simeon, also bears witness to the

mission, and laments that
child's divine
age
will
prevent his hearing his doctrine.
At
the
said
is
the four elements
dumb
speak,
water burst
their course,
to
have been
the
felt
blind recover
the lame
out in
all
or
entered Maiya's womb, a great
Phura-loung,
commotion
the
moment Gautama,
the conception, or the
many
throughout
their sight,
walk, springs
places,
rivers
of cool
suspend
nature rejoices, and even the
fires
During her
of hell are temporarily extinguished.
nine months of pregnancy, Maiya enjoyed a perfect
calm and sweetest happiness

never affected her
visible " sitting
fied," in
her
fatigue
and the
cross-legged,
child
and weariness
was
unsoiled,
womb, which resembled an
distinctly
and dignielegant
tsd-
dee or dago 5a (pagoda).

*
Our term pagoda
is
a corruption of the
from dd, ddtu, or dk&tu, an osseous
The word
same
relic,
tope, a corruption of thiipa, a relic,
sense.
"Monachism,"
p. 217.
word ddgoba, which
and
is
is
geba, or garbha, the
derived
womb.
not unfrequently used in the
BIRTH OF GAUTAMA.
"As
a dagoba holding sacred relics cannot be used
guard any
to
149
mother can
less sacred object, so his
bear no other child, and on the seventh day after

birth she
his
When
dies.""'''
the child
is
born, he
steps forward seven paces on the ground, and facing
the
looking around towards
after
east,
the
four
quarters of the globe, exclaims with a loud voice

"
am
the most exalted in the world
of the
World
world
this
me no
to
am
my
is
most excellent
the
birth
last
hereafter
Chief
the
in
there
is
other existence/'f
Gautama was brought up

after the
am
in unrestrained luxury,
manner of Oriental
was done by
his father to
anxious that the
first
princes,
and everything
amuse him
as he
was
Brahmans
prediction of the
should come true, and the heir to his throne become

* " Buddhism," Rhys Davids, p. 185.
+ " This myth of the conception of Maiya and the white elephant is probably
in some way connected with the older superstition of sun-worship, the white
elephant, like the white horse, being an emblem of the sun, the universal
monarch of the sky. M. Senart, in his learned work, 'La Legende du
Buddha,' has attempted to trace

established
much
of
enough
to
show
that appears at
the Buddha.
The
many
of these coincidences, and has certainly
that in this direction an explanation
first
idea that a
sight bizarre
man
and unnecessary
in
should enter his mother's
form of a white elephant seems a most grotesque

poetical figure has been thus ascertained."
folly, until
may be found
our legend of
womb
in the
the origin of the
See Rhys Davids'
"Buddhism,"
184.
p.
It
bears a curious resemblance to the
in the religious
renovation of the world

spring of a virgin,
all
is
ascribed to him.
who was impregnated by
the colours of the rainbow,
The rainbow
myth of Vitzliputzli, the god of mercy,

name refers to the sun, and the
system of the Mexicans, whose
in
is
said to
have been the
which descended from heaven
ancient mysteries
appearance of the sun.
He
is
off-
a plume of feathers invested with

into her bosom.
a celebrated symbol, typifying the re-
150
Gautama,
a great monarch, rather than a recluse.
however, was naturally of a serious turn of mind,
and never so happy as when

in
some
meditation in
wrapt up
sitting alone
retired spot.
was on one
It
of these occasions, in about his sixteenth year, that
him when he had thought him
his father discovered

lost
and
order to divert him from such melan-
in
choly moods, he hastened on his marriage with his

first
cousin, the beautiful Yasodhara.
The
marriage
is
notwithstanding
cendant
mained absorbed
life
"
"
on the problems of
in meditation
and death.
used to say
that his old habits continued as-
mind, and he, often as before, re-
his
in
have proved a happy one
said to
Nothing
nothing
is
Life
real.
is
on
stable
earth, "
he
like
the
is
spark produced by the friction of wood.

lighted and
it
is
extinguished
comes or whither
of a
it
goes.
it
know
It is
comes and whither
it
goes.
in
is
not where
like the
and the wise man asks
lyre,
whence
we
It
vain
sound
from
There must
be some supreme intelligence where we can find

If
rest.
if I
were
He
attained
it,
free myself,
continued thus,
ninth year,
when
could bring light to
we
are told, until his twenty-
the
who knew
Prince
the time was
would become a
Buddha, placed before him four successive

namely,
that
of
an
could deliver the world."
the nats,
approaching when
man
old,
broken,
visions,
decrepit
man
GAUTAMA'S FOUR
man
leaning on a staff; a
some
VISIONS.
151
suffering from a loath-
and
disease, frightened at the sight of himself,
the approach of death
a corpse green with putridity
and the prey of creeping worms
and
lastly that of
meek
a recluse or religious mendicant, gentle and
in
manner, wearing his religious vestment with dignity,

his face
glowing with perfect contentment, and out-
wardly showing he cared

this
These
world.
Prince,
and
for
none of the things of

appeared only to the
visions
attendant charioteer, Tsanda,
his
who
appears to have been specially inspired to explain

them.
The
first
of the miseries of
three are allegorically a
human
existence
pattern the Prince was to
compound
and the
last
the
follow to attain to that
state of perfection, regarding
which he
felt
a strong
but confused desire of possessing.
Gautama, who was surfeited with pleasure and

worldly enjoyments, and
pining
seclusion
for
and
peace of mind, was mightily struck with the appear-
His determination
ance of the recluse.

his
example was made
at once,
the day he had seen the hermit,
were asleep, he sent

for
his
and
midnight of
at
when
to follow
all
his
his faithful attendant
guards
Tsanda
horse; and accompanied by him rode out
from his palace into the forest to become a homeless

wanderer.
To
denial,
recorded that just before his departure,
it is
he took the
increase
first
the
estimate
of his self-
look at his first-born
son lying
152
in the
arms of
its
sleeping mother, and which had
This passage
only been born that day.

of
Gautama
is
by Buddhists
called
in the life
Great
the
Renunciation.
Gautama rode a long
distance
that
night,
did not stop until he had passed the river
and
Anauma,
the bordering stream of his father-in-law's territory,
where he divested himself of

and directed Tsanda
horse to Kapilavastu.
his royal ornaments,
to return
He
with them and his
then cut off his long
hair* with his sword, and exchanging clothes with a

passer-by, hurried on alone towards
Magadha.
capital of
Rajagriha the
In a cave, in the vicinity of
that city, he placed himself under the tuition of
Brahman
ascetics,
having learnt
to
enable him
hood, he
named Alara and Udraca, and
they could teach, but not sufficient

to
obtain the dignity of
and meditation.
Gautama
Buddha-
resolved to devote himself to a
penance
*
all
is
two
For
this
life
purpose
of
he
described as cutting off his long hair with his sword, leaving
what remained about one and a half inches in length, and which is said never
All statues
to have grown longer than that during the remainder of his life.
of Gautama are represented with short points of. hair on the top of the head,
in some of which the hair bears a curled or woolly appearance.
This, combined with other circumstances, led Sir William Jones to form an opinion that
the inhabitants of India, previous to its invasion by the Aryan tribes from the
north, were of African descent, and that in the sculptured representations of
their Sage this characteristic of the Negro race had been preserved.
"Asiatic
Researches," vol.
i.
p. 427.
of thus representing the hair, however, may be considered

accounted for by the above passage in Gautama's life, and was
The custom
satisfactorily
doubtless designed to remind
all
Buddhists of the ever continued miracle of

See Bigandet, p. 60.
the stationary growth of Gautama's hair.
AUSTERITIES PRACTISED
BY GAUTAMA.
153
retired
to the solitudes of the wilderness near the
present
Buddha Gaya, where he was joined by
five
other ascetics.
He
remained here
excessive
austerities,"'"
penance to penance,
some
for
adding
his
till
sound of a great
like the
"
bell
six years practising
to
vigil
hung
usual long
while walking up and
one day
meditation, he fainted and

fellow ascetics thought he
During
recovered.
his
fell
canopy
in the
At
fast,
and
fame spread abroad
of the skies."
last
vigil,
after a
more than
down
lost in
to the ground.
His
was dying, but he slowly

he arrived
illness
at
the
conviction that extreme penance,
" far
from giving
peace of mind, and preparing the
way
to salvation,
was a snare and stumbling-block

truth,"| and,
when
the
way
of
able to walk again, despairing of
further profit from fasting
took his alms-bowl
in
and
and went
self-mortification,
to the
he
neighbouring
and other works of mortification, have always been much pracby the Indian philosophers of past ages, who thereby attracted the notice,
respect, and veneration of the world.
Such rigorous exercises, too, were
deemed of great help in enabling the mind to have a more perfect control over
the senses, and subjecting them to the empire of reason. The fast of Gautama,
preparatory to his obtaining the Buddhahood, recalls to the mind that which
Our Lord underwent, "ere He began His divine mission." See Bishop
* Fastings,
tised
Bigandet, p. 68.
+ Max
Muller, " Chips,"
p.
214.
X Gautama's alms-bowl, pdtra, or thabeit, as it is called by the Burmese, is

believed to have been the same one as was used by the three former Buddhas
of the present Buddagabba, or
and
Buddha
mundane
universe, and
"
is
destined to serve also
have been sent

by King Asoka to Ceylon, and is still shown there in the Malagawa Vihara at
Kandy. As usual in such cases, there are several rival relics, for Fa Hian
the
fifth
last
of this dispensation.
It is said to
"
"
154
On
village for food.
seeing
his
this,
companions
once deserted him as an apostate, and he was
at
left to
bear the burthen of his wavering faith alone.
Left alone, he wandered out into the forest and

seated himself under a Bo-tree, where, after having
fed
some
upon
wrapped up
he
remained
profound meditation (dhyand) for
in
period he was assaulted by numerous
this
found the alms-bowl preserved
at Peshavvur.
it
was no longer there, but in Persia.

" Fa Hian writes of the alms-bowl
it
with a few flowers, whilst a rich
iooo or 10,000 bushels of

like
food,
days without any further nourishment
forty-nine
During
miraculous
Our Lord's remark on
" This alms-bowl
at
man
Hwen Thsang
says in his time
Peshawur, that poor people could fill

could not do so with ioo, nay, with
rice; a parable doubtless originally carrying a lesson
the widow's mite.
Holy Grail of Buddhism. Mystical powers of

German
in the European legends.
scholars have traced in the romances of the Grail remarkable indications of
Oriental origin.
It is not impossible that the alms-bowl of Buddha was the
prime source of them. Read the prophetic history of the alms-bowl as Fa
Hian heard it in India its mysterious wanderings over Asia till it is taken up
into the abode of the nats, where Aramaitriya, the future Buddha, dwells.
When it has disappeared from earth the Law gradually perishes, and violence
and wickedness more and more prevail." Colonel Yule's "Marco Polo,"
the
is
nourishment are ascribed also to the Grail
ch. xv. p. 264-5.
"
gentle sound, an awful light
Three angels bear the Holy Grail
With
On
folded feet, in stoles of white,
sweeping wings they
What
is
sail.
it?
The phantom of a cup that comes and goes ?

The cup, the cup itself, from which our Lord
Drank at the last sad supper with His own.
If a man
Could touch or
see
it,
he was healed at once
By faith of all his ills. But then the

Grew to such evil, that the holy cup
Was
times
caught away to heaven and disappeared.
Tennyson's " Holy Grail."
TEMPTATIONS IN THE WILDERNESS.

demons, led by the
enemy
arch
of mankind
temptation
that
conquers
he
triumphant out of
morning of the
* This contest between
triumph of truth over
could
numerous
his
all
fiftieth
the plans adopted by
the
also,
to
forms of
But
devise.
comes out
trials.
On
the
day, sitting cross-legged f
Gautama and Manh
error.
the
all
them, and
rejects
Manh
implacable enemy of mankind,
Amongst
Gautama
and
licentiousness
and
Manh,*
or
and subjected,
of beauty,
allurements
the
Mara
nat
evil
155
or,
Manh
is
is
an allegory exemplifying the
the personification of evil
in
to
Christian
terminology,
and the
the
devil.
oppose the benevolent designs of
men
the way of deliverance from all miseries, was that of

and promising him, as the Brahmans foretold at his
birth, "All the kingdoms of this world and their glory."
At other times, to
distract his attention when wrapt up in meditation, he causes whirlwinds,
earthquakes, and storms of rain.
His last attempt was to awaken the fire of
lust by the aid of his three daughters, who, severally, assumed the appearances of a pretty girl, a blooming virgin, and a middle-aged beauty ; but
these, and all other attempts, proved powerless against a man who had conto teach
flattering his ambition,
quered himself.
The
to
conflict
between Gautama with Mara and
his
demons, Paulinus imagines
be the same with the doctrine of the Magi, concerning Ormuzed and Arima-
nius.
"Compendium legis Barmanorum,"
Museo
Borgia, p. 51.
t Most of the statues of Gautama represent him sitting cross-legged, the

left hand open on the lap, and the other hanging over the right knee ; the
expression of the face attempted by the sculptor being that of sublime abstraction.
In one of these statues of Gautama in my possession, he is represented
round the pedestal, on which he sits
hood extended over his head. This is the
Naga, or nat snake, who presided over a large pool near the Bo-tree, and
who, as a means of obtaining great merit, acted thus to protect Gautama
during one of the great storms of rain raised by Manh.
The pedestal, or
throne, on which these statues rest, is in shape that of two triangles joined at
the apices, typifying fire and water, the two elements mainly instrumental in
the destruction and reproduction of the world.
Statues of Gautama, recumbent on the right side, with the left leg placed
directly over the right one, the head resting on the palm of the right hand
supported by the elbow, and the left arm extended at length over the left leg,
are, too, not uncommon.
This is the position he is described to have assumed
when he died, or entered Niebban.
These two positions of his statues are intended to force upon the attention
in this position with a serpent coiled
enthroned, in seven folds, with
its

156
under the
Bo-tree,
the
his
east,"'
all
divine
compassing
his
became Buddha,
rewarded
are
mind with
that
by an
the light of truth,
spirit,
beauty, bursts
effulgent
its
turned towards
face
his
meditations
inspiration of the
in
with
upon him, en-
pure rays, and he
its
Enlightened,")" " wiser than
is,
the wisest, and higher than the highest."
The
Bo-tree (ficus
Gautama
under whose shade
religiose/),
attained perfect knowledge,
to him, as the ficus indica
was
supreme
The
next and
intelligence
last
is
said to
lously from the earth at the

is
world.
an appro-
Buddha
will obtain
bd>
have sprung miracu-
moment
supposed to have stood
The word
also
under the Mesua ferrea.
Gautama's Bo-tree
and
dedicated
to the predecessor
and every preceding Buddha had

priate tree.
is
of his birth,
in the centre of
or dodi, as
it
is
called
the
by
and memory of his followers the two great stages of his last existence, namely,
that of his obtaining Buddhahood, and that of his entering the state of Niebban
or Nirvana.
* Turning to the east
is
an ancient Buddhist practice.
When Gautama was
supreme moment when he

attained the acme of knowledge, the science of the past, present, and future
born,
he glanced towards the east
the state of a perfect
Buddha
and
his face
at the
was turned
in the direction of the east.
Bishop Bigandet, remarking on the preference shown by Gautama to the east

over the other three points of the compass, thinks
it
might, possibly, have
reference to the tradition universally prevailing throughout the whole
east
Our Lord, that from the east there was to come an

extraordinary personage, who would confer the greatest benefits upon the
human race, and have induced him to look in that direction.
+ Buddha means the Enlightened, and is often used as a proper name,
instead of an appellative, in a similar manner to Christos the Anointed, or
Mohamed the Expected. See "Das Leben des Mohammed," Sprenger, vol. i.
previous to the coming of
P-
55-
THE SACRED BO-TREE.

the Burmese,
means wisdom, knowledge, and Bishop
Bigandet thinks,
may
" it
tradition
the
of
not be quite out of the
suppose that
limits of probability to
of the
157
a remnant
knowledge,
of
tree
is
it
occupied the centre of the garden of Eden."

Bo-tree
is
the
to
larity
worshipped*""
meaning
by Buddhists, and
aspen-tree of Syria
to be agitated) has
its
that
The
simi-
(the Kkas/iafa,
been remarked, with
regard to the constant quivering of
its
leaves.
The
Buddhists say that out of the respect to their great

B6-tree
sage, the leaves of the
"
have always an
apparent motion, whether there be any wind stirring

or not
"
and the Syrians
"
Our Saviours
cross f
aver that the
wood
of
was made of aspen, and that
* Few species of idolatry have been more common than arbor-olatry.

Among the Greeks and Romans nearly every deity had some particular tree,
and nearly every tree was dedicated to some particular god. It was under the
oak that the Druids performed their most sacred rites, and the principal tree
of the grove was consecrated with ceremonies of a description peculiarly
solemn. The ancient inhabitants of Canaan appear to have been greatly
attached to the sacred groves in which they were accustomed to worship ; and
"Monachism,"
the Israelites were especially commanded to destroy them.
A sacred bough or plant is introduced into all the ancient mysteries
p. 216.
such as the Indian lotus, the rose-tree of
Isis,
the fig-tree of Atys, the myrtle
of Venus, the mistletoe of the Druids, and the acacia of free masonry.
t In a note at p. 397 of Colonel Yule's "Marco Polo," an extract is given

from an interesting paper by Signor Adolfo Mussafia, " On the Legend of the
Wood
of the
Cross" {Sulla Legenda
del
Legno
della
C?-oce,
Vienna, 1870),
bearing on the curious myth of the Arbre Sec or Arbre Sol, of which there are
numerous
versions.
It is as
follows
''Adam,
drawing near
his end, sends
Seth to the Gate of Paradise to seek the Oil of Mercy which had been pro-
mised to his penitence.
Seth
is
allowed to put in his head at the gate.
the midst of Paradise he beheld a glorious fountain, from

rivers.
And
'
In
which flowed four
over the fountain rose a Great Tree, with vast roots, but
bare of bark and leaves.'
great Serpent
is
coiled about the
denuded stem
the upper branches reach to Heaven, and bear at the top a new-born wailing
"
158
the leaves of the aspen have trembled ever since in
commemoration of the event."
cutting of the original Bo-tree
been taken
planted
Anuradhapura, near
The
Dagoba.
tree
of
have
Ruwanwali
the
was then growing on the
site
Buddha Gaya, and the
of the present temple at

cutting
said to
Ceylon 245 years before Christ, and
to
at
is
was brought by Sanghamitta, the daughter
King Asoka, who followed her brother Mahinda
to Ceylon,
where he had preceded her a few years
as the
Buddhist missionary to that
tree
first
which sprang from
this cutting
flourishing state at the place
and
is
the oldest
known
being now 2,123 years.

" The estimates
of it
:
infant
swathed
in linen
version, from a
MS.
exists in a
still
where
it
was planted,
tree in the world,
Sir
The
its
age
Emerson Tennant says
of the ages of other
old
whilst (as the legend proceeds in a poetical French
in the
'
island.
Vienna
library, given
Les larmes qui de
by Mussafia)
lui issoient
Contreval l'Arbre en avaloieiit.
Adonc regarda
l'enfant Seth
Tout contreval de L'Arbre Secq

Les rachines qui le tenoient
Jusques en Enfer s'en aloient,
Les larmes qui de
lui issirent
Jusques dedens Enfer cheirent.'
The Angel
of the Gate gives Seth three seeds from the fruit of the Tree.
returns in time to see his father die.
He
buries
him
Seth
in the Valley of Hebi-on,
and places the three grains under his tongue. A triple shoot springs up, of
and pine, symbolizing the three persons of the Trinity. The
three eventually unite into one stem, and this tree survives in various forms,
and through various adventures in connection with the Scripture history, till it
cedar, cypress,
is
found
at the
bottom of the Pool of Bethesda (to which it had communicated

and is taken to form the cross on which Our Lord
the healing virtue),

suffered.
KNOWN TREE IN THE
OLDEST
trees in the
WORLD.
world are matters of conjecture
159
and
such calculations, however ingenious, must be purely

inferential
whereas
matter of record,
its
age of
the
been preserved
vicissitudes has
is
conservancy has been an object
and the story of
of solicitude to successive dynasties,

its
Bo-tree
this
in
a series of con-
among the most authentic that

have been handed down by mankind.
Its green
tinuous chronicles,
would almost seem
old age
pronounced when
1
flourish,
not
should
hesitated
unprofitable
of
and
control
He
salvation
"
love, without
would
whether he
time,
revolved in his mind the
would
that
men
it
knowledge he had
divine
weariness
trying to persuade
some
for
that
prophecy
"
for ever.'
keep the
attained to himself.
doctrine
was planted
it
and be green
Gautama
to verify the
be
to believe
salvation
any of the
caused in
his
in
simple
merely by
rites,
self-
any of the
ceremonies, any of the charms, any of the priestly
powers, any of the gods,

trust."
humanity
But
in
compassion
prevailed,
finally
which men love to
for
and
the
he
sufferings
of
resolved
to
preach his doctrines to the world.
in
He
accordingly proceeded towards
the
Mrigadawa wood,|
Benares, and
in the vicinity of that city,
* See " Ceylon," vol. ii. p. 613

" Buddhism," Rhys Davids, p. 232.
t ''Buddhism," Rhys Davids, p. 41.
J Now called Dhamek, and is still a fine wood. In the third century before
Christ, King Asoka built a tower there to commemorate the place where
,
160
he met
when he threw
in the wilderness,
asceticism
new
who had
aQfain the five recluses
and they,
yoke of
off the
him preach
after hearing
were amongst the
doctrines,
deserted him
to
first
his
acknow-
ledge him as Buddha, and accept in entirety his

plan of salvation.
During the
years,
rest of his long
life,
some
he spent nine months of the year
forty-one
in travelling
through India, teaching and preaching to the people.
The remaining
three
the rainy season commencing
about the middle of July, and ending

of October"'"
he
lived
in
in the
middle
one of the numerous
monasteries built for his accommodation by his
many
wealthy supporters, where he devoted himself to

teaching
his
doctrine
to
his
and the
disciples,
crowds of hearers that daily resorted thither
to
listen to his preaching.
Gautama
exist,
first
The remains
publicly preached his doctrine.
and have been described by General Cunningham
Reports," 1862,
* This period
the days of the
vol.
is
i.,
of this tower
pp. 103-20.
In Burma, on
called the religious season, or Buddhist Lent.
new and
still
in his "Archaeological
full
moons
of these months, crowds of people resort to
the pagodas with offerings of flowers and small
wax
abundantly bestowed on the Phongyees or priests.

Many people on these occasions remain all night
in
candles.
Alms,
too, are
open sheds, called
dzeats,
erected for the purpose near the pagodas, conversing on religious subjects, or
wrapt up
formulas,,
in contemplation telling their beads,
the most
common
that everything in this world
that of pain
These
and
suffering,
rosaries are often
especially those of
is
"
and repeating
certain devotional
duka, anatta," meaning
aneitsa,
and mutability, to
and uninterrupted illusion.
but more commonly of seeds,
to that of entire
of amber beads
indica, or
it is
is
subject to the law of change
and
made
canna
to be peculiarly sacred, as
when once on
of which
" Indian shot."
This plant
is
considered
supposed to have sprung from Gautama's blood,
a time he had cut his foot by striking
it
against a stone.
ATTEMPTS ON GAUTAMA'S
About twelve years
Buddhahood be was
Suddodhana, to
arrival
by
his
whole
On
own
his
son
King
first
kinsmen, actuated by
his
respect
but
performance by him of several

tribe of
Sakyas were converted
Ananda,
that time his personal attendant,
Rahula,
and
brother-in-law
his
His wife Yasodhara,
Dewadat.
attained
his
to his faith, including his father, his cousin
who became from
161
father,
Kapilavastu.
visit
ultimately, after the
miracles, the
invited
not pay him proper
did
jealousy,
Gautama had
after
some of
there,
LIFE.
and
foster-
his
mother, Prajaputi, also followed the same course
and when, sometime afterwards, Gautama formed

the order of female mendicants, they
first
became the
two of the Buddhist nuns.
The
out
its difficulties
his
Order
was
separate
these
all
and
not
Dewadat, whose
three
Gautama was, however, not
position of
trials.
long
attempts
failing,
serious schism in
after
sectarists, at
with-
this
his instigation,
on Gautama's
by
caused
made
On
life.
Dewadat proceeded himself
in
person with a large retinue to the monastery where
Gautama was then
residing, in
order to
upon him the reforms he advocated.

reaching
its
vicinity
earth burst open
where three
VOL.
II.
But on his
an awful fate awaited him
under
by devouring flames, he
hell,
enforce
his
feet,
fell
red-hot
and, surrounded
down
irons
the
to the lowest
transfixed
him
62
perpendicularly,
pierced
others
three
whilst
his
shoulders in a transverse direction.*
On
made by
another occasion an attempt was
Gautama's enemies to destroy
woman
suborning a
law of continence
Gautama,
in
but both she, and
met with
concerned
all
terrible deaths.
speaking to his disciples regarding the
him by
troubles caused
was but a
him of breaking the
to accuse
in instigating the slander,
by
reputation
his
this
charge, said that "
it
just retribution for his having in a former
been
existence
drunk,
when
and,
in
that
state,
abused and slandered a holy personage."
Gautama was
Buddhahood, and
attained
The
eighty.
years
thirty-five
of
his
years of age
lived
accounts extant of the

ministry
are
more
to
last
when he
the age
of
twenty-five
imperfect and
fragmentary than those of the preceding ones
but
be presumed that he was employed
in a
similar manner, namely, visiting distant places
and
it
is
to
preaching! bdna to
* This story respecting
rise in
Burma
Dewadat, according
to a very strange misconception.
thoughtlessness,
mode
men and gods
on being told of the
to
or,
as described
Bishop Bigandet, has given
The Burmese, with
their usual
particulars respecting the sufferings
and
of death of our Saviour, concluded that he must have been no other per-
sonage than Dewadat himself, and for holding opinions opposite to those of
Gautama Buddha he
suffered
on the
to exist in Siam, namely, that
A somewhat
cross.
Dewadat
is
the
similar opinion appears
god of Europe, and that
he,
by
opposing the good intentions of Gautama, produces all the evil in the world.
+ Bana, or the Word. The term is generally accepted now as meaning
the exposition of the doctrines of Gautama, whether orally delivered or written
in books.
% The preachings of Gautama were not confined to the narrow limits of

DEATH OF GAUTAMA.
own
in his
way
"
words,
teaching
all
163
sentient beings the
by providing them with a
to salvation
ferry-
boat over this vain sea of passions, and guiding
them
into the
path leading to the eternal city"
(Neibban or Nirvana).
He
died at the age of eighty in a grove of sal
(Skorea robusta) trees, near the town of Kusinara,

of diarrhoea produced by a meal of rice and
prepared
pork,
When
Tsanda.
gone
dead
his
is
but you must not think

the
let
his
After
so.
Law {dhamma) and
And
you."
to
is
am
the rules of the
have taught, be a teacher
last
words
his
to
assembled
which are very remarkable and are well
disciples,
" Mendicants
authenticated, were,
upon you the parts and powers of

dissolved
now impress
man must be
the principle of existence and mutability
carries along with
it
the
germ
of destruction
"
All beings inhabiting the mansions of the gods or nats benefited
man's abode.
by the publication of his doctrines, and he occasionally

regions
favourite
may perhaps begin

ended, now our Teacher
Order (sangha)> that

to
he said to
dying,
Word
the
;
by a goldsmith named
Ananda, " You
disciple,
think
him
for
young
where they
reside.
On
visited the celestial
one occasion he proceeded there
for
the
purpose of specially announcing the perfect law to his mother.
The
them
is
condition of nats
for meritorious
is
not a permanent one.
When
their
commence a
sum
new
that of a state of pleasure
works performed
of merits
existence,
They
is
in
and enjoyment
former existences.
allotted
Their condition
are far from the perfect state of Niebban.
exhausted, they return to the abode of man,
and endeavour to advance themselves on the road
to perfection.
i6 4
dawn was
after saying this, while the
he became unconscious, and
in
just breaking,
that state passed
away.*
At
is
the
said to
moment
of his death a violent earthquake
have happened, and
at the cremation of
body many miraculous incidents are stated
his
The body
have occurred.
be moved
to
wish of the gods was obtained as to the
until the
direction in
pile
refused
to
which
it
would not burn
venerable
was
to
be borne.
funeral
head of the Order, the
until the
Maha Kathaba
The
arrived,
embraced the
feet
of the corpse, and walked three times round the pile,
when
took
it
parts of the
relics,
spontaneously.
When
all
the
body were consumed, except the seven
bones,f which
as
fire
it
was ordained should be preserved
showers of rain
fell
and extinguished the
flames.
The
princes,
relics
and
were eagerly sought
for
by seven
tse-dees,J or pagodas, built over them.
* See " Buddhism," Rhys Davids, p. 83

Bigaudet, p. 318.
t These were the four canine teeth, the two collar bones, and the frontal
bone.
They form the seven great relics, and are called Athambinana.
% During the reign of King Asoka, who was remarkable for his religious
zeal, the erection of these edifices was greatly multiplied throughout India, as
visible mementos of Gautama.
As such, they continue to be built at the present
day throughout Burma, and are to be seen, embosomed in groves of trees, on all
rising grounds in the neighbourhood of towns and villages.
The form of the
most ancient pagodas in India, or topes, as they are often called there, appears
to have been hemispherical, an expanded umbrella wrought in stone being
and those of Burma, square three-storeyed ones with
placed at the summit
external flights of steps, one on each face, leading up to shrines or sancas are still to be seen at Thatun and Pugan.
But the normal shape
tuaries
the modern tse-dee takes in Burma is that of a cone or circular pyramid of
;
GAUTAMA'S FUNERAL.
165
ashes of the funeral pile were also carefully
The
gathered, and distributed amongst the most distin-
guished believers.
on a square base, and crowned by a tapering spire
solid brick-work, supported
called a htee,
of gilt iron-work, formed in three crowns,
resemblance in
On
shape to the Pope's
its
tiara,
and
bearing a strong
typical of the Buddhist triad.
each side of the quadrangular base are four niches, in direction of the four
Gautama. These monuments

and ranging from those of a
that of the colossal dimensions of the Shwe-dagon
cardinal points, in which are placed statues of
are of all sizes, varying in their ornamentation,
few
feet in elevation, to
pagoda
at
Rangoon, which
The Shwe-dagon
is
Chinese countries, deriving

enclosed in
stands,
its
relics
the height of 320 feet.
rises majestically to
the most celebrated object of worship in
all
peculiar sanctity from the belief of
its
the Indoits
having
below the surface of the ground on which it

of the four Buddhas who have appeared during the present
interior shrine,
Buddhagabba, the
staff
of
Kokoothanda
the water-dipper of
Konaggamma
the bathing-garment of Kathaba, and eight hairs from the head of Gautama.
Tse-dees in
are
by
far the
supposed
Burma may be arranged

most numerous,
viz.:
into four classes, the last
1st.
a Buddha or Rahanda.
relics of
two of which
Dat-dau-tse-dee, or those containing
Paree-bau-ga
2nd.
tse-dee,
or those
containing supposed implements or garments which have belonged to Buddhas,

or sacred personages.
taining statues of
Dhantnia
3rd.
Oo -deit- tsa
4th.
texts.
tse-dee,
Buddha
tse-dee,
or those containing books or
or those built from motives of piety,
and con-
or models of sacred buildings, generally in precious
metal.
Hence in Burma a pagoda is worshipped as being the depository of a relic

monument to Buddha or as representing Dhamma, that is Divine Law.
See Sir Arthur Phayre's
article
on the Shwe-dagon pagoda, A.
S.'s J. 1859,
P- 479-
The
Gautama
there
is
is
tse-dees,
said,
difficult
is
understand.
to
no more, and therefore can
no virtue inherent
This moral phenomenon

is
relics, and the monuThe Buddhist knows that
adoration paid to the statues of Gautama, to his
ments called
afford
him no
in his relics or statues

is
accounted
for,
in
assistance whatever, that
fact,
there
is
no Providence.
however, from Gautama having,
it
shortly previous to his decease, declared to his favourite disciple,
Ananda, that when he was not present
to his believers in a visible manner,

and which he wished the same honours
Seririka, uddeperson, were of three kinds
the objects proper to be worshipped,
paid as were offered to his living

sika,
to be
and paribhogika.
first
on his account, or
includes the relics of his body, which were
collected after his cremation
after erected
mean
The
for
the second those things that were herehis sake, which, the
commentators
say,
and tse-dees ; and the third the Bo-tree under

Buddhahood, and the articles personally used by him, such
statues of his person,
which he attained
as his leathern girdle, his alms bowl, the robe he put
on when he bathed, the
66
With a view
and
of preserving intact the doctrines
original
the
purity,
whom Gautama
vested with his
a council
and
beloved teacher
of his
institutions
venerable
before
shortly
own robe*
for this
hundred of the most
whom
determined
to hold
selected
number of
in the
of
his brethren
The
together.
five
members
the ceremony of the cremation of the
was held accordingly sixty-one days

death
decease had
his
distinguished
Gautama had brought
of
their
Maha Kathaba
purpose, he
the Order, from the large
in
after
body
council
Gautama's
Sattapani cave situated in the Vaihara
hill,
near the city of Rajagriha, and which had been
vessel
from which he drank water, and
his palleng, seat or throne,
on which he
Hence, in obedience to his commands, these devotional practices

have intrinsic worth, and are believed to add to the law of merits, or the
good influence which will procure the worshipper abundant rewards in future
existences, and help him on the road to the harbour of deliverance, from
used to
sit.
successive existences.
The offerings made to the statues of Gautama and his

They consist of flowers, rice, small flags made of cloth
earthen
on
oil
altars,
When
bow
shrines are very simple.
or paper,
wax
candles,
lamps, and sometimes incense and scented wood, which are placed
or pedestals of masonry, erected for the purpose in their vicinity.
the offerings are presented, the worshippers prostrate themselves
their
and
heads three times, the palms of the hands being placed together,
and the thumbs touching the forehead after which they rise to a sitting
posture, resting on their heels, with the body slightly bent forward, and mutter
:
the three-fold formulary of protection, called tun-surana, stating that they seek
refuge in Buddha,
certain
number
Dhamma, and Sangha
or they take
of the ten obligations, the words being often
upon themselves a
first
chanted in Pali
There are four Oo-bo or worship days in a month,

namely, the eight of the waning of the moon, the full, the eight of the waxing,
and the change. See " Monachism," pp. 206-15. " Bigandet," pp. 306-7.
* Gautama's conferring his robe upon Kathaba his long-tried and faithful
by a Buddhist
priest.
disciple
calls to
mantle of Elijah
mind
the passages in 2 Kings
falling
upon Elisha, and
ii.
9-15, regarding the spirit and
Elisha's succession to his ministry.
THE THREE SYNODS.
167
prepared for the purpose by Ajatosatra, King of
Magadha.
At
ones
this
Synod, and at each of the two subsequent
the second being held at Vesali, one hundred
years after the
and the third
first,
at Pataliputra,
near the modern Patna, in the eighteenth year of

the
reign of
King Asoka,
or 308
b.c.
Pitakattayan *
the whole text of the
is
although
stated to
have been rehearsed, an authentic version estab-
and the ipsissima verba of Gautama repeated
lished,
with the utmost precision, they do not appear to
have been committed to writing

years
after
During
85 B.c.t
Teacher's
the great
and though
it
death,
some 458
or about
long period the doctrines are
this
asserted to have been handed

tion
until
is
could be retained in the
documents
down by
oral tradi-
almost incredible that they
memory
for so
themselves
are
long a space,
an evidence
yet
the
that
some considerable period must have elapsed
between the death of Gautama, and the compilation of the Pitakas in their present form.
Koran, they
memory
may have been
of one
compiled, not from the
man, but from the remembrance
and imagination of numerous

*
From
Like the
pitaka, a basket,
and
tayo, three.
different persons.
The
text containing the three
grand divisions of the Buddhist scriptures, called by the Burmese Beedigatthoon-bon.
t The Pitakas are believed to have been reduced to writing in Ceylon during
Watta Gamini, who was then king of that island.
the reign of
68
Many
of the
monks
Burma,
in
in
the present
day, devote a large portion of their lives to learning
portions of their scriptures
by
They may
heart.
heard repeating for hours together,
frequently be
without reference to books, long discourses from

the Pitakas to attentive audiences, and the reten-
memory appears very
extraor-
tiveness
of their
dinary.
Their method of delivering being
tive,
half chanting
them
confidence,
memory
failing,
by affording them,
an abrupt
to
During the
instead
of
stop."''
it
was determined
that missionaries should be sent
lands to preach the doctrines of Buddhism,
all
and two
*
give
in case of their
syllable,
last
third convocation
by the President,
into
to
the opportunity of dwelling by a
shake or quaver on the
coming
tends
half speaking,
recita-
missionaries,
named Oo-tara and Thau-na,
As regards the enormous powers of memory of Indian and other priests,

down by Brahmins from memory
many centuries. The Vedas are believed by the Hindus to be contemporary
the Vedas are supposed to have been handed

for
with
the
who
Uyasa,
creation.
which, according to
Hebrew
is
said
to
have lived about 1580
B.C.,
chronology, carries us back to about the time of
Moses, formed with great judgment a complete compendium of them, adjust-
He
ing the texts which appeared to contradict each other.
Vedanta, a
name formed from two
called the
work
Sanskrit words, meaning the explanation
or completion of the whole .Vedas.
The Druids
by Csesar to have been able to repeat a great number of

some remaining in the course of training for twenty years, as
they considered it unlawful to commit their statutes to writing. The Egyptian
piiests, too, are stated by Herodotus to have had great powers of memory.
And the poems of Homer and of Hesiod are supposed to have been preserved in
verses
the
by
memory
years.
See
Davids,
are said
heart,
p. 9.
of rhapsodists, by
on
this subject,
whom
they were recited, for the space
"Monachism,"
pp. 173-85
of*
500
"Buddhism," Rhys
BUDDAGOSA.
were despatched
in
169
south-eastern
.Suvana Bhumi, the country of the

race,
whose chief
city
was then
appear to have gone there by
direction
Mon
or Talaing
at Thatun.
They
as the
Maha-
sea,
radza-weng relates that on their landing

yellow robes,
on the sea-shore
at
By
to
their
in
Thatun, they
created great consternation, and were at

for beloos.
to
first
taken
their preaching, however, they
seem
have rapidly gained the confidence of the people
of the country,
priesthood
many
of
whom
shortly entered the
and even the King himself was
ulti-
mately converted, and became a zealous adherent
and supporter of the new
The Buddhist
as
elsewhere,
doctrines were
orally,
and
propagated here,
Talaings did
the
Buddhist scriptures
possess the
until
religion.
in
a written form
they were conveyed to them from Ceylon by
Buddhagosa
450
in
monk
celebrated
Ceylon,
a.d.
The
Talaings claim this
as a countryman of their own,
their history states
that he
where he stayed
however, a
fallacy, for
three
years,
compiled
Ceylon
" his
in
to
and then
This
is,
he was a native of Magadha,
and born near the Bo-tree,

to
and
went from Thatun
returned with a copy of the scriptures.
went
not
at
about
great work, the
He
Buddha Gaya.
430
a.d.,
Visuddhi
and there
Magga
or
Path of Holiness, a cyclopaedia of Buddhist doctrine
and from the great knowledge he displayed, was
170
employed by the
to rewrite, in Pali, the
then,
Order
rulers of his
in
Ceylon
commentaries which had,
been handed down
in
Singalese."*
'till
Buddha-
gosa was a convert from Brahmanism, and owing to
Buddhagosa
his great eloquence, the appellation of
Buddha) was conferred upon him.
(the voice of
In
1080
a.d.
the
Talaings were conquered by
Anaurata, the Burmese King of Pagan,
who burnt
and sacked Thatun, and took away with him
Pagan the Buddhist
scriptures brought
to
by Buddha-
gosa, as also the most learned of the priesthood.
During
King's reign, and up to the time of
this
King Nara-thee-ha-pa-de
was invaded by the
Pagan
itself
in
1284
forces of
a.d.,
when Burma
Kublai Khan, and
destroyed, a great revival of
Buddhism
took place at Pagan, and the numerous square and

other shaped
Buddhist temples
were
built,
the
remains of which excite the admiration of travellers.
From Buddhist
writings preserved at Ceylon
and
elsewhere, there can be no doubt that the Talaings

first
obtained
religion
their
knowledge
through the two
described
and owing
board, received
it
at a
the
missionaries,
to their
much
of
Buddhist
as
above
being on the sea-
earlier period than the
* "Buddhism,"
Rhys Davids, p. 236.

+ Besides the damage done by the invaders,
the Burmese King Nara-theeha-pa-de caused " 1000 large arched temples and 4000 square temples to be
destroyed," for the purpose of obtaining materials for enlarging the fortifications
of the city.
See p.
71, vol.
i.
CONVERSION OF TALA/NGS AND BURMESE.

But as
Burmese.
Burmese
to
when, and by what means, the
obtained their knowledge of
first
that
they were
from
missionaries
Burma
Upper
Others, amongst
that
through
whom
India,
who
and
Bengal
of
is
by Buddhist
converted
Gangetic
no
it,
Phayre
Sir Arthur
authentic record exists.
opinion
171
reached
Munipur.
Rhys Davids, suppose
is
Buddhism was introduced from China.
It is
not unlikely, however, that the Burmese obtained
both their religion and their alphabet through the
The Burmese
Takings.
alphabet
same as the Talaings, and the
almost the
is
circular
form of both
strongly indicate the influence of the Singalese, or

the Tamulic type of letter.
According
to
the
Gautama, nothing
and
effect
being that
is
eternal,
is
but the law of cause
There
and change.
self-existent
and
is
no
eternal.
sentient things are homogeneous.
between one being and another

results
There
literally action
An old Burmese
me
friend of mine,
that his great aspiration
Engli
bo,
The
i(
is
All
difference
only temporary,*""
from their degrees of merit."t
The supreme power

karma,\
is
no
creator,
a Supreme Power, but not a supreme being.
and
by
propounded
doctrines
or English
was
officer.
he was dying.
+ " Eastern Monachism,"
It
that controls the universe

;
consisting of kusala
is
and
whom
I visited in his last moments, said to

might wake up in the next world as an
was not said out of compliment, for he knew
that he
that
p. 5.
% The doctrine of merits and demerits, and of their concomitant influences,
172
akusala,
or
There
existence.
At
soul.
is
demerit of intelligent
no such thing as an immortal
the death of any being, the aggregate of
and demerit
his merit
being
merit and
the
is
which new being
some other
transferred to
is
caused by the karma of
the previous being, and inherits from that
karma
the consequences, whether good or
that
evil,
all
have
been accumulated during an unknown period by

an almost endless succession of similar beings,
bound by
this singular
all
law of production to every
individual in the preceding link of the chain, so as
be
to
liable to suffer for their
crimes or be rewarded
for their virtues.
Thus,
like the revolutions of a wheel, there
of death
regular succession
cause of which
and
birth, the
is
moral
the cleaving to existing objects,
is
whilst the instrumental cause
is
This
karma.
state
of things goes on for myriads of existences until

the influence
objects
is
of-
updddna, or attachment to sensual
broken, and the consequences of
Then, and not
demerits exhausted.
all
past
then, the
till
being obtains nirvana* and ceases to be, "as the

are fully illustrated in the person of
existences, as given in the Jatakas.
Gautama himself during
He
his former
550
said of himself to his disciples that
he had passed, with various fortune, through the range of the animal kingdom,
from the dove to the elephant ; that being man, he had been often in hell, and
in various positions of riches and poverty, until by his mighty efforts he had
at last freed himself
perfection.
*
from
all
See Bigandet,
Nirvana
is
evil influences,
and reached the
a passive participle of the Sanskrit root vd,
the preposition nirt
state of highest
p. 130.
"out,"
"away
from," prefixed to
it
"to blow," with

word is also
the
KARMA AND NIRVANA DESCRIBED.

when
of a lamp
light
There
its
flame
extinguished."
is
no appeal by the Buddhist
is
173
to a
supreme
being or any exterior power to assist him in the

attainment of
He
to
this,
him, grand
no one else
joins
prayer, though
in
consummation.
seeking assistance by
from the teachings of another he
may
receive aid, to do in a better
after
all,
To
must be
own work.
escape from this whirlpool of countless exis-
was the great
tences
Gautama
nothing
is
and despair.
the
dazzles
There
but
eye,
resembles a blazing
but
torments us by
To
ing misery
we must
material
subject to change
man
is
is
no
not to
the
get rid of decay and
get rid of
which
life
The
be.
destruction
void,
effects.
that
is
long as
His only salvation
only deliverance from evil
of
existence,
prefix,
in a perfect calm."
is
by
and attainment of
existence
has no
used with nir as a negative
"what
As
is
and
dissolution,
not material.
is
neither birth nor death, that
agitated,"
its
which
Whatever
nirvana, the characteristics of which are

is
fire
accompany-
its
life.
and
he must be miserable.
zs,
subject to grief,
nothing permanent or real in the whole
is
is
of
involves
It
It
universe."
there
is
that
eye
the
in
misery.
" It
and death.
disease, decay,
of salvation
principle
Existence
proclaimed.
Buddhism
pain,
entirely his
manner what,
is
no
that which
continuance,
subject to neither
and then implies "what
is
no more
174
cause nor
effect,
tialities
"
No
and that possesses none of the essen-
of being;* in a word, perfect annihilation.
person
who
reads with attention the meta-
physical speculations on the nirvana contained in
the Buddhist canon, can arrive at any other convic-
than that expressed by Burnouf, namely, that
tion
nirvana,^ the highest aim, the
Buddhism,
is
Gautama's
doctrines of
that " a
that
summum bonum
the absolute nothing." \

first
teachers were Brahmins, and the
Buddhism and Brahmanism so
man
of
is
far agree,
born into the world he has made
by some operation of nature, too subtle
to
"
;
be
defined or explained, he passes through countless

* "Legends of the Buddhists," p. 174, et seq.
Alwis's "Lecture on
Buddhism;" "Mahomed, Buddha, and Christ," p. 154; Wassilief, "Der
;
Buddhismus," p. 101 Mohl, "Journal Asiatique," 1856, p. 94.

Dr. Marcus Dods, in his learned lecture on Buddhism (p. 168), says of
nirvdna : "Nirvana, then, is the moral condition which accompanies the
eradication of self-will, self-assertion, self-seeking, self-pleasing.
And had
this been the ultimate aim of Buddhism, nothing could have been worthier of
human effort. But this moral self-renunciation is only a means to the great
;
*t*
end of annihilation, extinction of

not that
man may come
every living creature,
self in
every sense.
Self
is
to
into a loving concord with the will of
be renounced,
God, and with
may himself escape the misery which

The moral condition of nirvdna is
there may be no re-birth.
The oil is with-
but that he
inevitably accompanies all
existence.
attained in order that at death
drawn and the flame dies out, so that no other wick can be lit from it. Unconsciously it would, no doubt, be the moral attainment which satisfied highminded Buddhists but theoretically the moral attainment is not the ultimate
end in view, but only the means by which the man attains to non-existence.
He reaches the highest development, not to become serviceable to the world at
He that hateth his life in this
large, but to pass away into nothingness.
world shall keep it unto life eternal,' that is the well-balanced, far-seeing,
but the Buddhist nirvdna is a
quiet enunciation of the real law of existence
travesty of this, and magnificent as is the conception of man's moral state, it
is stultified by the end for which it is to be attained."
;
'
X "Buddhist Nihilism,"
Max
Miiller, p. II.
BUDDHISM AND BRAHMANISM COMPARED.

during which
existences,
arrived
they
but
differ
as
Buddhists
are
separate ego, or self; but " the
Brahma
and
atheists,
They both deny
pantheists.
The
end
the
to
to
be
at.
The
is
become slowly
can
of his imperfections, and advance to per-
purified
fection
he
175
the
existence
Hindu
the Buddhist, that
Hindus
the
idea
is
of a
that
a nonentity."*
is
Buddhist, ignoring a creator, conducts a being
that has
become emancipated from the thraldom of
The Hindu, on
passions to the state of nirvana.
the other hand, believing in Brahma, or a supreme

being, from
whom
all
whom
things have emanated, and to
all
things must return, leads the perfected
being after he has
passed
through a purgatory
proportioned to his
guilt, to
be absorbed into the
divine essence, in which he
loses
all
personality,
and forms a whole with the divine substance, "as

a lump of salt thrown into the sea becomes dissolved
into the water
from which
it
was produced, and
is
not to be taken out again."
Gautama holds
triad,f
and
is
the
first
place
in
the Buddhist
worshipped by Buddhists, as one who
" Eastern Monachism," p. 307.

On some Buddhist coins in my possession the emblem of the Buddhist
triad is represented by three parallel horizontal lines, and also in three perpendicular lines joined together at the bottom in the shape of a trident.
The
*
former symbols, I believe, express the three
and the
latter the three in unity
members
(Tharan&-gon).
of the triad separately,
In ancient times three scores,
or marks, appear to have been emblematic of the Deity, either as
among
the
176
has attained the highest possible point of perfection,
and the
first
and greatest of
tection derived
from the
beings.
all
The
pro-
tun-surana, or three
triad,
most precious gems, Buddha, the sacred books, and

the priesthood
the
personification,
by the wonderful
latter
gift for
imbuing the Oriental mind, being
elevated into a quasi-divine rank,
is
said " to destroy
the dread of reproduction, or successive existence,
and
to take
away
which the body

four
hells.
the fear of the mind, the pain to
is
The
and the misery of the
subject,
Buddha may be
of
protection
obtained by keeping his precepts

the
evil
The
and by
this aid
consequences of demerit are overcome.
protection of the sacred books
steed to one
who
is
is
likened to a
The
travelling a long journey.
protection of the priesthood
is
ensured by alms or
offerings.
Hebrews by
and two
tudes,
the three yods, 777, or by the high priest distending the
forefingers as
when bestowing
thumb
he stretched his right hand over the assembled multihis yearly benediction
relation to the ancient cult of Priapus,
and
is
which practice
has evidently
followed, also, by the
Pope
at the
present day.
Whilst on the subject of symbols,
may
allude to a remark
educated Chinaman when visiting the cathedral at
made by an
Hong Kong, and mentioned
"After noticing the

by Mr. F. H. Balfour in "Waifs and Strays," p. 222.
stained-glass windows, the altar, the organ, and the font, the Chinaman took
up his position in front of the pulpit, from the cushion of which hung a silken
monogram I. H. S. arranged in cipher. His

was immediately aroused, and calling the Englishman who had
accompanied him to his side, he asked him how it was that a Buddhist symbol
was permitted in a Christian church? His companion was somewhat per'There,' said the Chinaman, pointing
plexed, and requested an explanation.
that is what I mean.
That is the sacred symbol of Buddha,
to the letters,
fall,
inscribed with the sacred
attention
'
and has been so from time immemorial.
In China
it is
written thus
<ftk
.'
"
DANA OR ALMSGIVING.
One
"
of the chief
177
modes of acquiring merit
be that of ddna, or almsgiving, and
to
first
on the
placed
is
it
said
is
of the four cardinal virtues, which
list
are almsgiving, affability, promoting the prosperity

of others,
reward
that
for the giving of alms,
to
is
The
and loving others as ourselves.

is
not merely a benefit
be received at some future period
it
promotes length of days, personal beauty, agreeable
and knowledge.
sensations, strength,
reward
world
There
the next, that

received through almsgiving." *
The
from
in
this
social
its
<or
not be
metaphysical theories are remarkable.
upon the grace of universal

"Eastern Monachism," pp. 81
bestowal of alms
no
and moral precepts of Buddhism apart
no religion except Christianity
may
is
The noble
heart by God, has been seized
Buddhist precepts, and
82.
is
such stress laid
charity,
and love
for all
great inducement truly for the
principle of charity implanted in the
upon by
how mournful
In
priestcraft in all ages.
How
human
similar to
such passages as the following are from
Chrysostom (xP v(Toa TOlxos the " golden -mouthed ")

"Alms are the redemption of the soul. Almsgiving, which is able to break the chain of thy
'
St.
sins.
Almsgiving, the queen of virtues, and the readiest
way
of getting into
Hast thou a penny, purchase heaven.

Heaven is on sale, and in the market, and yet ye mind it not
Give a crust
and take back Paradise give the least and receive the greatest give the
perishable, and receive the imperishable
give the corruptible and receive the
incorruptible."
Taylor's "Ancient Christianity."
heaven, and the best advocate there.
St. Eligius, or Eloi, in the
seventh century, exhorts people to
make
oblations
and when our Lord comes to judgment they may be able to

say, "Da, Domine, quia dedimus."
Mosheim's "Ecclesiastical History."
By the exercise of charity the sick were taught to expect cures. The rich
as well as the poor were accustomed to put a written schedule of their sins
under the cloth which covered the altar of a favourite saint, accompanied by
a donation ; and a day or two afterwards, when they re-examined the schedule,
the virtues of the saint had converted it into a blank.
Fosbroke's "British
Monachism."
to the Church,
VOL.
II.
178
Gautama himself
living beings.
said, "
foolishly does
me
wrong,
protection of
my
ungrudging love
comes from him the more good
As
a mother, even
her son,
protects
at
the
without
good-will
friendliness
the
shall
measure
prevail
in
among
all
him the
more
evil
go from me."
of her
risk
her only son, so
good-will without measure
man who
return to
will
let
own
life,
be
there
Let
beings.
unhindered
and
love
whole world, above,
the
below, around/"
The
five
great
commandments f
They
same commands
are the essence
word
of morality.
contain almost word for
the
as those of the decalogue,^
and
are enforced by a singular variety of separate rules
and precepts.
The
object
commit
against every temptation to
him
to
at the very threshold of
danger
keep a constant watch upon
and
For
actions.
man
being to guard
instance, to
sin;
to
warn
to induce
him
his thoughts, words,
guard against the
sin
of murder, there are precepts against anger, malice,

* Beal's
Buddhism,"
"Buddhist Scriptures," pp. 193-4;

p.
Dr. Dodd's
"Lecture on
173.
They are 1. Kill not. 2. Steal not. 3. Commit not adultery. 4. Lie
5. Take nothing that intoxicates.
Though we are enjoined to
J The fifth Commandment may be excepted.
"be temperate in all things," we are taught at the same time that it is not
f
not.
the use of intoxicating liquors, but the abuse of them, which
is an evil.
In Plato's "Laws," Book II., Education, it is laid down: "No young
person is to taste wine before eighteen years of age he is to be very moderate
After forty more wine may be taken.
till thirty, and never to be drunk.
It
makes us, in opinion, renew our youth ; it is the remedy against the austerity
;
of old age, and
is
a temporary suspension of
all
our miseries."
PURITY OF BUDDHIST ETHICS.
179
revengeful thoughts, and threatening language.
manner, the precept not to covet
like
is
In
associated
commandment not to steal.

authorities who have written on Buddhism
with the
All
praise
moral code and acknowledge the purity of
its
Bishop Bigandet
ethics.
its
on the
life
Gautama
of
Christian system and
the
his valuable
494-95) says
(pp.
from each other
differing
in
work
The
"
Buddhistic one, though
in their respective objects
and ends, as much as truth from
error, have,
it
must be confessed, many striking features of an
There are many moral
astonishing resemblance.
precepts equally
mon by
commanded and enforced
both creeds.
assert that
It will
not be
in
deemed
com-
rash to
most of the moral truths prescribed by
the Gospel, are
to
be met with
and
in
reading the particulars of the
it is
impossible not to feel reminded
scriptures
of Gautama,
life
of
many
the
in
Buddhist
circumstances relating to our Saviour's
life
sketched out by the Evangelists/'
Again
"It
in the preface (p. viii) of his
may be
said in favour of Buddhism, that
philosophico-religious system
an equal degree, the

deliverer,
and
the
role of
necessity
man
a saviour and
of
of
his
in a
mission
who
for
Buddhist sense.
Gautama, from beginning
that of a deliverer,
no
has ever upheld, to
notions
procuring the salvation of
The
work, he adds
to end,
is
preaches a law designed to
i8o
secure
man
the deliverance from
labouring under.
is
the miseries he
all
by an inexplicable and
But,
deplorable eccentricity, the pretended saviour, after
man
having taught
way
the
from
to deliver himself
the tyranny of his passions, leads him, after
all,
into
the bottomless gulf of a total annihilation."
Doubtless,
to
be found
many
of the precepts of the gospel are
Buddhism,* but they are merely moral
in
The most
ones and nothing more.
Buddhism,
tion to
all
Cause f of any
as eternal.
to
Matter
description.
The
and reproduction,
which matter
is
Hodgson
describes
is
subject, are the
Buddhism
in
a First
looked upon
its
destruc-
the different combinations
all
immediate results
Gautama has ceased
monastic asceticism in morals,
as
Trans. R. A. S., vol.
philosophical scepticism in religion.
specula-
the absence of
existence of the world,
of the action of eternal laws. %

*
is,
Almighty God, or indeed
belief in an
tion
some more modern
like
which could be mentioned,
tions
invincible objec-
i.,
and
p. 413.
+ Most of the Grecian philosophers agreed in acknowledging that one

Supreme Being (to whom, however, they apply different designations) presided
To this
in the Universe, every part of which was animated by his influence.
Being they gave the appellation
truth of their great tenet, that
all
fate, destiny, necessity, in
according to Cicero, denominated
pus
Deum
dicit esse
Natur. Deon. Lib.
fatalem
i.
c.
15)
God
(Vis ilium
sunt omnia.
Natur.
umbram,
et necessitatem
and Seneca applies
fatum vocare
Quest. Lib.
ii.
Thus Chrysippus,
the necessity of future events (Chrysip-
being expressive of the great cause or principle to
pended.
order to evince the
things originated in him.
Non
c.
errabis.
45.)
rerum futurarem.
him the term

which all events
Hie est exquo
to
Fate, in the
fate,
De
as
are sus-
suspensi
judgment of the
is the epithet whereby we express an eternal succession

and revolution of things involving each other in an uninterrupted series, somewhat similar to the Buddhistic dogma. To this series the Parcse or destinies,
former philosopher,
the daughters, as Plato calls them, of necessity belonged.
% See, " Waifs and Strays,"
p. 138.
CHRISTIANITY
AND BUDDHISM COMPARED.
and there can be no
to be,
Buddhism, as there
is
no one
intelligent prayer in
to listen to its voice.
Can anything be more dark and
man
the belief that a
181
cheerless than
has no soul * that in the

;
myriads of existences he has to pass through, he
must expect much pain and sorrow, but no

happiness
at last
* It
that the noblest reward to be reaped
and
a state of blank unconsciousness
is
real
Its
fact, attested by such eminent theologians as Warburton

Moses does not mention or allude to the immortality of the
a very curious
is
and Chalmers,
that
soul, or a future life in
See also Le Clerc (Pro-
any part of the Pentateuch.
legomena ad Hist. Ecclesiast. Sec. i. c. 8), who has written a learned commentary on the books of the Old Testament. Plato, in his tenth book of laws,
Hence he infers that the soul
defines the soul to be the self-moving substance.
is the origin and first mover in all things that have been, are, or shall be.
He
observes also, that atheists use the
older than air and
ments
fire,
mind is
to that purpose
is
superior to that which
is
Mind
word Nature, improperly; for if mind is

of all. The whole strain of his argu-
the cause
moved.
is
older than matter, because the
mover
is
Pythagoras supposed the soul to be a divine
emanation, a vital spark of heavenly flame, the principle of reason and perception,
doomed from unknown
prisoned in matter, and that
causes to remain during certain periods im-
all its
impulses, not immediately derived from the
material organs, were impulses of the Deity.
Cicero in his admirable treatise on Old Age, and in his Tusculan Questions,
rehearses all the remarkable dicta of the
Greek and Roman philosophers
respecting the immortality of the soul.
He
perceived that the material properties of
man had
properties of thought,
faculties
notices that
many of these sages

common with the
nothing in
memory, imagination, and judgment, and that these
must, therefore, belong to something distinct from the body, in
its
nature immaterial, indestructible, spiritual, and immortal.
From these specious and noble principles these ancient sages not only
deduced the future immortality of the soul ; but likewise inferred, in common
somewhat with the Brahminic doctrine, the false conclusion of its pre-eternal
existence,
and of
its
being an emanation of the
infinite eternal
pervades and sustains the universe, proceeding from
it
Spirit that
do from the
power, and warmth
as the rays
sun, without diminishing or impairing the intrinsic light,
of that celestial body.
and speculative view annihilates what is dearest to

hope which, founded on
the rock of revealed religion, is of more value to us Christians, than all that the
This
man
latter philosophical
the hope of
individual existence after death, a
depths of metaphysics can
offer.
182
much vaunted code
of morality, also, with
and venal process of
many
merit,
in
traffic
is
its selfish
deficient in
of the most essential social qualities, such as
spontaneous goodness
doing what
the
right,
is
apart from hope of reward or fear of punishment
and indeed
in
sympathy and
most of the promptings of genuine

benevolence.
real
Buddhism
doctrines Christianity and
opposed.
ally
is
In
The fundamental
all
radical
are diametric-
Buddhism
idea of
deliverance from a vortex of endless existences.
The
basis
of Christianity
is
atonement
the
the
sufferings of our Saviour
on the cross as an atone-
ment
mankind.
for the
sins
of
all
seeks for eternal death
the
The Buddhist
Christian for eternal
life.
The
singular analogies
Romish
ling
and
institutions,
rituals,
Christianity
exist
outward
for
Catholic missionaries
between the
observances
and Buddhism
and was accounted
Roman
that
is
very
of
start-
by some of the early
who
visited the East,
with the supposition that Satan had travestied the

true religion.
"Diabolo ecclesiam Christi imitante!"
exclaimed
Xavier
at
St.
observing the
Japan
;*
in
his
practices
and the whole
perplexed annoyance
of
ritual
the
of
Buddhists
the
in
Buddhist
* Sir Rutherford Alcock, in his " Narrative of Three Years' Residence in

Japan," in describing the funeral of one of the Japanese members of the
British Legation, says that "It was impossible for a Protestant not to be struck
with the outward similarity between the ceremonial of
this
Buddhist burial with
BUDDHISM TINGED WITH ROMANISM.

religion
is
Romanism
so tinged with
that
it
183
might
well justify such a remark.
Father
who
Rubrugius,
travelled
in
Tibet
in
the thirteenth century, and Fathers Dorville and
Grueber about the middle of the seventeenth, were
much
surprised at finding a pontifical court there,
and much struck with the extraordinary similitude

to
be found, as well
the doctrines, as in the
Buddhists of Lassa to those of the
rituals of the
Romish
in
The
faith.
latter missionary,
lished account of his travels, notices
in
the pub-
" 1st, that
dress of the lamas corresponded with that
down
handed
to us in ancient paintings, as the dress of the
Apostles
2nd, that the
and of the
teries,
priests,
discipline
different
orders
of the monasof lamas
and
bore the same resemblance to that of the
Roman Church
those of the Greek and
3rd,
Roman
that the
Churches.
The
notion of incarna-
altar, the taper,
the very costume and gesture of the priests, were in
the
many
the incense,
striking particulars
but whence the

;
and one which I do not pretend to discuss."
The Japanese are not such sincere and true believers in Buddhism as the
Burmese, for he goes on to say, " As regards any faith the Japanese generally
may have, the more immediate end which they propose to themselves is a
They have indeed some, but very obscure
state of happiness in this world.
and imperfect, notions of the immortality of the soul, and a future state of bliss
But, so far as I have seen, the educated classes scoff at all such
or misery.
doctrines, as fit only for the vulgar and the ignorant ; and believe, with the
ancient poets and philosophers, that after death there is no future, or as Catullus
alike
resemblance too close to have been fortuitous
seeming identity
expresses
it
is
yet a question,
in his Epistle to Lesbia
" Vivamus mea Lesbia, atque amemus,

'
Nobis,
Nox
cum semel
est
occidit brevis lux,

"
perpetua una dormienda.'
84
was common
tion
paradise
they
so
both,
and purgatory
made
also
had convents,
and
Roman
Catholics
with
monks and
filled
the belief in
remarked that
he
4th,
suffrages, alms, prayers,
the dead, like the
made
to
sacrifice for
5th, that
friars,
they
who
all
vows of poverty, obedience, and
the three
chastity, like
Roman monks,
and
they had confessors, licensed by the
6th, that
superior lamas or bishops
vows
besides other
and so empowered
to
receive confessions, to impose penances, and give
Besides
absolution.
these,
there
was found the
practice of using holy water, of singing service in

alternation of praying for the dead,
and a perfect
costumes of the great and superior
similarity in the
lamas to those of the different orders of the
Roman
"
hierarchy."-'
The Father might have added to the above,

worship of a Queen of Heaven and Child,*)* tonsure,
repetition of prayers with the rosary, use of bells
and incense,J works of merit and supererogation,

* Prinsep's "Tibet, Tatary,
t " On
and Mongolia,"
p. 13.
the altar of a Chinese temple, behind a screen,
is
frequently a
representation which might answer for that of the Virgin Mary, in the person
of Shin-moo, or the sacred mother, sitting in an alcove with a child in her
arms, and rays proceeding from a

head,
with
" Embassy
tapers
burning
to China," vol.
See, also, the mention
Buddhists of China,
ii.,
circle,
constantly
which are called a glory, round her

before her."
Lord Macartney's
p. 100.
made of
in Davis's
The monasteries of Tibet
the worship of the Queen of Heaven by the

"Chinese."
possess also similar representations to that described
by Lord Macartney.
j;
As
incense
is
now
burnt in some of our high
ritualistic
churches,
it
is
well
ABBE HUC AND FATHER GRUEBER.
185
days and feast days, images and pictures and
fast
fabulous legends/" bowings, prostrations, and turnings
to
the
or
councils
east,
of
schisms or points
the
faith,
synods
to
worship of
relics
may
the tiara or triple crown of the
Pope
and working of miracles through them.

state, too, that
settle
bears a very strong resemblance to the htees which
Burmese Buddhist temples
crown the
spires
and
crown worn by the King of Burma on
to the
of
great state occasions.
Within the
in a
last
few years, even, Abbe
Hue wrote
very similar strain as Father Grueber
and he
pointed out the resemblance between the Buddhist
Roman
and
Catholic ceremonials with such ndiveti,
that, to his surprise,
"
Tibet" placed on the
in
his delightful "
he found
"
On
11
de leur rapport avec
Index Expurgatorius."
ne peut s'empecher d'etre frappe," he writes,
la mitre, la
le
Catholicisme.
quelque ceremonie hors du temple

it
should be
La
crosse,
dalmatique, la chape ou pluvial, que les
grands lamas portent en voyage, ou
that
Travels
known what
its
real origin
is.
lorsqu'ils font
l'office
a deux
Incense was burnt in ancient
heathen temples with the object of neutralizing the offensive odour arising
from the burning of animal sacrifice, and by the primitive fathers of the
Christian Church was looked upon as a Pagan abomination.
* Notably so in the legend of St. Veronica and the Sudarium, and of
Gautama's footprints in the instances of Rome and Poitiers, and on the sacred
summit of Olivet. There is a legend also, that when St. Augustine landed at
Thanet, he left perfect marks of his feet in the rock as if it had been wax
:
"And
the Romanists will cry
obstinate unbelief,
shame on our hard
more stubborn than
impression of this miracle."
hearts,'
says Fuller, "if our
stone, will not as pliably receive the
86
choeurs,
psalmodie,
la
les
exorcismes,
l'encensoir
soutenu par cinq chaines, et pouvant s'ouvrir et se
fermer
a.
volonte"
lamas en etendant
fideles
main droite sur
la
chapelet,
le
benedictiones donnês par les
les
le
ceUibat,
la tete
des
ecclesiastique,
les
retraites spirituelles, le culte des saints, les jeunes,
processions,
les
les
l'eau
litanies,
benite
voila
autant de rapports que les Bouddhistes ont avec

nous. *
It
real
is
impossible, however, that there can be
any
analogy between the higher and better moral
precepts
of our
Gospel, and
its
of the
doctrine
separate immortal existence of the soul,
hopes
its
in
futurity, and promises of salvation, with the wretched
but
superficial,
Mythraic,f
Buddhist
not
accidental.
by the
counted for
the
faith
The resemblance
Buddhism.
of
materialism
fact
belief
at the
in
that,
the
It
has
under
been
the
doctrines
is
ac-
name
of
the
time of our Lord's appear-
ance were widely spread over the western \ as well

as the eastern world.
The
general expectation of
the birth of a great prophet, redeemer, or saviour,
which
is
alluded to even by Tacitus, as prevailing
at the period
when Our Lord appeared, was
* Quoted from Max Miiller's " Chips," p.

f "Tibet, Tatary, and Mongolia," p. 171.
An
189.
Indian philosopher, Zap/xauos (Sramana, or Buddhist
Europe with an embassy to Augustus from King Porus, and

himself at Athens. Strabo, XV. ch. i. pp. 719, 720.
See note * at foot of page 156.
not
priest),
came
to
voluntarily burnt
GAUTAMA IDENTIFIED WITH CHRIST
187
confined to the prophecies of the Old Testament,
had
but
Buddhistic
also
To
origin.*''"
minds
already imbued with Buddhistic doctrines, the birth
of
saviour,
therefore,
the
for
recognized at the same time by

East,"
that
magi,|
is
readily believed in
"
western
wise
sramanas,
acceptance of Christianity,
many
men from
the
lamas,
was
or
when announced
world
and
after the
of the rites
and
observances of Buddhism, which had been current

in the
East for many previous centuries, gradually
crept in and were adopted
by one community
after
another until they became universal. %
Gautama was
at
one time identified with Christ.
The Manichaeans were

their belief that Christ
the
same person
actually forced
to
abjure
and Gautama were one and
and some of the ancient Catholic
" Res ipsa, quae nunc religio Christiana nuncupatur,

apud antiquos, nee defuit ab initio generis liumani, quousque Christus
veniret in carnem, unde vero religio, quae jam erat, ccepit appellari Christiana."
" August. Retr." i. 13 Max Midler, " Chips," p. 11.
f Paulinus supposes the religion of the magi to have been the same with that
of the Buddhists
it was introduced into Persia from India during the reign
of Cyrus, about 560 years before the birth of Christ, and from Persia was afterwards dispersed over the western nations
" Compendium legis Barmanorum,"
* St. Augustine says
erat
Museo
Borgia, p. 141, et seq.
This opinion of Paulinus

that
magic was
first
is
supported by Pliny
(lib. 30,
ch.
i. ),
who thought
introduced into Europe by the army of Xerxes.
% The primitive Christians perpetually trod on mystic ground. The

Samanceans in Aram adopted many of the principles of Buddhism, and the
Gnostics, though Christians, partially followed this doctrine.
Johannes von
Miiller (" Allgemeine Weltgeschite," book ix.) even affirms that Clement, a
disciple of St. Paul's, participated in
Buddhist views, and that Simon Magus
was not only a Christian Gnostic, but a Buddhist.

Neander," History of the Church," vol.
i.,
p.
817
Toy Zaoahav ml Bov8av

writers report that his
the
Maria (Maiya)
mothers name was Maha
Great Mary
and
there were
brother of
sramanas who represented him
One
Christ*
as
of the most curious
circumstances,
however, connected with the legend of Gautama,

is
Roman
that of his being entered as a saint in the
calendar,
and ordered
How
tiller in
"
of fables in the
his
of St.
title
came about has been
this
Max
Professor
be worshipped as a saint
November, under the
on every 27th
Josaphat.
to
told
by
paper on the migration
Contemporary Review
" for
July,
1870.
"
John of Damascus, who wrote
certain St.
in
the eighth century, was the son of Sergius, minister
Court of Khalif Almansur.
at the
a monk, and wrote
works ascribed
the
him
is
books.
Amongst
other
a religious romance called
of Barlaam and Joasaph," which has been
" Life
distinctly
to
many
John became
St.
proved | to be derived, as to the narrative

from the story of Gautama, as told
in the
Jataka commentary, or the Lalita Vistara.
The
part of
Greek
it,
text of St. John's
Kai top XpicrTov

*'
Chips,"
teal
romance
will
tov ^slaviâibv eva kcu top avrov
be found
etj/ai.
in
Max Miiller,
p. 222.
* Loubere,
"Journal du Voyage de Siam,"
p.
90.
Loubere was sent by
Louis XIV., as ambassador to the King of Siam in the year 1687.
t See
Vistara,'"
"Jahrbuch der Romanischen und Englishen

compares the Catholic romance with the "Lalita
especially Liebrecht,
Literatur," vol.
i.
I.
He
and the likeness
Davids, p. 196.
to the Jataka
is
still
closer.
"Buddhism," Rhys
SAINT JOSAPHAT.
189
The
Migne's Patrology, with a Latin translation.
bulk of the work consists of long theological and
Barlaam,
teacher,
in
by
Prince Joasaph
moral instructions to the
course
the
of
which some
As
Buddhist Jataka stories are inserted.
his
the moral
tone of the book, which here and there seems to
betray Buddhist influence, was so popular in the
Middle Ages that the romance was translated

several
European languages, we need not wonder

was subsequently canonized. *
that the hero

"
To have been made
only curious
fate
teacher.
He
tionnaire
Infernel,'
a Christian saint,
which
takes
his
of
has
M.
in
not the
the
also
the
Collin
all
to devils, fairies, magic, astrology,
he appears
is
befallen
place
quaintly illustrated dictionary of
in
Dic-
matters relating
and so
a curious woodcut
great
'
de Plancy,f a
as
genie ou dieu/ in the character of the
Moon."
into
on.
'
There
Sakimuni,
Man
in the
In Burma, the Sramana, or Buddhist monks, are

called Phongyees, literally great glory, or Rahans,
which means
still
perfect.
The
life
of a phongyee
is
a popular one in British Burma, and must have
had made Priapus a god, the middle ages raised him into a
and that under several names. In the south of France he was worshipped
under the title of St. Foutin, of St. Regnaud in Burgundy, and St. Cosmo in
* Antiquity
saint,
the south of Italy.
+ Paris, 1863 (sixth edition).

% Quoted from Rhys Davids' " Buddhism," pp. 196-7.
" the performance of ascetism."
From Srama,
190
had
still
charms
greater
which preceded British
in
the
In
rule.
solitude of his monastery, the
troublous
the
times
quiet
monk was
and
safe from
the care and turmoil of the outer world, he could
all
not be pressed to serve as a soldier, was free from

taxation and forced labour, and no robber
all
enough
sacrilegious
For admission
was
to attack a monastery.
to the Order, only a
few necessary
conditions are required, and the rules to be observed
convey more an obligation
to refrain
from certain
usages, rather than as imposing a class of duties that
is
On
"
he has to perform.
the part of the candidate,
it
an acknowledgment of the excellence of asceticism,
with
an
implied declaration
should be observed
by
whom
the ceremony
he
will
office,
is
conducted,
is
it
is
priests
an ad-
eligible to the reception
and that so long as he
fulfils its duties,
be received as a member of the ascetic
community, and be entitled to

privileges."
The
obligations
its
and on the part of the
mission that the candidate

of the
that
all
its
rights
and
Buddhist kyoung, or monastery, plays an
important part in the
life
of every Burman.
It is
almost the universal custom for Burmese parents in
every class of
life,
to cause their sons to enter the
monasteries as novices, for the purpose of learning

to read
and
write.
Then, again, Gautama preached
* " Eastern
Monachism,"
p. 44.
BURMESE BUDDHIST
man
that every
PRIESTS.
become a monk
should
191
and
in
man does become a

monk, at least once in his life. It may be only for
or it may be for months
a few days or a few weeks
theory,
not in practice, every
if
or years.
All this while he
discipline,
even
if
he
member
is
subject to monastic
is
of the royal
family.
As soon
religious
boys are able to read and write,
as
books are put into
their hands,
from which
they imbibe religious notions, and become acquainted

with at least
consequence
some
is,
that
portions of their
creed.
when they grow up
to
The
manhood,
a large proportion of them possess a respect for their

religion,
teries
and a kindly regard

and there
is
for
monks and monas-
none of the fear or
which the Brahmins
are
dislike with
regarded by the
often
lower castes of Hindus in India.

Before a lad can obtain the novitiate, he must be
at least eight years of age,
monastery
is
and
his entrance into a
a marked event in his
He
life.
pro-
ceeds through the streets to the monastery, dressed

in the richest apparel his parents
on a horse gaily caparisoned, or

litter
can
afford, riding
sitting in a
handsome
borne on the shoulders of four or more men,
with gold umbrellas held over his head, and accom-
panied by music, and a large procession of kinsfolk
and acquaintances.
On
the monastery, the
postulant
reaching the threshold of

is
delivered
by
his
92
parents over to the
whom
Superior or Tsaya-dau, after
he repeats the two Buddhist formularies of
the " Three
" (tun-surand) *
Refugees
His head
obligations (dasa-sil)A
and
his fine secular dress
robe.
From
is
that time his identity
then shaved,
is
changed
and the ten
yellow
for the
is lost,
he
is
sub-
jected to monastic discipline, the monastery becomes

his
home, and he must go round every morning with
and subsist on the daily food that
his alms-bowl,
is
given him.
The above
display
is
an honour paid
pomps and
postulant on his giving up the
the
in
palace in great
his rich attire
pomp
life
but
and assumed the garb of the
years,
in the
professed
*
"I
ordination,
full
members of
take refuge in
ascetic.
to secular
event of their remaining until they
in the
receive
his
monasteries
and then they return
are twenty years of age, they can then,

it,
to
the day before he threw off
Novices do not generally remain
beyond a few
similar
who went
of Gautama,
life
the
vanities
somewhat
of the world, and symbolical of a
event
to
Buddha;
if
they wish
and became patsengs, or
the Order.
I
take refuge in the
Law
take refuge in the
associated Priesthood."
The ten precepts are I. I take the vow not to destroy life 2. I take
vow not to steal 3. I take the vow to abstain from impurity 4. I take
the vow not to lie
5. I take the vow to abstain from intoxicating drinks
6. I take the vow not to eat at forbidden times
7. I take the vow to abstain
from dancing, singing, and music 8. I take the vow not to use scents or
ornaments 9. I take the vow not to use high or honourable seats or couches
10. I take the vow not to receive gold or silver.
f
the
RULES OF THE ORDER.

The
prescribed
obligations
93
patsengs * are
for
contained in a manual called Patimokkhan, which

is
Every
ordered to be studied and learnt by heart.
member
Order must renounce
of the
and no room
of performing
it,
own
manner
action of the day, the
the time
must attend
should
it
have
it,
will,
independent exertions
for the
left
Every
of the mind.
stances that
is
his
last,
all
the circum-
been minutely
regulated.
to
From the moment a

the moment he goes
evening, his only duty
rahan rises in the morning,

to his natural rest in the
is
obey and follow the
to
will
and commands of the founder of the
He
advances
in
perfection
proportionately to his
fervent compliance with the injunctions,

conscientiously avoiding
But
at the
himself.
and
maxims, and
" the
is
to his
that has been forbidden.
same time he must conquer
TvcoOl crtavrov
belief in
all
society.
self
by
one of the chief of Buddhist
observance of no ceremony, the
no creed,
will
avail
him
who
fails
in
obtaining a complete mastery over himself." f
The
various sins
a rahan
is
liable to
commit,
are comprised under seven principal heads, which
are again subdivided and multiplied into the

of 227.
The
From
patsnya,
number
Paradzeka, or four unpardonable
five,
and enga, a part
that
is,
proficient
in
obligations.
t "Buddhism," Rhys Davids,

vol.
11.
p. 168.
sins,
the five
194
are fornication, theft, murder, and a false profession

of the attainment of the Order.
sins
is
committed,
involves permanent exclusion
it
But
from the priesthood.
the others are subject
all
to the law of confession,
and can be expiated
virtue of the penances imposed

after
any one of these
If
upon the delinquent,
he has made an avowal of his
The phongyees
ing to the
Burma
in
number of
sins.
take precedence accord-
Lents, or annual fasts of three
Those who
months, which they have to keep.
phongyees
continue
dau, or abbot,
for
regarded
are
life
Every monastery has a
peculiar sanctity.
who
regulates
its
affairs
and moral training of
to the religious
by-
with
tsaya-
and attends
its
All towns and large villages contain a
members.
number of
these religious houses, and the country, at least in
Upper Burma,
is
portioned off into
ecclesiastical
divisions or dioceses subject to the authority of a
gon-ok,
The
bishop.
or
religious
communities
residing in these divisions form, under the authority
of the gon-ok, a province of the Order, similar to
Romanist Orders
that of several
gon-ok
shines
its
is
all
much
respected,
and
in
his
The
Europe.
monastery out-
others in the division in the splendour of
carving and decorations.
At Mandalay
or patriarch.
is
He
stationed
is
supreme
the
in
tka-tkana-dozng,
all
matters
nected with religion, and, next to the King,
conis
the
THE BUDDHIST PATRIARCH

whom
person to
He
paid.
is
the greatest external
generally
made
homage
that
appoints his
own
sion,
King
paid by the
When
Church.
visits
patriarch,
and the one
lives in
His Majesty, or
visit
carried on a gilt litter
is
a magnificent monastery,
highly decorated with carving, and richly
from the centre of which

a
which
dignity
apparent to the
are sent
in
Great respect
retire.
he goes to
He
it
to this high dignitary of the
other monasteries, he
great state.
in
Hence,
King, on his acces-
each
possession of the office has to

is
is
patriarch from having
been the King's instructor during youth.

generally happens
195
even
rises
throne.
by him from time
and
a lofty shwi-pyathat*
allowed
not
is
gilt
heir
commissioners
Spiritual
to time
an
on tours of
in-
spection in the provinces, to investigate and report

as
whether the rules of the Order are duly
to
observed,
and
if
the
professed
members of the
religious fraternity are really qualified for their holy

calling.*!*
By an
express ordinance of Gautama, a priest
For a description of
With
this, see
page 252,
vol.
is
i.
the exception of those of the tsaya-daus, or Abbots, the description
given above of the powers of gon-oks and of the tha-thana-boing, refer only
Burma
still remaining under native rule, and where civil and

form component parts of the national life.
In British Burma, no such high dignitaries are acknowledged, and the old
to that portion of
religious institutions
The English Government, while tolerating every form of religion, will not appoint spiritual heads,
ecclesiastical organization is deteriorating in consequence.
or enforce the canons of any religious sect

crept
-in
by the secular arm, and schisms have

which threaten to disorganise the
since the establishment of our rule,
ecclesiastical structure.
o 2
196
allowed to retire from the Order and return to the

ordinary vocations of
it,
"
throw
life; or,
as the
Burmese express
The
robe and become a man."
off the
circumstances under which this can be done, are

" inability to
straint
remain continent
impatience of re-
a wish to enter upon worldly engagements
the love of parents and friends
or doubts as to the
to prevent abuses, no priest, after having
throw
ordained, can
permission being
off the robe
first
This ordinance
But
propounded by Gautama."
truth of the system
been once
without express
obtained from a legal Chapter.
no doubt as a great safety-
acts
valve to the Order, and resembles the usage of the
Church when celibacy was

"
Christians.
The custom was
as a spirit of penitence
among
enjoined
first
then, that as long
and a desire of Christian
was
perfection animated the conduct of a priest, he
exercised in the several duties of the monastic profession
open,
if
he repented of
and he was
Cyprian (Epist.
virgins
to
Even
depart"
62), after extolling the merit of the
are unwilling to
should marry."
who
at liberty
who had taken
that the law
was
his choice, the road
was
the vows, says, " but
persevere,
It
it
is
better that they
was by Benedict (Reg.
first
peremptorily
made
entered a convent should remain for
system was soon adopted
in other
they
if
C.
58)
that
life.
all
This
convents besides
the monasterium Cassinense in which he resided
and
STRICT POVERTY ENJOINED.

"
these several convents
form of
Order. "*
gave
discipline,
Poverty
becoming united under one

rise to
the
possession of temporal goods
is
for material things.
possess no
common
dividual right
lowing eight
is
monastic
supposed to
barrier to the perfect abnegation of
tempt
first
enjoined upon priests, as the
strictly
is
197
The
only allowed
articles,
to
Gautama
priest in his in-
possess the
ata-pirikara
called
and con-
self,
disciples of
and a
treasure,
offer
fol-
namely,
the theng-gan, composed of three robes (theng-boing,

ko-wot, and do-got); a girdle for the loins
or alms-bowl
a thabeit,
a razor, to shave his head and beard
a needle to stitch his clothes
The
or water-strainer.
and a perahankadar,
latter is a
necessary
article,
not for rendering the water more pure by straining >
but to prevent the accidental destruction of
The
rule in the
any
priest shall
insects,
it
is
Patimokkhan referring
to this
is,
life.
"if
knowingly drink water containing
a fault that requires confession and
* Lingard's " History of the Anglo-Saxon Church," ch. i. v.; Giesler's

" Text-Book of Ecclesiastical Literature," ch. xxxiv. ; "Eastern Monachism,"
P- 56.
The
chaste severity of Benedict and other fathers of his type extended to
whatever related to the commerce of the two sexes.
Adam
One
of their favourite
had preserved his obedience to the Creator, he would

have lived for ever in a state of virgin purity, and that some harmless mode of
vegetation might have peopled Paradise with a race of innocent and immortal
The use of marriage was permitted only to his fallen posterity, as a
beings.
necessary expedient to continue the human species, and as a restraint, however
imperfect, on the natural licentiousness of desire.
See Gibbon's " Decline and
theories was, that if
Fall of the
Roman Empire,"
ch. xv., p. 323.
198
The
absolution."
strainer
be a cubit square,
to
is
without a single broken thread.
According
monk's habit was

picked up
observe
be composed of
to
in the streets, or
this
law as closely
cast-off rags
among tombs and to

as possible, when new
;
clothes are presented to the priests, they tear

shreds,
into
so
as
to
the
Gautama's,
an injunction of
to
them of
deprive
all
them
com-
mercial value, and then sew them together again.
Hence, a
priest has
very
The monastery
own.
and raiment, are
which he
in
lives, his
food
and ever-watchful attention
He
supporters.
his
that he can call his
supplied to him by the never-
all
failing pious liberality
of
little
never
about
political
affairs
of any description,
matters, or
takes
He
himself
concerns
part
worldly
in
has u no care for
the morrow," and his whole attention can be concentrated on the performance of the duties of his
calling.
In the early morning in

of
Burma
all
the towns and villages
are to be seen long
files
of phongyees
perambulating the streets at a measured pace, with

their
alms-bowl slung round their necks, into which
people pour food as they pass.
They
are bare-
footed and have no covering for the head.

right
hand they carry a large palm-leaf
they hold
women,
so
before
that
their
no
evil
face
in
thought
the
fan,
In the
which
presence of
may
enter
the
THE ORDER OF NUNS.

mind.
They
are forbidden to ask for food, to look
to the right or to the left
and they may not enter
Gautama
or loiter about the doors of houses.

"
The
199
wise priest never asks for anything
said
it is
proper object for which he carries the alms- bowl
and
this
is
anything
is
return
11
tkado,
his
mode
only
but content themselves by saying
tkado" that
well, well
is,
been obtained
and when
Many Burmese
consider
make a vow never

cooked
it.
a great act of merit to
to partake of a
reserving a portion of
is
it
for the
it
meal without
and noon
sidered liable
to
The
in the monasteries.
for
after
cloud the
Nothing
phongyees.
during which food can only be eaten

sunrise
suffi-
appease their hunger
to
they return to the monasteries to eat
whatever
When
of solicitation."
poured into their bowls, they do not
thanks,
cient has
that
is
time
intellect,
it
and
priest for devoting himself to meditation,
hours
between
is
con-
unfit a
and the
right performance of religious exercises.
In the early days of Buddhism there was an
Order of female rahans, or nuns.

established
first
by Gautama
members were
himself,
his wife
foster-mother Prajaputi
The Order was

and amongst
but from the system having
been found to be connected with so many

has fallen into
its
Yasodhara, and his
disrepute,
and the Order
represented by only a few old
women
evils, it
is
now
dressed in
2oo
who
white,
sweep about
reside near the monasteries,
pagodas, and attend funerals.
The
when
state of a priest
one of great
and
sanctity,
Great
rendered holy.
their
alive
regarded as
is
very persons thereby
honours
are
therefore
As soon
consequence paid to their mortal remains.

as a priest has expired, his
viscera extracted, and
which the corpse

of linen, and
varnish.
It
after
swathed with bandages
covered over with a thick coat of

is
then
two
between
placed
wood hollowed
pieces of
opened, the
is
body embalmed
the
closely
is
body
in
solid
out for the purpose, and
boiling resin poured into the interstices until every
crevice
coffin
is
gilded,
is
When
filled.
rooms of the monastery

ing erected for the
lies
is
completed,
canopy,
;
or
purpose
one of
in
in a separate
in
its
the
build-
vicinity,
and
completed
in state until preparations are
cremation, which often extend
for the
the
and placed on a platform under
handsomely decorated
there
this
over some
months.
If the
monastery where the priest died
is
situated
neighbourhood of a large town, sixteen or
in the
twenty of the most comely damsels are chosen from
some of the best

place,
and taught
funeral
a song.
families of each division of the

to
perform
in
honour
of
the
a slow, graceful dance, accompanied with
The
dancers are arranged in parties of
A PRIESTS FUNERAL.
four
each of which performs separately at intervals,
and has
of
its
own music and
young men are
An
song.
similarly selected,
performances
their
2c 1
before the ceremony,
when
The day
are supposed to be
all
thoroughly proficient, they proceed in
through the town, dressed
number
and go through
manner.
like
in
equal
gayest
their
in
procession
attire,
houses of the different heads of the com-
to the
munity, and rehearse
their
performances for the
following day.
On
from
the morning of the funeral the coffin
platform
its
and
deposited
inside
is
taken
lofty
catafalque, * placed upon a large car with four or
more wheels, and drawn out by bullocks
the
Arriving there, the bullocks are taken
cemetery.
and ropes fixed
out,
to
to the front
and back of the
car,
which are quickly seized by a number of men, one

party of them pulling the car in the direction of the
monastery where the deceased

towards
car,
is
delight, the
The
To
the un-
anything but a mournful one.
creaking and shaking, moves slowly back-
wards and forwards,
and the other
the centre of the cemetery.
initiated this scene
The
lived,
until
at last, with
strongest party carries
illustration
it
shouts of
off with
shows the catafalque on the car, and the coffin borne on

This is sometimes done, as a matter of precaution,
the shoulders of eight men.
where no road
The
coffin
in
exists,
and the procession has
such case
is
to travel over
rough ground.
not then placed within the catafalque until the
arrival of the car at the entrance of the cemetery.
202
run along the grass
more men then
the beaten party, and after a
little
and
assist
coquetting
away
join
goes the car back again.
At
last
the car
is
allowed to reach the centre
of the cemetery, where heaps of inflammable matter

are piled up in and about
go
to refresh
it
after
themselves at the numerous extempore
booths, see the dancing, which

time,
which the people
is
going on
and place the doons, or rockets,
are to
fire
all
the
in position that
the pyre.
These rockets are made out of the stem of a

hollowed out and
filled
tree,
with gunpowder, and other
compound combustibles rammed down with great

force,
and are often
of bore
of nine
to small cars
fifteen feet long,
They
inches.
with a diameter
are
firmly
fixed
on four wheels, and each division of
the town has several of them, in which they take
great pride.
The
rockets are planted about 150
yards from the pyre, and discharged in succession

according to a plan previously agreed upon.
They
are fired
by means of a match applied
to a
small vent at the breach, and the matter with which
they are charged burning gradually, propels the car

they are fastened to with considerable force and
speed.
Many
of them,
before the pyre
ground being
course.
is
struck
however, are discharged

;
a slight inequality in the
liable to divert the car
Some even
from
its
curve back and burst
direct
among
CREMATION OF THE CORPSE.

when severe
the crowd,
203
accidents not unfrequently
happen.
At
last
one strikes the pyre, scattering around
contents and
about the
igniting the combustibles
and amidst the shouts of triumph of those
car,
whom
its
the rocket belongs, and renewed dance
to
and
song, the bright flame shoots up, embracing each
gay pinnacle and
flag,
comes down with a
crash,
whole
the
till
and
all
catafalque
soon reduced
is
to ashes.
In
towns of
the
generally allotted
teries,
Burma, a particular spot
the construction of monas-
for
and, for the sake of quietude,
the buildings of the
the building
is
is
is
from
isolated
The general form

The floor or platform
laity.
oblong.
of
is
raised on piles about eight feet from the ground.
The framework
of the edifice
is
all
of wood, sup-
ported by five posts often sixty to eighty feet long,
and the walls are made of planks.

first
Above
the
roof rises a second of smaller dimensions, and
beyond that again a
third one, smaller than the
This style of roof
second.
palaces,
is
and buildings devoted
only allowed to royal

to religion
and the
eaves, gables, fineals,
and ridge ornaments of
the
elaborately
roofs,
are
often
and
all
beautifully
carved.
On
flights
the
front
face
of
steps,
and
there
the
are
frequently
building
is
three
generally
204
arranged as follows.
on
open gallery runs
large
four sides of the building, within which
all
is
second one protected by the roof, and forming
what may be
monastery are connected with and open upon
in the
Large
it.
rooms
called a vestibulum, as all the
working on hinges, which can
shutters,
be raised up and supported on
poles, or closed at
pleasure, separate the inner from the outer gallery.
The
central portion
taken up by a large
is
hall
with
a handsomely carved ceiling, and the floor of which

is
raised about a foot higher than
the
In
building.
Gautama, and
disciples
often, also,
separated from
wall,
those
of his
favourite
and the book-cases containing the
The
of the monastery.
is
arranged the images of
are
it
any other part of
and
the
library
state-room of the abbot

hall
by a
panelled
richly
the inner gallery partitioned off for the
accommodation of the
western
being
side
priests
generally
and novices
reserved
the
for
the
Burma have supposed
that
monastery school.
Some
travellers
Buddhism
in
rapidly
is
many
religious
decay.
This
is
declining,
buildings
because they see
neglected
and going
not a correct inference.
amount of both honour and merit attaches

founders of
honorary
Taga,"
new pagodas and
title
of
"
monasteries.
Phura Taga," and of
"
to
large
to the
The
K young
meaning the builder or supporter of a
CJ&gan Paul &
C London
INTERIOR OF A BUDDHIST MONASTERY.
BUDDHIST MONASTERIES,
pagoda or monastery,
205
assumed by them, of which
is
they are very proud, and always append to

signature.
The
mere
attach to
to
much
very
supposed
is
repairs of such edifices
is
of a
smaller value in the scale of good works
and the consequence

are
which
religious merit
their
is
many
that
allowed to go to
of these buildings
new ones
whilst
ruin,
are
founded for the sake of gaining merit and fame.
The monastic system

interest
from
education.
its
being
practical
connected with
Every monastery has
harmony with the
in
Burma has a
in
national
its
national
where
school,
are learnt
religion
same lessons which have been taught from
the
generation to generation for a couple of thousand
On
years.
arriving at
country, the
interior of the
often
strikes
some obscure spot
the
ear,
is
first
the
sign of
that
life
murmuring sounds
proceeding from the monastery school
and there
not a town or village, scarcely even a hamlet,
is
I
the
in
think, that has not at least
The
instruction of the
means by which merit
one of such schools.
young
in
is
one of the several
Buddhistic sense
obtained, and has given rise to lay schools,

or,
as
they are
called,
"house schools."
though comparatively few
in
number
as
is
also,
These,
compared
with monastic schools, are of great importance, as
they are free from some of the disabilities that are

attached to the religious seminaries
notably so
in
"
2 o6
the absence of the rule precluding the attendance
Owing
of female scholars.""
of indigenous schools, there
to these
is
two classes
scarcely a
man
in
Burma who cannot read, write, and cipher. Stathere are few convicts in our
tistics show that
gaols, natives of Burma, who are not so far grounded
rudiments of education.
in the
The
masters of the lay schools are
retired from active
life,
men who have
and whose piety gives con-
fidence to their neighbours.
The
schools are con-
ducted in their private houses, a large portion of
which
is
given up for that purpose, and the system
of teaching and the text-books are the
used
in the monasteries.
monastic
alike,
fixed intervals.
The
From an
as those
school hours, lay and
extend over the whole day, with
The
discipline
is
no sparing of the rod when such
is
same
strict,
is
and there
necessary.
early period of our occupation of the
country, in addition to this two-fold system of indi-
genous education, the British Government established

denominational schools at the four chief towns for
teaching the English language and literature
and
several smaller schools connected with Christian missionaries
were also opened out
the interior of the
province.
in different parts in
These
latter
being
under European or American supervision and con*
The
last
education report of British
Burma goes
so far even to state
'
'
that
the lay schools, where girls are taught with the boys, are almost invariably found
in better order than the
monastic ones, where boys are exclusively educated.
NATIONAL EDUCATION
trol,
207
and furnishing a higher order of education than
by grants of
the indigenous ones, were supported
yearly allowances from Government, under the pro-
known
vision of certain rules
as the grants-in-aid
system.
This plan was followed
until
decessor, Sir Arthur Phayre,
the
Government of India
monastic schools
that they
1866,
pre-
drew the attention of
to the large
number of
and suggested
the province,
in
when my
might be made the basis of a national
The
system of education.
recommended
was adopted.
was one which
every way, and the scheme
itself in
idea
Director of Public Instruction was
appointed, together with a small staff of inspectors
and
circuit teachers, to
be increased
if
the plan
was
found to work successfully, and a few manuals of
geography
and
arithmetic,
after
the
European
system, were printed in the Burmese language for

gratuitous distribution in the monasteries.
hardly say that,
my
on
need
assuming charge of the
province in the following year, every encouragement
and assistance
was
for the
development of the scheme
afforded.
The
literature studied
priests
is
hierophant
entirely
may be
and taught by the Buddhist
found, like
the revival of letters in the
anxious
to
acquire
Here and
religious.
the
there a
priests
during
Middle Ages, who
some knowledge
of
is
European
208
literature
and
The
own
But there the analogy ends.
science.
ambition of a Buddhist priest
monastery,
for centuries
councils, the
attainment of
aspire to political
statesmen
like the ecclesiastical
the lead
confined to his
rate, to the
He cannot
rank only.
ecclesiastical
power
any
or, at
is
who
many European
in
took
cabinet
fundamental rule of his Order being that
he must abandon
concern with the outer world,
all
and never receive money on any pretence whatever.
For the harmonious and
new scheme,
successful
working of the
the great difficulty, therefore, as re-
garded the monastery schools,
for
none were appre-
hended or have been found connected with the

had
ones, which
to
lay
be solved was, how the co-
operation of the phongyees could be obtained, and a

stimulus introduced into the monasteries.
This has been surmounted

extent in several ways
ments of teaching,
circuit teachers,
literature
in
to
some considerable
by multiplying the
the increase of inspectors and
and translations of English books of
and science
and
also
by publishing
printed form the Pali text in most
the monasteries.
down
for the
subjects
instru-
"
common
in
Pali
the
money
prizes,
language,
varying
in
and
laid
the three
most commonly taught, the Burmese
guage,
use in
Fixed standards have been
examination of pupils
in
arithmetic
lan-
and
value with the standard
passed, are awarded at periodical examinations to
EDUCATION IN BRITISH BURMA.
209
The difficulty of making

monk bound to poverty is
both teachers and pupils.

such
to the
offerings
overcome either by handing over the amount to the

lay patron of the monastery, or
money a
"A
gift
for
of books.
certificate is
among
prize,
and a
means been
called
granted with each
keen competition has by

forth
by substituting
rival
this
and
scholars,
between
rival
schools.
"
still
more
useful measure,
and one accepted
with a no less surprising readiness, even by the
monks, has been the attachment to selected schools

of masters
(natives
Government
of the
country) trained
school, appointed
and
in
by the
salaried
Government, and accustomed to European methods

of teaching and school arrangement.
of public
money
are also
Special grants
made under
ditions for school buildings,
and
for
stated con-
books or school
apparatus, and the English school-slate
and printed
text-book are already widely supplanting the palmleaf manuscript
and black board which have been
in
the hands of preceding generations." *
Shortly previous to
my leaving Rangoon a
ment normal school was established

of both
be
annual supply of both
fairly
II.
and
it
fur-
may,
considered that the leaven introduced
" Buddhist Schools

VOL.
the training
male and female teachers, which now
nishes an
think,
.for
Govern-
in
Burma," Fraser's Magazine, November, 1877.

P
2IO
into the national system
by
all
the above measures,
and now working under the able superintendence of

Mr. Peter Hordern, the present director of Public
Instruction,
from the
Bengal,
whom
especially selected for the post
officers of the
is full
Educational Department
in
of promise for the future of the rising
province of British Burma.
With these remarks

gress has
it
is
this
work
is
closed.
Its pro-
awakened many pleasant memories, and
with a feeling of regret, heightened by a con-
sciousness of short-comings, that the book

to a conclusion,
and
laid before the public.
is
brought
APPENDICES
APPENDICES
APPENDIX
A.
REPORTS
OFFICIAL
REGARDING AN
EXPEDITION AGAINST AN ARAKAN

HILL TRIBE.
Extract of Station Orders by Major F.
at
Akyab dated Akyab,
St/i
few words
are
V.
',
due from the Commanding Officer on the
Detachment Arakan Light
return of the
MacGrath, Commanding
January 1842.
commanded by
Infantry,
Lieutenant Fytche, ordered against a clan of Walleng Hill Tribes,

as the duty has
been performed
in a highly creditable
manner, and which the Civil Officer has reported

his intercourse with the
Hill Tribes,
and
efficient
will facilitate
and be a check
to these
independent races of Wallengs in future attacking, or otherwise
molesting,
the
mountain
clans
under British
rule
and
protection.
2.
The conduct of the detachment, composed
subadar,
of
lieutenant,
jemadar, 3 havildars, 3 naicks, 2 buglers, and 80
privates, in the attack of
from 200 to 300
advantage on precipitous mountain

fortifications,
renders great credit to
their credit the cheerfulness with
cliffs,
all
men
posted greatly to
forming strong natural
employed
nor
is it less
to
which they undertook the ex-
treme fatigue and exposure, without tents, they were subject
to.
2i 4
Lieutenant Fytche, for his personal exertion and gallan-
To
3.
try in leading so spirited a dash, to the native
non-commissioned
mand,
feels
officers, buglers,
and
whose praise he speaks so
in
much
commissioned and
soldiers
under
his
com-
Major MacGrath
highly,
pleasure in offering the assurance of his acknowledg-
ments and thanks, which he
will
not
to report with a detail
fail
of their proceedings to higher authority.
Extract of District Orders by Lieutenant- Colonel Pogson,
manding
in
Com-
Arakan, Head Quarters, Kyouk Phyoo, dated nth
January, 1842.
Lieutenant-Colonel Pogson,
Commanding
in
Arakan, has received
from Major MacGrath, Commanding Arakan Light Infantry, a

report detailing the arduous exertions and gallantry of the detach-
ment of
that corps,
under the
command
of Lieutenant Fytche,
in attacking the Wallengs, taking their stockade
and
strength
inaccessibility,
last five-and-thirty years,
on the
by storm, and
them from a position which, on account of
expelling
territories
its
had been occupied by them
great
for the
enabling them to commit depredations
under British rule and protection, and
to carry
their inhabitants into slavery.

2.
To
the
judicious
arrangements
Lieutenant
of
Fytche,
accompanied by Lieutenant Phayre, the Senior Assistant Commissioner at Akyab,

to everything but their
difficulties
were overcome insurmountable
judgment and
and bravery displayed by those under

3.
The
gallantry,
their
and the devotion
command.
lieutenant-colonel therefore feels
it
incumbent on him
to record the high sense he entertains of the talent,
zeal,
and
intelligence so conspicuous
on the
parts of Lieutenants Fytche
and Phayre on
and
add
this occasion,
to
part of his duty to report their gallant
and those of the detachment,

in-Chief.
to
that
it
will
be a gratifying
and meritorious
exertions,
His Excellency the Commander-
APPENDIX
From
215
Commanding
Pogson,
Lieutenant- Colonel
A.
Arakan,
in
to
Major-General Lumley, Adjutant-General of the Army, No.

dated
13,
Kyouk Phyoo,
11th January, 1842.
have the honour to forward a
letter
from Major MacGrath,
dated 8th instant, containing a detailed report of the gallantry of

Lieutenant Fytche, and the Detachment Arakan Light Infantry
employed against the Walleng Hill Tribe, and the
recently
entire
success of his operations, also copy of a District order, which the
occasion seems to demand.
Lieutenant Fytche having been a passenger to Arakan in
2.
same
the
vessel with myself,
am
enabled to add
my
testimony
favour to that of Major MacGrath, as he possessed the
in his
of
characteristics
well-informed,
I therefore feel
officer.
much
intelligent,
pleasure in
and
promising
recommending him
the favourable consideration of His Excellency the
to
Commander-
in-Chief.
Despatch from Lieutenant,
now Major- General,
Sir Arthur Phay re,
Captain Bogle, the Commisssioner of Arakan, dated 17 th
to
January, 1842.
I
have the honour to report to you that on the 10th December
* ast
Subadar
^ ot ^
against the
making
detailed in
2.
in
R e gi ment
Koomee
company with
command
^.1., for the
it
of Lieutenant Fytche,
purpose of proceeding
clan called Wulleng, which
my
letter to
had been
guilty
your address of the 23rd July.
The detachment proceeded by
reached
a party of the
local battalion of the strength stated in the
several attacks on tribes within the British frontier, as
Thannah, which
as far
^ Akyab
margin, and under the
70 Sepoys!
2 Buglers.
of
Arakan
3H^?idare.
is
about
water
to
the
Koladyne
100 miles north from Akyab.
We
by the night of the 12th, and then went without delay
up the Mee Khyoung as the boats could proceed.
Early
on the 13th the detachment continued up the Mee Khyoung

canoes
a drizzling rain had
commenced
in
falling before daylight,
216
and continued throughout the

halting-place.
14th, the stream
the
heavily that
falling so
At
day.
rained very hard
It
we reached
p.m.
The
all night.
the
next morning,
was so much swollen, and the rain
still
was evident we could not now continue
it
our march, which from this point lay up the beds of mountain
streams, generally dry, or nearly so, at this season.
was not a
fit
one
that several days' detention
was
inevitable),
the 15th and 16th
it
rained at intervals, and
chance of finding open paths proceed on
when we advanced up
it
at
deemed
it
p.m.
During
we could not with any
Mee Khyoung
the
this spot
was judged expe-
until the
Wullengs notice of our approach, and though
evening of the
as far as
our
had not from the
we should
practicable for us to surprise them, yet
have been able to

seizure
As
was now evident
This unavoidable detention necessarily gave the
boats could go.
first
it
was heavy and incessant throughout the day.
rain
20th,
(for
the Thannah, which we reached
dient to return to
The
some days
for a halt of
inflict
and destruction of
considerable injury upon them by the
As
their property.
the capture of any
of their persons was scarcely to be expected, this was the only
means we had of making any impression on them, and of securing

the object in view, namely, by retaliation convincing
them of
much-vaunted position, and
thereby
their
insecurity
working on their
in
their
fears
and preventing
their
making attacks upon
their neighbours, or those at least within the British frontier.
On
the
the 21st
mouth
4.
On
we again proceeded on in
Sumeng Khyoung by 5
of the
the 22nd, finding
Sumeng
to allow of
difficult
route across the
in
its
course,
5.
On
mountain
still
too
much
and halted
until
for the
water on the bed of the
we had to take a more

we joined the Sumeng higher
marching through
hills,
the canoes, and reached
p.m.
day
at
it,
4 p.m.
the 23rd, leaving the Sumeng, the route lay

torrent,
and we crossed some steep
Sumeng once more, where we halted for the night.

24th we were afoot, having a stiff march before us
of attack,
Sumeng.
it
up a small
hills
into
the
Early on the
to the village
being at an elevation of about 4,000 feet above the
It stands
near the summit where the face of the moun-
APPENDIX
tain
is
A.
About 10
nearly perpendicular.
217
a.m.
we were
sufficiently
men
near to hear yells and shouts from the village, or rather from
stationed above
man
but not a
it,
numerous masses of
could we catch a glimpse of
and other
rock, trunks of trees,
missiles
were
hurled down by them from above, with the object apparently of
we had not
intimidating us, for
make
the detachment to
advanced by the
yet advanced sufficiently near for
now
Lieutenant Fytche
these to take effect.
we
Koomees ahead
stunted bamboo jungle.
flank of the village, having
left
with dhas, to cut a path through the thick
judiciously ordered
a detour from the regular path, and
few shots were fired at us, but the Wullengs concealed them-
selves so effectually, that not

their
position was
one of them could be seen, though
by the smoke of
disclosed
When we were within
their
muskets.
about ioo yards, Lieutenant Fytche directed
a few shots to be fired at the particular rocks and bushes where

parties of the
enemy were known
or suspected to be ensconced,
which had the
effect of dislodging
them
our
fire
some were wounded by
while springing from their hiding-places.
now advanced,
The detachment
or climbed, as quickly as the steep, indeed almost
perpendicular, nature of the ground would admit
reached the
The houses were
village.
all
So steep was the spot where the
been expected.
of,
until they
empty, as was to have

village stood,
that the inhabitants, I found, could only leave their houses
go down the face of the
means of ladders ;
the summit of the
or
pulling their ladders after them.
hill,
of them would have been useless.
ground, which rendered

impossible,
it
in chasing
of ever overtaking,
find nothing.
houses.
A pursuit
precipitous nature of the
an ascent, save by ladders, next to
extremely improbable that
any of the
been procurable, and
by delay
The
and the fatiguing march the men had already per-
formed, rendered
to overtake
and
communicate with each other by

they had now removed all these and retired to
hill,
We
The
set
it
fugitives.
it
we should be
able
Provisions also would not have
was advisable not
to exhaust our supplies
an enemy,
whom
and
country where we could expect to
in a
there was
little
village consisted as reported of
on
fire,
and
after halting
or
no chance
about eighty
here about two hours
218
and a
we descended
half,
the
hill,
and returned
to the place
we
Sumeng, having had a very hard day's work.
started from in the
None of our men were wounded save in the feet, by

bamboo spikes with which the hill-side was studded
the sharp
grassy
in
spots where they could be concealed.
From
6.
we had
Sumeng we
the
returned by a different route to that
travelled in our advance, through a difficult
mountainous
The
country, never before travelled by an European.
detachment having marched by these paths
military
fact of a
I
will,
am
convinced, have a great moral effect on the whole of the sur-
rounding
you
For a
tribes.
We
annexed.
arrived in
In conclusion,
7.
people of
detail of each day's
copy of a private Journal
to a
beg to
march
kept,
which
beg
to refer
herewith
is
the 30th ultimo.
state
that although
have been captured, yet
this clan
fact of a military
Akyab on
none of the
I feel assured that the
detachment having reached and taken possession
of the village of a people so feared by the adjoining tribes as the
Wullengs were,
It will give
hopes that
have a great
will
effect
on the Koomees
it
will
be the means of deterring other
our frontier from attacking those within
From
generally.
confidence to those subject to our rule, and

tribes
have
beyond
it
Lieutenant Phayre, Senior Assistant Commissioner, Akyab,
to
Major MacGrath, Commanding Arakan Light
Infantry,,
dated Akyab, 3rd January, 1842.
Having applied
to
you
for
a party of the Arakan Light Infantry,
to proceed against a Clan of
made some
and
attacks
on
Koomees, termed Wallengs, who had
tribes residing within the British frontier,
the party having returned to cantonments, I beg herewith to
express through you
my
thanks to Lieutenant Fytche, command-
ing the detachment sent on service, for the efficient assistance he
gave
2.
me
in every way, to secure the objects I
The
had
in view.
very strong position occupied by the Walleng Clan
having been reached
after
a toilsome march through a moun-
APPENDIX
A.
219
tainous country, I feel assured that the Wallengs have received a
check which
I
clans.
will give
confidence and security to the neighbouring
cannot conclude
this
letter
without expressing
admiration of the spirited style in which the
men
my
of the detach-
ment scaled the steep and almost inaccessible rock upon which
the village of attack was situated, and which, even if undefended,
would have proved a serious obstacle to any advancing
3.
Lieutenant Fytche having returned by
difficult
party.
mountain
paths which no European had hitherto traversed, will have the

effect of
showing many of these
tribes that they are
much more
within our power than they had hitherto supposed, and
course with them will be
much
facilitated thereby.
my
inter-
APPENDIX
B.
OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS
CONNECTED WITH
SERVICES IN THE BASSEIN DISTRICT.

From Major Phayre, Commissioner and Governor-General s Agent
}
in Pegu, to C. Allen, Esquire, Secretary to the Governme?it of
India, dated Rangoon, lot/i March, 1853.
T beg to submit
for
the
information
of the
Most Noble the
Governor-General of India in Council, copies of the accompanying
Reports from Lieut. Fytche, Deputy Commissioner of Bassein,

reporting an expedition in
and the boats of the
company with Captain Rennie,
steam
frigate
I.N.,
of H.M.'s
district.
The
2.
operations have been gallantly and successfully con-
The
ducted
also
Burmese Governor of the
steamer Nemesis, against the late

Bassein
Zenobia,
force of the late
Governor was mainly composed of
up-country Burmese soldiers, numbering more than three thousand
men
from the excellent arrangements of Lieut.
these were,
Fytche, cordially and ably supported by Captain Rennie, met and
routed by a very inferior force.

affair
beg respectfully to bring the
prominently to the notice of the Most Noble the Governor-
General of India in Council, as

creditable to the
therein.
it
above-mentioned
now have
ere long be quieted.
appears to
officers,
me
and
all
exceedingly
concerned
strong hopes that the Bassein district will
APPENDIX
B.
221
Lieutenant A. Fytche, Deputy Commissioner, Bassein,
From
to
Copt.
Phayre, Commissioner and Governor- General's Agent
A. P.
in Pegu,
Rangoon, No.
13, dated Bassein, 14th
Having received information
that a
January, 1853.
Burmese chief of marauders
named
Nga-tee-lwot was ravaging the country to the S.E. of this
city, I
proceeded on the morning of the 5th
H.M.'s
instant, in
steamer Nemesis, to attack and disperse his band.

2.
On
villagers
down
our passage
the river
we were informed by some
near Na-poo-tau that a large detachment from this band
had passed a few hours before us
We
gyee-kywon.
to attack the village of
Houng-
immediately proceeded on to that island, and
were in time to save the
village
but the marauders escaped
through a small creek, where our boats after a fruitless pursuit
were obliged to return on account of the shallowness of the water.
On
the following
Creek
Woing-ka-na, stated to be Nga-tee-lwot's
and anchored
head-quarters,
which was as
3.
morning we proceeded up the Pamawadie
in progress to
far as the
evening off Myoung-mya-myo,
in the
steamer could advance in that direction.
At daybreak next morning
steamer with two
the
left
paddle-box boats and a cutter, each boat mounting a 3-pounder
gun and manned by Europeans, accompanied

able force of Karens in their
upon a
who
large
fired
own
boats,
detachment of the marauders
upon our
also
at
Tsago-mya
village,
boats, but were dispersed after a few dis-
charges of grape, leaving several muskets and a
and other arms behind them

sion of these
by a consider-
and about midday came
and destroying a quantity of
number of
spears
After taking posses-
in their flight.
their boats
and
stores
&c, we proceeded on our journey, and anchored that

evening at Pegon, which place we left at 2 a.m. on the following
morning, and about 8 a.m. came upon the outpost guard of the
marauders at Kya-gyan, who commenced a sharp fire of musketry
of rice,
upon us from behind a breastwork

boats, dashing forward
the marauders,
large
that they
and opening
their
and drove them from behind
war boats, and the standard of the
had erected
fire,
but our
soon silenced that of

their works.
officer
Three
commanding
the
222
detachment, were captured here.
we then pro
After a short halt
ceeded on to Woing-ka-na, which consisted of three large villages

in the same way as their outpost
The marauders, however, would not await
our arrival, but fled, some to the jungle and others in their boats;
The Karens
the latter we pursued, but could not come up with.
one of which was strengthened
with strong breastworks.
in their boats
might have overtaken them, but they hold these
marauders in the greatest dread, and
surprised,
and
I failed in
left
endeavours to
in their flight left almost everything
which, together with their houses, stores of
be destroyed.
my
The marauders were completely
urge them in their pursuit.
We
remained
rice,
behind them,
&c,
ordered to
Woing-ka-na that evening, and
at
next morning for the steamer
which we reached on the
evening of the following day, and next morning, the 12 th instant,

returned to Bassein, off which we anchored the same evening.
4.
Myoung-mya-myo has been a very
large place,
and consisted,
should imagine from the ruins, of upwards of 1,500 houses, but
the whole place has been completely destroyed by Nga-tee-lwot.

It is situated
around
it,
in a fine country, with very extensive plains all
admirably adapted for the growth of
rice.
All the
villages on our route had been destroyed in the same manner,
and not a
single
house was
standing except in the villages
left
where the dacoits had taken up

appeared to have been cultivated
head man at Woing-ka-na,one

mya-myo, with directions
settle
at
of the
about Woing-ka-na,
this last season.
appointed a
Kya-gyan, and another at Myoung-
to call the people in
them down on the old
None
their quarters.
plains, with the exception of small patches
sites
from the jungle and
of their villages.
They each had
one or two hundred followers with them, and spoke confidently of

success now that the robber bands had been dispersed ; but I much
doubt whether they
will
be able to hold
detachments of police are stationed
at
their
ground, unless
different
commanding
points to overawe these robber bands and give confidence to the

people.
5.
During the expedition
received the greatest attention from
Captain Goodwin, commanding H.M.'s steamer Nemesis, who
APPENDIX
B.
223
showed himself most anxious to meet my wishes in every respect,

and nothing could have exceeded the gallantry and endurance of
Mr. Baker, 1st
officer
of the Nemesis, and his noble boat's crew,
arduous duties which they had to perform.
in the
From
A.
Lieute?iant
Fytche,
Deputy Commissioner, Bassein,
Captain A. P. Phayre, Commissioner

Agent, Pegu,
Having found
would be
No
27, dated Bassein, the
that every effort of
fruitless until the
and other Burmese
yd February,
mine
to
settle
to
General's
1853.
this district
Meng-gyee, or old Burmese governor,
under
chiefs acting or professing to act
were driven out or destroyed,
orders,
and Governor
they having
his
complete
possession of the whole of the upper portion of the district above

Bassein, I applied
manding
officer
on the 19th ultimo
to the naval officer
commanding
this garrison,
sider necessary for the purpose
such force as they might consupplying them at the same
enemy
The
time with an account of the positions and strength of the

as
my means
officer
com-
in the Bassein river to furnish, in conjunction with the
of information concerning
commanding
them admitted
of.
the garrison refused to furnish any assistance
whatever, stating his force far to weak to detach, and that he had
stringent orders not to
But the senior naval
move
officer
and promised me every aid

2.
It
out from the vicinity of his post.
entered most cordially into
being an object of the greatest importance
Burmese troops should be attacked without

in consultation with
my
views
in his power.
that the
delay, I determined
Captain Rennie (the senior naval
officer here)
not to wait the result of any application of troops from Rangoon,
where
it
was improbable, we believed, they could be spared, but
to proceed at
once against the enemy with the naval force here
and about 1,500 armed Karens and Burmese,
whom
had
col-
lected for the purpose.

3.
We
accordingly
left
H.M. steamer Nemesis

tow,
this
with
on the morning of the 21st

boats of the
ult.
in
H.C.S.F. Zenobia in
and proceeded up the Dugga creek (which enters the Bassein
224
river,
about ten miles above the town of Bassein), and anchored
Karen
that afternoon off the
was as
far as the
of Kyan-gyee-doung, which
village
stronghold of the Burmese chiefs, which was the
left
the steamer the same evening
object of
first
our attack, was situated about thirty miles further up
and we
The
steamer could proceed in that direction.
in boats,
this creek,
accompanied
with our native force, and arrived off their outpost about 2 p.m. on
The
the following day.
outpost was situated on the bank of the
creek, strongly entrenched,
and the
river staked across with the
rows of stakes, and was as strong a military position as could well
Immediately we arrived within range of
have been taken up.

their
guns they
upon us
fired
but our guns opening their
soon silenced that of the enemy
and the
sailors
and drove them from
water, stormed the place with the bayonet,
behind their works.
up the stream
to
fire,
rushing into the
After destroying the place
we proceeded
Kon-ghoung, the head-quarter of the Burmese
chief Nga-thein, which, however he deserted on our approach,
and retreated
to a place called
Eng-ma, situated about sixteen
miles inland, where two other chiefs, Nga-tha-bon and
had
We
also their head-quarters.
Mow-oo,
remained that night
in our
boats at Kon-ghoung, and on the following morning landed four

guns, which, with eighty sailors
men, we marched on
side of
it
came upon
and across the road
to
and a native
Eng-ma, and within
rallied,
five
miles on this
who were drawn up in the

oppose our passage. Our advanced
the enemy,
to
consisting of about 600 natives, were at
were soon
force of about 1,500
and the flanking
first
jungle
guard,
driven back, but
parties being reinforced, the
enemy were driven through the jungle into an open plain, where
they attempted to make a stand, under their chief Nga-tha-bon,
who boldly advanced in front of his men, cheering them on a
fortunate shot from my rifle, however, disabled him, when the
whole of his force broke and dispersed. The other two chiefs
;
escaped with
he throwing
difficulty,
one of them, Nga-thein, almost naked;
off his gilt hat
and gold-embroidered robes of
office
in his flight.
4.
Eng-ma we found abandoned
but
towards
evening a
APPENDIX
number of the inhabitants came
B.
225
from neighbouring jungles
in
and informed us that the enemy had retreated up the country, and,
they supposed, had gone to join the Meng-gyee
us to burn the place
lecting there again,
down
and
that they themselves
would return
had been
old places of abode, from which they
was formerly an insignificant
but they begged
prevent the chance of their col-
to
village,
but
to their
Eng-ma
driven.
when we found
it,
it
contained upwards of 3,000 houses, nearly the whole of which
had evidently been run up

it
neighbouring
The
as disabled,
villages.
in the
last
few months, the people
from Pantanau and Donabew and the
having been driven to
chief Nga-tha-bon, mentioned above
was Myo-thoo-gyee of Pantanau, and died the day
after the receipt of his
We
wound.
bivouacked that night in the
open plain opposite Eng-ma, marched back

following morning,
and the evening
after
to
that,
our boats the

the
25 th ult,
reached the steamer at Kyan-gya-doung.

5.
On
we
the 26th
at Phura-gyee, left
started
that
up the
river,
anchored
for the night
on the following morning, and reached
Nga-thaing-ghyoung (within a few miles of Kyouk-khyoung-ko-lay,
where the Meng-gyee was said to be encamped) about
p.m.,
where we anchored, that being the extreme point to which the

Nemesis could ascend the Bassein
river.
There
Meng-gyee had been joined by the troops that
learnt that the
we had dispersed
at
Eng-ma and Khyoung-gon, and had marched out from his position
towards Lemena. We determined on pursuing him, and pushed
on
in the
morning
thirty miles
in the boats to
habitants of the village, which

at
first, if
and
it
Lemena, a distance of about
by water, where we arrived about

is
The
5 p.m.
in-
a very extensive one, appeared
not absolutely hostile, to be very lukewarm in our cause,
was not
until late at night that I could extract
from them
the exact position of the Meng-gyee, which turned out only to be

eight miles distant.
On my
gaining this information I formed a
resolution to cut off his retreat
native auxiliaries
attack
him
11.
by sending a
his right flanks to
in the rear, while
the morning.
voi,
round
Mr. Baker,
select party of our
march
that night
we marched down upon
first
officer
and
his front in
of the Neviesis, very gal-
226
which started
lantly volunteered to lead the native party,
at 3 a.m.
Our main body left at 7 a.m. and marched on until 1 p.m., when
we came up with our advanced party, who it appeared had sucoverwhelming
force, after firing
a few shots, retreated into the
up with our advanced party we
After coming
jungle.
Meng-gyee, but at the sight of his
in front of the
ceeded in getting
and
halted,
forward scouts to bring intelligence of the Meng-gyee's
I sent
movements, who shortly returned and reported that he had halted

five miles in our front, and imagined that he had only been encountered by a band of marauders, and had no idea that we were
so close to him.
immediately determined, in consultation with
Captain Rennie, to halt where we then were, and to make a night
march round
his right flank with the
in his front
by daylight
wished, and
we
if
possible.
whole of our
force,
and get
Everything succeeded as we
encampment about
arrived in front of his
half-an-
hour before daylight, and drew up our forces across the road,
masking the guns
in
some low
enemy's camp began
jungle.
to break up,
consisting of about 800 Ava
and
soldiers,
little
after daylight the
their
advanced guard,
marched down upon
us,
followed close by the main body, composed of about 2,500 fighting
men under the Meng-gyee. They had heard that some body of
men were in their front, but merely thought it was the same party
that
had
boldly,
lying
fired
on them the day
before.
They
and seeing only our native force
down
in a line
(all
therefore advanced
the Europeans were
behind the guns) opened a smart
fire
they
were allowed to advance within 150 yards, when our guns opened
upon them with

them
grape, which tore through their masses, throwing
into complete
directions.
disorder,
and a great number were

were taken, two of
6.
killed in the pursuit.
whom are
guns were also brought

spears,
and they broke and
fled in all
Forty-eight bodies were found in front of our guns,
in,
Fifty prisoners
the Meng-gyee's adopted sons.
together with a
Seven
number of muskets,
and dahs, and a quantity of ammunition.
The
loss in the
European portion of our
during the whole expedition only one
were wounded.
The
officer
forces
was
trifling
and three seamen
exact loss of our native auxiliaries I have not
APPENDIX
yet
been able to ascertain, but
it
suing the Meng-gyee's forces for
our boats, where
we
B.
227
was of small extent.
After pur-
some distance we marched back
arrived the
following day to the steamer at Nga-thaing-ghyoung,
place I remained one day,
to
same evening, and returned the
making arrangements
which
at
for the settle-
ment of the country from whence we had driven the Burmese

troops,
and on the morning of the 2nd returned
we arrived
7.
to Bassein,
Immediately the Burmese forces were dispersed, the whole
country turned out against them.
I offered
a reward of one viss
of silver for the capture of the Meng-gyee, and think
bable that he will be brought
At any
completely destroyed, and
district is
remain here, but endeavour to
results of
my
first
and he
in this
escape to Upper Ava, by
Yoma-doung
range.
expedition, reported to
out everything that could be wished.

there have
sites
shot,
power
you in
my
your address, dated the fourteenth ultimo, have turned
letter to
coming
rate, his
not impro-
not captured he will not
effect his
jungle road, which leads under the
The
if
it
was
as his horse
in,
escaped on foot to the jungle.
8.
where
3rd instant.
this day, the
in
been able
The men whom I appointed
to hold their ground,
from the jungles and quietly
of the villages.
and the people are
settling
down on
have no doubt that the
present expedition, which has completely destroyed

fluence in this district, will be equally favourable.
influence are
now coming forward
portion of the district, which before

to accept.
with the feelings
and become
of the
Burmese
Many men
in-
of
for
appointment in the upper
we
started I could get
have also seen a large portion of
the late expeditions,
the old
effect
my
no one
district
during
to a certain extent acquainted
of the inhabitants, and I shall not
now be
working entirely in the dark in making arrangements for the

settlement of the country.
9.
Nothing could have exceeded the admirable arrangements
made by Captain Rennie, commanding H.C.S.F. Zenobia throughout the whole expedition, who was most ably seconded by Captain
Goodwin, of H.M.'s steamer Nemesis, 2nd Lieutenant Aylesbury,
of the Zenobia, Mr. Baker, 1st officer of the Nemesis, and Lieu-
Q 2
228
who
acted as a volun-
and commanded the guns.
The endurance
tenant Manderson, of the Bengal Artillery,

teer with the force,
of the boats' crews was most surprising, and the cheerfulness with
which they performed forced marches and other duties they were
unaccustomed
not
fail
to, call for
to bring the
the highest praise,
conduct of
all
and
hope you
will
concerned before the notice of
Government.
From C. Allen, Esquire, Secretary to the Government of India, to

Major Phayre, Commissioner and Governor- General's Agent
in Pegu, dated
I
Fort William, the igth March, 1853.
have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your two
despatches, dated respectively the 19th ultimo, No. 18, and 10th
instant,
attack
late
No.
24, enclosing
Captain Fytche's reports of a successful
upon bands of marauders, and of an expedition
Burmese Governor of the Bassein
2.
In reply,
am
directed by the
against the
District.
Most Noble
the Governor-
General of India in Council to observe that the services reported

in these
two despatches, especially against the Meng-gyee, near
Bassein, reflect the greatest credit on

prise,
all
concerned.
The
enter-
judgment, and gallantry conspicuous in the conduct of
Captain Fytche, the Deputy Commissioner, are highly honourable

to him, while the excellent spirit with which all
who were engaged
carried on the joint duties of the expedition are worthy of

3.
On
a report from His Excellency
Government has already conveyed
its
mander Rennie, and those who served with him, and

I
am
all praise.
Commodore Lambert, the

acknowledgments to Comit
has now,
desired to state, to offer to Captain Fytche the special
thanks of the Governor-General of India in
Council for his
conduct as reported on the present occasion, and to express' his
warm approbation
of that
officer's
proceedings, as well as of the
conduct of Captain Goodwin (of the Nemesis), Mr. 'Baker, and
Mr. Manderson, who accompanied him.

I
am
His Lordship
in Council,
desired to state, anticipates the best consequences from
these spirited and skilful proceedings.
APPENDIX
B.
229
From Major Phayre, Commissioner and Governor- General's Agent
Government of
Allen, Esquire, Secretary to the
in Pegu, to
C.
India, dated
Pro me, 19th April, 1853.
have the honour to forward for the information of the Most
Noble the Governor-General of India
in
Council, copy of a
my
despatch, No. 43, dated 26th March, 1853, to
address from
Captain Fytche, Deputy Commissioner of Bassein, reporting the
Com-
proceedings of the force of seamen and marines, under
mander Rennie,
I.N.,
and of the native
co-operation with the attacks
made by
John Cheape, K.C.B., during
last
under himself, in
levies
the detachment under Sir
March, upon the bandit chief
The
Myat-htoon, in the neighbourhood of Donabew.
under
force
Captain Fytche was employed in a very arduous service, and

feel
Sir
assured rendered essential aid to the general operations under
John Cheape.
I trust that
bandit chief by Captain Fytche
From Lieutenant A.
Fytche,
the people sent in pursuit of the
may
yet capture him.
Deputy
Commissioner, Bassein,
to
Captain A. P. Phayre, Commissioner and Governor- General'''s

Agent, Pegu, No. 43, dated Bassein, the 26th March, T853.
I
have the honour to inform you that about midday of the
25 th ultimo I received a communication from the Goung-gyok of
Lemena
that a large British force
had arrived
at
Heng-tha-da
from Prome to attack the Talaing chief Myat-htoon in his stronghold at Kywn-ka-dzeng, and
place on the
received
officer
no
commenced
evening of the
intimation, official
that a force
their
22nd ultimo.
or
three days'
at
it
had
any British
was being moved against Myat-htoon, the
whom
considerable
be placed, and knowing Heng-tha-da to be only
march from the enemy's
once upon
for that
Although
otherwise, from
information coming from a Burmese chief in

reliance could
march
and proceed myself,
position, I
in
determined to act
company with such
force
23o
commanding
as the naval officer
in the Bassein river could furnish
(any aid from the military garrison at Bassein being hopeless, as
had been
officially
man
informed that not a single
should be
detached from that post without an order from General Godwin),

raise the country in Myat-htoon's rear, to cut off his retreat
and
when
attacked, or co-operate with Sir
cumstances might point out as most

I
2.
Cheape's force, as
cir-
accordingly placed myself in communication with Captain
Rennie, the senior naval
my
into
J.
fit.
views,
and
officer here,
who
entered most cordially
at 2 p.m. of the 26th ultimo
we proceeded up
the Bassein river in H.M.'s steamer Nemesis, with the boats of
H.C.'s steamer Zenobia in tow, and anchored at 8 a.m. at Kang-
gyee-doung in the Dugga creek, which was as
We
could proceed in that direction.
advanced
in
Kyoung-gon
far as the
steamer
the Nemesis here, and
up the Dugga creek, and arrived
boats
the
left
at 8 a.m. of the following morning,
at
where we found
a note from Captain Smith, the Deputy Commissioner of Tharawah
and
Political Officer with Sir J.
Cheape, dated the 25th ultimo,
informing us of the arrival of the force at Khai-boung, within one
march of Kywn-ka-dzeng.
day's
ments
for
a native force which
to close the
Wet-Khyoung
hastened forward
had ordered
to
my arrange-
be collected here,
road, leading from this
on the enemy's
position,
and pushed on
and
Tounglo the main body of our Burmese and Karen
at
auxiliaries
in the evening to Eng-ye', at
had been directed
to assemble.
On
which place
the morning of
the 28th ultimo a note arrived from Captain Smith, dated 27th
ultimo, stating that Sir
to
J.
Cheape " had made a
flank
the westward," which might delay his advance.
from the direction
in
which
Sir J.
Cheape marched,
movement
Knowing,
that he could
not be more at any time than one day or two easy day's march
from the enemy,
informed him in reply that we would advance
on Myat-htoon's position by three roads on the 2nd

letter,
instant (this
however, does not appear to have reached him).
All our
preparations being completed by the evening of the 1st instant,
we advanced on
consisting of 90
the
morning of the 2nd
instant, the
seamen and marines, with four small
Europeans
field-pieces,
APPENDIX
B.
231
and a native force of 1,200 men, marching on the centre road,
and two detachments under the command of the Goung-gyokes

of
Lemena and Kyoung-kon,
the former with 500
men and
latter with 300, marching by the roads on our right and
annexed), our base of operations
(ztWe sketch
We
12 miles.
left
extending about
only marched four miles that day, driving in en
route an outpost of Myat-htoon's consisting of about 100
and bivouacked
hear the welcome sound of
mation whatever of
no
beyond the
resistance
3rd,
at his strongly-entrenched position
tion,
fire
we determined on advancing.
was opened upon
us.
we advanced,
on the
which was occupied in great
heavy
but imagining that
was met with on our march, the enemy
retreating from their breastworks as
lake,
force,
our immediate vicinity, and that his attack could not
in
possibly be delayed
Little or
John Cheape's movements, or to

Having received no infor-
his guns.
John Cheape's
Sir
men,
hoping to
in the large plain of Tho-gyo-pyeet,
receive further information of Sir
he must be
the
flanks
left
force,
until
our arrival
bank of the Dunan
and from which a very
Having got our guns
however, and lined the banks with musketry,
into posi-
we kept down
their fire
somewhat, and parties being pushed across the lake to
the right
and
when they
left,
turned the flanks of the enemy's entrenchments,
fled in the greatest confusion, leaving
behind them a
nine-pounder carronade, 3 brass jingals of large calibre,

muskets.
We
came
and 32
to a determination to halt in the enemy's
works that day, and push on to Myat-htoon's position, from which
we were only
self,
miles distant, the next morning.
Myat-htoon him-
however, with the whole of his forces, came
us at half-past 4 p.m.
and our native
down
to attack
force having fired
away
the whole of their ammunition by daybreak (the attack extending

to that period),
thought
it
and hearing nothing of
advisable to
The enemy, from

perfect order in
make
Sir
a retrograde
John Cheape's force, we

movement to our boats.
the severe treatment they
which we
retired, did
had
received,
movement, and we reached the boats without the

European.
well,
The
native auxiliaries,
and protected our
flanks
when
and the
not attempt to arrest our

loss of a single
who behaved uncommonly

recrossing the guns, suffered,
232
am
and
sorry to say, a loss of eleven killed
The enemy's
and a
killed
loss I
large
several
wounded.
have since ascertained to have been forty
number wounded.
Nothing of any consequence occurred up to the 12 th
3.
when we moved
to A-toung, at
and from whence a good road leads
fordable,
instant,
which place the Dugga creek
is
to Myat-htoon's
We here heard from Captain Smith that Sir John

Cheape had made another retrograde movement, and we were
On
advised if we thought necessary to take up another position.
position.
sounding the feelings of the natives, who were very much
dis-
heartened by the delay that had taken place in the attack on
Myat-htoon,
found that
if
we
retreated the whole of the people
in that part of the country, as also
own
own
native force, would lose
some portion
protection go over to Myat-htoon,
would be
influence
at least
actually of
my
confidence in us, and for their
all
and
that his
doubled thereby.
power and
I therefore
resolved
to hold our position at all hazards, informed Captain Smith of the
and our own
feelings of the natives
urged the
necessity
received information that Sir
ground on
that date,
following morning.
also to advance,
way
half
resolve,
of an early advance.
J.
On
we
Cheape would decidedly break
and march upon Myat-htoon's position the
On
receiving this information
we determined
and marched from A-toung on the 18th and halted
At 8 p.m. we
at Ain-gyee.
the following
morning we pushed on
on reaching which we found
Sir J.
guns as a
fired three
which was returned by three rockets from
On
and most strongly

the 17 th instant
Sir J.
to the
signal,
Cheape's camp.
enemy's position,
Cheape's advanced guard had
We
arrived about twenty minutes before us.
experienced
little
opposition on our route, our flanking parties turning the breast-
works wherever we encountered them, when the enemy invariably

retreated.
The
works, however, were none of them occupied in
strength, the greater part of their defenders having
to oppose Sir
dzeng
until half-past
turned out of
halt at
John Cheape's
it
force.
We
p.m. of the 22nd,
I sent
out
at
Kywn-ka-
when we were
by the place accidentally taking
Kywn-ka-dzeng
been withdrawn
remained
my native
fire.
abruptly
During the
forces in all directions
APPENDIX
down
number of tools
that
233
They came upon
of Myat-htoon.
in pursuit
occasions, shot
B.
traces on two
and recovered a
his
several of his followers,
had been taken from the Engineer Park, but
The
he himself escaped.
ordered out for only a
native force with me,
five days'
who had been
campaign, and had by
time
this
been out nearly a month, having become, moreover, gorged with

the plunder of Myat-htoon's village, were
to their
homes, and
out any longer.
my
presence
found
it
to return
returned with them to Bassein, where
I therefore
was much
most anxious
hopeless to attempt to keep them
required,
and ordered up the Goung-
gyoks of Pan-ta-naw, Shwe-lon and Kyeng-gon, with their people,

to pursue Myat-htoon,
and have every hope that they
mately succeed to bring him
in.
Myat-htoon
is,
acquainted with the deep forest country, to which he has
some time
will
probably elapse before he
too, are ignorant of the jungles in
therefore
who had been
came
in
these
returned at
fall
once to
their
5.
tion
and two brass
cannot conclude
families
homes, and appeared to be
hundred muskets were given up by them
brass gun,
Between three and

to
me, one 2-pounder
jingals.
this letter
without expressing
my
admira-
throughout the whole expedition of the conduct of
mander Rennie,
1st
Mr. Baker,
frigate Zenebia,
of every officer
I.N.,
he
driven from the surrounding country;
delighted to escape from Myat-htoon's sway.

four
into our hands.
Kywn-ka-dzeng about 5,000
at
people,
from the side of Donabew,
&c, when he must
During our stay
4.
and
fled,
My
taken.
which he has taken refuge
should be pursued also
Dza-lon, Yeng-don,
is
will ulti-
however, well
Com-
Lieutenant Selby of the H.C. steam

1st officer
of the Nemesis
and indeed
and man who accompanied the expedition; nothing
could have exceeded the cheerfulness with which they performed
long marches and other duties they were unaccustomed

I
hope you
will
Government.
not
fail
to bring their
to,
and
conduct to the notice of
234
From C Allen, Esquire, Secretary to the Government of India, to

Major Phayre, Commissioner and Governor- GeneraPs Agent
in Pegu, dated Fort William, $th May, 1853.
have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your despatch,
No. 31, dated 19th ultimo, forwarding a report of Captain Fytche's

proceedings in co-operation with the force of Brigadier-General
Cheape, against Myat-htoon, in the neighbourhood of Donabew.

In reply,
am
directed to request that you will
Captain Fytche the
and the
full
satisfaction with
which
it
am
who
acted with him
In the event of Myat-htoon being captured,
this occasion.
to
has viewed the spirited and
persevering conduct of himself and of those
on
communicate
approbation of the Government of India,
directed to request that you will take special orders regarding
man
him.
His Lordship
officer
of the Burmese Government, and consequently
than a robber
in
and
is
aware that
But the magnitude of
chief.
tracted defence,
Council
soldierly
conduct forbid
this
his
is
is
not an
no better
force, his pro-
his being
ranked as
a mere dacoit, and require some special treatment.
From Major A.
Fytche,
to
Captain
Phayre, Commissioner and Governor-General's Agent in Pegu,
Rangoon, No. 29, Judicial, dated Bassein, iSth February, 1854.

In continuation of
your address,
ist
1
Madras
my
letter
11,
of 22nd January
my
Fusiliers.
last,
intention stated therein, I
Bat. Major.
Assistant Surgeon.
the rebels on
ou t against
g
cor oraS"
of the 2 3 r(* u
20 Privates.
about
igtkM.N./.
No.
to
have the honour to inform you that agreeably to
^ m0
a.m.
>
trie
moved
morning
leaving in boats
with a force as per
margin, and 400 of the inhabitants
Native Commissioned Officers.
f the
Non-Commissioned Officers.
6
,,
45 Sepoys.
me
COUntrV
J
against the
who had
acted with
Burmese troops and
marauders on former occasions.

2.
at
We moved
Taboo
village,
up the
river all that day,
anchoring for the night
proceeded on our journey next morning
at day-
and arrived
break,
at
APPENDIX
B.
Keintalee about
Information that
a.m.
depend upon here reached
I could strictly
235
me
that the rebels were
marching down on Bassein by both banks of the
men were
of about 300
right
river, that
a force
above us on the
at Phura-gyee, ten miles
bank, and that Nga-tha-oo, the Pe'neng of Ye'gyee, with
800 men, and another force under the dacoit chief Hla-bau, consisting of
about 300 men, a short distance in his
bank.
left
destroy
possible,
it if
rear,
were on the
determined to attack the smaller force
and then move against the
the opposite bank, to gain correct information in the
whose movements and intended halting-place
first,
and
larger force
on
meantime of
for the night,
despatched scouts.
3.
the
main road from Keintalee
the
left
marched by a
circuitous route, with
hope of being able
which
to
I
Phura-gyee, and
was acquainted,
surprise the rebels, requesting
to
Barker to move up the river at the same time with the boats.
arrived at Phura-gyee at 5
but the
p.m.,
rebels
in
Major
I
had obtained
information of our movements, and retreated on their head-quarters

at
Nga-thaing-khyoung.
4.
The
spies
whom
had despatched from Keintalee to gain
information returned during the night, and stated that Nga-tha-00
had halted
in a large plain called Mug-gay-la-ha,
at a small village five miles in his rear.
down immediately
rebel
Hla-bau resting
dropped the boats
to Byan-gyee village, about five miles from the
encampment, and half an hour before daybreak disembarked
the whole of
Madras
my Burmese
Fusiliers,
and
Arrived there
tha-oo's position.
twelve
auxiliaries,
thirty-two sepoys,
I
men
of the
1st
and marched upon Nga
detached 100 picked Burmese
when they heard us

About 6 a.m. my advance
with orders to watch Hla-bau's force, and
open
fire,
to
fall
upon and
attack
it.
guard came in sight of the hostile force, and drove in their

pickets,
open
on which the main body moved out and drew up
plain.
The
rebel chief, Nga-tha-oo,
in the centre of his

scarlet.
men, himself and body-guard being dressed
formed the troops
centre, supported
in the
was most conspicuous
on each
in line,
flank
European and sepoys
by the Burmese
in
in the
auxiliaries,
and
236
We
marched down upon them.

each to turn our
had reached within half a mile
when they detached
of the rebel line
flanks.
parties of
we advanced, and then
order to meet them and cover our flanks as
making a dash
at the rebels' centre, firing a volley
Our
with the bayonet.
broke and
some 200 men
extended the Burmese in skirmishing
Nga-tha-oo,
fled.
and charging
was very feebly returned, and they
fire
who appeared
to
handle his
men
very ably, contrived, however, to keep a large body of them
and
together,
to
their retreat
was very
orderly.
despatched a note
Major Barker informing him of our success, and requested
him
to
move up
the river to Nga-thaing-khyoung (the head-quarters
of the rebels) with the remainder of the force, where I would
meet him the following morning about

the pursuit for thirty miles to
houses),
Pandaw
on which they had retreated
on our approach, and we occupied
it
a.m.
then urged on
(a large village of 1,500
the place was evacuated
During the
for the night.
night the village was surrounded by Shwe-too (the person
who had
proclaimed himself Viceroy in the province) with a force of 800
men, who, on hearing of our approach, had moved out from Nga-
Our
thaing-khyoung to form a junction with Nga-tha-oo.

kept them off during the night, and at daybreak
The
against them.
the village,
rebels
had taken up a position
and were drawn up
on groves of mango
trees,
and
the regular portion of the force
auxiliaries drove the skirmishers out of their cover,
where the rebels stood a few

fled before the bayonet.
The
advanced by the open
volleys, but ultimately
struggle
to hand,
and perished
some
plain,
broke and
was a very close one, and
one of the principal rebel leaders * sought
out
head of
in a plain, with their flanks resting
Burmese
rebels for
at the
and low bushes lined with skirmishers.
My
hand
pickets
moved
in the struggle.
me
out,
engaged
me
After pursuing the
distance, inflicting a considerable loss
upon them,
tall, muscular man.

He was supposed to be
charms which had been tattooed on his body ;
and from plates of thin gold with mystic characters on them, that had been inserted under his skin.
These latter were afterwards taken from his body and
brought to me.
Shan
invulnerable,
chief,
owing
and a very
to certain
APPENDIX
and taking a number of
khyoung, which
prisoners,
reached at
B.
marched
my
pletely defeated
found that the large town of
Doung-gyee on the opposite bank of the
down
the day before
person
who had proclaimed
my Myo-ok
and
rebels),
had been burnt
river
a fight between Kyau-dzan-hla
in
in as a prisoner.
At Nga-thaing-khyoung
5.
that
who had been com-
force to attack Hla-bau,
and brought
Burmese
the
Barker, according to appointment, as also
detached from
Nga-thaing-
for
and there found Major
a.m.,
237
(the
himself commander-in-chief of the
The
of Lemena.
latter
had attacked
the rebels with 900 men, but was totally defeated with great loss,
and Kyau-dzan-hla was

if I
moved
at
in pursuit of him.
still
(with which I was intimately acquainted),
take
him by
It struck
me
that
once by the route which Kyau-dzan-hla had taken
and
surprise,
it
was possible
might
applied to Major Barker for the
portion of the force that had just arrived by the boats, and started
off at once, putting the
to
keep them fresh
men
in the light riding carts of the country
for the attack.
We
of ground before nightfall, halting at
morning
covered twenty-five miles
Ke-khoo
at daylight started again in pursuit.
village,
Every
and next
village
on
our route had been entered and plundered by the rebels, the
inhabitants deserting their houses,
numbers of them joined us and
we met
several villagers
escape from the rebels.
and concealing themselves
in
They came out on our approach, and
the neighbouring jungles.
fell
On the advance
in in our rear.
who had been carried off and made their

They informed me that it was the intention
of Kyau-dzan-hla to halt at Lay-dan-nay village in a grove of
mango
trees,
where they would
arrive about
p.m.
On
approach-
ing Lay-dan-nay I halted, and sent forward scouts to reconnoitre,
who returned and
reported that the rebels had halted totally un-
conscious of our being near them.

6.
Lay-dan-nay village
is
situated close under the
range, from which a spur runs
exception the whole country

off the retreat of the
is
down
Yumatoimg
to the village
one open
plain.
with this
In order to cut
rebels to the jungle, I turned off the road
and marched down by the spur on the
village.
The
surprise was
238
complete
we
upon them
fell
whilst eating their food
muskets were snatched up and
at
fired
a few
random, and then the
whole force broke and ran, most of them leaving their arms
They were
behind them.
hotly pursued
by
my Burmese auxiliaries
villagers, who did dreadful execution amongst

The commander-in-chief escaped on horseback, accomThey were pursued for a distance of
panied by his secretary.
and the exasperated

them.
twenty-five
Bassein
bank.
miles
to
Kyouk-ywa, where they plunged into the
and were captured while ascending the opposite

By this time I was thoroughly exhausted with fatigue,
river,
having had no sleep for four nights, and was unable to accompany
my men
in their pursuit of the rebels,
many,
am
afraid,
hung
in
my
being killed who ought to have been brought
were so maddened at the manner in which they
rear,
treated, that they
7.
The
gave no quarter.
a large amount of booty in
and cupidity
fearfully cut up,
But the Burmese, more especially those who had
in as prisoners.
had been
who were
rebels
and gold upon
silver
as well as revenge doubtless urged
on the
for the
which had been burnt to the ground by the
day and the next
to recall
also
pursuit.
I was joined that night at Lay-dan-nay by the
Myo-ok, and marched next morning
had
their persons,
Lemena
town of Lemena,
I halted that
rebels.
and give confidence
to the people of
the place, and then marched back to Nga-thaing-khyoung, and
remained there
until joined
by
my new
Dangerfield, on the 6th instant,
when
reached on the 8th instant, and
left
assistant,
which
met the
forcement of troops that had been sent from Rangoon.
had an engagement there with the

and the
again next morning for the
At Myoung-mya-myo
lower part of the district
Lieutenant
I left for Bassein,
rebels,
whom
rein-
They
they defeated,
chief ringleader in that part of the country, Nga-tee-hlwot,
had been pursued and
killed
ham, 26th M.N.I., was
in
by the Karens.
command
of the
Lieutenant Shuld-
detachment, and
appears to have displayed great judgment and gallantry.
He
has, I believe, despatched a report of the affair to the general
commanding
the division, a copy of which you will doubtless be
furnished with.
No
troops accompanied
me
to
Myoung-mya-myo,
APPENDIX
and those
found there
tion of 20 sepoys
took on with
the
to Pantanau.
left
and arrived
quiet there,
I
for Bassein, visiting
at the station this day,
8th instant.
This rebellion has been secretly brewing
8.
all
returned to the place.
all
Pantanau one day and then
at
the different villages en route,
me
and found
instant,
and that the people had almost

remained
239
despatched to Basscin, with the excep-
whom
Pantanau on the 13th
arrived at
B.
Various rumours reached
months.
me
for the last three
from time to time con-
cerning the same, and during the above period I twice despatched
the gunboats of the Neniesis through the different creeks in the
upper portion of the
had
been
I not
tied
down by
three departments of
assistant
9.
my
re-
the heavy press of arrears in the
office at the
being removed in December
The
was
all
have proceeded into the interior myself
I should
ported quiet.
my
on one occasion of which
district,
Captain Grant, accompanied them, but
assistant,
Sudder
Station,
my
only
last.
chief leaders of the rebellion are Shwe-too, Kyau-dzan-
and a Buddhist priest. The two former had

from Ava, and showed " royal warrants " to the
hla, Nga-tha-oo,
lately returned
people,
proclaiming
Kanoung-Meng
they
that
had
(the heir apparent),
been
appointed
by the
one the Viceroy of the Pro-
vince and the other Commander-in-Chief, with orders to drive

it.
They
number of desperate characters about them
from the borders of this district and Sarawah, and made a dash
the English out of the country and take possession of

gradually assembled a
upon, and took possession
upper portion of the

numbers.
the
of,
district,
the three principal towns in the
where they were joined by large
Nga-tha-00 was formerly Pe'neng of Ye-gyee under
Burmese
rule.
He
fled to
Ava on our
the country, but returned about six
on
parole.
district for
The Buddhist
some
been concocted
years.
months ago and was
priest has
The whole
in his monastery,
taking possession of
at large
been an inhabitant of
conspiracy
and he
is
is
this
said to have
stated to have given
the " leaders of the rebellion charms," and, from his " knowledge
of the stars, to have informed
them of the auspicious time of the
2 4o
He
breaking out of the rebellion."
also furnished
the
Com-
mander-in-Chief with a " very sacred idol," on which to swear his
The
followers.
priest is said (with
a near connection of the present

rants "
(which
what
truth I cannot say) to be
King of Ava.
The
" royal war-
though the people say they
I believe are forgeries,
are genuine), together with a large portion of their correspondence,
have
fallen into
10.
The
my
rebels
hands.
have been completely over-reached
their
in
own peculiar warfare, and the outbreak is completely crushed.

Our marches, which I was able to effect with great rapidity from
a knowledge of the country, gained in former expeditions, found
them unprepared, and prevented them from stockading them"

selves, or
combining
stances allowed
me
to
attack
the small force which circum-
The commander-in-
to bring into the field.
chief of the rebellion, the high priest, and most of the inferior
leaders have been either killed or captured.
The Viceroy and
Nga-tha-oo are the only persons of note at present at

they, too, I have reason to hope, will
From
days.
in
in a
jungle, with only
two or three
followers,
and
it
of these rebels a large number of them were cut
down by
own countrymen who accompanied me.
to
means did not
civilised
men, accustomed
severity
is
the wisest
to violence
day's respite.
have
recommend
to
law
is
left
at
epoys
'
half-
for a
is
policy.
assistant appointed to this
detachment of troops
for
Office,
"-"gin.
applied to
Nga-thaing-khyoung,
and he has furnished a

'
Among
Nga-thaing-khyoung, and would strongly
Ensign
i^NSSSSrf
45
and executing
long established and general, and
and most merciful
that he be permanently posted there.
Major Barker
x
their
be regretted
and bloodshed, a degree of
n. Lieutenant Dangerfield, the new

I
it is
required far beyond what will suffice in a country
where submission
district,
But
exist for trying the ringleaders,
some of them on the spot without a
was
In the defeat and pursuit
supposed that they could not escape.
much
few
the last accounts I received, they were surrounded
some heavy
that
and
large,
be apprehended
force as per
Lieutenant Dangerfield also
brought over with him half a company
APPENDIX
of the 10th B. N.
two companies.
This force should,
I.
B.
241
be increased
I think,
to
have several times recommended one assistant

Nga-thaing-khyoung
being stationed at
one,
should be
too,
stationed at the other extremity of the district at Shwe-long or
Pantanau, also with a small detachment of troops, and this isolated

district
should never be
not be forwarded to
on the 14th January could
Rangoon from Bassein before
and then only by a chance opportunity by sea
Rangoon by the creeks
tion with
an occasion of
During the Burmese Government
12.
into eleven divisions
hundred armed
into the
Ava
officers
retainers.
territories,
and fishermen
at large, without
would be on
this district
was divided
had under them from three
to six
portion of these retainers have gone
a few have turned cultivators of the soil
any means of honest livelihood, and
who form
the bands
disturbed
state.
their
(2)
Peons
authority
them
they
in place of these large
(the only police in the country),
to
an
extent which, contrasted
with the power exercised by the Pe'nengs,
mese Government, renders them

the
rebellion
Myo-ok amongst them
make any head
is
The Pe'nengs and Myo-thoo-gyees we have
bands of retainers two
When
it
of " dacoits," and keep the country in a
replaced by Goung-gyops, and given
people.
it
off.
the remainder, by far the greater proportion, are
and curtailed
our communica-
under Pe'nengs, and three under Myo-thoo-
Each of these
gyees.
the 7th February,
(as I predicted
having been cut
this kind)
My
without at least one steamer.
left
report of the rebellion which broke out
against
(the
the
&c, under
the Bur-
ridiculous in the eyes of the
broke
out,
there
was only one
Myo-ok of Lemena) who could

insurgents
the remainder either
concealed themselves in the jungle or fled into Bassein.
Could
not an irregular corps for police purposes be raised to absorb

these old retainers of the Pe'nengs ?
If
one was ordered to be
raised for this district, provided that strict military discipline
not at
6 or
first
was
enforced, but introduced by degrees, I could guarantee
800 men, who would in a few months be an over-match for
the " dacoits," or any troops that the
Burmese Government could
bring against them.

VOL.
11.
242
By accounts which have reached me on my return to

down again quietly
13.
Bassein, I learned that the people are settling
Such disturbances were of common occurrence

when any Pe'neng could make war on
in their villages.
during the Burmese rule,
The
the other.
rebellion has necessarily unsettled the
minds of
the people, but from the anarchy formerly prevailing under the
Native Government, not so
No
great loss in revenue
much
will, I
as
would generally be supposed.
No
hope, be experienced.
grain
whatever has been destroyed.
From J. P. Grant, Esquire, Secretary to the Government of India,

to Major Phayre, Commissioner and Governor-Generates Agent
in Pegu,
No. 41, dated Fort William, the iSlh March, 1854.
With reference
the despatch
to
your address from Major
to
Fytche, Deputy Commissioner of Bassein, No. 29, dated the 18th

ultimo, reporting the particulars of the rebellion which has taken
place
in that
district,
am
directed
by the Most Noble the
Governor-General of India in Council to communicate to you the

following sentiments of the
2.
The outbreak
who have
it
lately arrived
Government thereon.
appears has been excited by two persons,
from Ava, and by a Buddhist
priest.
The
two persons displayed commissions, which purported to appoint
them respectively Viceroy and Commander-in-Chief
in Bassein.
These commissions, though regarded as genuine by the people,

are considered to be forgeries
3.
by the Deputy-Commissioner.
Major Fytche, with a very small
and
force of regular troops
a levy of Burmese, moved out against these insurgents, and after

several affairs, completely dispersed their followers, of
many were
Some
destroyed by the villagers.
been taken, the
rest are surrounded,
and
whom
very
of the leaders have
it is
expected
will
be
captured also.
4.
Much
praise
is
due
to Captain
Fytche
for the promptitude,
judgment, and personal gallantry with which he has met and put
down
the serious outbreak which has disturbed his district.
The
APPENDIX
B.
243
Governor-General of India in Council desires to
acknowledgment of the
qualities
him
offer to
this
he has shown, and of the service
he has rendered.
5.
Having performed
Government
agreeable duty,
this
to consider
the experience gained on this occasion,
and what measures are
be taken
to prevent, or speedily to crush,
in future.
The Deputy Commissioner has
that
power should be given him
left
to
any similar outbreaks

especially urged
to punish with
any persons taken in the act of insurrection

should never be
necessary for the
it is
what lessons are to be deduced from
prompt
1st,
severity
2nd, that Bassein
without a steamer and gunboats
3rd, that
an armed police should be sanctioned.

6.
The Governor-General concurs
ing that
power should be given
with Major Fytche in think-
prompt
to punish with
any person taken in the act of insurrection.
severity
Power was
last
year
given to you to execute such sentences without the delay of a
The Honourable Court approved of

would now require that a
reference to Government.
these orders.
similar
The same
principle
power should be given
the case of
all
armed insurrection
will often, as in
to the
Deputy Commissioner
in
persons convicted of participation in open and

;
because your necessary distance and absence
the present instance, create as
much
delay as a
reference to Government.
7.
Evils which involve plunder
be wise
for the
and bloodshed require
The Governor-General
and sharp remedies.
8.
it
swift
would
Government, and merciful in the end, to entrust
the power of administering such remedies to

sioner in Pegu,
thinks that
Major Fytche,
The recommendation
Bassein should never be
of the
left
its
Deputy Commis-
at all events for the present.
Deputy Commissioner
without a steamer,
is,
that
in the opinion
of His Lordship in Council, a very reasonable
and proper one.
The Nemesis, whose

Rangoon. The reason
under repair at
station
no
substitute in her
demand
his
is
at
Bassein,
is
Lordship in Council apprehends
why
place was sent to Bassein was the great
for steamers in the Irawadi,
troops, the loss of the
Medusa, &c.
by reason of the
But undoubtedly
relief of
it
should
244
be a general rule that Bassein, an isolated position, should never
be
Her
without a steamer.
left
boats will always serve as gun-
Besides these, the boat or boats attached to the European
boats.
troops in garrison at Bassein will be fitted each with a 12-pounder

howitzer.
The Governor-General
9.
should be
in
Council proceeds
Major Fytche,
to the recommendation of
now
to advert
corps
that a police
The Government is of course desirous to

new province. But a necessary out-
raised.
observe due economy in the
lay for the preservation of peace,
and property,
and
economy.
truest
and
person
for the security of
in the first beginning of our authority,
is
the best
The Governor-General in Council is quite

embodiment for the present of
ready, therefore, to sanction the
600 armed police
nth
in the Bassein district to obviate the necessity
detachments of regular troops which are detailed
for those
Major Fytche's despatch.
para, of
His Lordship
in
authorises you to give effect to this measure at once, or
should
still
missioner
veyed.
be absent on the northern
is
frontier, the
in the
Council
if
you
Deputy-Com-
authorised to act upon the permission herein con-
copy of
this
communication
will
be sent to Major
Fytche.
From Major A.
in
Pegu,
Fytche,
A. P. P/iayre,
Captain
to
Commissioner and. GovernorT GeneraV s Agent
Rangoon, No.
263, Judicial,
dated Bassein,
$th
August, 1854.
In continuation of
the 7th ultimo,
corps
my
last letter
to
your address No. 215, of
have the honour to inform you that the police
ordered to be raised in the Bassein
district,
authority of Government, conveyed in letter No.
under the
2,090, dated
loth May, 1854, from the Secretary to the Government of India,
Foreign Department, to your address,

I
is
now complete
in
men.
have deferred appointing the whole of the commissioned and
non-commissioned
those
who
officers,
turn out the
waiting to choose the remainder from
most
intelligent
and smart on
trial.
APPENDIX
commenced raising
A large number
2.
B.
245
the corps in June
and the corps could have been completed

from policy,
rejected,
men
The
last.
service
is
of candidates appeared for enlistment,
popular.
month, but
that
with settled employment, being anxious
absorb those that had been in employ, or were professional
to
dacoits
and robbers under the Burmese
would never
still
rule,
the majority of
purchased or otherwise disposed
men now
who brought in
One of
enlistment.
ence,
active chiefs
About
of.
appointed,
officers already
large
bands of
these,
men
their followers with
instance,
for
three-fourths of
and the commissioned
enlisted are of this stamp,
and non-commissioned
and dispersion of
and be turned
commencement.
band
his
at
to
But
good account,
time in drilling and disciplining them.

peculiar course of discipline,
be taught
that I
distinctive
who have
title
and
be appointed
for the present to
punishments.
an
to the country,
under con-
fall
properly handled at the
if
management
their
to the final
Kywn-ka-dzeng.
for
some time
would
Such material requires a

re-
commandant, and that they
me
alone for their rewards and
recommend
that the corps
Many
name, such as Bassein Rangers.

joined are of true Burmese
has great weight with them,
come
leisure
would, with due deference,
their
look to
also
to
my
be a source of anxiety,* and demand the whole of
commend
for
was one of the most
3. This absorption will be a very great relief

and these " Ishmaelites of Society " will gradually
trol,
of influ-
them
under Myat-htoon, and he has brought in with him
some eighty picked men, who were with Myat-htoon up

defeat
will
whom
any honest means of livelihood, but
to
continue the practice of extortion and robbery for subsistence,
until
the
down
settle
spirit
had some
of the chiefs
an empty name or
and would tend much
to establish
esprit de corps.
4.
corps.
enclose herewith a sketch of the uniform I propose for the
The
others, is
cloth
American
shown on the
drill
private,
dyed with
indigo,
commissioned and non-commissioned

* I
have already had to flog and imprison 3
3 for theft.
and pantaloons of the
and the jackets of the
officers,
men
for
dark broadcloth.
highway robbery and
246
The helmet
and composed of
a Burmese pattern,
is
leather
covered with theet-tsee (the bright black varnish of the country).

Until these are
made
worn
up, I propose a red turban to be
{vide
margin of sketch). The scarf shown across the breast of the

private in heavy marching order is the Burmese tsoung, or sheet
in
up
Wrapped
which the Burmese cover themselves while sleeping.

in this
and suspended
back
at the
will
be carried a bag (shaped
a large sausage bag) containing four or
like
Clothed
an easy dress of
in
rounds each of ammunition
some
this description,
in
pouch, they
days'
food.
and carrying
thirty
will
five
be able to march
a day, and no baggage or commissariat
thirty or forty miles
whatever required to accompany them.

I
5.
propose that two companies of the corps be stationed at
Nga-thaing-khyoung under the Assistant Commissioner there, and
men
as soon as the
are drilled, small detachments of
them should
be distributed under the Myo-okes of the most troublesome townships,
and relieved every
more
report to you
six
months from head-quarters.
fully hereafter
on
I will
The
this subject.
detach-
ment of the 10th Bengal Native Infantry has already been withdrawn from Nga-thaing-khyoung, and the removal of the company
of the 30th Madras Native Infantry,
still
there, will, I
hope, be able to be effected within the next
Wnkh
ForSubadar....Tat-moo.
a
Ha^nd i
'
'
'
W th _g> ee
Ak at ee
Tattha
Sepahl
as per margin,
of
n0
months,
re g ukr tr00 P S
the
Bassein
district
would
recommend
'
be used
wfll leaVe
whatever detached in the interior
'
B%-v:::ffi535a*
have every
six or eight
that the
Burmese terms,
in the corps instead of the
Hindustanee
denominations.
6.
The two European non-commissioned
indispensable at present to aid
not as yet fixed upon two
men
me
for these appointments.
hope, with the assistance of the officer
ment of H.M.'s 29th Regiment
officers are absolutely
in drilling the corps.
at this
have
But
commanding the detachstation, who has written to
the head-quarters of his regiment concerning them, to be enabled

to
do so
when I will inform you of the matter,

may be taken for their being transferred.
shortly,
that steps
in order
APPENDIX
B.
247
As Deputy Commissioner of Bassein.

From G. F. Edmonstone, Esq., Secretary to the Government of India
to Major Pkayre, Commissioner and Governor- General's Agent
in Pegu, dated Fort William, 22nd September, 1854.
have received and laid before the Governor-General of India
Council your
in
letter
dated the 31st ultimo, No.
4,
forwarding
copy of a letter from Major Fytche, Deputy Commissioner of Bassein, reporting that the police corps,
district, is
complete in men.
I reply I
2.
ordered to be raised in that
am
directed by His Lordship in Council to ac-
quaint you that the rapid organisation of this corps

to the
Government, and highly creditable
is
satisfactory
to the exertions of
Major
Fytche.
Major Fytche
3.
ment from
policy,
states that
and that
he rejected
men
of settled employ-
three-fourths of the corps consist of
men who were " professional dacoits and robbers under the Burmese rule." The policy of absorbing such persons no doubt will
be effectual in some respects.
cise a very close
such as these,
them
But
it
will
be necessary to exer-
watch and a very severe control over characters
lest
the authority given
as police officers should
and the opportunity afforded
be turned to the same purposes
of extortion by which they have hitherto subsisted.

the corps
is
The
dress of
approved.
From Major Phayre, Commissioner and Governor- General*s Agent

in Pegu, to Major Fytche, Deputy Commissioner, Bassein,
dated Prome, gth February, 1854.
During the
last visit
of the Most Noble the Governor-General
of India to the Province of Pegu, I was requested to prepare a

report
my
on the conduct and
orders.
qualities of the several officers
This report having been submitted, I have
under
now been
248
directed to convey to you the approbation of His Lordship at the

efficient
manner
in
which you have conducted the duties of your

with which you have managed the
office,
and the energy and
affairs
of the country under your jurisdiction.
skill
From Major Phayre, Commissioner and Governor- General's Agent

in Pegu, to Major Fytche, Deputy Commissioner of Passein,
No. 62, dated Rangoon, fane
I
to
6th, 1855.
have much satisfaction in forwarding to you extract of
my
address, No. 73, dated the
Government of
tary to the
2nd April
is
for the year
1853-54.
and
reflect credit
"
On
of opinion that the general results of
the revenue administration, as exhibited in this report, are

factory,
His
India, containing the orders of
Lordship on your revenue statements

the whole His Lordship
letter
from the Secre-
last,
on the
district officers,
who,
it
is
satis-
clear,
have laboured under great disadvantages, and he desires that you

will express to Major Fytche, Mr. O'Riley, Captain Sparks, and
Lieutenant Ardagh,
the
manner
From G.
in
especially to the
two former, his approbation of
which they have performed
their duties.
F. Edmonstone, Esq., Secretary
India, to
to
the
Government of
Major Phayre, Commissioner and Governor- General's
Agent in Pegu, dated Fort William, 14th April, 1857.
With reference
to the letter to your address, dated nth February

from Major Fytche, Deputy Commissioner of Bassein, dated
the nth February last, No. 37 (a copy of which has been sent
last,
direct
by
that officer for the information of Government), sub-
mitting a report of the breaking out of a

district,
am
directed
Karen
rebellion in that
by the Governor-General of India
in
APPENDIX
B.
249
Council to state that the account given by Major Fytche of the
manner
in
which
been dealt with,
this
is
sudden and not contemptible outbreak has
very creditable to
all
The move-
concerned.
ments of the force at Major Fytche's disposal were planned by him

with excellent judgment and executed with great courage and perseverance.
The
2.
and endurance of the men and
exertions
officers of the
Bassein police corps deserve the marked thanks of the Governor-
General in Council, which Major Fytche should be instructed to
He
convey to Lieut. Cox and to Sergeant-Major Gorman.

also receive
3. It is
should
an entire approval of his own conduct.
to
be regretted that the leader of the rebellion has
may be, and from wherever he may come,

much power of mischief. His Lordship in
escaped, for whoever he

it is
clear that
he has
Council desires
me
Major Fytche's
letter
draw your attention
to
to
the statement in
regarding the proceedings of the King of
Ava's steamer.
4.
copy of
this letter
has been sent for the information of
Major Fytche.
From Major Phayre, Commissioner and Governor-General 's Agent

in Pegu, to Major Fytche, Deputy Commissioner of Bassein,
dated Henzadah, ip/i May, 1855.
I
have the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your
36, dated 12th instant.

state
It is
of your health renders
Europe on sick
certificate.
profoundly quiet, a
which earned
of India,
for
district
with deep regret
it
You
letter
No.
learn that the
necessary for you to proceed to

will leave the district
of Bassein
which you reduced to order in a
style
you the marked approbation of the Government
and the
distinction of an honorary reward for distin-
guished service from
Her
Majesty's Government.
shall feel
keenly the loss of your co-operation both as regards the district
250
generally
it
be
land,
and the foundation of the new
finally
city of Dalhousie, but if
determined that you must seek* health
you carry
my
From the Secretary to the Government of India to

and Governor- GeneraPs Agent in Pegu, No.
William, the Mi May, 1857.
I
have
in
your native
very best wishes for a speedy recovery.
the Commissioner
2,170, dated Fort
the honour to acknowledge the receipt of your
No. 34, dated 31st March
last,
and
its
letter,
enclosure, reporting the
occurrence of afire at Bassein, by which the Records of the Court
and Treasury were destroyed, and the Treasure defaced.

In reply
2.
am
directed to request that you will convey the
thanks of the Governor-General of India in Council to Major

Fytche, for his exertions on the occasion of this formidable conflagration at Bassein.
With reference
3.
to the loss
which Major Fytche has sustained
in the destruction of all his private property, while attempting to
save the property of Government,
you
will call
upon
am
directed to request that
that officer to submit a detailed
property destroyed, with
its
value,
showing
at the
list
of
all
the
same time what
might have been saved had not Major Fytche's attention been
wholly directed to saving the property of Government.
* Major Fytche recovered his health somewhat, and did not leave India on
sick leave at that time
wards.
but was obliged to do so two and a half years after-
APPENDIX
Prom
Public
Colonel
W. E. Baker,
******
works Department.
(Miiitary.)
B.
Secretary
to
General's
251
to
the
Government
of
*** Commissioner and Governor-
Agent
Pegu,
in
dated
Fort
William, the ôth June, 1857.
With reference to the correspondence noted

Commissioner of Pegu, No.
h
Reply No
53,
^JTdZ^ft and
April ' l8s6
in the margin, I
am
directed to forward for your information,
an
for
communication to Major Fytche,
extract
from
the
Honourable
Extract from Para. 36 of a Despatch from the Honourable the Court

of Directors to the Government of India, in the Military Department, Letter dated 10th October, 1856, No. 11. "We notice with
great satisfaction, the economical and effective measures taken by
Major Fytche, Deputy Commissioner of Bassein, in constructing the
magazine of permanent materials."
the
Mn
^^
r
f>rtnr<z
ic^LUlS,
/-
5^> Q^tcQ
April
I at
^_
proving of the economical and effective manner in which that

officer
constructed a magazine for the ammunition of the Bassein
Police Corps.
APPENDIX
C.
NARRATIVE
OF THE
MISSION TO
MANDALAY
IN
1867.
From Colonel Albert Fytche, Chief Commissioner of British Burmah

and Agent to the Governor-General, to the Secretary to the
Government of India, Foreign Department,
No.
214A., dated
Rangoon, the &th November, 1867.

I
have
the honour to forward herewith the Narrative of
my
Mission to Mandalay as Envoy from his Excellency the Viceroy
and Governor-General.
Narrative of the Mission to Mandalay in
The
party consisted of the
1867.
Envoy Colonel Fytche, Chief Com-
missioner of British Burmah, Captain Duncan, Inspector-General
of Police,
Mr. Edwards, Collector of Customs, Rangoon, the
Reverend H. W. Crofton, Chaplain of Rangoon, and the

of the Military
Escort,
viz.,
Officers
Captain Surplice, Mr. Assistant-
Surgeon Douglas, and Lieutenants Younghusband, Williams, and
Randolph, Mr. Assistant-Surgeon Douglas,

Lieutenant Rolland, Royal
Artillery,
was also of the
Artillery.
party, being
2-2 4th
Regiment, and
Captain Hannen, Royal
on leave ; and Mrs. Fytche
and Mrs. Lloyd accompanied the Mission. The escort consisted

of 72 men of all ranks of the 2-24th Regiment and 12 men of the
APPENDIX
Royal
Artillery.
The
C.
253
party was conveyed by the Steamers Nemesis
and Colonel Phayre the

y
latter
having a
flat in
tow.
Leaving Rangoon on the morning of Friday, the 20th SeptemMission reached Prome on the afternoon of the 23rd,
ber, the
and, starting early next day, passed the frontier station of
myo on
Thayet-
the 24th, anchored that evening on the frontier line about
15 miles
above Thayetmyo.
On
the 25th while proceeding
the river the engines of the Nemesis got out of order,
when
distance travelled was only about twenty miles,
up
and the
town
the
of Tsingboungway was reached, where anchor was cast for the

night.
This small town of 400 houses
Won,
of
it
or Governor of the
is
Burmese
the residence of the
frontier, that
is,
Meeaday
of that portion
which extends eastward from the Irawadi to the Tonghoo

the watershed of the Irawadi
hills,
and Sittang Rivers.
however, was not present, having gone to Menhla, as
He,
it
had
not been intended that the Mission should stop at Tsingboung-
way.
On
the 26th
got over
but
little
progress was made, and after having
about eighteen miles, the steamers anchored at dusk
opposite the pretty village of Melloon, on the

four
miles
short
of
Menhla.
left
next
Early the
bank, about
morning,
the
some of the deputation who had

been sent from Mandalay to meet the Chief Commissioner,
came to the steamers to welcome the Mission, when it was
27th,
four war-boats,
with
arranged that the Chief Commissioner should receive them at
Menhla.
Accordingly, having reached Menhla at 10
tation
was received on board the Nemesis.
been arranged and decorated with

for the reception of the visitors.
up on
flags,
a.
The
the
full
depu-
quarter-deck had
and chairs were placed
guard of honour was drawn
either side of the deck, all officers
were present in uniform,
and the scene altogether presented a handsome and
dignified
appearance, with sufficient formality to give due importance to

the occasion of the
Royal Deputies.
first
meeting of the British Envoy with the
254
The Burmese officials who came on board were the Paopa

Wondouk, the head of the Mission from Mandalay, a venerable
who bore his part with much selfWon, also from the capital,
a young intelligent Burman, who spoke English well, having been
educated in Calcutta lastly, the Ex-Won of Tsingo, an elderly
and pleasant-mannered officer of the Court, who had frequently
and
well-affected gentleman,
composure and dignity
the Padein
been employed on
He
like duties.
similarly received the first
Mission to the Court of Ava, in 1855, and had accompanied

the
Burmese Ambassadors
Calcutta
to
when they
Lord
visited
Dalhousie.
With these three
came
the capital,
Won
officials,
Won
same
man
of
and
much
manners, but
occupied the
and defended and
vigour and resolution.
rebellion
been frequently
one might
say,
between
commoner) manner than the
The
old
others
Wondouk was met
gangway by Mr. Edwards, and, followed by the other
at the
was led
officials,
up
to
the
shaking hands with him was
the
He
had consequently acquired an
quick and good-natured.
officials
in
stiff
as supercargo of the King's steamers running
easier (or,
is
much
the
until
Mandalay and Rangoon, and
right
and
stately
is
somewhat grim and
force of character.
protected the King's interests with
The Meeaday Won had
he
officer,
position during the rebellion of 1866,
employed
juris-
He
being under his orders and control.
in countenance,
manifestly a
deputed from
whole valley of the Irawadi below Mandalay,
shrewd, intelligent, and determined

severe
specially
Menhla, and the Meeaday
The Menhla Tseetkay has wide
referred to before.
diction over the
the frontier
who had been
also the Tseetkay of
Chief Commissioner,
seated
being seated alternately with
and
left.
deputation
on
his
officers
right,
and
after
the other
of the suite to the
After a friendly conversation of half an hour,

left
with
every
mark of
satisfaction
at
their
Menhla
for
more
reception.
The
officers
than a month.
remarked that they had been
at
This was in consequence of a reference to Man-
dalay being necessary, which had not been anticipated.
They
APPENDIX
said that at certain halting-places
been made and supplies

should
visit
Menhla
to
had
river preparations
and they asked
laid in,
They were
each of these.
As
that the Mission
number from
ten in
accompany the steamer
the war-boats were to
to the capital, these
stages were considered of fair length, the
much
running with
were
on the
255
Mandalay, giving an average distance between each of
fifteen miles.
river
C.
strength in parts of
altogether eight war-boats,
men, while the principal
official,
its
There
course.
each having a crew of forty

the
Wondouk, had
for
his
use a large barge, which was, however, taken in tow by the

steamer.
The town
neatly kept
of Menhla has about 700 houses, and was clean, and

the houses, however, were poorly constructed, mostly
with bamboo,
some of them with untrimmed wooden pole
but scarcely any of dressed timber.
supports,
There were a few pieces of
ordnance in a shed near the Tseetkay's house
a six-pounder brass
gun, a small iron three-pounder ship's gun apparently, and four or
small iron pieces or boat's guns, of small bore and rough
five
In the Court-house, near at hand, there were
manufacture.
seventy stand of
at the
muzzle
flint
it
muskets,
was noticed
much
out of order and
that there
damaged
was no ammunition
in
the pouches.
Pooay, or Burmese play, was going on
Chief Commissioner and his suite visited

there the
On
day, which the
and met
Burmese deputation.
the morning of the 28th, the steamers, escorted by the war-
boats, passed
upwards to Magwe, a distance of ten
impossible to reach the town

it,
all
after dinner,
itself,
miles.
It
which leaves but a narrow and shallow channel between
the eastern bank.
been
built, in
arrival of the
steamers (3
thirty or forty houses,
cactus hedge.
at
it
and
a small village about
on a pretty grassy bank over a

Here a small mandat, or temporary shed, had
which a Pooay was going on from the time of the
three miles below
pebbly beach.
The steamers stopped

Magwe,
was
owing to an island opposite to
built
p. m.).
each in
its
The
own
village consisted of
some
enclosure, fenced in by a
There were here also some good monasteries and
256
pagodas, the latter encircled by some fine specimens of petrified
wood stuck up as posts.

The town of Magwe, having 800
and a population of
houses,
4,000 souls, which, as before stated, was three miles further up

the river, was almost entirely burnt
down during
the Toungdwengyee Meng-gyee.
Yule, writing in
the
number of houses was given
the rebellion
1855,
by
says
and he reckoned the
as 3,000,
In the evening the Chief Commistown of Magwe', and some of the party went
Rain came on and stopped the Pooay. From this
population at 8,000 or 9,000.
up
sioner rode
to the
out shooting.
place the
Menhla Tseetkay returned
to
Menhla, having accom-
The war-boats lay by

and on the morning of the 29th all again
moved on eighteen miles to Yaynankhyoung, which is on the
panied the Mission on
the steamers
eastern or
town of
night,
all
bank.
left
Memboo on
many
Memboo,
is
in
On
the back ground.
Magwd, seemingly a busy
crowned
the east bank,
place, with a
straight
away
the bluffs the country stretching
good
bluffs,
from the river ; above
in park-like uplands, with
here and there clumps of light timber.

striking contrast to the
its
banks mostly
strikingly picturesque; the
broken with small ravines running up
the river on
the pretty
the western bank, with spurs of hills
Approaching Yaynankhyoung, the country on the
boats.
bank was
east
we passed
Shortly after starting
by numerous pagodas
opposite
this day's journey.
The whole formed
heavy luxuriant foliage on the banks of
The steamers
when about two or three
Mission was met by seven or eight
lower portion in British territory.
reached Yaynankhyoung
at 3-30
miles below the town the
p.
m.
loungs, or long canoes, each paddled by from twenty to thirty
men
these accompanied us
till
ness for the use of the Mission.
the steamers anchored.
some
usual Pooay was going on, and
fifty
The
ponies were in readi-
Yaynankhyoung was burned down
by the Toungdwengyee Meng-gyee last year, and now the houses

there is not one
are very poor most are constructed of bamboo
;
good wooden house

town,
it
is
said,
in the town.
There are 1,300 houses
with a population of 6,500, but
the size which this
number would make
it.
it
in the
looks only half
APPENDIX C
On
si
the morning of the 30th, the Chief Commissioner accom-
panied by the Burmese

petroleum wells
At 9
Ava."
officials, visited
the earth
oil
(yaynan) or
these are fully described in Yule's " Mission to
the steamers
a. m.
left
for
Pakhan-nge', the next
stopping place, and just after starting were met by the Yaynanisekyah, one of the King's steamers sent
and
accompany
to
At Yaynankhyoung, as
desire
was shown
down
meet the Mission
to
to the capital.
it
at the other halting-places, the greatest
to consult
and meet the wishes of the Mission

and
large presents of grain, vegetables,
and the procession of boats which escorted us
steamers,
evidently intended as a remark of respect.
Wondouk and
Phay re and
the
Tsengoon
Panlang
flat
to
Won came
make
The Wondouk's
of the escort.
were brought to the
fruit
On
in
leaving, the
was
Paopa
on board the Colonel
the acquaintance of the officers
ba^ge, which
had been towed by
the Nemesis heretofore, was this day in tow of the Colonel Phayre,
so that the
Burmese
with the English
and
might spend the day in company

The Wondouk went over both vessels,
officials
officers.
some conversation returned
after
The Tsengoon Won
to his barge for breakfast.
breakfasted with the officers of the escort,
and entered readily and with much

subjects of conversation.
The
intelligence
Pakhan-nge, but really about two miles below
The
m.
p.
during the day

howitzers, iron,
in
good
fifty
order.
men, some
sisted
this
was reached
King's steamer had accompanied the Mission

;
in
her were
eight
guns,
and two much smaller guns,
these there were
at a small village
it,
where the reception shed, &c, had been erected

at
general
into
halting-place was nominally at
fifty
stand of
six
of
them
also of iron
241b.
besides
muskets, clean and apparently
flint
There were on board about one hundred and

in red
and some
in green uniforms,
of a short jacket and short loose
trowsers.
which con-
During the
evening there was the usual Pooay, the performers being the ones
who had played
On
the
1 st
the previous night.
October the Mission moved on eight or nine miles
only to Tsillemyo, arriving
there
at
n-30
a.
m.
douk's boat was taken in tow by the King's steamer,

vol.
11.
The WonTsille'myo
s
258
is
on a point of high land on the eastern bank,
prettily situated
the houses running up the face of the
On
with pagodas.
(pulling boats)
hill,
which
is
surmounted
the approach of the steamers a dozen loungs
came out a
welcome and escort
short distance to
Considerable preparations had been made, the recep-
the party.
made road leading

Under temporary barracks (sheds) there were
150 of the King's troops armed with muskets, which were clean
and in fair order. There is at present a Myo-ok in charge of the
town and circle. The town was burned down last year by the
Myeen-gon Prince, and there are now only 150 houses in it, all
poor, bamboo and mat constructions. The pagodas are numerous
and handsome. The principal occupation of the inhabitants is
tion-room was handsomer and larger, with a
up from the
river.
the manufacture of lacquered boxes and cotton cloths (Tsoungs).
We
saw the former
(wood-oil)
in
its
different stages
bamboo basket work,
required, of fine
and buried
first
a box in the shape
dipped into Thittsee
this is
for five or six days, or until the lacquer
is
properly set on the bamboo, again dipped and buried, and for a
third time the process
is
The frame
repeated.
On
with a good coating of the lacquer.
which
ment
it is
is
made
only.
red
superfluous
is
it
and the above process
and so on
is
The
say.
red pig-
After being allowed to remain a few days
pigment
traced out the pattern which

yellow,
traced the pattern
is
then rubbed over the whole, but bites where the tracing
has been
the
this
intended to produce, in red tracing
thus covered
is
until all the tracing is
rubbed
There
off.
may be intended
is
is
then
to produce in
repeated with yellow pigment,
done and coloured.
The whole
The
then put on a lathe and polished with fine charcoal.
pattern
is
traced
by a
little
iron style,
and by the eye
entirely.
The workers were much interested when we promised to let them

have some new designs, and readily undertook to produce them
on the boxes.
In
this
way, with a
little
trouble,
any design could be obtained on the boxes.

the particular desire of the
the
ing.
Myo-ok having taken
On
Wondouk,
monograms
or
In the evening, by
the party visited the Pooay,
great trouble in erecting a suitable build-
passing the temporary barracks at about 11-30
p.
m.,
on
APPENDIX
C.
259
returning to the steamer, the soldiery were observed to be on the
each
alert,
On
man
behind his musket, which, upright, was
sitting
on a frame before him.
resting
the 2nd October the day's journey was to Pagan, a distance
of twenty-four miles, the steamers starting at about 6
At
a. m.
about 8 o'clock the two largest of the Pagan pagodas were distinctly visible
up the
Pagan was reached
river.
Tseetkay, or Governor of the
meet
several pulling boats to
at 3-30
p.
The
m.
came down some miles with

The pagodas of Pagan (fully
district,
us.
described by Yule) were visited by the Chief Commissioner and
some of the Mission.
The
roads through the town had
all
been
swept and cleaned, and low pathways cut through the low shrub
and jungle
nished to
civility
Guides were
to the principal places of interest.

all
who
desired to
the temples,
visit
The town escaped
was shown.
and the
the fate of
fur-
greatest
Magwe and
and was not burned down by the rebels

last year, although a contribution was levied from it by the
Myeen-gon Prince. There are 300 houses in the town, but none
other towns lower down,
The
of any pretension.
Burmese
the
officials,
wished to halt here

well
keep up.
and, in
fact,
have been no
for
late in
was accepted
was
coming up, and the Wondouk
a day or two, as the war-boats could not
The Envoy, however,

the stages were short
at
declined to agree to
and
in the boats
real difficulty
were by the steamer
as they
it
King's steamer, which was occupied by
was
besides
easy,
adhere
to
to
and there could
keeping up, assisted
the programme,
Menhla, did not provide
thought better
it
this,
as
for
any
which
halts,
originally
and
agreed
upon.
In the evening the Pooay was visited by the Envoy and several
officers
of the suite
some
trouble
had been taken
in preparing
the building, and the performance consisted of a play

nettes instead of
On
by actors as
by mario-
previously.
the 3rd October the steamers started early.
After a run of
about four miles to Nyoungoo they stopped for about an hour to

allow of the purchase of
sort, for
which the place
some of the lacquer-ware of the

is
celebrated throughout Burma.
finer
The
2 6o
little
town
prettily situated,
is
started,
in
good
the river, at about 3-30
down
having wide
which
streets, all of
At 9 a. m. the steamers again

and reached Koonkwa, a small town on the right bank of
were very clean and
p.
order.
The
m.
usual party of boats
came
meet the Mission, and a good reception-house, with a
to
Pooay, attracted some of the party on shore.
Letters were dis-
patched to Captain Sladen, the Chief Commissioner's Agent
Mandalay, announcing that the Mission would be
on the
at
at
Kyouktalon
5th.
From Koonkwa
westward
at
on the morning of the
the Mission proceeded
4th, passing the lower
opening of the Kyeng-dweng River to the
At
about 8 a.m.
town of Myeeng-yan on the
i i
left
the steamers passed the large
bank, the most populous and
busiest place seen since the frontier was crossed.
of a district from which a good deal of cotton

territory
and
It is the centre
exported to British
Myeeng-yan
northward.
rice to the
is
is
one of the few
towns on the river that supplies freight to the steamers running
between Rangoon and Mandalay.
made
Prince
it
his head-quarters for a
rebellion against his father the King,
attacked in October
up from
last
It
month and a
and
it
half while in
was here that he was
by the two King's steamers which came
He made
British territory.
the frontier.
Myeengon
Last year the
no
stand, but at once fled to
was particularly noticed that as we passed the
town hardly any of the inhabitants were seen on the bank.

place seemed
deserted,
The
only have been caused by some order.
Tsameet
Kywn
The
and so unusual an occurrence could

steamers reached
and remained there that
at 3-30 p. m.
run having been of about twenty-five miles.
The
night, the
village is
on the
left
bank, and consists of about 150 houses only, having one narrow
and
irregular street, flanked with, generally speaking, poor-looking
houses
noted
there
usual
there were one or two, however, of wood.
for its
is
manufacture of
saltpetre.
This place
a considerable plain, consisting mainly of rice
fleet
of row boats
met the Mission on
usual Pooay was provided.
The
is
In the neighbourhood
steamers
its
fields.
The
approach, and the
left
at about 6 a. m.
on the 5th and passed the upper mouth of the Kyeng-dweng. From
APPENDIX
the Irawadi visibly narrowed, but
point
this
About 10
wide and noble stream.

the
Moowa
Mandalay
of Yule's
map) on the
came
Hills
in
No
came
remained a
still
a large village (probably
bank was passed, and the
At about
and
it
Kyouktalon, the
1 1
was reached
about
at
nor were the people on the banks
out,
The
no Pooay, but a shed had been prepared.
there was
is
boats
a. m,
right
sight.
next halting-place, could be seen,

2 p. m.
261
C.
village
a small one.
On
the 6th October, after starting, the Nemesis got aground on
The day was
a sand bank.
her
off.
her
off,
On
and
the morning of the 7th the Colonel Phayre dragged
at 10 a. m. the
Previously, at
again.
several war-boats,
their
way
9 a.
two steamers proceeded up the river
m m Captain
Sladen, accompanied by
had arrived from Mandalay and came on board
The
the Nemesis.
on
spent in unsuccessful efforts to get
fleet
of war-boats accompanied the steamers
up.
Tsagain was passed without stopping, and Mandalay was reached

about 3
at
from the
village,
On
in
flats,
the
Mandalay
m.
itself
about two miles inland
is
but at the landing-place there
is
a considerable
occupied principally by natives of India and Munipiirees
(Cathays).
of his
p.
river,
Lying here was one of the King's steamers, and one
and a second
flat
belonging to the Flotilla Company.
bank was a guard of about
thirty
green jackets and red striped putsoes
men
of the King's troops
(kilts),
with red helmets.
The Wondouk who accompanied us was much disappointed that

we had not stopped at Tsagain, where great preparations had been
made.
It
was arranged
that the Ministers should visit the Chief
Com-
missioner next day, and that the Mission should land the day
afterwards.
Some
of the gentlemen living at Mandalay
came
off
in the evening.
After breakfast on the 8th
which had been arranged as

deputation from the
of the
all
at
collected
on board the Nemesis
Menhla, and
King came down
at
to the river.
Yaynankhyoung Mengyee, Oo Tso, and
douk, with a number of Secretaries
>
about midday the

It
the
and minor
consisted
Keng Won-
officials.
Oo
262
came with
Tso's son, a lad of fourteen,
and
tion was lively
been a pleasant one or
dimensions of the Nemesis, and whether

sea; and
conversa-
and whether
made
Inquiry was
not.
The
his father.
entirely about the journey,
could go on the
it
numerous enough, were asked as
questions,
The Burmese
personnel of the Mission.
officials
officers
to the city until the formal entry
was,
confined to
therefore,
short
had
It
none would go
that
had been made

strolls
the
to
went over the
steamer, and shortly afterwards went on shore again.
been requested of the English
had
it
regarding the
the party
on the bank of the
river.
Early on the morning of the 9th the march to the Residency
The order being
was commenced.
as follows
First
of the King's troops in uniform, then Mrs. Fytche in a

gilded
sent to her
litter
Wondouk on an
elephant
by Mrs. Lloyd, and

suite of the
Envoy,
all
fifty
by the Queen, followed by the Paopa

;
then the Chief Commissioner followed
due order the
in
about
handsome
officers
composing the
on elephants, followed by the escort of
on
About a mile and a
British Infantry
and
from the
a creek was crossed by boats, of which a great
river
number were
Artillery
collected.
At
foot.
was met
his point the procession
by the Keng Wondouk and a number of minor
officials,
half
when
the
march was resumed, the procession being headed by the newlyarrived officials and accompanied by about 500 cavalry, and
probably 3,000 foot soldiers.
jackets
still
and
The
cavalry were generally in red
trowsers, a few wearing a red jerkin over these,
fewer dressed in the
full
pieces, gilt helmet, with ear-pieces
had the white
saddle^flap
The men were armed

being, as a rule, the
and embroidered jerkin
and high-peaked pummel and
muskets,
the suburbs of the
all
with a spear and a sword each, the latter
Burmese dha, but some few had a sword of
European shape with a scabbard of brass or
flint
cantle.
steel.
The
infantry
had only the white jacket worn by the ordinary population
had
and
uniform of the cavalry, shoulder-
These troops accompanied the

town
to
the Residency.
that called Kulah-dan, or foreign quarter.
cortege
all
through
This suburb was
It is traversed
by a
APPENDIX
handsome broad and clean
planted with tamarind
C.
263
street, at least half
a mile in length,
good growth, considering
trees of
town was only commenced
in
Residency was not reached
until 10 a.
1856.
that the
The sun was hot, and the

m. The distance altogether
was not three and a half miles, but the pace was slow and the
halts frequent.
At the Residency the Envoy was received by the Yaynan-
khyoung Meng-gyee and a
large party of officials.
The whole
morning's proceeding went off very well indeed.
The Agency compound has been enclosed by a good

post and mat fence, and within this enclosure
all
Mission had been erected.
for the
visited the King,
During the 10th Captain Sladen
Majesty consented to receive the Envoy next day.
mark
reception was considered as a
been the custom of the Court
thus be granted, as the

religious
nth was
ceremonies prevent
were to be
Royal presents, are presented
to
much
it
has
longer interval
was important that
it
should
moon, during which day
full
business,
all
days,
festival
it
the
and His
This early
of condescension, as
to require a
before receiving an Embassy, but
14th
strong
the buildings
and the
12th, 13th,
and
during which the Kadaus, or
His Majesty by
his subjects;
they are frequently called "beg-pardon days," as the offerings are
intended to propitiate His Majesty and to obtain forgiveness for
any
committed.
faults
Envoy
British
and
as
to have
It
would have been unbecoming
had
his
for the
audience on one of these days
no business can be transacted
until
after the
formal
reception by the King, a considerable delay would have taken

place
had
ceremony been put
this
off until the
festival
was
over.
During the day Burmese plays were going on continually within

in the enclosure.
The Envoy
received
visits
from the European
gentlemen resident in Mandalay.
On
the
morning of the nth the Envoy and
the palace, starting at about 10 a. m.
was as follows
front,
was the
The
suite
proceeded to
order of the procession
Leading
the way, a considerable distance in
Myo Won,
or Governor of the city of Mandalay.
264
He
was followed by the escort of European Infantry on
then the British

after
was borne
flag
by
aloft carried
foot,
ship's lascars
which came the Envoy, Colonel Fytche, attended by two
He
golden umbrellas.
was followed by Captain Sladen, Captain
Duncan, Mr. Edwards, the Paopa Wondouk, and the
officers of
Mandalay from
the frontier
some
the escort and

station of
officers
Thayetmyo.
on leave
at
The same number
of Burmese troops that
escorted the Mission from the steamers to the Agency accom-
panied the
it
on
cortege
and on entering the chief gate
this occasion,
was found that the road leading from
it
Gate
to the Palace
was lined with men bearing arms, probably about 5,000 men.
They had
the
common
white jacket, were manifestly untrained to
the use of arms,
and seemed
the
About
occasion.
be people called out merely
to
remainder with muskets, a similar proportion,

old
men
cession entered the city by the western gate,

to
its
eastern gate
first
feet,
The
with.
by a strong wooden stockade, then,
by a brick
by another brick
just outside
wall,
wall.
ordnance with their
and
The proand then moved
there the party dismounted,
and swords and umbrellas were dispensed

of 100
were
viz., one-fifth,
or young boys, unfitted for military duties.
round the palace
enclosed
for
were armed with spears, the
one-fifth
and
at
palace
is
an interval
at a further interval of 100 feet
Between the two
field carriages
walls
some pieces of
were placed, lining the road
the inner wall was placed the Hlwotdau, or
Here were stationed the Pakhan Meng-gyee and

Yaynankhyoung Meng-gyees with some other officials the
Supreme Court.
the
Envoy stopped and spoke to them, but did not enter the Hlwot.
At the side of the gate of the inner wall there was a wicket
through which the embassy passed.
vened between
this
About twenty yards
inter-
wicket and the steps of the palace, where the
party took off their shoes and were then led through the Myaynan,
or principal Hall of Audience, in which

the
throne to the
left,
is
the throne.
smaller chamber just behind the throne was reached

that the audience
supported by white
Leaving
and passing out of the Myaynan, a
was given.
chunammed
It
was an open
pillars,
here
it
was
hall or portico,
and was about
thirty feet

APPENDIX
square
at
immediately
a distance of four or five yards, the
They were
up close
to his Majesty's couch.
Some
down.
who, on
At
its
side
the Thonzai,
Nyoungyan, Mek-ka-ra, and Myeengon Princes.

were some more of the royal children.
sat
officials,
were four of the King's grown-up sons
left
in front of this,
Envoy and party
by numerous Burmese
flanked
either side, reached
on the
golden folding-door, was
at the western side, before a
placed a low couch for His Majesty
2$<
C.
Behind them
twenty
fifteen or
The
minutes elapsed, and then the doors were thrown open.
King was seen approaching from a considerable distance up a

vista of gilded doors of various succeeding chambers.
preceded by two
little
He
officers
one of
child of five or six years of age,
He
was
and accompanied by a
carrying dhas,
his little daughters.
took off his shoes at the further side of the couch and sat
down reclining on one side. Silence prevailed for some time,

and then the King opened the conversation, which proceeded as
follows
the English Ruler

Envoy. The English Ruler
King.
Is
well ?
your Majesty.
well,
is
How many days since you

Envoy. Nineteen days, your Majesty.
King.
is it
Here the
list
left
Rangoon?
of presents from the Viceroy to His Majesty was
read out.
King.
trust
you
found
have
accordance with the friendship
everything
existing
prepared
in
between the Govern-
ments.
We have received every possible attention on
Envoy.
through your royal dominions, and

for the
No
our way
beg to thank your Majesty
kind treatment we have experienced.
reply.
Envoy.
city
have been surprised and pleased to see how
Mandalay
is,
seeing that
it
fine a
was only founded a few years
ago.
King.
in a
still
It is
not finished yet, but next time you
better state.
Envoy.
What
is
the age of the
Forty-four years, your Majesty.
come
Envoy ?
it
will
be
66
Here the King
said something in a low voice to his sons,
and
a nephew of His Majesty brought to the Envoy on a golden

salver a small packet,
which when opened was found to contain
a collar of the Burmese order of the Tsalwe of the
The Burmese
"invest the Envoy," and Captain Sladen put
said,
over the Envoy's
honour conferred on him.
for the
Envoy.
here
it
grade.
Colonel Fytche bowed, and thanked His Majesty
shoulder.
left
first
on a motion from His Majesty,
Minister,
is
The
very
house which your Majesty has prepared
handsome and commodious, and we
the trouble that has been taken in getting
Kin%.
It
for us
are grateful for
ready.
it
has been constructed mainly through the activity ot
Sladen.
Captain Sladen.
of the
officials
King.
And
your Majesty, with the assistance
also,
you were pleased
Sladen
to direct to help
me.
a good man, and has done
is
advance the interests of
both
the British
all
he can to
and the Burmese
Governments.
Envoy.
King.
have every confidence that he has done
Sladen
is
an honest man.
good
in such a position as his that
It is
so.
from honest
friendship
is
men
being
preserved between
Governments.
Envoy.
am
glad
Captain Sladen, and

that
all
to learn your Majesty's
I shall
you have been pleased
Captain Sladen.
to say concerning him.
feel highly
your royal approbation, and

expression of
King.
Sladen
must
visit
you must
me
out,
said this the
and they were

in
Envoy is here
come with the
through whom the King
daily while the
official
day,
all foreigners).
King got
back to the audience.
King spoke
never forget this public
come every
Kulah-won (Mr. Manook, the

communicates with
Having
honoured, your Majesty, by
shall
it.
(addressing him)
his
good opinion of
report to His Excellency the Viceroy
at
off the
couch and stood up with
The doors were opened, he passed
once closed.
a quite low tone.
During the interview the

His Majesty had a pair of
APPENDIX C
267
members
opera-glasses through which he frequently looked at the
of the embassy.
After the departure of the
tion ensued between the
Burmese
and
accompanied them
in.
all
There were
to the palace,
effected
which were pressed on the
also,
the
while
Wondouk and
other
on sundry
officials
whence the return
on elephants, the troops
still
reached
p.
On
it
the
left
1
2th
steps of the Hlwot-
accompanied
it
to the
Agency was quickly
to the
lining the streets as before
The Agency was
letters for the
Chief Commissioner
m.
To-day a boat arrived with

which had
subjects, the
of the palace steps.
cortege.
and the cavalry accompanying the

at 2
at the
great profusion were brought
Envoy left. Shoes were resumed at the foot

The Meng-yees again greeted the party at the
gates of the palace,
who had
After a short time passed in trying the
various dishes and talking
dau, and the
open one,
had been present, seated
in
fried locusts
as delicacies.
visitors
quite an
the servants of the officers,
Sweetmeats and cakes
back.
of the Mission and the numerous
The audience was
officials present.
was found that
it
King considerable general conversa-
officers
Thayetmyo on the 4th
instant.
no business of a public nature was transacted,
was the day of the
full
as
moon, during which the Burmese have
certain religious observances to attend
13th, which, besides being Sunday,
And
to.
was a
so also on the
festival
day with the
Burmese.
On
the 14th Mrs. Fytche
and Mrs. Lloyd
visited the palace,
having interviews with the principal Queen (who
is
also
the
King's half-sister) and with her mother, and the second Queen,
or Alaynandau Phura.
It
was also arranged that the King
should receive the Envoy, attended by Captain Sladen, Captain
Duncan, and Mr. Edwards, on the T6th at a private audience,

when business would be commenced, the object of the Mission
officially
announced, and permission asked to discuss matters
with the Ministers.
It
was hoped that the
Ministers might take place the
same
day.
official visits
On
to the
the 15th Captain
Sladen saw the King, and informed him of the communications

268
which would be made to him next day, and His Majesty expressed his readiness to receive them from the Envoy.
1
On
the
however, Captain Sladen was so unwell as to be unable to
6th,
attend with the Envoy at the palace.
was conveyed
to
Information to this effect
His Majesty, and he was asked whether
would be agreeable
him
to
to receive
it
Envoy and other
the
without Captain Sladen, or whether His Majesty would
officers
prefer to wait for a day or two for Captain Sladen's recovery.
Majesty suggested
His
poned
on the
also
8th,
Envoy
the
to
the
till
that
The
should
at the
would pay
he
requesting
i8th.
audience
the
and the Ministers
his
be
post-
same time sent
them
to
visits
delay in seeing' the King did not really
interfere with the transaction of business,
been gone into with the Ministers
and none could have
until after they
had been
visited.
On
the
when
the
8th the visits were again postponed until the 19th,
Envoy had what was
called a private audience with
Colonel Fytche was
His Majesty.
accompanied by Captain
The
Sladen, Captain Duncan, and Mr. Edwards.
place in the southern garden
Keng Wondouk,
present the
Won, and
the
Envoy.
reception took
summer-house.
There were
Paopa Wondouk, an Atwen

Kulah-won, Mr. Manook. The following conversa-
tion took place
King.
in a
the
hope you continue well and comfortable.
Everything
most comfortable.
is
I already
had the
honour of thanking your Majesty publicly for the reception and
accommodation
same.
It
will
afforded
give
to Calcutta
visit
us,
and
me much
to inform
beg now to
on
pleasure
my
repeat
the
approaching
the Viceroy and Governor-General
of India of the kindness and consideration your Majesty has
shown.
Pause.
Colonel Fytche.
and
opportunity of
come.
The
should be glad
water in the river

if
concluding
is
now
your Majesty would

the
business
falling fast,
give
upon which
me
I
an
have
APPENDIX C
King.
Do
you mean the business you have written about and
me
which Sladen has conducted with

Colonel Fytche.
King.
269
That
Yes, your Majesty.

arranged
is
nothing remains but to meet the
Wongyees and conclude matters with them.

Colonel Fytche.
had great
On my
Captain Sladen.
proceed to Calcutta to
King.
to
which were
Treaty propositions
several
When
you
return to
visit
visit
me
King.
I shall
see Mr.
never get old; what
viz.,
kind to Mr. Edwards
my
intention to
that he
is
one thing
wish you
would give you permis-
at least.
do
so,
Edwards
is
it is
the Viceroy.
once a year
Colonel Fytche.
you by
before
laid
Rangoon
Calcutta there
mention to the Viceroy,
sion to visit
Rangoon,
pleasure, before leaving
Viceroy of your Majesty's assent to the
in writing to inform the
your Majesty.
(to
Mr. Edwards) Edwards you
your age?
(To Colonel Fytche.)
he has served Government
Be
faithfully for a
number of years. (To Mr. Edwards.) Edwards, when the British

Government cease to employ you, come to me, and I will keep
you here.
I shall
not expect you to work, but
keep you
I shall
in comfort.
Pause.
King.
more
There
perfect
is
no
state or condition of life
by a good
sincere friendship with
you, Colonel Fytche.
a request you must not think that

sonal interests.
return,
wish merely
But there are certain ways
in
me
then be
will
which friendship
No more
In
should
will
be
effectual
than listening to the idle stories of evil-minded men.
Even the most

sister,
made
wish for
our friendship
completely broken off and utterly destroyed.

exists
not
When I make
for my own per-
any requests which you may have to make of
complete.
and
is
look to the interests of both countries.
have reference to mutual advantages
means
which
understanding.
friendly
affectionate couple, as
father
by reports from
and
son,
intriguers.
there were people
who
husband and
may soon be made
wife, brother
to hate
Lately, for instance, before
told
me you
each other
you came,
were a bad man, and that
"
270
might expect the worst from your
They
these words.
no
also tried to
visit
I now see how false were
make me believe that you were
:
friend of Sladen's.
Colonel Fytche.
have every confidence in Captain Sladen.
known to me for many years, and served directly

me when I was Commissioner of Tenasserim.
A man like Sladen is rare even among foreigners.
King.
You will do well to give him your confidence. He works for the
He is as much in my confidence as
interests of both countries.
any of my own Ministers, and I often say more to him than I
He
has been
under
would
is
the
know
Sladen, you
to them.
the duties of a Ruler; what
duty?
first
Captain Sladen.
That he should have patience
(or self-restraint),
your Majesty.
King
temper
{laughing).
Exactly,
he should
Ruler
listen to all sides
allow himself to be angry,
should never lose his
of a question, but never
&c, &c.
Pause.
King.
wish you, Colonel Fytche, to see
and old; they
sick
satisfaction
from being
and the
afflicted
There
to the priceless
actions.
what
to
is
no
gift
am
you.
exercise
which
my
hospitals for the
much
myself derive
towards the
charity
thereby lay up for my-
not supposed to keep
all this
to
of gold or silver which can be compared
one of a share in the reward or merit of good
want you, Colonel Fytche,
to
say you will accept
have of that to give you.
Colonel Fytche.
Buddhist
and
able
priests, besides
reward; but
self future
myself.
will interest
in
faith
many
do
so,
your Majesty.
The
tenets
of the
resemble those of the Christian religion in
other respects.
lendeth unto the Lord
" He
what he layeth out
it
this
on the poor
that hath pity

shall
be paid him
again.
King.
works.
admit you to share the merit of
cannot make you a greater offering than
my
charitable
this.
have
known you by report, and have got your portrait, which

have had for some years. Although we have known one
long
I
Then
APPENDIX
271
C.
another personally for a short time only, you must
we have long been

Envoy ?
Co/one/ Fytche,
Who
friends.
that
is
consider
still
that sitting near the
the Inspector-General of Police, Captain
It is
Duncan.
King
Captain Duncan).
(to
Captain Dtincan.
King.
Then
Do you understand Burmese
hope you
your Majesty.
I do,
remember
will
all
have been
saying.
Captain
Colonel Fytche.
to your
tion
I
my
Sladen under
instructions spoke
Majesty a day or two ago regarding the exploring expedi-
which the Viceroy proposes to send from
Bhamo
to China.
wish to write on the subject to your Majesty.

King.
Do
so by
start,
where
means.
all
will
sanction the expedition
give permission for the party to go)
(literally, I will
will
it
go
Colonel Fytche.
when
will
it
will
It
leave this in
December and proceed
from Bhamo to China.

King.
I
Who
will assist
to
is
go with the party?
him throughout
to China,
If
you send Sladen,
and send
my own
people
with him.
Colonel Fytche.
arrangements
will
It is
my
intention to send Captain Sladen, but
have to be made for any business which
may
have to be transacted here during his absence.

King.
Sladen
will only
be away a short time.
It
will
be
better not to appoint any one here in his absence.
I shall
my Won-gyees
Rangoon on
to
communicate
direct with
you
in
order
business matters.
Coloiiel
Fytche.
am
glad
to
inform
your Majesty that
brigandage has decreased on the frontier since your Majesty
deputed a special
officer
from Mandalay to reside with a guard
at
Shazeebo.
King.
in
respect
am
glad to hear this
to
this
appointment.
brigandage and marauding.
mutual advantages that we
It is
have attended
My
desire
is
to
your wishes
to put
down
by thus having a due regard
shall continue to get
to
on well together.
272
Our
officers
on the
understand each other and co-
frontier should
operate in the apprehension of offenders.

Colonel Fytche.
My
officers report that
(Boh Moungalay) work
officer
they and the Burmese
and they speak
in close concert,
highly of his energy.
Do you know Moung Toung Boh, the present Governor
King.
of Meeaday
a good man, and gets on well with English
is
and are now congregated
rebellion
scheme
will
He
away from
Several bad characters ran
officials.
for evil
Colonel Fytche.
this
during the
in British territory
where they
keep a good watch on them.
We
have
of the refugees your Majesty
lists
and they are under observation.
refers to,
The King here pointed out to Colonel Fytche the Keng

Wondouk, and said he wished Colonel Fytche to know him and
like
him
he was a
he (the King) had reared the
Wondouk once
the
(a
first.
Wondouk from
the time
Keng
Colonel Fytche replied that he had met the
child.
or twice since his arrival, and had liked
him from
His Majesty also pointed out the Padein Won, Shwe Beng
young Burman who received an English education
and requested Colonel Fytche
to
look on him
in Calcutta),
as
Colonel Fytche mentioned to the King that the Paopa
his
son.
Wondouk
(who was present) had been most attentive since the Mission had
entered Burmese
was an old
territory.
officer of
The King
replied that the
Government, and served
Wondouk
his father years
ago.
King.
Regarding
me
son he has given

8,000
men
the Myeen-gon Prince, although he
in the
a great deal of trouble.
Shan
watch him.
States to
is
my
now maintain
What are the last
I
accounts you have heard of him?

Colonel Fytche.
By the
latest
accounts he was in a very poor
condition, with but few followers in Kyaypogyee's country.
eastern
and western Karennees
are fighting
The
amongst themselves,
but do not countenance the Prince.

King.
Do
all
The Karennees
Shans.
He
you can
to induce the Prince to
are assisting him,
and he
is
come
into you.
trying to raise the
has been issuing circulars to the people to join his
APPENDIX
standard and
was
which
his proclamations,
can send you one of
fight.
me
sent
273
C.
by
Mahomedan
trader
near
from
Tonghoo.
Colonel Fytche.
have written to Kyaypogyee, expressing
any assistance he may give
satisfaction at
dis-
Strict
Shan Chiefs who are
orders have also been issued to the

territory that they are
to the Prince.
in our
not on any account to cross the frontier or
any aid to the Prince.
to give
King.
am
aware of
and they would
that,
but the Shans are a foolish people,
Burmans
listen to evil advice.
are foolish, too
Had you
a small spark soon kindles into a flame.
Myeengondaing Prince away from Rangoon, he
also
not sent the
would have
created a disturbance.
Colonel Fytche.
About the Myeengondaing
at the time
Andaman
King.
was necessary to remove him quickly.
it
Islands are used as a convict colony,
him
to send
Prince I wished to
Andamans
inform your Majesty that he was sent to the
to
some
Very
Burma and
good, send
him
as far
away
I
as possible from
should wish to have
two river steamers, one of them to be armed.

bellion
my
Rangoon
as
one between
I
frontier.
steamers
this
it
will
me
to
have two war steamers,
and Bhamo, and the other between
want your Government to supply
Colonel Fytche.
but
re-
soon as they appeared the rebels dispersed every-
what would they cost
During the
country was saved by the steamers that came up from
Colonel Phayre advised
where.
as the
now proposed
suitable place in Bengal.
association with Burmese.
all
it is
for safety
But
The steamers
me
this
and the
with these
can be furnished easily enough,
be necessary that your Majesty should furnish details
as to the kind of steamer
horse-power,
&c, &c.
you want,
its
length, breadth, draught,
There are so many
varieties of steamers
suitable for river navigation.
Here ensued a
and
it
short discussion as to what would be required,
was eventually arranged that the Burmese Ministers would
furnish details regarding the steamers,
make
and Colonel Fytche would
inquiries in Calcutta as to the cost, &c., &c.
VOL.
11.
274
King.
if
you
want 8,000
I also
my having
let
which
2,000,
me
armed with
You have
rifles.
am now
have 8,000 more,
and they
rifles,
already assented to
getting from Dr. Williams
have 10,000
shall
always remain near
will
and
men well
me at the
capital.
To
this
Colonel Fytche replied that the
nished, but that the kind of
conversation ensued regarding smooth-bores,
and
loaders,
it
great care of their
my men would
arm he desired
and
that,"
all
to have.
was arranged that His
it
let Colonel Fytche know what kind of

The King then turned to leave, and
" Sladen,
am
sorry you have
that withdrew.
party then adjourned to an open pavilion, where sweet-
meats and
missioner,
fruits
were served.
The
Com-
Subsequently, the Chief
and
Duncan,
Captain
Wongyees.
Edwards
Mr.
who had been most severely wounded during

During the
is still much disabled.
officer
the late rebellion,

visit
there was
business discussed, but a friendly conversation lasted for
The
next
visit
was
to the
the
visited
was the Loungshay Meng-gyee, an
first
and who
time.
or
send you something to-morrow to make you
I shall
and with
The
rifles
learn
turning round on the sofa said
well,"
and breech-
men had to be well instructed, and then to take

arms.
The King replied " In time no doubt
Majesty should decide and
sick.
rifles,
fur-
settled.
was explained to the King that to use
breech-loaders the
been
could be
rifles
wanted should be
rifle
no
some
Yaynankhyoung Meng-gyee, Oo
Tso, an old soldier of high repute
among
He
the Burmese.
has
been engaged in a good many campaigns, and during the rebellion

last
year re-established the King's authority in
He
south of Mandalay to the frontier.

in
one of the
fights,
The Meng-gyee
is
and indeed the
man of very
bullet has not
and
quiet
of the ladies of this family were present.

subjects,
and only casually adverted
in negotiation, asking
mixes
in politics,
when
and
it
visited.
the districts
wound
affable
He
been extracted.
Some
manners.
spoke on general
to the fact of a Treaty being
would be concluded.
his reputation
Pakhan Meng-gyee was next
all
received a bullet
is
This
He
seldom
entirely military.
official
may be
The
described
APPENDIX
Prime Minister
as holding the position of
the officials
now
in office,
C.
was a
275
he
is
the cleverest of
King before
fellow-priest with the
he came to the throne, and has always been employed in
political
Keng Wondouk (who has already

present.
The visit was a most
mentioned)
was
frequently
been
The
agreeable one, as they are both men of unusual intelligence.
The subsubjects were general, and no business was referred to.
At
matters.
house the
his
jects talked of
were some points of the Christian
deluge, the solar system, the duration of night
&c, &c,
ferent portions of the globe,
vivacity
all
carried
At each of the
and good humour.
religion, the
and day
in dif-
on with great
officials'
houses
re-
freshments were served up in the English style with plates, knives
and
glasses,
forks,
napkins,
&c, &c.
At the Yaynankhyoung
Meng-gyee's house beer and sherry were on the table
at those of
the others tea was served.
On
the 2
Meng-gyee
Treaty.
can,
1 st
November Colonel Fytche
He
visited the
Pakhan
purpose of discussing any matters regarding the
for the
was accompanied by Captain Sladen, Captain Dun-
At the Meng-gyee's house was the Keng
and Mr. Edwards.
Wondouk, and Mr. Manook, the Kulah-won
the usual staff
The
of writers also were there to record whatever might pass.
negotiations regarding the Treaty have been elsewhere reported,
and
it
will
be unnecessary
Some
discussions.
making more
to give here in detail the course of the
corrections were
made
in the draft Treaty
The
clear the provisions of the Articles.
change of value
lists
and
inter-
their correction, the free import
and
export of silver and gold, the right of purchase of warlike stores,

all
came up more
or less for desultory discussion
but no im-
portant alterations were proposed by the Minister, nor any desire

of pressing
them shown.
The
subjects from various aspects were
dilated upon, but throughout the
opposition on either side

that the Treaty generally
became
was
whole day's conversation no
necessary.
finally
agreed
The conclusion was

to,
leaving only one
clause in the Article regarding the jurisdiction of the Agent for

reference to His Majesty the King.
over, lunch
As soon
as business
was
was over, and a long general conversation ensued.
276
Next day
douk
(the 22nd) the
Pakhan Me'ng-gyee and the Keng Won-
Chief Commissioner.
visited the
It
was only towards the
close that a further discussion regarding the jurisdiction Article
ensued
they had not yet received the orders of the King, and
were themselves somewhat opposed to the Article
this led
them
again to bring up some of the terms of the other Articles, but

there was a manifest desire to avoid
The
of opinion.
them
On
to a direct difference
orders of His Majesty were to be received by
that evening.
the 23rd the entire Mission visited the palace
tion of
the
coming
His Majesty
young
to see a sort of
ladies attached to the
amateur
ballet
on the
invita-
performed by
The
households of the Queens.
reception took place in the same building in which the last inter-
view took place.

for a native play
railing,
large circular shed
at
had been constructed as
one side was a raised alcove with a low
within which was the couch for His
diately in front of the alcove there
Imme-
Majesty.
was a rough attempt
at scenery,
forming the background to a troop of professional actors and

actresses
who were
in attendance.
position sat several of his officials
To
the
left
and took
remarks to the
visit
his
palace,
the right of the King's

officers
of the Mission.
were seated Mrs. Fytche and Mrs. Lloyd, and the
wives of the Burmese Ministers.

entered,
To
and the
gardens
that
He made
on the couch.
his place
effect
After a short delay, the
he wished the English
and any other objects
of
King
officers
interest
in
few
to
the
and concluded by asking whether we wished
to see the
preference
ordinary play by the professionals or the ballet.
was expressed
for
fact that the players
the latter,
when he
called attention to the
on the drums, gongs, and
clarionets
were
all
women.
The performance commenced by the entrance of about 30 young

who arranged themselves in a semi-circle, and
They wore the ordinary
kneeling down, bowed to His Majesty.
girls in single file,
hta-mein, or
Burmese
petticoat, but the jacket
fashion of that worn by Princes in the plays.

all
was more of the
The hta-meins were
red and green, the jackets white satin, with circular pieces of
APPENDIX
silver stitched on, so as
head the
girls
somewhat
to
C.
277
On
resemble armour.
the
wore peaked helmets, also usually worn by male
performers in the
The
ordinary plays.
rising,
girls
per-
first
formed a slow, graceful dance round the theatre to the accom-
paniment of the band, varying the step and pace from time to
time,
and again knelt down
one of the number taking up her
position in the centre, then sang
voice a slow
hymn
ness and goodness.
most
his great-
ever witnessed in the East by any of
The dead
silence of the
and exceedingly sweet tone of the
clear
in a rich contralto
This was acknowledged to be one of the
effective exhibitions
the English party.
and chanted
honour of His Majesty, describing
in
whole assembly, the
solo,
and the peculiar
half-sang, made the whole scene

The hymn consisted of three
verses
at the end of each the girls, still kneeling, bowed low
They then resumed the dance, which they
to His Majesty.
measure of the
air, half-recitative,
most
and
striking
beautiful.
accompanied with a low chant, and varied

two
with
ornamental sticks which
too, being ended, the
ance, the
King rose and
Nama-daw Phura,
by a considerable retinue of
close to
they
by beating time
it
now
or principal Queen,
ladies, entered,
His Majesty on a sofa placed
This,
carried.
During the perform-
left.
accompanied
and seated
for her
herself
reception.
considerable retinue of ladies accompanied her, but as they were
seated at the back of the alcove,
it
was
difficult to see
who
they
were.
On
with
the departure of His Majesty, the Mission were served
fruit
ceeded to
and sweetmeats
visit
in
an open arbour, and afterwards pro-
the so-called white elephant.
The animal
is
small specimen, and can only by great courtesy be called white.
In
reality,
he has
light points,
the ordinary elephant
it
and the hair
may be more truly
is
not so coarse as in
described as brownish
more observable from a very black female

elephant being assigned him as a companion in his stable.
From
the lighter tint being
this
the party visited the stone-cutters,
now
busily engaged in
engraving on marble slabs the entire Pitagat, or Burmese scriptures.
These are
to
be placed round the King's temple
in the
278
After a cursory look at
neighbourhood of Mandalay.
was going on.

but,
some of
the
the Mint was visited, where the coinage of rupees
ordnance,
The machinery was procured from Birmingham,
although the engine
under the charge of an African,
is
the actual operations of smelting and coining are performed by
They
Burmans.
diem, but this
state that they
can coin about rupees 15,000 per
seemed a large out-turn for so small a machine,
there being only one die at work.
On
leaving the palace,
returned to the Agency, with the ex-
all
ception of Colonel Fytche, Captain Sladen, Captain Duncan, and
Mr. Edwards, who paid another visit

The Treaty was again discussed, and
to the
Pakhan Meng-gyee.
the final alterations in the
was arranged
jurisdiction Article agreed to.
It
ment should be
out next day,
fairly
written
the 25th, when, also, the farewell
visit
that the docu-
and signed on
was to be paid
the
to
King.
On
On
much
the 24th no visits were interchanged by the Envoy.

the 25th the Mission went in procession to the palace in
the
King.
officers
same order
On
as
arriving at
on the occasion of the
first visit
to the
Hlwotdan, or Supreme Court, the
the
took off their shoes at the steps, and entering the building,
joined the Pakhan and Yaynankhyoung Meng-gyees,

there seated
there were also present the
Kulah-won, and some
carefully
The Treaty was prepared on
secretaries.
and the two Burmese copies were
large sheets of parchment,
read over and compared.
by the Padien
who were
Keng Wondouk, the
The
Won
English copies were read over
(who understands English), and
all
The Mission
being found correct, they were signed and sealed.
then entered the palace building, and were conducted to the

reception-room where the
first
The same
interview was held.
arrangements had been made as on that occasion, but there was

only one of the King's sons present.
After taking his seat, as usual, His Majesty
first
observed that
the weather was very hot, to which remark, no doubt,

assented, as the heat
King then
had
for
some days been very
all silently
great.
The
said that he wished the officers to visit his gardens
APPENDIX
before they
to
mentioning to bis
left,
C.
officers the particular places
Then
which they should be taken.
279
followed a
short
con-
versation.
When
King.
is
proposed that the Envoy should return
it
to
Rangoon ?
On
Colo?iel Fytche.
propose going on board the steamers, and the next day we

start
down
Envoy then go
the
party will go with him

Colonel Fytche.
the Viceroy
Yes
am
to
and Governor-General
You
will, I
to Calcutta,
and who of the
Rangoon, but none of the other

King.
will
the river.
Will
King.
we
the 3rd day after this, your Majesty,
pay a
visit
to
His Excellency
as soon as I can after reaching
officers will go.
hope, remember to ask leave to
me
visit
once a year.
Colonel Fytche.
shall certainly
do
so,
your Majesty, and in
the next occasion I should wish, with your permission, to
King.
visit
the
and informal manner.
capital in a quiet
Among foreigners (Kulahs) there are many deceitful and
wicked men.
I trust
The King then
you
will
be careful regarding such.
directed that the presents should be brought
These consisted of a gold cup and
silk
putsoe to each
member
the Mission, and, in addition to these, two rings (a ruby
in.
of
and a
sapphire) were given to Colonel Fytche.
King.
understand that you have
an English clergyman
here?
Colonel Fytche. Yes, your Majesty (pointing to the Rev. Mr.
Crofton)
King.
this is the
Is that
Chaplain of Rangoon.
the Inspector-General
of Police
sitting
near
you?
Colonel Fytche.
King.
Where
It
is
your Majesty.
is,
he generally stationed in the British
territory ?
In Rangoon?
Colo?iel Fytche.
he has to
well.
visit
Yes
all
his head-quarters are at
the districts in Arakan and
Rangoon, but
Tenasserim as
2 8o
King.
which
understand that you wish for some
have procured
think you would like to
Majesty rose and went
for
you
visit
(it
wormwood
was here brought
seed,
Now
in).
the garden, and with these words His
off.
The Envoy and
the officers of the suit then visited the gardens
inside the palace,
and were served with sweetmeats, &c, &c.
After this they proceeded to the house of Mr.
won, to lunch.
the
King and
This
officer,
who
foreigners generally,
the Mission from the time of
debted to him
is
its
Manook, the Kulah-
the official
medium between
had been most

and
arrival,
for the constant anxiety
attentive to
were much
all
in-
he showed to make the
agreeable.
visit
The
26th and 27th were passed without
and on the
interest,
Ministers
came
28th, the
to bid Colonel
day
official
business of any
fixed for our departure, the
Fytche good-bye
their visit
was
a lengthy one, and of the most friendly and agreeable kind.
His
Majesty sent to the Envoy a small Whitworth gun, with
field
carriage,
pound
which had been made
shot,
in his arsenal.
It carries a
one
and was made from a small Whitworth presented
to
King two or three years ago by a gentleman from England,

who visited Mandalay regarding the construction of a railway.
the
In the afternoon the members of the Mission embarked on
board the steamers, and next day proceeded down the
accompanied by the Paopa Wondouk and other
officials,
river,
as far as
Kyouktalon, in one of the King's steamers.
Secretary and a Commissariat Officer
to Menhla,
which was reached on the
1st
Tseetkay of Menhla came on board, and
came on
in our steamer
November.
Here the
after a short interview
the journey was continued, and the frontier crossed that after-
noon.
The
foregoing short description of the Mission to Mandalay of
the Chief Commissioner of British Burma, as
Viceroy and Governor-General of India,

satisfactorily all the
The
will
Envoy from the

have shown how
circumstances connected with
it
passed
off.
position of affairs anterior to the visit was such as to give
exceptional importance to the event.
Just one year previously,
APPENDIX
the Court
of
Ava had
281
C.
declined to
enter into further
Treaty
engagements with the British Government, which were considered

essential to a proper carrying out of the spirit of the Treaty of
1852, and which were no
requirements
of
the
less
large
necessary to meet the growing
commercial relations of the
two
countries.
The
by the Government of India
dissatisfaction felt
course pursued by the Court of
Ava was communicated
at the
to
His
Majesty the King, and the disappointment of the public generally

at the
narrow policy thus displayed led to a strong expression of
resentment against the Burmese Government.

Negotiations were re-opened by the desire of His Majesty, and
eventuated in the
visit
of the Chief Commissioner for the purpose
of concluding a subsidiary Treaty.
Some
was necessarily attached to the manner

might be received, irrespective of the
be successful or
On
not.
the party crossed
result,
this point there
as to the reception of the
Envoy and
the frontier, until
significance, therefore,
in
which the Mission

whether that might
can be no two opinions
his suite.
it left
From
the time
Mandalay, there was the
most manifest desire to show every consideration and respect

towards the representative of His Excellency the Viceroy and
Governor-General.
vision was
made
During the progress up the
for the comfort
river,
every pro-
and convenience of the
party.
At the capital, the accommodation provided was exceptionally

handsome and commodious. In all the details connected with
the interviews with His Majesty, measures were taken to show the
importance attached by the Court to a fitting reception at the
palace and in the more direct and personal communication with
;
His Majesty and with

vailed.
his
Ministers, the
most friendly tone pre-
Frequent expression was given to the desire
for a lasting
and close friendship between the respective Governments.

Further, the Treaty was agreed to
which provide
and greater
for greater
and concluded.
Its terms,
freedom in the trade of the two countries,
security for British interests in the
Burmese
territory,
are eminently calculated to develope the commercial relations of
the two nations.
If the
same appreciation of
its
value which has
282
led the
Burmese Court
to carry out
its
to conclude this Treaty will also induce
and
provisions cordially
liberally,
it
we may hope
Burmese
for the best results in the increased prosperity of the
kingdom.
ALBERT FYTCHE,
(Sd.)
Col.,
Chief Commissioner of British Burma, Agent

to
Rangoon,
His Excellency the Viceroy and Governor-
General.
The $lh Nov., 1867.
APPENDIX.
Treaty concluded on 2$ih October,
867 A.D., corresponding
%vith
13th day of
waning moon Tha-den-gyoot 1229 B. ., by Colonel Albert Fytche,

Chief Commissioner of British Burma, in virtue of full pcnver vested in
him by His Excellency the Right Horfble Sir John Laird Mair Lawrence,
Bart., G.C.B., G.C.S.L., Viceroy and Governor- General of Lndia, and
by His Excellency the Pakhan Woongyee, Men-Thudo- Mengyee MahaMenhla See-Thoo, in virtue of full power vested in him by His Majesty the
King of Burma.
the
Article
I.
Save and except Earth Oil, Timber, and Precious Stones, which are hereby
reserved as Royal Monopolies, all goods and merchandise passing between
and Burmese territory shall be liable, at the Burmese Customs Houses,

payment of a uniform Import and Export Duty of five per cent, ad
valorem for a period of ten years, commencing from the first day of the BurBritish
to the
mese year 1229, corresponding with 15th April, 1867. No indirect dues or
payments of any kind shall be levied or demanded on such goods over and
above the five per cent, ad valorem duty.
Article
But
II.
after the expiration of ten years, during
collected as provided for above in Article
Burmese Government, whilst estimating the
which Customs Duties
I., it
shall
capabilities
will be
be optional with the
and requirements of
Import and
trade, either to increase or decrease the existing five per cent.
Export Duties, so that the increase
shall at
no time exceed
(10) ten, or the
decrease to be reduced below a three (3) per cent, ad valorem rate on any
Three months' notice shall be given of any
particular article of commerce.
Customs Duty as above, previous

which such increase or decrease shall
intention to increase or decrease the rates of

to the
have
commencement of the year
effect.
in
APPENDIX
Article
The
C.
283
III.
Government hereby stipulates that it will adhere to the aboliCustoms Duty, as expressed in Article VIII. of the treaty of
1862, during such time as the Burmese Government shall collect five per cent.
ad valorem duties, or a lesser rate as provided for in Articles I. and II. of this
British
tion of Frontier
Treaty.
Article IV.
Both Governments further stipulate to furnish each other annually with
price lists, showing the market value of all goods, imported and exported
under Articles I. and II.
Such price lists shall be furnished two months
before the
may be
commencement
of the year during which they are to have effect, and
corrected from time to time as found necessary, by the mutual consent
of both Governments through their respective Political Agents.
Article V.
The
British
The
British
Government is hereby privileged to establish a Resident or

Political Agent in Burmese territory, with full and final jurisdiction in all Civil
suits arising between Registered British subjects at the capital.
Civil cases
between Burmese subjects and Registered British subjects shall be heard and
finally decided by a mixed Court composed of the British Political Agent and
a suitable Burmese Officer of high rank. The Burmese Government reserves to
itself the right of establishing a Resident or Political Agent in British territory
whenever it may choose to do so.
Article VI.
Government
officials to reside at
further allowed the right of appointing British
leviable.
cases affecting trade, in
its
Such
in
officials shall
relation to
land and build suitable dwelling-houses at
be appointed
Burmese territory at which

watch and inquire into
Customs Duty and may purchase
any town or station where they may
any or each of the stations
Customs Duty may be

all
is
to reside.
Article VII.
In like manner the Burmese Government is also allowed the right of
appointing Burmese officials to reside at any or each of the stations in British
Burma at which Customs Duty may be leviable. Such officials shall watch
and inquire into all cases affecting trade, in its relation to Customs Duty ; and
may purchase land and build suitable dwelling-houses at any town or station
where they may be appointed
to reside.
Article VIII.
In accordance with the great friendship which exists between the two
Governments, the subjects of either shall be allowed
free trade in the
import
284
and export of gold and
silver bullion
between the two countries, without
hindrance of any kind, on due declaration being

export.
The Burmese Government
made
shall further
at the time of
and approval
sioner of British
Burma and Agent
or
be allowed permission to
purchase arms, ammunition, and war materials generally

subject only to the consent
let
import or
in British territory,
in each case of the Chief
Commis-
to the Governor-General.
Article IX.
Persons found in British territory, being Burmese subjects, charged with
having committed any of the following offences,
viz.,
murder, robbery, dacoity,
may be apprehended and delivered up to the

Burmese Government for trial, on due demand being made by the Government,
provided that the charge on which the demand is made shall have been
or theft, in Burmese territory,
investigated by the proper
Agent
Burmese
Officers in the presence of the British Politi-
and provided also the British Political Agent shall consider that sufficient cause exists under British Law procedure to justify the said demand, and
The demand and delivery in each
place the accused persons on their trial.
cal
case shall be
made through
the British Political
Agent
at the Capital.
Article X.
Persons found in Burmese territory, being British subjects, charged with
viz.,
may be apprehended and delivered up to the

British Government for trial, on due demand being made by that Government,
provided that the charge on which the demand is made shall have been
or
theft,
in British territory,
by the proper British Officers, in the presence of the Burmese

Agent and provided also that the Burmese Political Agent shall be
satisfied that sufficient cause exists under Burmese Law Procedure to justify
The demand and
the said demand and put the accused persons on their trial.
delivery in each case shall be made through the Burmese Political Agent in
investigated
Political
British territory.
Article XI.
Persons found
in
Burmese
territory,
being Burmese subjects, charged with
viz.,
or theft, in British territory, shall, on apprehension, be tried and punished in
accordance with Burmese
Law and
custom.
special
Officer
may be
appointed by the British Government to watch the proceedings on the

all persons apprehended under this Article.
trial
of
Article XII.
Persons found in British
territory,
being British subjects, charged with
having committed any of the following
offences, viz., murder, robbery, dacoity,
APPENDIX
or theft, in
in
Burmese
territory, shall,
accordance with British
apprehended under
285
and punished
may be
watch the proceedings on the trial
on apprehension, be
Law and
custom.
appointed by the Burmese Government to

of all persons
C.
tried
special
Officer
this Article.
Article XIII.
The Treaty which was concluded on the 10th November, 1862, shall remain
in full force
the stipulations now made and agreed to in the above Articles
being deemed as subsidiary only, and as in no way affecting the several pro:
visions of that Treaty.
ALBERT FYTCHE,
(Sd.)
Colonel,
Chief Commissioner, British
Aent
Seal.
Ratified
Burma
and
Seal.
to the
Viceroy and Governor-General of India.
Signed in Burmese.
by the Viceroy and Governor-General of India

November, 1867.
in Council this day,
the 26th
(Sd.)
JOHN LAWRENCE,
Viceroy and Governor-General.
Fort William,
The 26th November, 1867.
APPENDIX
D.
MEMORANDUM
ON THE
COMPARATIVE PROGRESS OF THE PROVINCES,

NOW FORMING BRITISH BURMA UNDER
BRITISH AND NATIVE RULE.
Dated Rangoo7i
It
may be
2yd
August, 1867.
premised, that the following paper has been drawn
up on the understanding,
that,
data should be furnished showing,
as clearly as possible, the material progress of British

British
compared with
Administration, as
Burma under
condition under
its
Native Rule, or with the condition of existing neighbouring States
and Powers
and
that,
no discussion or argument
the popularity of our rule, or the advantages which

except, so far as these are to
is
desired as to
it
may
possess,
be assumed, from the Statements
indicative of the comparative progress of the people under our
Government.
2.
British
between
Burma
British
affords
means of drawing a
and Native Administration
mediate contact with
it,
as a
fair
because
comparison
it
has in im-
Government, the very power from whose
dominions the Province was obtained.
In 1826, the Provinces of
Arakan and Tenasserim were annexed
to the British Territories
from the Burmese power,
still
leaving to the
King of Ava the
whole of the Northern portion of his dominions, as well as the

important Province of Pegu, formed of the lower portion of the
valley of the Irawadi River,
and
its
delta.
We
thus obtained
possession of the least productive portion of the Burmese King-
dom, while the King retained the magnificent lands of Pegu, with
APPENDIX
Rangoon,
the valuable outlet of

solely
3.
was
to
D.
287
which point foreign trade had
been drawn.
reference to the
fairly
map
will
show, that the Province of Pegu
interposed between the newly-acquired
position easily to withdraw from
districts, in
them both population and
provided Native rule had proved more attractive to

conditions then, seem to furnish a fair test
either.
only
These
that the pre-
sumption was in favour of the Native Dynasty in virtue of

holding a
far richer,
trade,
it
and more accessible country.
As it is required that the endeavour to compare the result of

and of Native Rule, in these countries, is to be made on
specific data, it is necessary to select some one element of ad4.
British
vancement as a standard, from which can be deduced the many
numerous conditions, which go

this
to
make up
material progress.
If
be not done, the comparison must spread out into an examina-
minute and extended to be
tion too
within a reasonable compass
and the
disposed of
satisfactorily
difficulty is
increased from
the impossibility of obtaining in detail, the items which constituted
the Revenue, taxes, and trade of British Burma, previous to our
occupation, in such a shape as would enable individual compari-
son with the

5.
fiscal
arrangements
In the East, there
is
now
advancement of a country, than the

its
population.
absence of oppression.
is
It
of the
and
staple
Government, and an
produces, especially where the propor-
not in excess of the capabilities of the
vation,
test
the ebb or flow, of
rise or fall,
steady increase in the population indicates in
fact a prosperous people, a firm
tion
in force.
probably no better general
and increased
trade.
If then,
it
soil,
can be
extended
shown,
fairly
culti-
that,
the population of the Provinces composing British Burma, has
increased at a rate which far exceeds the numbers to be obtained
from natural increase, and must be attributed to immigration;

that, in
one instance where the
was drawn, became
British, the
from Native states into British
and
that,
where detailed
frontier Districts
locality,
whence the immigration
exodus ceased
districts
more
while the flow
accessible, continued
statistics are available,
have increased
it
will
at the highest ratio,
be seen our
then we
may

conclude that British Administration in Burma has proved
its
In British Burma the population
superiority over Native Rule.
returns are fairly reliable, because they are susceptible of easy
check from the Capitation Tax in force

tax
levied from
is
from,
actual
all
male
adults,
money paid
head, has shown
in these Provinces.
This
and the revenue received there
into the Treasury at fixed rates per
a proportional increase, corresponding with the
rise in population.
It is well
6.
came
known
that
when Arakan and Tenasserim
and were so unproductive,
that
it
first
were almost depopulated,
into our possession, in 1826, they
was seriously deliberated whether
The
they should not be restored to Burma.
following figures will
show how much these apparently unprofitable acquirements
pros-
pered under our Administration.

In 1826 the Province of Arakan, with an area of 18,630
7.
square miles, had a population of only 100,000 souls, these were
In 1835 tms na cl risen to 211,536, of
the indigenous population.
whom
not more than 6,000 were foreigners.
tion
numbered 309,608, an
and
in
increase of
1855 reached 366,310, or
fifty
fifteen
In 1845 tne popula-
per cent, in the decade,
per cent, in the decade,
but in 1852 Pegu had become a British possession, the
which was immediately
felt in
Arakan,
Arakan during the twenty nine
years,
still
was 250 per
indigenous population, or an average of
effect of
the total increase in
fifty
cent, of the
per cent, in each
decade.
8.
Now
we
turning to Tenasserim,
find that in
1829, three
years after the annexation, the population in a province with an
area of 28,000 square miles, was estimated at a
In 1835
souls.
six years.
it
had
little
over 70,000
risen to 84,917, or twenty-one per cent, in
In 1845 t0 127,455, or
fifty
per cent, in the decade.
In 1855 to 213,692, or sixty-nine per cent, in the decade.

other words
it
had increased by 200 per
actual increase in the

(after the loss
in each
9.
In
The
population of England and Wales
from Emigration) has been about twelve per cent,
decade of the
To
home
cent, in 26 years.
last fifty years.
support the above returns,
we
will give the Statistics of
APPENDIX
D.
289
revenue and assessed cultivation during the same period.
Revenue of Arakan which

In 1835
in
^52,832: in 1845 to ^68,455: and in 1855

The area of assessed cultivation, commencing
to
^127,729.
1830 with 66,227 acres, advanced in 1835 t0

to
233,769
The
1826 was ^23,225 rose as follows
and
in
33>95
to
in
m ^45
1855 to 353,885 acres, while the value of the
same year amounted 10^1,876,998.

first year's Revenue in 1825-26 was
In 1835-36 it had risen to ^33,953Ir* 1845-46,
entire trade in the
In Tenasserim the
10.
,2,676.
,52,525, and in 1855--56 had reached ^83,300

trade
amounted
Land under
to .836,305.
while the total
cultivation
was not
assessed by area in the earlier years of our occupation, and
have no returns on that head,

were assessed.
until
1843, when 100,657
we
acres
This in 1845 had increased to 119,869, and in
1855-56, to 181,681.
11.
Now
from 1826
until 1852, these Provinces of
Arakan and
Tenasserim had, as a competitor both for trade and population,

the
Burman
territories
with a frontier of some 800 miles, across
which our subjects were
free to go, as far as
but not free to come, because the
Burman
opposed emigration, and put serious obstacles

people migrating to our
their
territories.
crease of population shows that very large
we were concerned
authorities strongly
in the
Yet the
way of any of
immense in-
numbers were attracted
to our rule.
12.
what
As
it
to the trade, there are
no
reliable data available to
could have been under Burmese
century before
we occupied
show
rule, for say, the
the provinces, but
we know from
half
the
absence of any seaport towns of importance, and from the small
number of
vessels
which ever visited these provinces from other
countries, that, at the time they
was scarcely any external trade
at
came
all.
into our possession, there
During the
years, however,
which have now been described, Maulmain, in the Tenasserim

Provinces,
tants
became from a
and Akyab,
in
fishing village, a city of 60,000 inhabi-
Arakan, similarly sprung into existence, and
reached a population of 20,000 souls.

13.
So
vol.
far
11.
has been traced the progress of these Provinces up

u

2 9o
to 1855, but in 1852, the Province of Pegu, including the rich
had been annexed
to our
three Provinces eventually forming British
Burma
of the Irawadi,
delta
the
territory,
j
and we have
brought the older two Provinces up to 1855, because from that

date a carefully prepared statement of the statistics of the whole
three, provides a ready reference
progress, as well as because
on
all
in the first
points of their material
few years of our occupation
of Pegu, the returns are necessarily not so reliable as
when
the
Administration was completely organized.
Pegu came
14.
into our possession in 1852, with an estimated
population of 500,000 souls, and an area of 33,400 square miles,
In 1855
or a ratio of 15 persons to the square mile.

at
631,640
remembered
that
Arakan commencing
returned
it is
19 to the square mile.
souls, or nearly
It will
be
in 1826, with a ratio of 5 J
persons to the square mile, had risen in 1855 to a ratio of 20

persons; and Tenasserim, from a ratio of
increased to
persons in 1829, had
persons per square mile in 1855.
But
it
would
that in the beginning of the century, the population of the
seem
true
2\
Burman Empire
(that
is,
Upper Burma,
as
now
constituted,
Pegu and Martaban) was estimated by various authorities at from

20 to 23 persons the square mile, and if this were the general
average,
may be concluded
it
that the fertile Province of
containing the valley of the
Irawadi,
Pegu
with that river as the
highway from the seaport town of Rangoon
to Ava, the Capital of
the Empire, must have had a higher rate than the remainder of
the country.
15.
But taking the population of Pegu
mile in 1826,
British
we can then compare
and Native
after
Native
British
at 23 persons the square
the position of the territories
29 years of mutual contact, thus
Pegu
Arakan
Tenasserim
1826.
1855-
Population.
Population
769,120
719,640
100,000
341,310*
Total
*
Not including
70,000
213,692
939,320
1,274,642
foreigners.
APPENDIX
Now we know
in these
D.
that the gross increase in
291
Arakan and Tenasserim
29 years was 385,000 souls, from which, allowing the
been 75 per
natural increase during that period to have
the original population,
and
this will leave
we may deduct 127,500 on
on
us 257,500 souls, as the emigration from Pegu
and the other native Burman
we compare Pegu
cent,
that account,
States into British Territory
and
if
(including Martaban) fairly estimated in 1826,
with Pegu (including Martaban) even in 1855 (three years after
it
came
is
into our possession, during which period
its
population
we
believed to have risen from 588,000 to 719,640),
find
it
with
nearly 50,000 less population at the latter than at the former
This
period.
is
an astonishing
immense progress of the
result
when placed
British territories in
its
against the
immediate neigh-
bourhood.
The very
Burma
16.
believed
native rule,
is
is
scanty ratio of population to area, which

has, within historical periods, always
it
is
had under
almost certain proof that the actual natural increase
very low, or rather has been very low
capacity for supporting
human
tracing the British occupation of
life
yet
has very great
it
and we have been able
Arakan and Tenasserim,
in
far less
productive countries, to provide for a natural increase in them of

75 per cent, in 29 years, and even then have a large surplus popuHad Pegu during the same period, with its greater advan-
lation.
increased at the
tages,
same proportion,
it
should have been
possessed of a population of more than one million souls
came
into our hands.
Instead of
this,
we
find
its
when
it
population to
have retrograded, and there can be no reasonable doubt that the

people
who should have
enriched the Native State were drawn
into British Territory.

17.
now
Having thus brought up these Provinces

trace their progress since that period.
to 1855, we shall
The Province of
Pegu, as has been said, came into our possession in 1852, but
making allowances
for the distressed condition of
a country after
a campaign, and for the imperfect returns, accidental to a newly-
organized Administration,
we may pass over
the years up to 1855,
and from that date commence our deductions.
292
Now
1 8.
open
as to the Province of Pegu,
tories
a perfectly
faces, with
it
Burmese
200 miles, the
still
existing
under the King of Ava, so that
it is
fairly pitted against
frontier of (say)
terri-
the
From our territories,

Upper Burma whenever
possibly superior attractions of Native Rule.
any subject of ours
he
desires,
free to
is
whereas there
move
into
a steady opposition shown to any
is
emigration from the King's dominions into ours.
when
that
this,
of cultivators wish
families
So strong
is
cross they are
to
frequently obliged to do so by stealth at night, bringing possibly
and
their cattle
on the
tions
but abandoning their houses and
carts,
They send
property.
announce
frontier to
that they are coming, asking at
may meet them on
the same time that a guard

protect
much
intelligence constantly to our Police Sta-
them from the pursuing Burmese
officials
the frontier, to
;
and again and
again are our Police Stations flanked by the camps of whole

villages,
who have
bodily
shelter there until they

19.
In the face of these
a separate Province,
first
moved
That
j35)9^9-
is,
which
souls,
we
in
had more than doubled
the exact increase being 113 per cent.

lation to area
we
find that Pegu,
a Division of British Burma, had in
1855 a population of 631,640

1
their future fields.
difficulties, then,
now
and taken
into our territories,
had selected
had increased from 19
The
to
1865 had risen to

ten years,
itself in
proportion of popu-
40 per square
mile.
If
allow a natural increase of 25 .per cent, during the decade in
we may deduct 157,910 on that account; and 20,000,

number of foreigners, from 719,349, which is the total gross
question,
the
increase
and these deductions
will leave us
an immigration of
the indigenous population, into our territories, of the
number
20.
Further,
if
we look
during the same period,

is
enormous
of 561,439 souls in the ten years from 1855 to 1865.
it
to the increase of individual Districts

will
appear that their ratio of increase
strangely in accordance with their propinquity to foreign
tory,
the
and
their
Prome
consequent
District,
facility for
which
in
its
by no
less
Thus
absorbing emigrants.
Northern aspect forms our
frontier in the valley of the Irawadi, has
tion
terri-
increased
than 156 per cent, in these ten
its
popula-
years.
The
APPENDIX
Toungoo
District,
which
D.
293
our frontier in the valley of the Sittang
is
Upper Burma), has had
its population augmented in

same period 115 per cent. The Myanoung District, which
adjoins Prome to the south, shows an increase of 8.1 per cent.
(also facing
the
The Bassein
from Arakan
by 113 per
southerly
will be shown hereafter,

Upper Burma, has raised its population
While the Rangoon District, which is the most
as well as
cent.
and removed from our
The
frontier,
has increased by 70 per
same decade.
cent, in the
21.
which has drawn, as
District,
population returns from the other two divisions extend-
ing over the
same ten
years, 1855-56 to 1865-66, fully support the
conclusion that they formerly drew their additional population
from Upper Burma, and from Pegu, so long as

Native rule, and that
when
the latter
came under
it
was.
British
under
Adminis-
Thus intercommunication between
tration the transfer ceased.
Arakan and the Pegu Division
is
comparatively easy along their
mutual boundary, but when we reach the Northern Frontier of

the
Pegu Division, running athwart the
then the passage from Upper

the Arakan Division
Aeng Pass
is
is
Burma
valley of the Irawadi,
(Native) above that line to
one of considerable
difficulty
in fact, the
through the broad
the only really feasible route leading
range of mountains there separating Arakan from
Burma
Proper.
We have shown that while Arakan under British Administration had

to
compete with Pegu under Native Rule,
at
an average of 50 per
cent,
under British management, as
each decade
its
population increased
its
;
but when
it
has Pegu
neighbour, and physical obstacles
prevent a supply being drawn from Burma, as has been the case
from 1855-56 to 1865-66, we find the population has only increased

from 366,310 to 414,640, or 13 per cent.
We
have already
pointed out that the Bassein District of the Pegu Division, which
immediately adjoins Arakan, has during this period increased

113 per cent., and this
reflux of those
moved
who
is
probably in some degree due to the
had, while Pegu was under Native Rule,
into the Province of Arakan.
hand, has
many
routes
the Native States,
Tenasserim, on the other
by which she can draw population from
and we
find that in the period
from 1855-56 to
BURMA, PAST AND PRESENT
294
1865-66, this Division has increased
population from 254,605
its
to 430,551, or 68 per cent., a decennial rate as high as
attained since
22.
The
its
any
it
had
occupation.
foregoing data seem to establish beyond any doubt
that during the whole period of British Administration of the
Provinces of Arakan, Tenasserim, and Pegu, they have, in addition to an allowed natural increase of population, far higher than
we have any
historical authority for
supposing they ever reached
under Native Rule, withdrawn and absorbed enormous numbers

of people from the neighbouring Native States, which
summarised as follows
Into Tenasserim and Arakan, 1826 to 1855

,,
Pegu from 1855
,,
Tenasserim from 1855 to 1865
to 1865
Now
...
Total
23.
may be
257,500
561,439
113,295
93 2 234
looking to specific marks of material progress, to see
whether they support the conclusions we would wish to draw, we

find that in the
1865-66, the
Pegu Division during the decade 1855-56
area of assessed
539,808 to 991,102
cultivation
or
acres,
83
to
has increased from
Customs from
per cent.
^"56,281 to ,151,088. The total revenue from ,297,753 to

,646,462; while the entire trade rose from ,2,143,1.00 to
,7,300,224.
These
results
fully
bear out our argument that
increased population and increased prosperity in a country
ated and constituted as

24.
torily,
Burma
is
situ-
run hand in hand together.
Tenasserim also in the past decade has progressed

in accordance with the increase in
its
satisfac-
population.
The
assessed area has risen from 181, 681, to 273,289 acres, customs
from ^7,796 to ,13,5 1 7.
The
total
revenue from ,106,609 to
,193,566, while the entire trade has increased from
^836,305
to
,1,712,307.
25.
Arakan, on the other hand, shows the
effect
on her pro-
sperity of having a British instead of a Native Administration to
contend with as a neighbour.

physical
obstacles
It
has been indicated already that
stand between Arakan and
Upper Burma,
APPENDIX
D.
295
We
and Pegu.
which do not, and did not, between
it
the rapid increase in the population
and prosperity of Arakan up
1855, but in the decade to 1865 there
to
off.
have given
a marked falling
is
Assessed lands increased from 353,885 to 377,012 acres,
revenue from ^127,429 to ,190,032, while trade has fallen from
^1,876,998 to ^1,395,580.
26. We have hitherto been concerned only
doubted
fact, that
show the un-
to
the countries under British Administration have
possessed advantages so manifest to the population of neighbouring Native States, that a steady emigration from
territories
lished
among
population to
the
into our
Indo-Chinese nations, the original ratio of

being very low,
area
capacity of the soil

tion
them
has continued ever since our Government was estab-
is
very high.
while
the
life-supporting
This rapid increase of popula-
has produced a remarkable progress in
all
the elements
which go to make up the material prosperity of the country.

27.
And when we
look to those native powers which have been
our competitors during

the dominions of the
States,
we
period the picture
this
King of Burma, including
find everywhere signs of progressive
tented people abandoning
his
territory
the area of cultivation lessening yearly
Government shown
During
rich granaries of
Pegu
this
decay
Shan
a discon-
a decreasing revenue
outbreaks which so
year (1867), had
that supplied
In
reversed.
and the weakness of the
the rebellions and
in
regularly occur.
is
the tributary
it
not been for the
Upper Burma with
famine would have succeeded the Civil
War which
rice,
raged
last
The natives of Upper Burma themselves indicate truly the

process now being undergone by the British and native dominions.
" Here," they say, " in British Burma your villages are becoming
towns, but with us in Upper Burma our towns are becoming
year.
villages."
ALBERT FYTCHE,
Colonel,
Chief Commissioner, British Burma
Agent
to the Governor-General.
and
APPENDIX
E.
MEMORANDUM
ON THE
MAHOMMEDAN
PANTHAYS, OR
POPULATION OF YUNNAN.
COLONEL ALBERT FYTCHE,
By
Chief Commissioner British Burma, and Agent to His Excellency

the Viceroy and Governor-Genehal of India.
Dated Rangoon, July
Considerable
difficulties exist in
of the Panthays, or
first
Mahommedan
\$th,
1867.
procuring correct intelligence

population of Yunnan.
place, they are not inclined themselves to
In the
be communicative
but rather assume a studied ignorance of their
own
affairs
Secondly, communication can only be ordinarily held with them
through Chinese Merchants
and Brokers, residents of Burma
who speak the Burmese language and who,

their own private and self-interested motives, for
Proper,
to
free intercourse, with
traders from
made acquainted
preventing
Yunnan, are moreover
pay, or subject to the influence of the

well understand the
in addition
King of Burma.
in the
They
Royal policy of exclusiveness, and have been
with the several indirect orders which have from
time to time been issued by that Government, in order to

as effectually as possible, every
Panthays and foreigners of
all
restrict,
means of intercourse between
nations.
The
little
information,
APPENDIX
therefore,
which
297
has been possible to collect from the above
it
me by
sources furnished
E.
Captain Sladen, and also from a few
Panthays who visited Moulmain with a Shan Caravan, when
was Commissioner of the Tenasserim and Martaban Provinces
in
86 1,
vague and meagre; but such as
is
I will
it is,
now
briefly
record.
paper has been published in the Russian Military Journal
for August, 1866,
on the
late rising of the
population in Western China.

affinity exists
am
Dungens, or Mussulman
of opinion that no Political
between the Dungens of the North Western, and the
Panthays of the South Western Provinces of China

that the present rising of the
or rather,
Dungens on the North, bears no
relation to the former rebellion of the Panthays
on the South
or
any subsequent movement of the Southern Mussulman popula-
to
lation of
having
Yunnan,
to throw off the
commenced
Chinese yoke
such movement
as early as the year 1855.
This opinion must be understood, however, to have reference

only to the present attitude and circumstances of the Panthays in
Yunnan
bility
without any speculative allusion to causes, or the possi-
of future combination, for the Panthays of
Dugens
are,
after all, of the
same race and
Yunnan and
religion,
merely divided from each other by the Province of
and a general
able to
struggle for independence,
make head
include, at
and
if it really exists,
is
no great distance of time, the whole of the Mahommedan
bination between Panthays and

fall
and are
Sechuen
against the Chinese Government, will certainly
population in China wherever found.
the
the
The
Dungens
first
will
sign of a
com-
be manifested by
of Sechuen, and the news of such an event would soon
reach this Province.
The term Dungen
is not known or comprehended

The Mahommedans of the North
China are known to the Panthays, by the
or
Turgen
by either Panthays or Burmese.

Western Provinces of
same denomination
the
Burmese
as they call themselves, " Mooselin,"
as " Tharet."
or as
and
it is
to
some-
is of Burmese origin, and is a mere

Burmese word " Puthee," which signifies, or
times pronounced Panzee,

corruption of the
The word Panthay,
298
Mahommedans from persons of other religions in

The Chinese call the Panthays " Quayzse."* What they
term the Mahommedans of Kansoo, I am not aware possibly it
may be Dungen or Turgen. The Mahommedans of Kansoo are
distinguishes
Burma.
said to have lately achieved their independence,
and occupy
Province under a Chief named Abdool Jaffir.

The Mahommedans of Yunnan are merely a remnant,
that
should
Mahommedan aggression, which

Ghuznee, Mahomed Ghori, and Jenghis
imagine, of the great wave of
Mahomed
under
Khan,f overran
their
of
Persia, India,
and
ingress
progress
and a portion of Northern China

China
in
accounted for by Chinese and Panthays.
somewhat mythical, and assumes

race.
The Chinese
plague of
version.
evil spirits,
who
They
facts.
time,
show
gleams
itself,
excepting
During
this
more
are as follows
in
desolated the whole country, and in
now and
and the land refused
season.
is
China was subjected to a
fact put a stop to the regular course of nature.
to
is
once the superiority of their
at
Once upon a
or
given,
separately
The Panthay account
version deals less in mystery, and
bearing with supposed historical
Panthay
is
to
The sun ceased

and
then, in obscure
produce or yield
calamitous state of
affairs,
fitful
fruit in
the
due
Emperor
" dreamed a dream," in which a form was prominently revealed

to him, in the dress of
an Arab
but indicating at the same time,
every appearance of peace and friendly goodwill.
and Experts
in
Astrologers
such matters interpreted the Emperor's dream to
* This term Quayzse, the late Mr.

J. W. S. Wylie, in an article on this
in the "Edinburgh Review," (No. cxxvii., p. 357),
conjectures to be identical with Hoai-hoai, the generic term applied to the
Memorandum, published
But Dr. John Anderson, in an article published

all Mahomedans.
"Journal of the Anthropological Institute " on the same paper, correctly
points out, I think, that Quayzse means a foreigner, and that Hoaizse is the
term applied by the Chinese to the Panthays, and other Mahomedans independent of Chinese authority, Hoai meaning Mahomedan, and Zse indepenChinese to
in the
dent.
Khan was the means, no doubt, o f

Mahomedan population into China, particularly of
and Turganee tribes. The former tribe had abjured Buddhism
+ The conquest
of China by Jenghis
introducing a considerable
the Oaijour
upwards of two
centuries before the time of Jenghis
Khan.
APPENDIX
plague of evil
signify, that the
Mahommedan
spirits
E.
299
would cease, on the appearance
who were
known
to
be a
source of terror to evil spirits and devils of every description.
The
of a force of
Arabs,
Emperor was convinced, and
Mahomed,
in
sent a mission direct to the Prophet
which he begged the assistance of a few of the
Mahomed
Prophet's followers.
By
reached China.
sent 360 men, who, in due time,
of their presence, the
virtue
vanished, and the country was restored to
The Arabs were

settle,
and
treated with
its
evil
spirits
former prosperity.
becoming honour, and allowed to

the Royal
vicinity of
establish themselves, in the
But
Capital.
well
to such
numbers increased
in course of time their
an extent that the Chinese Government became anxious about
own
safety
and an arrangement was
effected,
its
by which the Arab
population near Pekin was broken up, and sent in small parties
to the confines of the
themselves,
more or
empire
less firmly,
where they have since established
and
in
some
instances proclaimed
their independence.
Chinese version.
About
great rebellion in China,
The
a thousand years ago, there was a
and the Government was
reigning Sovereign at the time was Oung-lo-show
in tribulation,
he sent
for assistance to
in danger.
;
and being
a certain King,
named
Razzee or Khazee, who ruled over the countries to the west of
A Mahommedan
China.
with their assistance,
contingent of 10,000
the rebellion
But a
services of the contingent dispensed with.

arose, as to the return of the
They had been

to
stay
Mahommedans
to their
greatly reduced in numbers,
where they were, and
settle
men was
own country was
abroad, and their pollution as

swine,
and
down
difficulty
own
now
country.
and
their inclination
in
China, was en-
couraged by reports, which reached them, to the

return to their
sent,
was suppressed, and the
effect that
forbidden owing to long residence
Mahommedans by
and other abominations, which were known
contact with
to
abound
in
The remnant of the contingent was finally located in

Yunnan, and settling down there, became peaceful subjects of the
China.
Emperor of China.
It is to
be inferred that the
Mahommedan
population in
Yunnan
3oo
was
for
some
centuries,
Chinese Government
in
Chinese History as
in
Yunnan,
fully
no
mention
is
made
them
of
after their domestication
when they
rebelled
and success-
threw off the Chinese yoke.
The
rebellion
come a
is
stated to have originated
The Panthays
and
flourishing
specially
severity.
multiplied and be-
They preserved
community.
and customs, but were nevertheless
separate nationality
are said to have
and been carried out
Yunnan had
in
distinct
obedient to the Chinese laws.
The Chinese and Tartar
officials
been oppressive, and the foreign population was
marked out
the exercise of
for
more than ordinary
Their industrious habits, and general aptitude,
Mahommedans
the
known,
far as is
the
loyally disposed towards
particular
until the year 1855,
in this wise.
their
at least,
for
profitable subjects; whilst
it
made
rendered them at
Then
the same time victims to unjust and extortionate masters.
a feeling of enmity and hate was engendered, with the usual
The Loosonphoo Silver Mines of Yunnan were worked

by Panthays, under the superintendence of Chinese officers.
results.
On
a certain day a dispute arose at the mines, and the miners,
exasperated
by unjust treatment, had recourse
murdered every Chinese
officer
they could
find.
to
and
force,
The
revolt of
the miners was at once followed by a general armed rising of the
Panthays throughout Yunnan.

the Chinese, they at
nesses, from
first
Being
far
inferior in
number
took to the woods and mountain
thence they carried on a
fierce
guerilla
to
fast-
warfare.
Meeting everywhere with success, they were soon joined by large

numbers of the neighbouring semi-independent hill tribes of Shans,
Kakhyens,* and others, when they soon extended their operations
to the plains,
and
to the siege of large towns;
government receiving no assistance from Pekin

the insurgents
and the
finally
local
succumbed,
became supreme, and a separate Panthay Govern-
* The Kakhyens above alluded to are a portion of the vast horde of

Singphoos that inhabit the mountainous districts of Northern Assam, and
stretch round the north of Burma into Western China.
They extend not only
all
along the northern
tain ranges lead them,
frontier,
but dip
and nearly as
down southward whenever
far south as the latitude of
the
moun-
Mandalay.
APPENDIX
ment was established with
its
E.
301
Head-quarters at Tali or Talifoo
dan element had always been very

since
been made from time
Mahome-
then only a city of secondary importance, but where the
Feeble attempts have
strong.
to time to recover the lost province,
by the despatch of Imperial troops from the
capital
but the
Chinese Government has never been able to make head against

the Panthays
and the troops sent have generally been repulsed,
before they could even penetrate within the
The
present
Mahommedan Government
Yunnan
frontier.
of Yunnan,
presided
is
over by a military chief styled Sooleman by the Panthays, and
He
Tuwintsen by the Chinese.
has assumed the insignia of
Royalty, by formal installation on the Guddee, and by the exclusive
and prerogatived use of yellow clothing and appurtenances.
This Chief or King
is
ministers, the principal
large
assisted
one of
town close to the Shan
by four
whom
is
frontier,
military
and four
civil
Momein, a
west of Yunnan,
There
established at
appears to be little departure in the matter of administration, from the

old form of Chinese Government, except being
its
Taxation
character.
as can be understood, to a
The Panthays
are
themselves on their
verse in Arabic,
and
extremely
is
light,
more
military in
being restricted as
far
moderate assessment on land.
Mahommedans of the Soonee sect, and pride

Arab descent many of them are able to con;
They
their prayers are all in this language.
have Mosques or Musjids, of the true moslem type and are fanatical
and
strict in their religious
been able
zeal, or
performances
to ascertain, however, there
tolerant of
all
religious persuasions,
far
as far as I
trace of
The Chinese
and unlikely
Mahommedans by any interference
Buddhist wherever found
and
no
any
have
religious
motive, as the origin or pretext for the present rising of
the Panthays against Chinese rule.
to the
is
less
is
with their religion.
The
untrammelled by conventional dogma,
imbued with the odium theologicum, or
temptuous abhorrence of
own, than
is
are generally
to cause irritation
all
that con-
creeds and customs other than their
the case with other natives of the East, of whatever
creed or denomination.
The
dress of the Panthays
ance, for the most part, with Chinese habit
is
in accord-
though many of
302
them cut
and allow
their hair to a certain length,
They
on the nape of the neck.

distinctive
turban, of
Chinese.
They
are
Yunnan,
it
suppose that their future independence
is
Panthay traders
Government sued
Yunnan
to cede
terms,
The
Embassy
its
in
say, that
and
after twelve years
not improbable
is
which the Imperial
in
and volunteered
to the Panthays, provided they
said
would come to
on neighbouring
further acts of aggression

it is
to
secure.
for a cessation of hostilities,
offer
back
during the past year, an Embassy was
Emperor of China,
and commit no
provinces.
fall
instances, a
more ample form than in use amongst

tall, and strongly built men, are an
of absolute government
received from the
to
fair,
community of people
interesting race, or
it
many
also wear, in
was indignantly refused, and the
was obliged to return to Pekin, without accomplishing
object.
This,
if true,
bodes
evil to
our future intercourse with China
through Yunnan by railway or otherwise.
The
between China and Upper Burma, amounted

before the
Mahommedan
sterling.
No
;
Bamo
1854 (the year
insurrection) to half a million of
pounds
caravans of Sechien or other provinces of China,
since the establishment of
Yunnan
trade via
in
and trade by
Mahommedan
this route
rule,
have passed through
has almost altogether ceased.
But with Yunnan alone, a large trade was formerly carried on,
and
it is
hoped
that the caravan route, at
shortly re-opened.
been used
tained
its
for
It
any
rate,
may be
again
possesses the unusual advantage of having
a line
centuries as
vitality heretofore,
among
of
all
traffic,
and has main-
the disturbing influences
of the flow and ebb of the Chinese and Burmese power, and
is
cogent proof of the necessity for interchange of commodities be-
tween the respective countries.
An
apparent interminable feud has doubtless arisen between the
Manchur dynasty, and the Mahommedan population, of China,

which may probably, combined with other numerous causes, ultimately end disastrously to that dynasty.
for the
How
long
it
will take
Chinese Government to disintegrate and re-appear under
new form
what
effect
such a change would have on the inde-
APPENDIX
E.
303
pendent
Mahommedan
will the
change be brought about by them, are questions which
may probably
affect
population of the Western Provinces
a future generation
of interest to neighbouring governments,
and
but are nevertheless
and
full
political speculators
of the present day.
ALBERT FYTCHE,
Colonel,
Burma and
Agent to His Excellency the Viceroy
and Governor- General of India.
Chief Commissioner, British
APPENDIX
LETTER
APOLOGY
of
F.
EMPEROR
from the
of
CHINA,
AND
CREDENTIALS OF THE ENVOY KUO SUNG-TAO,

ON HIS MISSION TO GREAT BRITAIN.
Dated October,
1876.
(Translation.)
The Emperor of China salutes the Queen of England and

Empress of India.
Having become
inheritor of the great estate
by the mandate of
Heaven, and reverently continued the succession

estate,
to
our great
we have borne in affectionate remembrance the States in
amity with us and [have desired] to consolidate for ever relations

of friendship and concord.
In the
first
moon
of the
(February, 1875), the
ment,
Ma
Kia-li (Mr.
first
year of the reign of
official interpreter
Kwang
Sii
of your Majesty's Govern-
Margary) by name, whilst travelling under
passport from Burma, and on having reached the frontier region
of the province of Yunnan, was murdered, and his companion,
Colonel Browne, was attacked and driven back.
We made
special
General of the
Hu
appointment of Li Han-chang, Governor-
Kusang
provinces, to proceed to
Yunnan
for
the purpose of instituting inquiry and taking action in conformity
with the principles of justice

enjoining
and we furthermore issued a Decree
upon the Governors-General and Governors of
all
the
ArrENDIX
F.
305
provinces that they should give instructions to
all local
authorities
within their jurisdiction to the effect that the provisions of the

Treaties must be duly fulfilled with reference to
under passport
ling
in the places
all
persons travel-
under their authority.
Li Hun-chang having completed his investigation, memorialised

us requesting that the military officer, Li Cheu-kwoh, and others
might be severally punished

In the month of August
for their offences.
we
last,
further specially appointed Li
Hun-chang, a Senior Grand Secretary, Governor-General of the

Province of Chihli, of the
to
first
class of the
Third Order of Nobility,
proceed as High Minister Plenipotentiary to Chefoo, in the
Province of Shantung, to act there with your Majesty's Special
Envoy, Wei
Toma
a settlement of
(Sir
Thomas Wade),
in reply, stating that
in arranging the terms of
Li Hun-chang has memorialised us,
this case.
your Majesty's Envoy, Sir
had expressed the opinion that
Thomas Wade,
security for the future
preferred to punishment of the past
special rescript in reply, according to the request that
granting, as
was to be
and we issued thereupon a

was made,
an act of grace, remission of the penalties that had
been incurred by Li Cheu-kwoh and the others involved with him,
and
still
further enjoining
upon the high
vinces implicit obedience to the
authorities of
commands
all
the pro-
of last year, that pro-
tection should be afforded in conformity with the Treaty stipula-
We
tions.
have also commanded the
Yamen
of Foreign Affairs
to draw up a Proclamation and to forward a copy of the draft to
each Provincial Government to be acted upon, to the end that

tranquillity
may
prevail
the
in
relations
between China and
foreigners.
That Mr. Margary, whilst

frontier of
travelling
under passport within the
Yunnan, should have lamentably been murdered,
fact which not alone involves the question of a loss of
life,
is
but
which also has gone near to disturb our relations of amity and
We
concord.
made
special
profoundly regret and lament
appointment of
Vice-President of the
Kwoh
11.
We
have now
Board of Ceremonies, and one of the
Ministers of the Office of Foreign Affairs, as

vol.
it.
Sung-tao, an acting Senior
Envoy Extraordinary,
x
3 6
to proceed to your Majesty's country to give utterance,
behalf, to
we have
the sentiments
at
on our
heart, as a proof of our
genuine desire of amity and concord.
We know Kwoh
Sung-tao to be an officer of capacity and
experience, of loyalty
and
amiable
just,
acquired great
and
and
truthfulness,
far
familiarity
in
Chinese and foreign Powers.
dence be reposed
concord may
that
all
alike
we doubt
in
for ever
may
not, will
reaching
in
who
is
in
disposition
intelligence.
He
has
the treatment
of affairs between
We
that sincere confi-
would ask
him, to the end that blessings of friendly
be experienced in the highest degree, and
enjoy the happiness of a state of peace.
This,
be greatly to the satisfaction [of your Majesty].
APPENDIX
G.
MEMORANDUM
ON
FOUR YEARS' ADMINISTRATION

OF BRITISH BURMA, 1867 1871.
By Major-Gen.
A.
FYTCHE,
C.S.L, Chief Commissioner.
Before taking my departure from the province of British

Burma on a furlough to Europe, from which perchance
Reasons
for
reviewing
the administration.
I
I
may
never return,
it
may
not be out of place
put upon record for the information of
1867-1871.
successor,
generally, a few particulars respecting the
and the public
past history of this administration, and
out the four years during which
my
my
my
if
it
its
progress through-
has been entrusted to
This task was in some measure undertaken by
care.
eminent predecessor Sir Arthur Phayre, who previous
Burma submitted
to his departure from
ment of India
statistical
to the
Govern-
tables of the progress
of the
statistical
en
province during the period of his administration prior to
1867
and
-r
if I
sive review I
venture to enter upon a more comprehen-
may be pardoned from
that the
main portion of
country,
and
that for
my
life
more than
y ear?submitted by
sir Arthur
the consideration
has been spent in this

thirty years I
have been
serving in one or other of the three divisions of Arakan,
Pegu, and Tenasserim.
When
I first
landed in
Burma
in
...
1841, and joined the
British
Burma
old Arakan local battalion, British territory only com-
*8 4 i.
in
3 o8
the
prised
known
of sea-board
strips
Arakan and
as
Tenasserim; Arakan being separated from Tenasserim
by the important Burmese province of Pegu. In those

days when the Government of India was contemplating
Burma was
the occupation of Affghanistan,
so
little
cared
for that a withdrawal from the country was more than
once seriously contemplated.
Our
rule
was popular with
the people, but the revenue was insufficient to
meet the
expenditure, and indeed the country had only recently
begun
to recover
from the devastating wars, which
had been desolating the
centuries
Meantime
Chittagong to Siam.
upward
to the
Burma and
China,
hands of a cruel and barbarous despot,
utterly
wild tribes which intervene between

in the
for
from
the whole of the fertile
valley of the Irawadi, from the sea-coast
was
region
entire
ignorant of the
great world
around him, and conse-
quently unrestrained by the public opinion of civilised

countries.
Here
Early
history of
British
would take the opportunity
glancing very
ot
briefly at the early history of the British
occupation of
occupation.
Burma, inasmuch
as
it
apprehension which
at
will clear
away much of the mis-
present prevails respecting the
Burmese wars of 1825 and 1852, and
yond
all
further
will establish be-
doubt the vast superiority of British
administration over Native rule.
The
First Bur-
mese war
forced upon
fairly
first
forced
Burmese war, namely
upon the
British
that of 1825-26,
Government.
was
For nearly
the British
Government,
forty years the
Government of India had endured
indig-
1825-26.
nities, which Great Britain
moment
would never have suffered
for
but the Indian Government was already en-
gaged in expensive wars against the Mahrattas, Ghoorkas,
and Pindarrees, and was reluctant to engage in further

hostilities which might provoke the enemies of the old
East India Company to renew their attacks upon the
Aegressions
of
trading monopoly.
At
length, however, the
Burmese
Burmese
officials.
officials
seized an island belonging to the British Govern-
APPENDIX
3cq
G.
ment, and invaded territory which was under British pro-
To
tection.
submit to such aggressions was clearly out
of the question and could only have led to further insults.
Accordingly, the British Government was dragged into a
war which terminated, as already
annexa-
stated, in the
Arakan and Tenasserim.
tion of
When
came
these provinces
into British possession in
1826, they were so depopulated and impoverished that

the restoration of
OppOSed
to all
mended
itself to
Burma
to the Court of Ava, although
sound principles of imperial
policy,
favour on financial grounds.
recom-
Rapid improvement
of Arakan
serfm under
British administration.
But during
the quarter of a century that intervened between the
first
Burmese war of 1826 and the second Burmese war of

1852, Arakan and Tenasserim had attained a prosperity
which
is
scarcely credible
of Asiatic races
is
more than three hundred thousand.
had quadrupled, being

at least
the general immobility
In Arakan
had increased from a hundred thousand
the population
souls to
when
taken into consideration.
^"100,000
less
The revenue
than ^25,000 in 1826, and
The
in 1852.
area of cultivation had
increased from less than 70,000 acres in 1826 to
than
300,000 acres in
In Tenasserim
1852.
suffice to say that the ratio
more
it
will
of progression was nearly the
same.
During the
.-.,
fertile
my residence
,.,.
ten years of
first
-_
Burma,
in
under Burmese rule
prosperity,
and
need scarcely add that
it
any one of those signs of progress and
which characterised the adjoining parts
British administration.
order of the day.
unde
Stagnation and squalor were the
The King who then
filled
the throne
was rather a favourable type of a Burmese sovereign, and

regarded as a golden
his reign
is still
name
King Tharawadi
of
man, and
native rule,
1841 1852.
the two British provinces of Arakan and Tenasserim, was
failed to exhibit
state of
Pegu under
-,
province of Pegu, which intervened between
the
to every
is
still
era.
Indeed the
familiar to every Bur-
European residing
in
this
country,
io
although
but
is
it
known
little
to the outer world
yet
was a tyrannical despot, who stabbed and
this potentate
own hands, and who not
shot his ministers with his
only
repudiated the treaty which had been concluded with his

predecessor, but openly insulted the British Resident at
his capital,
and defied
the British
Government
to
do
its
worst.
Such provocations would have again
Second Burmese war

1852.
European power excepting our own

to
stirred
up any
but we continued
endure them, and they were naturally succeeded by
outrages on British subjects and war-like demonstrations
At
against British territory.
length, after
many
years of
arrogant insolence on the part of the Bunnese
on
and vain remonstrance

Government, the
its
own
tion,
dignity,
to
of
part
officials
the
British
was compelled, by a sense of
latter
and the very
an
send
the
instinct of self-preserva-
up
expedition
the
Irawadi,
which
terminated in the annexation of the important province
of Pegu.
importance
of the annexation of
It is difficult to overrate the value of this acquisition
._..,_,Government,
and the increased prosperity
which has thereby accrued
to the people of the country.
to the British
Pegu
The two
strips
of
sea-board,
known
as
Arakan and
Tenasserim, have been consolidated and strengthened by

the annexation
and the three
of the territory on the lower Irawadi,

divisions
now form
occupying an uninterrupted
a compact province,
line of sea-coast of nearly a
thousand miles in length, and a water communication

with the distant interior, more easily navigable than the
Ganges, and which promises to open up a trade route

nearly equal importance to British
factures.
Indeed
it
may be
Pegu our possessions

small value
in
but that with
of
commerce and manu-
safely asserted that without
Burma
are
Pegu our
of comparatively
territory in
Burma
has become one of the most prosperous provinces of our

Eastern empire.
APPEND TX
These
results are
due to the 1policy

J
seeing genius of Lord Dalhousie,
date,
by
* the
initiated
who took
far-
the liveliest
and up
first,
inter.
pi
Lord Dalhousiein
to
the only Governor- General that ever visited
these shores.
may however add
Mayo
and
Rangoon, which was seriously
that his Lordship's visit to
contemplated
and which
year,
last
my
have taken place during
an equal
a cause of sincere regret
is
it
that at least
been taken by His Excel-
interest in this province has
lency Lord
3.1
Burma, and was the
interest in British
this
G.
had hoped would
tenure of
has
office,
now
been indefinitely postponed.
Upon one
point only
does the action taken by
the
J
J
x
Government of India
open
to question
in 1852 appear to
and even
generally supposed
to
by
diplomatic
display
of
force
that
political
Court of Ava might have been
both
in a great
Had
1852.
in
blished on a lasting basis, which
been
has been
remain a few weeks longer, our
relations with the
beneficial to
have been
it
allude to the premature with-
drawal of the expedition
been allowed
to
Fortunately this result has
states.
friendship
esta-
would have proved
measure achieved in
action,
hostilities in
Lord Dalhousie acted under
that
pressure from home.
me
in this direction
Premature
cessation of
and
partly
later years, partly
by a spontaneous
and confidence on the part of
Majesty the King of Ava, which was previously
Llis
unknown.
Within a period of
little
more than eighteen years
Subsequent
prosperity of
British
Burma has
thus attained a prosperity which can be
British
Burma.
favourably compared with that of any province in India
and
in the latter part of 1866, or
1867,
my
predecessor
commencement of
submitted the
already mentioned, which showed that
statistical
tables
during the ten
years from 1855-56 to 1864-65 the revenue had increased
from Rs. 53,17,922, per annum, to Rs. 103,00,620. At

same time the population had increased from
the
1,252,555,
to
2,196,180;
the
export
trade
from Rs.
3 i2
and the import trade

232,41,866, to Rs. 555,55.595
from Rs. 262,22,219, to Rs. 481,25,559.
>
It
Causes of
of the popu-
scarcely necessary for
is
gratifying results
lation.
to dilate
me
upon these
but I venture to allude prominently

.
to the important increase in the population, respecting
which some misapprehension might otherwise
The
arise.
leading feature in the past and present condition of British
Burma
the vast excess of culturable land over land
is
actually
under cultivation.
have reason to believe that
speaking in round figures there are thirty thousand square

miles of culturable land in this province, which are lying
waste from want of cultivators
whilst there are not above
three thousand square miles which are under cultivation
At the same time the population has already increased

from about one million,
at
which
it
apparently stood at the
introduction of our rule, to nearly two and a half millions.

It
would thus appear a priori
that
if
nearly two millions
and a half of people can be supported by the
cultivation
of three thousand square miles of land, the cultivation of
the entire area of culturable waste would maintain ten
times
amount of population,
that
millions
of people
population of British
whilst
or about twenty-five
the great
Burma proves
immigration of Burmese,
Shans,
increase
that there
Chinese,
is
in
the
a yearly
and other
cognate races into British Burma, driven out from their
own
countries by the exactions
rule,
who
and oppressions of native
are eager to cultivate
new
lands under the
peace, protection, and personal liberty, which they
may
enjoy under British administration, and which cannot be
found elsewhere throughout the Malacca peninsula.

Progress of
the province
since 1867.
If I
now
been carried
refer to the various

out,
measures which have
and the advance which has been made
in the progress of the province since the departure of

Sir
Arthur Phayre in the early part of 1867,
much
it is
for the sake of self-gratulation, or for the
not so
purpose
of bestowing praise, however richly deserved, upon the

APPENDIX
ment
my
under
officers
my
to
still
tice is
done
work out
313
but as an encourage-
show how much has been

years ; and how much, I regret
successors, to
done within the

to say,
administration
G.
last four
remains to be accomplished before
and
to this province,
is
it
important problem of
for itself the
full
jus-
in a position to
its
future
prosperity.
I will
now endeavour
r
my
the main features of
countries
upon our
of foreign
and public works.
policy,
Under
foreign
policy and
internal administration.
the
propose to review the progress
the Court
of our relations with
Distinction
between
1
internal administration,
be,
administration during the past
four years under the several heads
head of foreign policy
may
to review, as rapidly as
frontier
of Ava, and
all
the
under that of internal ad-
ministration I will endeavour to indicate the progress
which has been made, and the measures which have
been undertaken
in connection with trade, mail service,
revenue, local funds, police, military defences and edu-
Public Works, being a most important subject
cation.
under a separate heading.
in this province, I will notice
Foreign Policy.
1.
As regards
foreign policy, I will in the
instance
first
notice the progress of diplomatic relations with the Court
The
of Ava.
was brought
Progress of
relations'
with Ava.
expedition of 1852, as already intimated,
premature close without the conclusion
to a
of such a formal peace, as would have established our

political relations
manent
war,
my
treaty
Ava upon an
and
intelligible
In 1862, however, ten years
basis.
per-
after the
predecessor, Sir Arthur Phayre, concluded
with
the Court of
admirable as
it
step in opening
the
with
was
up
in
friendly
King of Ava, proved
to British interests
Mandalay
itself,
and
to
and
and
be of
trade.
but this treaty,
gratifying as the
political
little
or
first
relations with
no advantage
The Burmese
Treaty of
l862
officials
were alike ignorant of our ways and suspicious of our
'
3*4
Commerce was
intentions.
obstructed, injurious
Rebellion of
mono-
and
justice for British
subjects was practically unattainable in
Burmese territory.
polies were retained by the King,
In 1866 a rebellion broke out in Mandalay, which well

nigh proved successful, and was only effectually suppressed by the friendly action of the British Government.
At
its
conclusion a favourable opportunity appeared to
present
itself for
concluding a more satisfactory treaty
with the King, which should really open up his territories
commerce, and provide
to British
for the stipulations of
the treaty of 1862 being carried out in a spirit of sincerity

Failure of
and friendship by the two governments.
Sir Arthur
Phayre to
conclude a
Phayre, however,
treaty.
was prevented
which need not be
stances,
negotiations
to
specified,
satisfactory
Arthur
Sir
by adverse
circum-
from bringing the
conclusion,
and conse-
quently no treaty was executed.

Measures
When
of
1867.
was entrusted with the charge of the Chief
my
Commissionership in the early part of 1867, one of

first
objects was to
open up a
friendly intercourse with the
King, and to endeavour through Major Sladen,

at that time
remove
all
my
assistant at the
suspicions from the
who was
Court of Mandalay, to
mind of His Majesty, and
convince the Burmese Government that the only
to
Government was
object of the British
to
promote the
material interests of the two states, by mutual concessions.
the
At
that time so
way of developing
little
had been accomplished
the trade with
in
Upper Burma under
the treaty of 1862, that during the whole interval that
had elapsed between that year and the date of
my
taking charge of this administration in the early part of
1867, only four merchant steamers had
made
their
way
to Mandalay.
Improved
communications with
Ava.
One
of
my
earliest
measures was to provide
for a
more rapid and regular communication, not only between Rangoon and the frontier town of Thayetmyo, but
between Thayetmyo and Mandalay, the
capital of Ava,
APPENDIX
and with the
stations in the
inland, as far as the remote
Bhamo.
city of
The
G.
Ava
315
territory
further
still
and decaying commercial
details of these
measures
will
be
found more
at length
ministration,
and are only mentioned here on account of
their political bearing
under the head of internal ad-
and
it
will suffice to
say that the
subject has been one of grave importance, politically
and commercially.
In the
first
instance
was contented
with tentative measures which will be noticed hereafter;
am now happy
much
but
tion
and correspondence, arrangements have been con-
to say that after
cluded under which a weekly steamer
Mandalay, whilst a monthly steamer
more remote
station of
is
is
considera-
despatched to
despatched to the
Bhamo, with the view of opening
up the old trade route with Western China, and encouraging the influx of population into British
territory.
Having prepared the way by diplomacy and improved ^"^treat

communications for opening up more direct negotiations of l867
-
with the King, I proceeded to Mandalay in October, 1867
and
after considerable
discussion I succeeded in con-
cluding the treaty which forms the basis of our present

political relations
This
with the Court of Mandalay.
treaty provided for the utmost freedom as regards
mercial
intercourse
countries;
for the
between
the
all
who
is
political
medium
the
of
communications between the British Govern-
official
ment and
people of the two
permanent residence of a
agent at the Court of Mandalay,
com-
the
King of Ava and
his ministers
and
for the
establishment of a court, in which the political agent has

the power
to
adjudicate
in
all
such cases in which
British subjects are alone concerned,
Burman
official
of high rank
the adjudication of
and
all civil
sits
and
in
which a
on the same bench
cases in which both
British subjects are concerned.
for
Burmese
Moreover under
King has given up his more oppressive

monopolies, and measures have been carried out for
this treaty the
BbRMA, PAST A AW PRESENT.
316
re-opening the old trade route with Western China, by
former years a considerable trade had been
which
in
carried
on between Burma and Yunnan.
The measures
so far as they refer to the re-opening of
the old trade route with Western China, perhaps require
more
detailed notice, inasmuch as they are calculated to
exercise a
permanent
upon
effect
commerce.
British
Bhamo.
the old commercial city of
place was an
emporium of
trade.
and Shans arrived every year

of Western China
ducts
at
whilst
European and Burmese, found

place up the Irawadi river.
In
King of Ava
the northern part of the dominions of the
is
Prior to 1852 this
Caravans of Chinese
Bhamo
with the pro-
a variety of goods,
their
way
same
the
to
Between, however, 1852 and
1855, this trade was brought to a somewhat sudden conclusion
by a war which broke out between some Mussul-
man subjects
of the emperor of China and the surrounding
Chinese population
and
whilst these hostilities were in
progress the route over the

city of Talifu in
Of
Kakhyen
hills
towards the
Western China was closed by
late years this
war has been dying
out,
banditti.
and
I con-
sidered the opportunity a favourable one for attempting

to
open up communications with the Mussulman and
Chinese authorities, with a view of diverting the trade to

its
my
urgent
Major Sladen was sent with some other
officers
Accordingly in 1868, at
former channel.
request,
on an expedition, which succeeded not only
Bhamo, but in penetrating

Momein, and exchanging
The
governor of Talifu.
the
Kakhyen
letters
in visiting
hills as far as
with the Mussulman
reports of this expedition have
already been published at considerable length,

will suffice to state here that its success
than
had anticipated.
been shown
officials
in the
first
Some
and
obstructions
may have
instance by those of the
Burmese
who may have been suspicious of our
object; but
all
such
difficulties
it
was even larger
have now entirely
real
dis-
APPENDIX
G.
317
appeared before the cordial assistance which has been

granted by the King, and the real interest which His
Majesty has displayed in measures which are quite as
much
own
calculated to promote the prosperity of his
country as the interests of commerce generally.
Since
the latter part of 1869, Captain Strover has continued to
Bhamo
reside at
succeeded
the Burmese
chiefs
as assistant political agent
establishing the
in
officials,
most
and has
friendly terms with
Kakhyen
as well as with the
additional proofs of the important trade which
up
springing
Meantime the bonds of

countries
between the
at
to
Europe
The King has

to
be educated,
official,
visit to his capital.
Another country whose

of British
it
British
communciation than could have
any previous period.
welcomes any European merchant or
who may pay
is
territory
frontier
is
is
conterminous with
Our
Siam.
relations
with
believed always been satisfactory, but
from some reason which

all
relation
young Burmese
sent several
Siam have
fast
the Court of Ava, are drawing the two
into closer
been anticipated
whilst he
is
in that quarter.
Government and
that
hill
and every mail steamer from Bhamo brings
confess I cannot understand,
diplomatic intercourse between the British Government
and the Court of Siam
is
carried
on between Her Majesty's
Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs in

British Consul residing at
For
forty years, however, the question
between Siam and

settled;
and
in
London and a
Bankok, the capital of Siam.

of the frontier
British territory has never
when
1864,
been
finally
was Commissioner of
Tenasserim, I was appointed to negotiate the matter

with some Siamese
especially
me upon
chan
officials
of
rank who. had been
nominated by the King of Siam
the subject.
river,
where
met the Siamese
a lengthy negotiation
to discuss with
accordingly proceeded to the Pak-
it
officers
and
after
was agreed that the Pakchan
318
and Thoungyeen
accepted
be
should
rivers
boundaries on the south and north
the
as
whilst the watershed
of the central mountain range on the east was to form
At the same time an
the boundary in that direction.
made
amicable arrangement was
as regards the Islands.
Since then this line of frontier has been surveyed and
demarcated by Captain A. H. Bagge,

ratified
and the King of Siam.
I regret to state that since this
memorandum was under
consideration
arrived that Captain Bagge
mature death of
will
and duly
r.e.,
by a treaty between the Government of India
news has
the
no more; and the
is
and popular young
this efficient
not only be deplored by his friends, but
deeply
by
felt
be
will
and the
Administration
this
pre-
officer
British
Government.
The
questions connected with
other
what may be
called Foreign policy refer to our dealings with the hill
on the Arakan
tribes
and
frontier,
similar wild tribes
on
the upper valley of the Salween river.
The
tribes
on the Arakan
frontier
and region beyond,
They
are a wild savage race of a very primitive type.
go by
different
are the same.
away some
grain
names, but their general characteristics
They
the jungle
cultivate
available slope with
and use the ashes
manure.
for
can only be cultivated under

ten years, the people of a
sary to emigrate from
one
fire,
this
As
the
often find
household goods,
their families,
They
also practise the system of kidnapping
amongst themselves, which
this
best to suppress, but which
inaccessible
hills,
recommendation
and leads
the
it
neces-
to another, carrying with
them
its
same spot
system about once in
hill village
site
by clearing
and then sow the
pigs,
and dogs.
and slavery
Administration has done

still
prevails in the
to frequent raids.
more
At
my
Government of India have ap-
pointed a European superintendent to reside in these

hills,
and much good has been
effected by this measure
APPENDIX
in maintaining a
is
check upon the
G.
3 r9
tribes
but the climate
unfortunately very unhealthy during a large portion of
the year, and few European constitutions are impervious

to
Other measures are under consideration,
its effects.
which
have no doubt
tend to solve the questions
will
connected with the administration and
political control
of these remote regions.
The
tribes
on the upper course of the Salween
river,
unknown countries beyond, have also engaged

my attention. The most important of these half-savage
people are known as the Red Karens and the Zimmay
and
in the
Shans
and they
inflicted considerable injury
upon the
timber trade on the upper Salween by their occasional
The Red Karens
raids.
the western chiefs have
Government
British
are virtually independent, but
more than once requested the
to take
them under
its
protection,
which, however, has not been hitherto deemed expedient.
The
chief of the
Zimmay Shans
is
practically almost as
independent, but he owes a nominal allegiance to the
King of Siam.
Under Burmese
rule
all
these tribes
were treated as though they were wild beasts of the
and Burmese
jungle
gaged
in
killing
officials
have been too often en-
hunting the people down, burning their villages,
who resisted and reducing

Of late years their condition
all
slavery.
all
the rest
has been
to
much
ameliorated, but the lawless condition of their territories
much aggravated by a fierce dispute between

Zimmay Shans and the eastern Karennees respecting
has been
the
a tract of forest land
Salween
lying
and the frequent
on the
hostilities
left
bank of the
employed
in con-
nection with this dispute has brought the timber trade
almost to
standstill.
At my recommendation the
Government of India has sanctioned my sending Captain
Lowdnes on a mission
to the
Zimmay
chief, in the
hope
of being able to settle the difficulties which impede the
timber trade, and bring about,
if
possible, a reconciliation

3 2o
between that chief and the
Karennee.
chiefs of Eastern
Other measures are also under consideration which
hoped
The
it is
in view.
Internal Administration.
II.
Heads of
internal administration,
main objects
will effect the
internal administration of British
Burma may now
be considered under the several sections of trade, mail
and edu-
service, local funds, police, military defences,
cation.
Large
Trade.
in-
crease of
trade, 1867
me
It affords
great gratification to notice the
large increase
....
trade of this province, which
in the
is
to 1871.
mercial progress
no doubt due
is
This com-
the year 1868-69.
especially noticeable in
measure to the
in great
new markets which were opened up
in
Upper Burma
in
consequence of the privileges conceded by the Court of
Mandalay under the
treaty
concluding in 1867.
It will
month
additional
which
had the honour of
be seen that after adding an
to the official year 1866-67,
consequence of changing the close of the

from 30th April to 31st March,
months
consisted
only, the increase in the gross internal
nal trade of the province in 1868-69
three per cent, over 1866-67, being
and a half
inland trade,
increase
is
amounted
in
year
of eleven
and
exter-
to twenty-
more than ten
millions
1868-69 against eight millions and
sterling in
a half sterling in
which
official
In the inland trade
1866-67.
especially observable
for in
1866-67
this
was
it
only one million forty thousand sterling, whilst in 1867-
68
it
had increased
sterling.
more than two
to
In 1868-69
it fell
millions
slightly to
and a half
two millions and
a hundred thousand sterling; but in 1869-70
it
rose
again to two millions and two hundred thousand sterling.

Customs.
The customs show
still
more decided
increase
in
In 1866-67 the amount collected under this

revenue.
head was about one hundred and nineteen thousand
pounds.
thousand;
In
in
1867-68
1868-69
nearly two
it
rose
it
further rose
to
to
hundred
two hundred
APPENDIX
and eighty-seven thousand.
G.
321
1869-70
In
slightly,
it fell
a sum of over two hundred thousand pounds
but
still
was
collected.
the
enhanced
proportion
Some
to
is
of this increase
on grain
levied
rate
is
;
no doubt due
but
to
a large
still
be ascribed to the general increase of
trade.
There
perhaps no necessity for overloading the
is
Export
trade.
present
fully
memorandum
with
statistics,
given in an appendix, but
which
will
may be
be found
permitted to
notice the remarkable increase in the export trade

cutch, jade, rice, paddy,
exports of cutch only
and timber.
amounted
to
in
In 1866-67 the
^40,000;
in
1867-68
they amounted to ^125,000, in 1868-69 to ^181,000,
and
in
1869-70
more than ^193,000. In 1866-67

amounted to ^6,400 in 1867-
to
the exports of jade only
68 they amounted to ^36,400, in 1868-69 to ^42,200,
1869-70 there was a falling off, but still they

In rice, paddy, and
amounted to nearly ^2 1,000.
in
timber the increase has been steady but not quite so

perceptible.
There has also been a marked increase

goods in
sterling in
imports,
piece-
in cotton-twist
from three hundred and ten thousand
risen
1866-67 to three hundred and eighty thousand
in 1867-68,
in
The imports
and cotton.
silk
and yarn have
in
and yarn, and
especially in those of cotton-twist
and three hundred and
1868-69.
hundred and ten thousand

hundred and
seventy-five thousand
Cotton piece-goods have risen from
sixty
sterling in
1866-67
thousand in 1867-68, and
and eighty thousand
in 1868-69.
six
five
to s i x
hundred
Silk piece-goods
have
increased, but the increase has not been so well maintained.
In 1866-67
they amounted to
and ten thousand
sterling;
1868-69 they rose
to
but in 1869-70 they

seven thousand.
VOL.
II.
in
two hundred
1867-68 and again
in
two hundred and sixty thousand,

fell
to
two hundred and twenty-
In treaty goods the increase has been

Y
imports of
piece goods
BURMA, PAST A AW PRESENT.
322
marked of
the most
In 1866-67 the gross amount
all.
did not reach six hundred pounds; in

five
thousand
fifty-two
gate
hundred pounds;
six
thousand four hundred;
amount was one hundred
These
1867-68
in
and
increase of trade, and no doubt to
The consequence was
was
was
thousand.
forty
Burma during the four years

The treaty of 1867 naturally
tration.
it
1869-70 the aggre-
in
figures represent pretty fairly the
trade in
it
1868-69
fluctuations of
of
my
adminis-
led to a large
some over speculation.
that though a large margin
of
increase continued to be maintained, yet there was a
decided
falling off in
1869-70
in the
am
but the year 1870-71
shows, I
decided increase, which
will I trust
terise the trade returns of this
amount
happy
of trade;
to
say,
continue to charac-
province for an unlimited
period.
The
export duties on rice have naturally excited
public discussion
point which
is still
and without attempting
a vexed question with political econo-
mists, I will simply review the facts.
1867, the export duty on
was seven
shillings
much
to decide a
rice,
per ton.
Prior to March,
both husked and unhusked,
On
the 20th of that
month
a revised Customs Act was brought into force under which

the duty was raised to ten shillings and sixpence per
ton.
This enhanced duty had no
exports of
rice, for in
effect in
checking the
the year following the introduction
of the act, the exports increased by about one-third, and

in
1868-69 were nearly doubled.
ports were not quite so large, but
In 1869-70 the exstill
about one-third in
excess of what they were in the year before the rice duty
was increased; and during the year now closing they

have been very
large,
but
am
unable as yet to give the
actual figures.
Meantime the East India and China Association

England, and the Chamber of
complained that the
rice
in
Commerce at Rangoon,
Burma was being
of British
APPENDIX
driven
out
home
of the
Cochin China and Siam
G.
323
markets, by the produce
of
but this has proved to some
extent fallacious, as most of the rice of these countries
where
carried to China,
The consequence
subsided, and
is,
that the agitation has for
or
no
effect
husked
upon the
think that
rice is
trade,
the reduction of the
concerned,
have
will
beyond swelling the
little
profits
middlemen, between the European
of the brokers, or
merchants and the

to
some time
have been assured by some of the lead-
ing merchants of Rangoon, that

duty, as far as
is
demand.
in considerable
is
it
cultivator.
the
am, however, inclined
duty on unhusked
rice,
commonly
called paddy, might be reduced with advantage.
Mail
Service.
The
ment of trade
improvement of the mail service
is
in
so closely associated with the develop- mento?
Burma,
that I
am happy to
my tenure
mai
say
received every consideration during
and has eventuated
in
an arrangement which
it
has
of
office,
have
reason to believe will prove as satisfactory to the British
Government
as to the public at large.
allude to the
extension and improvement of the mail service between
Rangoon and the different stations on the upper Irawadi.

From the acquisition of Pegu in 1852 until the year 1864,
all
the mails were carried up the river by
steamers,
and
it
Government
was only on very rare occasions that any
of these vessels proceeded beyond the frontier town of
Thayetmyo. About 1862-63
and plant were sold

pany, of
all
to Messrs.
Rangoon; and
in
the
Government steamers
Todd, Findlay, and Com-
1864 the
first
contract for a
mail service was concluded with that firm, under which

the mails were to be carried once a
in return for a subsidy of
mensem.
Extension
e
the
on the Irawadi
When
^75
month
per
trip,
to
or
Thayetmyo
^150
assumed the administration of
per
t
his
province in the early part of 1867, the mail service was
not in a satisfactory
state.
Company complained
Messrs. Todd, Findlay, and
that they
had made a bad bargain
324
that the treaty
concluded by
my
predecessor, Sir Arthur
Phayre, in 1862, had not led to any increase of trade
Upper Burma
with
and they desired
per trip should be raised to
^75
Government was
that the subsidy of
The
^200.
also dissatisfied that
no better
British
results
had followed the conclusion of the treaty of 1862, and

no sustained
that
had been made
efforts
Upper Burma
trade with
and
to
open up a
found on taking charge
of the province that not a single steamer had been sent
Bhamo, and
to
to
remedy
was
this state
need not review the steps
of things.
subsidy from ^"75 per

;
It will suffice to
took
say that
it
found necessary to increase the
in the first instance
mensem
had been made beyond
that only five trips
the British frontier.
trip, to
^150
per
trip,
or ^300 per
but such was the increase of trade in the years
immediately following, in consequence of the treaty of

1867, that, in 1869, Messrs. Todd, Findlay, and
Company
agreed to send a mail steamer three times every month

for
a subsidy of ^"ioo per mensem, or about
trip,
per
^33
not merely to the frontier station at Thayetmyo, but
to the city of
Mandalay, which
King
of the dominions of the
is
at present the capital
More
of Ava.
recently I
have concluded a contract with Messrs. Todd, Findlay,
and Company which

parties.
river,
New
even more satisfactory to
is
steamers and
and not only
is
flats
all
have been put on the
there a weekly communication
with Mandalay, but a monthly communication with the
remote trading station of Bhamo, which
trust will
be
found a key to the commerce of western China, which

has hitherto been shut out from the European world.
Encourage-
There
is
another object promoted by the
new
mail
migration"
service, which, if possible, is of
even greater importance
to the prosperity of this province than the extension of
commerce.
have already explained that the crying
want of this province
is
population.
At present only
three thousand square miles are under cultivation, whilst
APPENDIX
G.
325
there are remaining thirty thousand square miles of culturable but uncultivated territory, which
doned
are
to the
swamp and
beyond our
is literally
aban-
Meantime
there
an over-populated
frontier millions of
and oppressed people
who
the jungle.
Burmese, Shans, and Chinamen,
and
are eager to emigrate into British territory;
already
bands of eager cultivators are swarming into
British territory
under special arrangements which have
been made with reference to the mail steamers, and
no doubt prove the vanguard of caravans whose
may be
hereafter anticipated.
Revenue.
say.
It
will
arrival
As regards
the revenue
have but
little
to
has increased during the last four years by about
^60,000 per annum
at the
same time the population
has received an increase of two hundred thousand souls.
Local Funds.
In British Burma, as
in other provinces
not
only an imperial
of the Indian empire, there
is
character of
local funds.
revenue collected and expended under the supervision

of the supreme government, but there are a considerable
number of funds which are of a
strictly local character,
being collected under local supervision, and expended on

local purposes
The
under the administration of the province.
disposal of these local funds has largely engaged
attention,
explain in
and
may, perhaps, take
more
this
detail the decisions at
my
opportunity to
which
have
arrived as regards their expenditure.

All the local funds in this province
under three separate heads,

1 st.
Town
viz.
may be
distributed
Distribution,
cesses.
2nd. District funds.

3rd.
Five per cent. cess.
The town cesses comprise a number
of collections, such Town cesses,
as house tax, municipal tax, bazaar rents, boat

fees,
licenses,
slaughter-house
summed up under
fees,
which
and
cart
may be
the head of " Municipal fund," and I
have decided upon amalgamating them into one fund.

326
Indeed, so long as the collections raised in each town

are devoted to the requirements of that town, the amalga-
mation of the town funds are

than
serviceable
sub-divisions that
if
prove more
likely to
they were divided into infinitesimal
would cramp the completion of many
improvements which might be otherwise made
prac-
ticable.
As
District
regards district funds, comprising road and ferry
funds,
cattle
market fees and poundage
fees,
have
decided upon a similar course, namely, to unite them

in
one fund to be expended
are collected.
reserved
In the
meet
to
in the district in
instance, this fund should be
first
connected with the
expenses
the
several works in the district under which the tax
and should there be any
lected;
all
which they
surplus,
it
is
col-
might be
devoted to improving the approaches to the chief towns

in
the districts, or effect such other improvements as
would seem most advantageous

all
of
whom
benefit
more
to the district population,
by the prosperity of
or less
their respective systems.
The
Five per
five
per cent, cess
is
levied for local purposes
on
cent. cess.
land tax,
fisheries,
and net
It
tax.
following proportion for each head
Roads
...
Education
Daks
(Post)
may have
entertained
payable in the
per cent.
Village Police 2 J
Total
I
is
per cent.
some doubts upon
the policy
of such a cess in a young country like Burma, where

is
naturally regarded as a grievance, yet I
say that
it
has enabled
training school at
me
to establish a
Rangoon,
for the
am happy
it
to
male and female
education of school
masters and schoolmistresses for the various government

schools
about to be
created
and maintained.
The
APPENDIX
question of education
will,
G.
3*7
however, be treated under a
separate head.
Police.
i
regards the
As ...
proud to say
during
that,
....... am
police of this province, I
my
administration,
has been
it
Former dimculties in
police administration.
placed on a more efficient footing than was ever main-
From
tained at any previous period.
the
first
year of the
administration of Pegu, a great difficulty has been ex-
perienced in sufficiently impressing the supreme govern-
ment with the idea
Burma is in every way an

many respects differs very
that
exceptional province, which in
considerably from any province in India, and in nothing
more so than the cost of

amongst the labouring
make
easily earn
the rice season can

I
five
coolies,
rates of
pay
who cannot
seven rupees per
to
from twelve to
in this province,
When, however,
and current
The
classes.
India more than
in
mensem, can
mensem
living,
fifteen
rupees per
and during the four months of
make from
thirty to forty rupees.
received charge of this province in
1867, I found that the police were
varying from nine to eleven rupees
still
paid at rates
and the consequence
was, that the police was a kind of refuge for the destitute,
and those men only enlisted who were too weak or

for coolie
work, or who,
it
is
feared,
idle
maintained a secret
understanding with thieves and dacoits, and added the
wages of corruption to
their small salaries.
the
After considerable correspondence,
x
'
India were induced by
my
Government of
representations to re-consider
the questions of police pay, and from the
1st
January
1869, the rates of the lower grades of constables and

Serjeants
have been raised nearer to a
existing labour rates of the province.
been decidedly
such
facility,
satisfactory.
that
the
the
has
Superintendents of Police are
and replace them with an
same time a
result
Recruits are obtained with
enabled to weed the incapable or corrupt

ranks,
level with
The
better order of
men from
efficient force.
men
their
At the
are attached to the
increased
pay
to
les
a n5 2rjeants
-
BURMA, PAS7 AND PRESENT.
3* 8
force,
and no longer throw up
Above
pension.
appointments on
their
but look forward to promotion and
slight provocation,
has been rapidly
crime
violent
all,
decreasing, and during the past year

that there has
throughout
dacoity alone
in
Burma.
am happy
to say
been a decrease of twenty-seven per cent,
am, however,
still
the higher class of officers
is
the province
of
British
of opinion that the pay of
too low, and that
might be
it
increased with great advantage to that branch of the
department.
in one respect matters are not quite so satisfactory as
Frontier
should have wished;
police which
most
is
mean
as regards the border
necessary to guard one of the largest and
difficult lines
of frontier pertaining in any province
Punjaub not excepted.
in our Indian empire, that of the
The
question has been one of long and anxious con-
sideration both on
my
yet been passed
on
and
part,
Government of India
the
my
but
I believe
final
on the part of
orders have not as
representations,
and therefore
will
not further allude to the matter, beyond expressing
the
hope
that measures will soon
be
in progress
which
will
succeed in effecting the important objects in view.
The
establishment of the frontier of Thayet as a separate
district has,
however, already proved of great assistance
to the police,
additional
inasmuch as
it
involves the presence of an
Deputy Commissioner
and thus a
close
and
consequently a better supervision has been maintained by

the civil officers over the police in that direction.
Measures
necessary.
Military
-'
vince has
defences.
*
long
The
military
defence of the *pro*
engaged
friendly
relations with
doubted
inferiority of
assembled beyond our
the
my
Our present
attention.
King of Ava, and the un-
any military force which could be

frontier,
render
it
unnecessary to
consider the subject from anything like an alarmist point
of view; but
still
certain measures are in
my
opinion
necessary for the protection of the province in the event
APPENDTX
of any sudden revolutionary
Upper Burma
in
or in the event of a
which has recently agitated
that
like
329
movement
which might take us by surprise
European war,
G.
Western Europe, and which might bring a
pean force
On
the
first
point
as regards
our internal defences,
r
'
need scarcely enter

I
hostile Euro-
to these shores.
into particulars,
beyond
stating that
have been perfectly aware of the importance of opening
up a land communication between Thayetmyo and Toungoo.
These are our two northern
beyond them
is
Ava
territory
frontier stations,
and
but yet there are no over-
land lines of communication between the two stations,
and those between the two
Thayetmyo
satisfactory.
is
stations
and the sea are un-
situated
on the
and consequently any
force
bank of
Rangoon
right
the Irawadi river, on the side furthest from
marching up from Rangoon
would have
to cross the river before
the station.
Under these circumstances
it
could reinforce
seems neces-
it
sary that either the garrison should be transferred to the
other bank of the river, or the communication between
both banks should be kept constantly open.

is
in a
more
still
isolated position.
munication via the Sittang
Maulmain, but
there
is
at
this
is
river,
It
Toungoo
has a water com-
with both
Rangoon and
not available for steamers
and
present no available road by which troops
could march from

south-west monsoon.
Rangoon to Toungoo during the

The position of Shwe-gyeen on
the line of communication with Toungoo,
is
nearly as
isolated.
The
questions connected with this state of affairs have
been brought under the consideration of the highest

authorities,
and
have reason to believe that
necessary will speedily be accomplished.

frontier
is
greatly strengthened
all
that
is
Already our
by the weekly
service of
the mail steamers, and the large increase in the river

traffic,
which shows
itself in
a variety of ways.
nt ernal
^ .
defences.
33
As regards our
Coast
coast defences
need say nothing.
defences.
With the
see a
restoration of a financial equilibrium I trust to
new breakwater
of H.
M.'s
at
which indeed
take
Maulmain
whilst the presence
my
departure from Rangoon,
ciently proves that in the event of a
may count upon
by
the Cossack in these waters,
corvette
suffi-
European war, we
the presence of a naval force amply
sufficient to protect this
province against any
enemy on
the sea.
JrSucatSn
Burma.
Education.
k een one
The
Burma has
subject of education in
p ecu ii ar interest on account of the special
circumstances pertaining to this province, which
from anything which
The
schools in
classes, viz
Buddhist
schools.
i st.
is
Burma must be divided
...
Those which
more
are
into
two
and which
distinct
or less attached to the
numerous Buddhist monasteries that are scattered

the country,
differ
found elsewhere.
to be
all
over
are devoted exclusively to the
education of Burmese children, and until very lately were
under no supervision in connection with British administration.

811
schools
sndly.
Those which
less for the
have been established more or
education of Europeans and Eurasians, and
have been either connected with Christian missionaries
or have had a Christian object in view.
number of Burmese boys have

for the
considerable
also attended these schools,
purpose of acquiring a higher order of education,
which should
private offices
fit
;
them
and
as
for
employment
they were
European supervision and
control,
more
in
public and
or less under
and furnished a
far
higher order of education than the monasteries could

possibly have
afforded,
the
hitherto assisted to support
allowances under certain rules

system.
British
Government has
them by the grants of yearly
known
as the grants-in-aid
In addition to these aided institutions there
are four schools which have
been
directly established

APPENDIX
G.
331
and maintained by Government, namely, one
Moul-
at
main, a second at Akyab, a third at Prome, and a fourth

at
Kyouk Phyoo.
Such, then,
the present basis of educational progress
is
objects to be
attained.
in
Burma, and
provement
objects,
be seen that
will
it
have had to
namely
all
measures
for im-
devoted to two distinct
be
First, the efficiency
of monastic schools which are ex-
clusively Burmese.
Secondly, the efficiency of those schools which are
more or
under European supervision.
less
Shortly before
rf
took over charge of the province,
tvi
my
Nature and
character of
-i
predecessor Sir Arthur Phayre had drawn attention to
Buddhist
schools.
number of monastic schools, and suggested that

they might be made the basis of a national system of
education.
The idea was one which recommended itself
the large
in every way.
There
is
not a village in Burma which
has not a school, either in connection with a Buddhist
monastery, or established as an act of piety by some
There
enthusiastic layman.
Burman
to be found,
is
consequently scarcely a
who cannot
the co-operation of the Buddhist

are
known
read, write,
and cypher
Nothing was apparently wanting but
in the vernacular.
monks
as phoongyees, to extend
who
or priests,
and elevate the
course of study pursued in these schools, and thus to

erect a superstructure of
ing on
European education and
a national basis.
always been
favourable
anxious that every
effort
must confess that
to this
scheme, and
should be
made
trainI
have
am
still
to utilize these
indigenous schools, and incorporate them in the Govern-
ment system.
At the same time increased knowledge of
these schools derived from the personal
those officers in
my
administration,
inspection of
who have had
largest educational experience, have opened

difficulties
which do not appear
selves to Sir Arthur
Phayre
to
my
the
eyes to
have presented them-
and although
am
not pre-
332
pared to admit that they are insurmountable, yet

feel
bound
to
mention them
for the
still
my
guidance of
successor.
Formation
of an educational de-
partment.
is
From statistics which have been recently collected, it

known that there are at least four thousand of these
schools in British Burma, in which at least
thousand children are educated.
ment
fifty
or sixty
an improve-
effect
these schools an educational department was
in
formed
To
1866, consisting of a director of public in-
in
struction
and four
circuit
teachers
and
that with this staff something could be
was hoped
it
done towards im-
parting a higher knowledge of grammar, arithmetic,
and
land-measuring in the monastic schools without hurting

the prejudices of the religious inmates of the building.
commenced
his task with
considerable enthusiasm, and although he
was shortly
Mr. Hough, the
first
director,
afterwards compelled to leave
he
health, yet before
left
Burma on account
he succeeded
of his
in introducing the
four circuit teachers into
some of the monastic
Since then Mr. Hordern,
who was
schools.
especially selected for
the post of director from the officers of the educational
department in Bengal, has devoted considerable attention

to this all-important work,
which
now under
is
trial,
and has devised a scheme
and which
it is
hoped may do
something towards effecting the great object in view.

Internal
life
of Buddhist
monastic
schools.
Before describing the scheme which Mr. Hordern
now
carrying out,
internal
life
and
it
will
discipline of a Buddhist monastery, in
order to apprehend the real
difficulties
educational schemes have to contend.

peculiar tenet
human
is
be necessary to glance at the

against which
According
of Buddhism, the grand object
souls ought to
all
to the
of
all
be to escape from the turmoil of
the passions and the vortex of successive existences, and

to find deliverance in the eternal repose of
Nirvana.
To
effect this object the individual
Neibban or
endeavours
to rise to a higher state of existence by performing acts
APPENDIX
G.
333
of merit in excess of his acts of demerit; and finally

passes a
in the seclusion of a monastery, freed
life
from
and turmoils of the outer world, and supported by the voluntary contributions of the community
The education of boys has thus been regarded
at large.
the cares
all
as an act of merit
whilst
making
offerings of food
and
clothes to the priests, or phoongyees, are other acts of
Consequently education
merit.
in
is
Phoongyees are always
Burma.
never
to
at
a standstill
be found, who are
only too glad to relieve the monotony of monastic
life
by
engaging in acts of merit like the education of boys
whilst the voluntary contributions of the laity are never
wanting, and are probably given partly as acts of merit,
and
which has
partly out of gratitude for the education
been received.
But the one end and object of monastic teaching
The
religion.
character
literature that is taught
fit
is
of a religious
and should a more studious boy continue
remain in school, and seek to

life
is
to
himself for the higher
of a phoongyee, he can only do so by the acquisition
of the Pali language, and perusal of the vast mass of
Buddhist theological and semi-historical works of which
Burmese
literature
Here and
is
in
a great measure
composed.
may be
found, like
there a few phoongyees
many
priests during the revival of letters in the
ages,
who
are anxious to acquire
European
literature,
and of the great world without.
But there the analogy ends.

Buddhist priest
any
is
middle
some knowledge of
The ambition of the

own monastery, or at
confined to his
rate to the attainment of a higher ecclesiastical rank.
He cannot
aspire to political power, like the ecclesiastical
statesman
who took
the
European cabinet councils

that the
is
first effect
to lead
him
lead
;
for
centuries
in
many
and there can be no doubt
of English education on a phoongyee
to throw off his yellow
the ranks of the laity.
gown and
return to
object of a
teaching,
334
Decay
Meantime, whilst
of
being
efforts are
made
one
in
direc-
monastic
discipline.
promote a higher education, there
tion to
at
work
in the monasteries
is
an element
themselves which has a direct
tendency to weaken the stimulus by which the phoongyees of Burma, and especially those
Under
formerly actuated.
of Pegu, were
native rule the ecclesiastical
hierarchy was encouraged, and the promotion of phoon-
gyees to a higher rank was not only recognized, but
enabled to carry out a discipline of
the heads were

their
own
Such
spiritual
of
irrespective
all
law
civil
or
authority.
powers are no longer recognized under
British administration,
and consequently there
is
spirit
of insubordination abroad, under which considerable laxity
and insubordination naturally

Stimulus to
be furnished
to monastic
Here, then,
to
rises the
prevails.
question of
how a new
stimulus
be introduced into the Buddhist monasteries.
is
In the
schools.
promoted
distribution of grants-in-aid education
is
by a system of payment by
in other words, the
results
largely
yearly grant to a school depends
upon
the results of a yearly examination of the scholars.
But
amount of the
it is
a fundamental rule of
shall ever receive
Buddhism
that
no-phoongyee
money under any pretence
whatever.
There are thus only two ways remaining by which a

stimulus
may be
applied, namely,
by regulating the grant
of books to a monastic school according to the proficiency

of the pupils, and to look forward to a rivalry which will
probably exist hereafter between the monastery schools
conducted by Buddhist
which
Formation
of local
committees.
will
Priests,
and the primary schools
be established by the British Government.
have also carried out during the past year a measure
from which
maintaining
have great hope of success.
The
task ot
anything like a supervision or inspection
over four thousand
monastery schools
is
palpably im-
practicable without the appointment of a large staff of

inspectors, a
measure which cannot be entertained
present from
financial considerations
at
and moreover a
APPENDIX
sudden
influx of
distasteful to the
at large.
G.
335
would probably prove most
strangers
phoongyees, as well as to the people
have accordingly sanctioned the appointment
of a local committee at the head quarters of every district,
the
members
gyees by their
of which will be
known
or social position, and
official
phoon-
to the
who
will
thus be enabled to promote the progress of education in
and maintain
their particular district,
as
is
as
much
supervision
perhaps possible under existing circumstances.

the schools which have been established Normal
As regards
school at
by Government, or which are aided by yearly

have but
to say.
little
note that before
It is
however
grants, I
gratifying to
me
Rangoon,
to
leave the province a normal school will
have been established
at
Rangoon
male and female teachers
and
for the training of
both
will accordingly furnish
a yearly supply of competent masters and governors to

take charge of the primary schools which are about to
be created.
The
establishment
Government
of a female
department
to the
L
training school has always
been to
me
an
object of solicitude; and indeed the progress of female
education in this province has ever been regarded by
me
Female education
with watchful care.
fortunately
hampered by none of those
and zenana
restrictions
most eastern countries

national
development,
minently considered in
have been interested

I
which impede
and
it
as
it
its
in
Burma
is
caste prejudices
progress amongst
forms the basis of
all
has naturally been more pro-
Burma than
in India,
by
all
who
in the future welfare of the people.
believe that during the period I was Commissioner of
had the honour of founding the
Tenasserim, I
school in British
Burmese
girls
Burma
and
for the exclusive
since I have
first
education of
had charge of the pro
vince both Mrs. Fytche and myself have humbly en-
deavoured to promote female education by every means

in our power.
In addition to the measures which have
Female
education.
336
been taken
think that the Ladies' Association which
was founded by Mrs. Fytche
at
communication with the Society

the
under a Govern-
to extend female education
ment system,
Gospels'
Home
Rangoon
Association of
Ladies,
pursue that course of usefulness which

cessfully
commenced
and although
have the honour of remaining
last year, in
for the Propagation of
it
has most suc-
shall
no longer
president,
its
long
will
always take the greatest possible interest in
shall
its
future
proceedings.
Public Works.
III.
When
assumed the administration of the province
found the condition of the Public

\st.
Regarding Military Works.
Works
as follows
Complete accommo-
dation for the troops existed at Rangoon, though the
barracks of .the European Infantry were not in a

factory condition,
owing
to
their age
satis-
and the semi-per-
manent materials with which they had been originally

Very good barracks had lately been com-
constructed.
pleted for the European regiment at Thayetmyo, though
much remained
to
be done in the way of providing
subsidiary accommodation.
Barracks for the remaining
troops of the division were in existence and in good

order.
At Maulmain. garrisoned by a Native regiment,
very good accommodation existed.
At Toungoo, held
by both European and Native troops, sufficient barrack

accommodation had been provided. The small detach-
ment from the Native Infantry regiment at Toungoo,

holding Shwe-gyeen, was found in old and almost wornout barracks.
The
defences of the province were in a most unsatis-
factory condition.
The
the arsenal lying to
its
great
pagoda of Rangoon with
westward were neither entrenched
or rendered secure, though the necessity for the work
had been
clearly
shown by Lord Dalhousie so
far
back as
APPENDIX
G.
337
Battery Point, situated at the junction of the
1853.
Rangoon, Pegu, and Puzoondoung
Rangoon from
the defence of
rivers,
and forming
the seaward, was in such a
condition of disrepair as to necessitate the early removal
of the heavy guns from the breast work surmounting
it.
river,
redoubt at Thayetmyo, on the west bank of the
was held by a small guard and served to cover the
cantonments and native town lying to

similar
work
Toungoo, and kept
at
But
similarly held.
it
its
southward.
good
in
was
repair,
could not be said that either of
these works, and especially the latter, was in a condition

to be
made
use of should necessity
arise.
At Shwe-gyeen
was a small redoubt, formerly garrisoned by both Euro-
pean and Native troops, but abandoned owing to
its
Maulmain, the remaining station
reputed unhealthiness.
held by troops, and the chief seaport of the Tenasserim

division,
was
utterly
river batteries.
undefended
Practically
commencement
either
may
it
by land works or
be said that at the
of 1867, the province was, setting aside
the presence of the troops, in a defenceless state by sea
and by
land.
of the
Rangoon pagoda and
With the exception of a near completion

arsenal defences, I cannot
more advanced
record that the province
is
qua
was four years ago.
its
defences, than
But so
far as
it
in a
the local administration
is
state
now
concerned,
the needful steps have been taken for materially improving the military position of the province.
First of
before stated, the great pagoda and arsenal of
all,
as
Rangoon
have been completely surrounded by a ditch and escarp

wall,
all
and
further safety has
been ensured by shutting
communication between the pagoda and the
the latter being
now completely
that remains to
for
be done
mounting the guns
is
to
entrenched.
now
make the
comprising the whole enclosure
is
off
arsenal,
The
wall
complete, and
all
needful provision
in battery at the bastions.
This
cannot be done until the orders of the Government of
338
India have been received, the nature of the ordnance to
be provided being
still
under the consideration of that
Government.
The
needful defensive measures at the Battery point
for the safety of the capital of the province are
abeyance.
mitted so
been
still
in
Alternative projects for a battery were sub-
back as October, 1869, but no orders have
far
regarding
received
foundations
them.
Beyond putting
in
blocks to meet the twofold
concrete
of
object of a base for the battery
and
to protect the point
from further erosion nothing has been done.

I
have before said that Maulmain
About
defence.
entirely without
is
three years ago, the Military department
of the Government of India required a report on the

subject
of defending this place.
Colonel A. Fraser,
C.B.R.E., the Chief Engineer of the province, with the

assistance of Mr.
Prince,
drew out a scheme
for the
This scheme, together with a plan, was sub-
purpose.
mitted to the Government of India, but apparently at a
time
when
the state of the finances would not permit of
such an extensive project being sanctioned.
Complete projects
occupation of the
for the proper
Thayetmyo and
Toungoo have been prepared by Colonel Fraser. Regarding the Thayetmyo defence scheme it may be noted
redoubt
the
at
frontier
stations
at
that the question regarding the position of this station
generally from a military point of view
is,
understand,
under the consideration of His Excellency the Commander-in-Chief in India.

of
Toungoo
The scheme
in process of elaboration.
is
no question but
that the redoubt
cupied state
rather
is
for the defence
There can be
in its present unoc-
source of weakness than of
strength.
During 1870, the Madras Government was addressed

relative to the desirableness of again
redoubt
at
Shwe-gyeen.
The
occupying the small
garrison there
is
housed
APPENDIX
339
most inflammable
in barracks built of
are situated
G.
which
materials,
an exposed and defenceless position,
in
bearing in mind the troublesome nature of the tribes on

the eastern frontier of the district,
it
appears to be highly
necessary to take early measures for the proper accom-
modation of the detachment
The
there.
subject
is
still
under the consideration of the Madras Government.
The
general conditions of the military position of the
province have been fully set forth by Colonel A. Fraser,

the Chief Engineer of the province, in a
dated 5th September, 1870, and which
Government of India
memorandum
will
in the military
memorandum
submitted to the
be found to contain a very
tion of the position,
and indeed
This
department.
full
descrip-
have drawn upon
it
largely for the foregoing remarks.

I will
province.
now address myself to the civil works

And first as to the communications.
was not one completed road
in 1867, there
Burma.
Early
in British
trunk road running through the valley of
the Irawadi from
Rangoon
to
the
Thayetmyo was under construction

leading from
of the
Maulmain town
on the Tenasserim
coast.
to
station of
frontier
and so was a road
Yeh, Tavoy, and Mergui
survey had been
a road to Amherst, Rangoon, and Pegu.
made
for
commence-
ment had been made on a road proposed to connect

Maulmain with the Shan states on the N. E. frontier. A
road runs between Toungoop in the Akyab district and
Padoung on the Irawadi in the Prome district, origiby Lord Dalhousie for purely military
purposes it can hardly be called a line of communicanally designed
;
tion for general purposes, there being
between the
Arakan
keeping
and
it
districts
I
am
on
the
little
or
no
trafhc
Irawadi and those in
satisfied there
would be no object
in
up except for the convenience of the telegraph
department.
decision of the
The
question has been referred for the
Government of
India.
34
The backward
state of
our lines of communication
Two
matter of great regret to me.
and Tenasserim) we have held
the province (Arakan
45 years
Arakan
third division (Pegu) for 18 years.
and the
there
for
In
In Tenasserim,
Yeh have now
37 miles of the projected road to
first
not one road with the exception of the
is
incomplete Dacca and Chittagong road.

the
is
of the divisions of
been completed and bridged, and the same may be said

of a branch line to Amherst, a village at the mouth of
the
Maulmain
river
and the head-quarters of an Assistant
The
Commissionership.
Northern Shan
of 6 miles, or to the
In Pegu,
and
fair
Gyne
the
for a distance
river.
progress has been
frontier trunk
The whole
projected towards
road
been completed
states has
made on
the
Rangoon
road on the east bank of the Irawadi.
of the earthwork has been completed,
many
miles have been metalled and bridged, and the bridges

for the
remaining distance are under construction.
The
metalling of this road would ere this have been nearly
completed, but that (as I shall show further on) a proposal has been
railway on
it.
made for laying

The Pegu road
the rails of the projected

is
pletion.
The earthwork
collected,
and the whole of the
tion of that over the
and
will
Pegu
first
approaching com-
bridges, with the excep-
river, are
under construction,
be shortly completed.
been made on the
fast
complete, metalling has been
is
portion of
commencement has
the Pegu and Toungoo
frontier road.
I
may
here refer to certain proposals
Government of India
of
many
in
May, 1869,
I set
before the
for the construction
lines of roads throughout the province.
These
proposals were put forward by Colonel Fraser, and there
can be no reasonable doubt

upon, the result
will
that,
if
they are
acted
be most favourable both to the
Government and the people.
It is
much
to be regretted
that the general scheme has failed to secure any support
APPENDIX
from the Government of
G.
34
India, though under the present
provincial financial arrangements
its
execution will pos-
From
sibly rest with the local administration.
of view, whether military, police, or revenue,
all
it is
points
one of
the utmost importance to the province, and indeed with-
out these great lines of communication, any great further

increase of revenues cannot be
I
hoped
for.
On
this point
have repeatedly addressed myself to the Government of
commencing with a
India,
letter written in
March, 1868,
regarding the transfer of road maintenance charges from

imperial to local funds.
The
question of embankments
and importance
interest
that portion of
are thousands
it
for
is
one possessing much
province, especially for
this
lying in the delta of the Irawadi.
upon thousands of
There
acres of rich soil only
awaiting protection from the floods of the river to render
them
available for a large population.
richness of the vegetation
composed of
The
proof of the adaptability of the
are sufficient
the purposes
of cultivation.
My
density and
trees
and grass
soil for
predecessor,
Sir
all
A.
Phayre, recognized fully the urgent necessity for reclaiming a portion at least of this highly favoured valley, and
accordingly Colonel Short, of the Bengal Engineers, was
deputed
in
1863
for the
purpose of devising a scheme
of embankments for the protection of the land lying to

the west of the river.
out to a great extent
This scheme has been carried
an embankment
five feet
above
known floods having been carried from

above Myanoung to Henzadah. The result has been to
the
highest
render available land for cultivation, though other em-
bankments remain to be constructed before the full

For one of these a project
benefit can be obtained.
(that for the
Laymethna embankment) has already been
submitted to and approved by the Government of India.
project has also been sanctioned for the continuation
of the
embankment southward
as far
as
Zaloon, but

342
neither this nor the
Laymethna one can be put
until certain statements
financial results of the
Immediataly
hand
whole of the works can be placed
Government of
before the
in
showing the actual and probable
India.
after his arrival in British
Burma
as Chief
Engineer, Colonel Fraser wrote a most valuable note on

the reclamation by embankments, of land
the Irawadi.
He showed
on the
east of
upwards of 800 square
that
miles of rich land could thereby in process of time be
brought under cultivation, leading to an increase in the

revenues of the province amounting to ^"80,000 at an
outlay of
This scheme led to the deputation
^90,000.
make
of a specially qualified officer in 1869 to

ful investigation
as they went,
and
show
out the project.
the need-
surveys, the result of which, so far
that there
no
is
difficulty in carrying
Financial difficulties stood in the
way
of further inquiry, and so, for the present, the subject
is
in abeyance.
The
financial returns
above referred to may, however,
lead to the execution of the

1870,
In September,
project.
submitted to the Government of India a note
by Colonel
Fraser, with statements attached,
fully the financial results to
which shows
be expected from a complete
system of embankments on both sides of the

following figures explain themselves
river.
The
Sq. miles.
Area
to
be protected on west bank
,,
,,
east
.2,091
1,200
,,
Total
.3,291
Total cost of works completed and to be undertaken
on west bank
Approximate cost of works on
east
bank
Total
^249, 800
90,000
339,ooo
Ultimate yearly revenue from land on west bank

250, 000
Approximate ultimate yearly revenue from land on
east bank
80,000
.
......
Total
^33o,oco
APPENDIX
The
both
But
yearly revenue.
remembered
regards
as
at the
343
bank are doubtless under-
figures for the eastern
estimated,
G.
cost of construction
same time
it
and
have to be
will
from the experience gained in the con-
that,
struction of the existing west
much
for the eastern side a
embankment, we
less
struction will answer every purpose,
may be looked
favourable results
learn that
expensive style of con-
and then even more

for than
those
now
anticipated.
can be no doubt but that the Govern-
I think there
ment must
carry out these works
to our revenues
country
is
looked
any material increase
the immediately available area for
large, yet
is
if
Although the area of the
for.
purposes of cultivation
is
small.
Out of 93,000 square
miles but 3,000 are under cultivation.

tion of the
remainder
is
The
greater por-
not available for cultivation
from want of communication with the
rivers,
which are
at present the trade arteries of the province.
There
is
then an intimate connection between roads and embankments, and to render the latter useful in the highest
degree
will necessitate early construction
These are points
of the former.
have repeatedly brought to the notice
of the Government of India.
There
is
not
much
to he said regarding public build-
Gaols on approved principles have been erected
ings.
in almost every station throughout the province, a
com-
prehensive scheme for some of them having been laid

before the government by Sir Arthur Phayre.
gaol
is
necessary at
Henzadah.
Tavoy and
During
my
new
possibly a district gaol at
administration a lunatic asylum
has been erected in Rangoon, and lock hospitals are under

construction in the four principal seaports of the province.
Court-houses have been erected in the most important

districts,
my
most of them having been put
assumption of
purchased
office.
And
for the chief court
in
hand before
a handsome building was
and the two
secretariats.
344
It is
with
much
administration
pleasure that I can record during
completion
the
around the coast of
of
Burma.
British
my
many light-houses
The coast now is
rendered perfectly secure both for local and provincial

navigation.
Arrangements are being made
for the con-
on the Oyster reef
to the north
struction of a light-house
of Akyab, and the improvement of the Harbour

the " Savage " rocks at
The name
Akyab has just been completed.

who made the arrangements
works, must ever be associated with the ease
safety with
now be
which a hitherto dangerous coast may

But
navigated.
his reputation
comment
respect, that further
have
now
so high in this
is
regarding his services in
connection with the light houses
Prome
on
of Colonel Fraser,
for all these
and
light
is
superfluous.
to speak of the projected
railway.
Rangoon and
complete scheme matured by Mr.
Prince after careful surveys has been elaborated and
submitted for the orders of the Government of India.
Here, again,
must record
Fraser's services, to
of the project.
before
It
whom
my appreciation for Colonel

am indebted for the initiation
has been for a considerable period
Government of
the
India, but
received no instructions regarding
In
as
yet
have
it.
this province the administration of the forests is
conducted
in the Public
Works Department.
They form
a considerable source of revenue to the government,
which happy
results
we
are
mainly indebted
to
for
the
valuable services of Dr. Brandis, the present Inspector
General of Forests, who was for
With
intendent.
1867-68,
my
many
review of the
years the Superforest
report for
submitted to the Government of India a
statement showing the financial results of twelve years'

administration, from 1856-57 to 1867-68.
During that
period teak timber, amounting in quantity to 1,107,695

tons,
and
in value to
^4,984,627, has been
either ex-
tracted from forests within British territory or brought
APPENDIX
from
forests in
independent
G.
345
The
states.
cost of extract-
ing the timber and of the maintenance of the foreign
revenue
timber
^32 6,901
amounts
stations
at
Maulmain
amounts
whilst the gross revenue from
to
all
The net revenue is

sum which has been poured into
thus
,823,289.
.496,388, a
to
sources
the
Imperial treasury without the expenditure of any capital.
This
most
is
satisfactory,
and the
1868-69
the remaining years
receipts (net)
for
1870-71 are equally
to
satisfactory.
scheme
definite
for the formation of plantations
a large scale has also been prepared and
by the Government of
any attempt
be
India.
at reproduction in
successful, but
have always held that

the forests would not
we must look
that
managed under proper
on
sanctioned
supervision,
to plantations,
for
our eventual
supplies.
Reservation of certain rich forests as State domains
has also been put actively in hand.
There can be no
question but that the stringent nature of the forest rules
regarding the preservation of teak has borne very hardly
upon the
inhabitants of the teak-producing tracts.
have been subject to

character,
and
visits
of a most
their peculiar system of cultivation (called
"toungya") has been materially interfered with.

reservations
now
customs handed down from time
Within the reserved
State will be, of course,

I
am
The
in progress will leave the people free to
cultivate according to
immemorial.
They
objectionable
tracts the rights of the
most jealously guarded.
inclined to think that the " toungya" system of
cultivation should
be brought under some control, and
with this view I have asked the opinion of the Commissioner of
iron
wood
It will
be
Arakan with regard

forests of
for
my
Arakan by
to the destruction of the
cultivation of this nature.
successor to extend the inquiry to the
Pegu and Tenasserim
divisions.
The
matter
is
one of
346
some
custom
delicacy, as the
any action
restricting
In 1869,
it is
I directed
to bring them,
forests of
under
needful,
if
some
irritation.
an inquiry to be made into the
wood
condition of the iron
a deeply rooted one, and
is
sure to produce
Arakan with a view

conservancy.
forest
Schlich, the officer of the department to
Doctor
entrusted this
whom
duty, submitted a most interesting report,
which, however, does not advocate any action being taken
conservancy of
thorough
the
for
the
They
forests.
appear to be of great extent and to contain a large number of
trees,
but there
therefore I could not

vising establishment.
no demand for the timber, and

recommend any outlay on super-
is
have, however, called for
the
Commissioner's opinion on the best way of lessening the

mischief at present being done to the forests, and
possible this report
may show
the
advisableness
it is
of a
small staff being entertained for the purpose.
Having regard to the

Prome railway, I ordered
possible construction of the

certain tracts of forest land to
be examined and reserved
as fuel reserves.
report has not yet reached me, the
The
final
work being now
in
hand.
new system of
assessing the government dues
on
timber brought out of government forests have been

introduced, and I have no doubt but that
increase of forest revenue.
The system
it
will
lead to
formerly in vogue
was simply the charging of a fixed rate per log on
all
timber above a certain length, and another fixed rate for

all
timber below that length.
force
all
Under
the system
now
in
timber will be paid for at a certain rate per foot
in length, the rate being fixed with reference to the girth.
The
administration of the funds raised for local pur-
throughout
poses
On my
arrival in
the
province
Rangoon,
now demands
notice.
found that the control over
the expenditure was divided between the civil and public
works
secretaries,
and one
result of this was, that neither
APPENDIX
knew what
secretariat
more the
tration of the funds, the
were kept
in the
various district funds
Deputy Commisioners of districts,
in this
were being spent by the public
There seemed much room
works department.
secretariat.
The next was
And
improvement was
of the funds in the
centralize the entire control
funds' budgets.
for im-
branch of the administration, and the
step taken to carry out this
first
Further-
proper adminis-
ignorance of the manner in which their
in total
provement
347
the other was spending.
most interested
officers
G.
to
civil
the early preparation of local
the third step was to prohibit any
outlay by the public works department except on definite
grants
made by
the civil department.
think improvement has certainly followed on this
system.
Civil officers
now
are brought into
with the expenditure from local sources
rapport
full
and so
far as
the execution of local works by public works officers
is
concerned, the plans and estimates have to be signed by

the
civil officers in
token of their approval.
Conclusion.
In conclusion,
my best thanks to
whom I have been most
must now express
the officers of the Commission by
ably served, and without whose cordial assistance
have achieved but
little.
would
specially
could
beg to notice
the services performed by the Commissioners of divisions,
Colonels Ardagh, Brown, Stevenson, and
my
late
and
present
Secretaries,
Ryan
those of
Lieutenant-Colonel
Davies, Captain Spearman, Mr. Wheeler, Captain Furlong,
and Lieutenant Cooke
the Commission generally.
and those of the

I
must
officers
of
also not omit to
mention the services of Majors Duncan and Hamilton,
and Mr. Doyle of the police department.

I
my
have specially to thank Col. A. Fraser, C.

Secretary in the Public
B.
R.
E.,
Works Department and Chief
Engineer, for the great support and zealous assistance he
348
has rendered
him on
me on
every occasion, and to congratulate
the completion of that magnificent series of light-
houses which protect the commerce of our coasts, as well

as the other
works which he has either completed, or
else are already in
progress.
To
Mr.
Macrone, As-
same department, my thanks are
sistant Secretary in the
also due.
A.
FYTCHE, Major
General,
C.S.I.
Chief Commissioner, British Burma, and
Agent
to the Viceroy
and Governor-
General of India.
British Burma,
)
Rangoon.
The 25th March, 1871.
THE END.
BRADBURY, AGNEW,
&
CO.,
PRINTERS, AVHITEFRIARS.
A LIST OF
C.
KEGAN PAUL
&
PUBLICATIONS.
CO.'S
THE
NINETEENTH CENTURY.
A
Monthly Review.
Edited by
JAMES KNOWLES.
Price 2s. 6a\
Volumes
I.
&
Alfred Tennyson.
The Right Hon. W.
II.,
E.
price
14s.
Gladstone,
M.P.
Cardinal Manning.
Viscount Stratford de Redcliffe.
The Duke of Argyll.
The Bishop of Gloucester and
Sir James Fitzjames Stephen.

C. A. Fyffe.
M. E. Grant Duff, M.P.
T. Brassey, M.P.
Sir T. Bazley, M.P.
Right Hon. Lyon Playfair, M.P.
Lord Blachford.
Sir Julius Vogel.
Bristol.
The Dean of
each, contain Contributions by
St. Paul's.
Professor Henry Morley.

R. Greg.
R. S. Ralston,
E. D. J. Wilson.
Archibald Forbes.
Matthew Arnold.
Professor Huxley.
W.
W.
Professor Clifford.
James Anthony Froude.
Henry
Edward
Dicey.
Sir John Lubbock.
Dr. W. B. Carpenter.
W. Crookes, F.R.S.
Rev. J. Baldwin Brown.
Rev. Dr. Martineau.
Rev. J. G. Rogers.
Dr. Ward.
Rev. R. W. Dale.
Professor Croom Robertson.
Frederic W, H. Myers.
Arthur Arnold.
James Spedding.
Right Hon. James Stansfeld, M.P.
Frederic Harrison.
George J. Holyoake.
Rev. A. H. Mackonochie.
Canon T. T. Carter.
Canon Barry.
Lord Selborne,
Irving.
Sir Thomas Watson, M.D.
R. H. Hutton.
Edgar Bowring.
Lady Pollock.
John Fowler.
George Von Bunsen.
W. G. Pedder.
W. H. Mallock.
George Percy Badger, D.C.L.
Roswell Fisher.
Professor Colvin.
Norman Lockyer.
Professor Hunter.
Colonel George Chesney.
Sir Erskine Perry.
Sir Henry Sumner Maine.
Rev. N. K. Cherrill, M.A.
Rev. Malcolm MacColl.
Godfrey Turner.
Charles Grant.
J.
Paternoster Square,
London.
LIST OF
KEGAN PAUL
C.
&
CO.'S
PUBLICATIONS.
ABDULLA
(Hakayii) Autobiography of a Malay Munshi. TransWith Photo-lithograph Page of Abdulla's

J. T. Thomson, F.R.G.S.
by
lated
MS.
Post 8vo. price
12s.
ADAMS
(A. L.) M.A., M.B., F.&.S., jRG.S.Fieu> and Forest

Rambles of a Naturalist in New Brunswick. With Notes and
Observations on the Natural History of Eastern Canada.
8vo.
Illustrated.
price 14s.
ADAMS (F
O.)
F.R.G.S. The History of Japan. From the Earliest

New Edition, revised. 2 volumes. With Maps
Demy 8vo. price lis. each.
Period to the Present Time.
and Plans.
A. K. H. B.
Scotch Communion Sunday,
Certain Discourses from a University City.

By
Recreations of a Country Parson.'
Second Edition.
ALLEN {Rev.
R.)
which are added

Author of
The
Crown 8vo. price $s.
to
the
'
MA. Abraham;
With Map.
3,800 years ago.
his Life, Times, and Travels,

Second Edition. Post 8vo. price 6s.
ALLEN {Grant) B.A. Physiological Êsthetics. Crown 8vo.

ANDERSON (Rev. C.) M.A. New Readings of Old Parables.
gs.
Demy
8vo. price 4s. 6d.
Church Thought and Church Work.

Demy
8vo. price
Js.
Words and Works

Edition.
Demy
The Curate
Second Edition.
in
a London Parish.
Edited by.
Second
8vo. price 6s.
of Shyre.
ANDERSON (R.
Edited by.
6d.
C.)
Second Edition.
8vo. price
js. 6d.
C.E. Tables for Facilitating the Calcula-
tion of Every Detail in connection with Earthen and Masonry

Dams. Royal 8vo. price 2. 2s.
ARCHER
(Thomas)
About
my Father's
the Sick, the Sad, and the Sorrowing.
ASHTON (J.) Rough

Paris, in September
Crown
Business.
Work
amidst
8vo. price $s.
Notes of a Visit to Belgium, Sedan, and

1
870-71.
Crown
8vo. price 3^. 6d.

1,78.
BAGEHOT (1 Falter)The
List of
A New
English Constitution.
Edition,
Revised and Corrected, with an Introductory Dissertation on Recent Changes
Crown
and Events.
Crown
Edition.
8vo. price
Lombard Street.
Js. 6d.
Money
Description of the
Seventh
Market.
8vo. price Js. 6d.
Some Articles on the Depreciation of Silver, and Topics

connected with it. Demy 8vo. price 5^.
BAGOT (Alan) Accidents in Mines. Crown 8vo. cloth.

BALDWIN'(Capt. J. H.) F.Z.S. Bengal Staff Corps.Thy.
6s.
Large and
Small Game of Bengal and the North-Western Provinces
India.
BARTLEY(G.
Crown
BAUR
With numerous
4to.
T.) Domestic Economy
C.
8vo.
Second Edition.
Illustrations.
of
Price 2ls.
Thrift in Every- Day Life.
2s.
(Ferdinand) Dr. Ph., Professor in Manlbronn.

A Philological
Introduction to Greek and Latin for Students. Translated and
adapted from the German. By C. Kegan Paul, M.A. Oxon., and the
Rev. E. D. Stone, M.A., late Fellow of King's College, Cambridge, and
Crown 8vo. price 6s.
Assistant Master at Eton.
BECKER
BENNIE
H) The
(Bernard
Crown
Scientific
(Rev. J. N.)
during the
BERNARD
last
M.A.
Eternal
Crown
Samuel
of
London.
Life.
C.) The Earls of Middleton, Lords
Crown
of Clermont and
8vo. price 10s. 6d.
the Struggle for Parliamentary

Demy 8vo. price 24?.
{A.)
History of
Government in England.
(H) M.D.
Unpublished
Post 8vo. price 21s.
Steel Portrait.
of Fettercairn, and the Middleton Family.
BISSET
Sermons preached
8vo. price 6s.
Lover, His Life and
With a
In 2 vols.
BISCOE (A.
The
twelve years.
(Bayle)
Works.
BLANC
Societies
8vo. price $s.
2 vols.
Cholera
How
Crown
Popular and Practical Notes.
Avoid
to
and Treat
it.
8vo. price 4s. 6d.
BONW1CK (J.) F.R.G.S. Pyramid
Facts and Fancies.
Crown
8vo.
price $s.
BO WEN (H.
M.A., Head Master of
C.)
the Grocers'
Company's Middle
Class School at Hackney.
Studies in English,
8vo. price
BO WRING (L.)
Demy
(Sir John).
John Bowring.
BRADLEY
(F.
Philosophy.
'
Schools.
Small crown
H.)
Autobiographical
Maps
Recollections of Sir
With Memoir by Lewin E. Bowring. Demy
Ethical
Studies.
Large post 8vo. price
The Methods
Illustrated with
8vo. price 16s.
Mr. Sidgwigk's Hedonism

of
Modern
C.S.I Eastern Experiences.
and Diagrams.
BO WRING
use of
for the
6d.
is.
of Ethics.'
Critical
8vo. price 14J.
Essays in Moral
gs.
an Examination of the Main Argument
Demy
8vo. sewed, price 2s. 6d.
&
Kegan Paul
C.
Co!s Publications.
BROOKE
{Rev. S. A.) M.A., Chaplain in Ordinary to Her Majesty the

Queen, and Minister of Bedford Chapel, Bloomsbicry.
Letters of the Late Rev.
Life and
F.
W. Robertson, M.A.,
Edited by.
I.
II.
Uniform with the Sermons.

Library Edition.
A Popular Edition. In
The Fight of Faith.
III.
Third Edition.
Theology
Crown
With
2 vols.
With Two
8vo.
Sermons preached on various occasions.
8vo. price
Third Edition.
and Burns.
6d.
*js.
Price 12s.
vol. 8vo. price 6s.
Js. 6d.
the English Poets.
in
Price
Steel Portrait.
Steel Portraits.
Cowper, Coleridge, Wordsworth,
Post 8vo. price
Christ in Modern Life.
9-y.
Crown 8vo. price ys. 6d.

Sermons. First Series. Ninth Edition. Crown 8vo. price 6s.
Sermons. Second Series. Third Edition. Crown 8vo. price js.
Frederick Denison Maurice
The Life and Work of.
A
Eleventh Edition
Crown
Memorial Sermon.
BROOKE
(W.
G.)
8vo. sewed, price
M.A.The
is.
Public Worship Regulation Act.
With
a Classified Statement of its Provisions, Notes,

Edition, revised and corrected.
Crown 8vo. price 3^. 6d.
Six Privy Council Judgments

Edition.
Crown 8vo. price 9J.
BROUN
A.)
(J.
Magnetic
Augustia Malley.
The Report from
BROWN (Rev.
Vol.
1850-72.
and Index.
Third
Annotated by.
Observations
at
Third
Trevandrum. and
4to. price 63s.
1.
ahove, separately sewed, price 21 s.
B.A.The Higher
J. Baldwin)
Experience, and Destiny.
Crown
Fourth Edition.
Life.
Reality,
Its
8vo. price
Js. 6d.
Doctrine of Annihilation in the Light of the Gospel of

Love.
BROWN (J.
Croumbie)
Crown
Second Edition.
Five Discourses.
LL.D.
Reboisement
in
8vo. price 2s. 6d.
France;
or,
Records
of the Replanting of the Alps, the Cevennes, and the Pyrenees with Trees,
Herbage, and Bush. Demy 8vo. price \2s. 6d.
The Hydrology of Southern Africa. Demy 8vo. price 10s. 6d.

Four Advent
(Rev. M. E.) Until the Day Dawn.
BROWNE
Lectures.
Crown
8vo. price 2s. 6d.
BURTON (Mrs.
Richard) The Inner Life of Syria, Palestine,

With Maps, Photographs, and Coloured Plates. 2
the Holy Land.

Second Edition.
CARLISLE
(A. D.)
Demy
vols.
8vo. price 24s.
B.A. Round the World
Travels, with Maps.
and
New and
Cheaper Edition.
in 1870.
Demy
Volume of
8vo. price
6s.
CARNE (Miss E. J!)The Realm of Truth. Crown 8vo. price $s. 6d.
CARPENTER W. B.) LL.D., M.D., E.R.S., &>c.The Principles
(
of
Mental Physiology.
With
their
Discipline of the Mind, and the Study of

Fourth Edition. 8vo. price \2s.
Applications to the Training and

Morbid Conditions. Illustrated.
its
List of
Children's Toys, and some Elementary Lessons

which they Teach.
With
Crown
Illustrations.
CHRISTOPHERSON (The
in
General Knowledge
8vo. price $s.
M.A.Sermons.
Late Rev. Henry)
an Introduction by John Rae, LL.D., F.S.A.
First Series.
With
Crown
8vo.
price 7 s. 6d.
With
Sermons.
Second
Series.
an Introduction
The
CLODD
(Edward) F.R.A.S.
Man in
Simple Account of
price y.
by John
Rae, LL.D., F.S.A.
Childhood of the World
Early Times.
A Special Edition for Schools.

The Childhood of Religions.
Price
Third
Crown
Edition.
8vo.
is.
Including a Simple Account of the

Birth and Growth of Myths and Legends.
Third Thousand. Crown 8vo.
price $s.
Special Edition for Schools.
Price
is.
COLERIDGE (Sara) Phantasmion. A
6d.
With an
Fairy Tale.
Intro-
ductory Preface by the Right Hon. Lord Coleridge, of Ottery St. Mary.
New
Edition.
Crown
Illustrated.
Cloth, price
8vo.
Memoir and Letters of Sara Coleridge.

With Two
2 vols.
Crown 8vo. price 245".
Corrected.
Cheap Edition. With one Poi-trait.
With Index.
COLLINS
(Mortimer) The
special permission to
price
Lord
Portraits.
Price
Js.
*js.
Edited by her Daughter.

Third Edition, Revised and
6d.
Secret of Long Life.

St.
Fourth Edition.
Leonards.
6d.
Dedicated
by
Large crown 8vo.
5.9.
COLLINS
(Rev. R.) M.A.

Missionary Enterprise in the East.
With special reference to the Syrian Christians of Malabar, and the Results
With Four Illustrations. Crown 8vo. price 6s.
of Modern Missions.
CONWA Y (Moncure
D.)
Republican
Superstitions.
Illustrated by
Including a Correspondence with
the Political History of the United States.

M. Louis Blanc. Crown 8vo. price $s.
COOKE
{Prof
.
Crown
J. P.) of the
8vo. price
Hai-vard University.
Scientific
Culture.
is.
COOPER
(T. T.) E.R.G.S.Tke Mishmee Hills: an Account of a

Journey made in an Attempt to Penetrate Thibet from Assam, to open New
Routes for Commerce.
Second Edition. With Four Illustrations and Map.
Post 8vo. price 10s. 6d.
CORY
COX
(Lieut.- Col. Arthur)

The Eastern Menace; or, Shadows of
Coming Events. Crown 8vo. price $s.
Salvator Mundi ; or, Is Christ the Saviour of

(Rev. Samuel)
Men ? Second Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, price $s.
CROMPTON
price
2.s.
(Henry)
Industrial
Conciliation.
Fcap.
all
8vo.
6d.
CUR WEN (Henry) Sorrow
and Song;
Henry Miirger Novalis Alexander

Poe Andre Chenier. 2 vols, crown
Petofi
Studies of Literary Struggle.
Honore de Balzac Edgar Allan
8vo. price 15^.
DANCE (Rev.
D.)
C.
With Three
DANVERS
&
Kegan Paul
C.
Co.'s Publications,
Recollections
Illustrations
of Four Years in Venezuela.
Crown
and a Map.
8vo. price
R.)~The Suez Canal
(N.
its
DE LESSErs.
Demy
7-r.
6d.
and
Letters
Rise and Progress in 1854-56.
descriptive of
Documents
Ferdinand
Translated by
8vo. price 10s. 6d.
.A VIDSON
(Rev. Samuel) D.D., LL.D.

The New Testament,
TRANSLATED FROM THE LATEST GREEK TEXT OF TlSCHENDORF. A New
and thoroughly revised Edition.
Canon of the Bible
Small crown 8vo. price
Second Edition.
DA VIES
Post 8vo. price
(G. Christopher)
ioj. 6d.
Formation, History, and Fluctuations.
Its
$s.
Mountain, Meadow, and
Mere
a Series
of Outdoor Sketches of Sport, Scenery, Adventures, and Natural History.

With Sixteen Illustrations by Bosworth W. Harcourt. Crown 8vo. price 6s.
DA VIES
M.A.
(Rev. J. Z.)
Theology
Questions of Belief and Practice.
DAWSON (Geo.),
Prayers,
M.A.
Edited by his Wife.
Crown
Fifth Edition.
and Morality.
8vo. price
Essays on
6d.
Js.
with a Discourse on Prayer.

Crown
8vo. 6s.
Sermons on Disputed Points and Special Occasions.

Crown
Second Edition.
his Wife.
DE KERKADEC
(Vicomtesse
Edited by
8vo. price 6s.
Sola?ige)
Chequered
Memoirs of the Vicomtesse de Leoville Meilhan.
Life,
Edited by.
being
Crown 8vo.
price Js. 6d.
DE DHOSTE
The
Desert Pastor, Jean Jarousseau.

(Col. E. P.)
With a Frontispiece. New
Translated from the French of Eugene Pelletan.
Edition.
Fcp. 8vo. cloth, price y. 6d.
DE REDCLIFFE (Viscount
a Christian
DE TOCQUEVILLE
(A.)
PC,
Crown
C.
M. Simpson.
LL.D.
S.)
their History.
Nazareth
price
and Conversations
1834 to
Critical
Post 8vo. price
Second Edition.
1859.
Edited by
Study of
his
Mind
12s.
connection with
in
8vo. price 10s. 6d.
and Lessons.
Its Life
2 vols, post 8vo. price 21s.
Third Edition.
DREW (Rev.- G.
from
G.C.B. Why am
3-r.
Correspondence
Shakspere a
M.A. Scripture Lands
DO WDEN (Edward)
and Art.
K.G.,
8vo. price
with Nassau William Senior,
of,
M.
Stratford)
Fifth Edition.
Third Edition.
Crown
8vo.
5-r.
The Divine Kingdom on Earth
as it
in
Heaven.
8vo.
Crown
8vo. price
js. 6d.
is
price 10s. 6d.
The Son
Man
of
DREWRY (G.
The Common-Sense Management of

O.) M.D.
Fourth Edition. Fcp. 8vo. price 2s. 6d.
Stomach.
DREWRY (G.
His Life and Ministry.
O.)
M.D., and BARTLETT (H. C.) Ph.D., F.C.S.

Small
or, Notes on Food and its Effects.
Cup and Platter

price 2s. 6d.
the
8vo.
List of
EDEN (Frederick) The Nile without a Dragoman.

Crown
ELSDALE
price
8vo. price
(Henry)
Second Edition.
6d.
Js.
Studies in Tennyson's Idylls.
Crown 8vo.
cloth,
5-r.
Essays on the
Endowment of Research.
List of Contributors.
E. Appleton, D.C.L.
Mark
Pattison,
Archibald
By Various
H.
Sorby,
F.R.S. Thomas K. Cheyne, M.A. W.

M.A.
Nettleship,
New
being a
A Book
\os. 6d.
Story of our Father's Love,
and Enlarged Edition of Theology

Fcp. 8vo. price
Illustrations.
M. A. Henry
T. Thiselton Dyer,
Square crown 8vo. price
EVANS (Mark) The
Writers.
James S. Cotton, B.A. Charles

Sayce, M.A. Henry Clifton
B.D.
told to Children.
With Four
for Children.
3s. 6d.
Common Prayer and Worship for Household
of
compiled exclusively from the Holy Scriptures.
The Gospel
Home
of
Crown 8vo.
Life.
Fcp. 8vo. price
Use,
is. 6d.
cloth, price 4s. 6d.
FA VRE
(Mons. J) The Government of the National Defence.

From the 30th June to the 31st October, 1870. Translated by H. Clark.
Demy
8vo. price 10s. 6d.
Folkestone Ritual Case the Arguments, Proceedings, Judgment, and

Demy 8vo. cloth, price 25^.
Report.
:
FOOTMAN (Rev.
H.) M.A.
From Home and Back
FOWLE
or,
Some Aspects
Crown
of Sin as seen in the Light of the Parable of the Prodigal.
8vo. price $s.
W)
M.A. The Reconciliation of Religion and

(Rev. T.
Science. Being Essays on Immortality, Inspiration, Miracles, and the Being
Demy
of Christ.
FOX-BOURNE
2
vols,
FRASER
demy
(H.
8vo. price \os. 6d.
i?.)
- The
(Donald)
1632-1704.
Exchange
Tables of Sterling and Indian

new and extended system, embracing Values from
One Hundred Thousand Pounds, and at rates progressing, in
Rupee Currency, upon

One Farthing
to
Sixteenths of a Penny,
1
Life of John Locke,
8vo. price 28^.
from
is.
gd. to 2s. 3d. per
Rupee.
Royal 8vo. price
or. 6d.
FRERE
(Sir
H. Bartle
E)
G.C.B.,
G.C.S.I. The
Threatened
in Bengal
How it may be Met, and the Recurrence of Famines in
Being No. 1 of 'Occasional Notes on Indian Affairs.'
India Prevented.
"With 3 Maps.
Famine
FRISWELL
Crown
(J.
Bam)The
Better Self.
Essays for
Home
Life.
8vo. price 6s.
GARDNER
Longevity
(J.) M.D.
Life after Middle Age. Fourth
crown 8vo. price
4^.
The Means
Edition,
revised
of Prolonging
and enlarged.
Small
GILBERT
(Mrs.)
by Josiah
(Rev.
Co!s Publications.
Autobiography
Crown
8vo. price
W. W.)B.A.
GODKIN
Steel
Portrait
Edited
Wood
and several
Myths and Songs from the South Pacific.
F. Max Miiller,
Post 8vo. price gs.
(fames)
With
Js. 6d.
With a Preface by
at Oxford.
and other Memorials.
Third Edition.
Gilbert.
Engravings.
GILL
&
Kegan Paul
C.
The
M. A., Professor of Comparative Philology
Religious History of Ireland
Primitive,
Papal, and Protestant. Including the Evangelical Missions, Catholic Agitations,

and Church Progress of the last half Century. 8vo. price 12s.
GODWIN
(William) William Godwin: His Friends and ContemWith Portraits and Facsimiles of the Handwriting of Godwin and
Wife.
By C. Kegan Paul. 2 vols. Large post 8vo. price 2%s.
poraries.
his
The Genius
Christianity Unveiled.
of
Edited, with a Preface, by C.
before published.
price Js. 6d.
GOODENO UGH (Commodore J.
R.N,
G.)
Being Essays never

Paul.
Crown 8vo.
Kegan
C.B.,
CM. G.Journals
of, during his Last Command as Senior Officer on the Australian Station,
Edited, with a Memoir, by his Widow.
1873-1875.
With Maps, Woodcuts,
and Steel Engraved Portrait. Second Edition. Post 8vo. price 14J.
An
price
With
Abridged Edition.
GOODMAN (W.)
7.y.
Crown
Portrait.
8vo. price
5-f.
Cuba, the Pearl of the Antilles.
Crown
8vo.
6d.
Gospel (The) of
Home
Crown
Life.
8vo. cloth, price 4s. 6d.
GOULD (Rev. S. Baring) M.A. The Vicar of

With
of the Rev. R. S. Hawker.

post 8vo. 1 or. 6d.
Portrait.
Morwenstow: a Memoir
Square
Third Edition, revised.
GRANVILLE
(A. B.) M.D., E.R.S., &>c Autobiography of A. B.

Granville, F.R.S., &c. Edited, with a Brief Account of the Concluding
Years of his Life", by his youngest Daughter, Paulina B. Granville.
2 vols.
With a Portrait. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. price 32^.
Memoirs.
GRE Y (John)
New
of Dilston.
and Revised Edition.
GRIFFITH (Rev.
T.)
Crown
By Josephine
Butler.
E.
8vo. price y. 6d.
A.M. Studies
Demy
of the Divine Master.
8vo. price 12s.
GRIFFITHS (Capt.
Arthur) Memorials of Millbank, and Chapters

With Illustrations by R. Goff and the Author. 2 vols,
in Prison History.
post 8vo. price 2\s.
GRIMLE Y (Rev. H N) M.A., Professor of Mathematics in

College of Wales,
the University
and Chaplain of Tremadoc Church.
Tremadoc Sermons, chiefly on the Spiritual Body, the Unseen

World, and the Divine Humanity. Second
GRUNER (M. L.) Studies

lated
Crown 8vo.
of Blast Furnace Phenomena.
by L. D. B. Gordon, F. R. S. E., F. G. S.
GURNEY (Rev.
Edition.
Demy 8vo.
price
Archer)Words of Faith and Cheer.
of Instruction and Suggestion.
Crown
8vo. price 6s.
price 6s.
Trans-
7* 6d.
Mission
io
HAECKEL
List of
The History of Creation.

Ray Lankester, M.A., E.R.S. With
{Prof. Ernst)
Translation
Coloured Plates
and Genealogical Trees of the various groups of both plants and animals.
Second Edition. Post 8vo. cloth, price yis.
2 vols.
by Professor E.
revised
of the Evolution of Man.
The History
With numerous
Illustra-
Post 8vo.
2 vols.
tions.
HARCO URT{Capt. A. E. P.) The Shakespeare Argosy.
Containing
of the wealth of Shakespeare's Wisdom and Wit, alphabetically arranged

and classified. Crown 8vo. price 6s.
much
HAWEIS
H R.)
{Rev.
M.A. Current
Coin.
Third Edition.
Crown
Thoughts for the Times. Eleventh
Edition.
Speech in Season.
Materialism
The
Pauperism Emotion Recreation The
Drunkenness
Crime
Devil
Sabbath.
8vo. price gs.
Crown
8vo. price
js. 6d.
Unsectarian Family Prayers

Week, with
y.
price
short
selected
for Morning and Evening for a

passages from the Bible.
Square crown 8vo.
6d.
HAYMAN
(H.) D.D., late Head Master of Rugby School Rugby

School SERMONS. With an Introductory Essay on the Indwelling of the
Holy Spirit. Crown 8vo. price Js. 6d.
HELLWALD
A
{Baron
History
HINTON {J.) The

Organic
T,
Place of the Physician. To which is added

of Human Life, and on the Relations between
and
Inorganic
Worlds.
Second
Practical
for
2 vols.
Illustrations.
An Atlas
By Various
Use.
Crown
Second Edition.
of Diseases of the
tive Text.
Post 8vo. price 6.
Post 8vo. price 6.
J.
The
HOOPER
Crown
Laws
Children.
Descrip-
Illustrations.
2 vols.
Crown
8vo.
Popular Treatise on the
of
Common
Sense, Requirement,
is. 6d.
M.)Tas-hil ul Kalam
or,
Hindustani
8vo. price $s.
{Mary) Little Dinners

Elegance and Economy. Thirteenth
Cookery for
Effect.
{Major W. R.
Easy.
With
Edited by Ellice Hopkins.
Principles of Furnishing, based on the
made
With
Writers.
8vo. price 12s. 6d.
Membrana Tympani. With
Art of Furnishing.
and Picturesque
HOLRO YD
8vo.
6s.
Life and Letters.

C.
Crown
6s.
The Questions of Aural Surgery.
H.
Edition.
s - 6</.
Physiology
50
Russians in Central Asia.
to the Present
Law
Essays on the
price
The
Central Asia.
of
With Map.
LL.B.
Von)
down
Time, of the Geography and

Translated by Lieut. -Col. Theodore Wirgman,
Large post 8vo. price \2s.
Critical Examination,
How
Serve them with
to
Edition.
Crown
8vo. price $s.
Invalids, Persons of Delicate Digestion,

Crown 8vo. price ^s. 6d.
Every-Day Meals.
Being Economical and
Breakfast, Luncheon, and Supper.
Second Edition.
W holesome
r
Crown
and
Recipes for
8vo. cloth, price
$s.
1
:
HOPKINS {M.) The

masters
Crown
HORNE
&
Kegan Paul
C.
in
Go's Publications.
Port of Refuge
Doubt,
Difficulty,
or
Counsel and Aid to ShipSecond and Revised Edition.
or,
Distress.
8vo. price 6s.
M.A.
William)
into the
Reason
and Revelation
Demy
8vo. price \2s,
HORNER {The Misses) Walks in Florence.

Revised Edition.
Vol.
Vol.
{Edmund
Guide
I.
II.
Crown
2 vols.
A New
C. P.)
The
European
By R.
for Anglo-Indians.
and thoroughly
With
Cloth limp.
8vo.
Churches, Streets, and Palaces.

Public Galleries and Museums.
Illustrations.
Price 10s. 6d.

Price 5^.
in India.
With a Medical
R. S. Mair, M.D., F.R.C.S.E.

Post 8vo. price 6s.
Edition, Revised and Corrected.
HUTTON
an Examination
Nature and Contents of Scripture Revelation, as compared with other
Forms of Truth.
HULL
Missionary Life in the Southern

Crown
G.) Modern Gothic Architecture.
{James)
Illustrations.
JACKSON
price
{T.
8vo. price
*js.
Second
With
Seas.
6d.
Crown
8vo.
$s.
JACOB {Maj.-Gen.
Sir G. Le Grand) KC.S.L, C.B. Western India

before and during the Mutinies. Pictures drawn from Life. Second
Edition.
Price
JENKINS {E.)
Js. 6d.
YMOND {J.) Esas.A Legal
and RA
Architects, Builders, and Building Owners.
Crown
Handbook for
Second Edition, Revised.
8vo. price 6s.
JENKINS {Rev.
of the
R. C.) M.A. The Privilege of Peter and the Claims

Roman Church confronted with the Scriptures, the Councils, and the
Testimony of the Popes themselves.
JENNINGS {Mrs.
Vaughan)
Rahel
Fcap. 8vo. price

:
Her
a Portrait from the Painting by Daffinger.
JONES
{Luey)
Puddings
Sixty-five Receipts
Square post 8vo. price
With
Js. 6d.
and Sweets; being Three Hundred and

Crown
approved by experience.
KAUFMANN {Rev. M.) B.A. Socialism

its
3^. 6d.
Life and Letters.
Crown
Remedies considered.
Its
8vo. price
Js.
8vo. price
Nature,
its
2s. 6d.
Dangers, and
6d.
KING {Alice) A Cluster of Lives. Crown 8vo. price js. 6d.

KINGSFORD {Rev. F. W.) MA., Vicar of St. Thomas's, Stamford Hill;
late
Chaplain H. E.
I. C.
Hartham Conferences
Topics of the Day.
KINGSLEY {Charles)
'
{Bengal Presidency).
or, Discussions upon some of the Religious

Audi alteram partem.' Crown 8vo. price y. 6d.
M.A.
Letters
and Memories of
his Life.
With Two Steel Engraved Portraits, and Illustrations

Edited by his Wife.
on Wood, and a Facsimile of his Handwriting. Eleventh Edition. 2 vols.
Demy
8vo. price 36^.
All
Saints'
Harrison.
Day, and other Sermons.

Crown
LACORDAIRE {Rev.
A New and
8vo. price
Edited by the Rev. W.
Js. 6d.
Pere)
Life Conferences delivered at Toulouse.
Cheaper Edition. Crown 8vo. price 2 s 6d:
12
List of
j^
LAMBERT {Cowley)
With
LAURIE
F.R.G.S. A Trip to Cashmere and Ladak

Crown
Illustrations.
{J. S.)
for India
8vo. price
Educational
js.
6d.
Course of Secular School Books)
The First Hindustani Reader. Stiff linen wrapper, price 6d.

The Second Hindustani Reader. Stiff linen wrapper, price 6d.
The Oriental (English) Reader. Book I., price 6d. II., price!
;
*j^d.
III., price gd.
IV., price
Geography of India
Growth of the
the
L.
D.
with Maps and Historical Appendix, tracing

Empire in Hindustan. Fcap. 8vo. price is. 6d.
Letters from China and Japan.
S.
Crown
LEA TILES
With
Illustrated Title-page.
8vo. price Js. 6d.
{Rev. S.)
8vo. price
LEE
British
is.
{Rev. F.
M.A.The Gospel
Own
Its
Witness.
Crown
5s.
D.C.L.The Other World; or, Glimpses of the

2 vols.
A New Edition. Crown 8vo. cloth, price i$s.
Fayoum or, Artists in Egypt. A Tour with M. Ge'rome
With 13 Illustrations. A New and Cheaper Edition. Crown
G.)
Supernatural.
LENOIR
{J.)
and
others.
8vo. price 3s. 6d.
Life in the Mofussil

Civilian.
LORLMER
or, Civilian
{Peter)
D.D.
LOTHIAN
LOVER
Lower Bengal.
John Knox and the Church of
Work in her Pulpit, and his

Parties.
Demy 8vo. price \2s.
His
Life in
By an Ex-
Large post 8vo.
{Roxburghe)
Romance. 2 vols.
{Samuel)
Dante
Influence
upon her Liturgy,
England.
Articles,
and Beatrice from 1282 to
and
1290.
Post 8vo. cloth, price 24J.
R.H.A.The Life of Samuel Lover, R.H.A.
and Musical. With Selections from his Unpublished Papers

and Correspondence. By Bayle Bernard.
With a Portrait.
2 vols.
Artistic, Literary,
Post 8vo. price 21s.
LOWER
{M. A.) M.A., E.S. A. Wayside
Being Notes of Travel
in the
North of Europe.
LYONS
{R. T) Surg.-Maj. Bengal Army.

Fever. Post 8vo. price 7s. 6d.
MACAULAY {/.)
Notes
Crown
in
Scandinavia.
8vo. price 9^.
Treatise on Relapsing
M.A., M.D. Edin.The Truth about Ireland
Tours of Observation in 1872 and 1875. With Remarks on Irish Public

Questions.
Being a Second Edition of Ireland in 1872,' with a New and
Supplementary Preface. Crown 8vo. price y. 6d.
'
MACLACHLAN
M.A.
William Augustus, Duke of

C.)
being a Sketch of his Military Life and Character, chiefly as
exhibited in the General Orders of His Royal Highness, 1 745-1 747.
With
Illustrations.
Post 8vo. price 15^.
Cumberland
MALR
{R. S.)
Indians.
{A.
:
M.D., F.R.C.S.E.The Medical Guide for Anglo-
Being a Compendium of Advice to Europeans in India, relating

and Regulation of Health. With a Supplement on the
Management of Children in India. Crown 8vo. limp cloth, price 3^. 6d.
to the Preservation
&
Kegan Paul
C.
Co!s Publications,
13
MANNING
(His Eminence Cardinal)

Essays on Religion and
By various Writers. Third Series. Demy 8vo. price \os. 6d.
Literature.
The Independence of the Holy
With an Appendix contain-
See.
Crown
ing the Papal Allocution and a translation.
The True Story of the Vatican
8vo. cloth, price $s.
Crown
Council.
8vo. cloth,
price 5j.
MARRIOTT
(Maj.-Gen. W. F.)
Economy. Crown 8vo. price 6s.
MAUGHAN( W. C)The Alps

8vo. price
of Arabia;
Holy Land.
Arabia, and the
Sinai,
C.S.IA Grammar of Political

or,
With Map.
Travels through Egypt,

Second Edition. Demy
.
5^.
MAURICE
Lives of English Popular Leaders. No. i.

(C. E.)
Stephen Langton. Crown 8vo. price p. 6d. No. 2. Tyler, Ball, and
Oldcastle. Crown 8vo. price 7-r. 6d.
MAZZINI
Two
Memoir.
By E. A. V.
{Joseph)
Second Edition. Crown 8vo. price 5^.
Photographic
Portraits.
MEDIEY'(Lieut-Col. J.
G.)
States and Canada.
R.E.An Autumn Tour
Crown
8vo. price
MENZIES (Sutherland) Memoirs

Post 8vo. price
the United
in
5-r.
of Distinguished Women.
MICKLETHWAITE
(J. T.) F.S.A. Modern Parish

Their Plan, Design, and Furniture. Crown 8vo. price Js. 6d.
MILNE (James)Tables
Money
into Indian
Rupee.
MIVART (St
2 vols.
ior. 6d.
of Exchange
and Ceylon Currency,
Demy
Second Edition.
8vo.
MO CILLER (E.)A
for the Conversion of Sterling

Rates from is. Sd. to 2s. 3d. per
Cloth, price 2.
2s.
Post 8vo. price
ys.
An
Essay on
6d.
Grammar of the Baloochee Language,
spoken in Makran (Ancient Gedrosia), in the Persia- Arabic and

Characters.
Fcap. 8vo. price
MOFFAT
of
MORE
'
Consumption
Under
the Balkans.
1876. With a
8vo. cloth, price 6s.
District of Philippopolis in
graphs.
MORELL
(J.
Crown
R.)
Euclid
it is
Roman
a Study in Political
(Rev. D.) M.A. Christ and His Church.

The Age and the Gospel,' &c. Crown 8vo. price 3^. 6d.
(R. Jasper)
as
$s.
Economy of
(R. S.)
Economy. Demy 8vo.
MOORE
at
George) F.R.S. Contemporary Evolution
some recent Social Changes.
Churches
Notes
Map, and
Simplified in
"of
By
a
the Author
Visit to the
from Photo-
Illustrations
Method and Language.
Being a Manual of Geometry. Compiled from the most important French

Works, approved by the University of Paris and the Minister of Public
Instruction.
Fcap. 8vo. price 2s. 6d.
MORSE
(E.
S.)
Illustrations.
Ph.D. First Book of Zoology.

Crown
8vo. price 5*.
With numerous
i(4
List of
R07SGRA VE {Anthony) Studies

price 6s.
1
WMAN
H.) D.D.
in Political
Economy.
Crown
8vo.
Characteristics from the Writings of.

from his various Works. Arranged with the Author's
Third Edition. With Portrait. Crown 8vo. price 6s.
personal Approval.
{J.
Being
* *
Selections
A Portrait of the
Rev. Dr.
H. Newman, mounted
J.
for framing,
can be had
price 2s. 6d.
NICHOLAS
(T.) The Pedigree of the English People.
8vo. cloth.
NOBLE
The
Pelican
{J. A.)
of a Dweller in the Wilderness.
Demy
Papers. Reminiscences and Remains

Norman People
(The), and their Existing Descendants in the British

Dominions and the United States of America. Demy 8vo. price 2ls.
NOTREGE {John) A.M. The

in
the Church of England.
Spiritual Function of a Presbyter

Crown 8vo. cloth, red edges, price $s. 6d.
Oriental Sporting Magazine (The).

Demy 8vo. price 2&r.
in 2 Volumes.
Reprint of the
PARKER {Joseph) D.D. The Paraclete
An
Famous Year. Crown 8vo. price Ss. 6d.

Godwin: His Friends and Contem-
Portraits and Facsimiles of the Handwriting of

2 vols.
Square post 8vo. price 28j\
his Wife.
The Genius of Christianity Unveiled.

Godwin never before
Crown 8vo. price 7-r.
PA YNE
I.
II.
III.
IV.
{Prof.
to current discussions.
With
poraries.
and
Volumes,
Essay on the Personality
and Ministry of the Holy Ghost, with some reference

Second Edition. Demy 8vo. price 12s.
PARR {Harriet) Echoes of a

PAUL {C. Kegan) William
first 5
Godwin
Being Essays by William

by C. Kegan Paul.
Edited, with a Preface,
published.
6d.
Lectures on Education.
J. F.)
Price 6d. each.
the Influence of His Principles and Practice.

Frobel and the Kindergarten System.
Second Edition.
The Science and Art of Education.
The True Foundation of Science Teaching.
Pestalozzi
A Visit
to German Schools
Notes of a Professional Tour

Schools,
Public
Girls'
Elementary Schools
to inspect
Schools,
in Germany.
some of the Kindergartens, Primary
and Schools
for
Technical Instruction in
Hamburgh, Berlin, Dresden, Weimar, Gotha, Eisenach, in the autumn of

With Critical Discussions of the General Principles and Practice of
1874.
Crown 8vo.
Kindergartens and other Schemes of Elementary Education.
price
4_r.
6d.
PENRICE
Dictionary and Glossary of the

{Maj. J.) B.A.
Ko-RAN. With Copious Grammatical References and Explanations of the
Text.
PERCEVAL
4to. price 2\s.
{Rev.
Translation.
Edition.
PESCHEL
Demy
P.)
Tamil
Proverbs, with
Containing upwards
8vo. sewed, price gs.
of
Six
{Dr. Oscar) The Races of Man

Distribution. Large crown 8vo. price gs.
their
Thousand
English
Proverbs.
Third
and their Geographical
:.
&
Kegan Paul
C.
Co's Ptcblications.
PIGGOT
(J.) F.S.A., F.R.G.S. PersiaAncient

Post 8vo. price 10s. 6d.
PLAYFAIR
Her
(Lieut- Col.) ,
Britannic Majesty's
and
Modi
Consul- Genera.
Algiers.
Travels in the Footsteps of Bruce in Algeria and Tunis.

Illustrated
Royal
by facsimiles of Bruce's
Money and its Laws
POOR (H.
V.)
Theories &c.
Demy
POUSHKIN (A.
S.
(H.)
By
Our
Them ?
$. 2 s
Maps, &c.
embracing a History of Monetary
8vo. price 21s.
) Russian Romance.
Belkin, &c.
price Js. 6d.
of
PO WER
original Drawings, Photographs,
4to. cloth, bevelled boards, gilt leaves, price
Mrs.
Invalids
Fcp. 8vo. price
Buchan Telfer
J.
How
Translated from the Tales

{nie Mouravieff).
Crown 8vo.
shall we Employ and Amuse
2s. 6d.
PRESBYTER Unfoldings
of Christian Hope.
An
Essay shewing
Doctrine contained in the Damnatory Clauses of the Creed commonly called Athanasian is Unscriptural. Small crown 8vo. price 4s. 6d.
that
PRICE
the
(Prof.
Bouamy)
Currency
and Banking.
Crown
8vo.
price 6s.
PROCTOR
(Richard A.)
B.A. Our Place among
Infinities.
Essays contrasting our little abode in space and time with the
Infinities around us.
To which are added Essays on 'Astrology,' and 'The
Jewish Sabbath.' Third Edition.
Series
of
The Expanse
of Heaven.
With a
the Firmament.
RANKING
M.)
(B.
Series of Essays
Third Edition.
Frontispiece.
Streams
on the Wonders of
Crown
from Hidden Sources.
8vo. price 6s.
Crown
8vo.
price 6s.
RIBOT
Second Edition.
Th.) English Psychology.
(Prof.
Revised and Corrected Translation from the latest French Edition. Large post
8vo. price gs.
Heredity
its
Causes, and
RINK (Chevalier
Psychological Study
its
Consequences.
Dr. Henry)
on
its
Phenomena,
Large crown 8vo. price
Greenland
Its
its
Laws,
gs.
People and
its
Pro-
ducts. By the Chevalier Dr. Henry Rink, President of the Greenland

Board of Trade. With sixteen Illustrations, drawn by the Eskimo, and a Map.
Crown 8vo. price lay. 6d.
Edited by Dr. Robert Brown.
RUSSELL
(Major Frank S.) Russian Wars with Turkey, Past

and Present. With Maps. Second Edition. Crown 8vo. price 6s.
RUSSELL
price
W.
"js.
C.)
6d.
Memoirs of Mrs. Lêtitia Boothby.
Crown
8vo.
List of
BERTSON (The
late Rev.
IV.) M.A., of Brighton.-Life and
of. Edited by the Rev. Stopford^Brooke, M. A., Chaplain in Ordinary
Letters
to the Queen.
Two
I.
vols.,
II.
III.
Js.
Demy
in
Popular Edition,
Four
Crown
Steel Portrait.
6d.
Library Edition, in
Sermons.
With
uniform with the Sermons.
8vo. price
8vo. with
Two
Crown
vol.
Series.
Price 12s.
Steel Portraits.
8vo. price 6s.

3s. 6d.
Notes on Genesis. Crown 8vo. price $s.

Expository Lectures on St. Paul's Epistles to the Corinthians.
A New Edition. Small crown 8vo. price $s.
Lectures and Addresses, with other Literary Remains. A New
Crown
Edition.
An
8vo. price $s.
Analysis of Mr. Tennyson's

Permission to the Poet-Laureate.)
The Education
of the
Human
of Gotthold Ephraim Lcssing.
The above Works can

**
spiracy:
In Memoriam.'
Race.
also
W.
German
2s. 6d.
be had, bound
F.
(Dedicated by
2s.
Translated from the
Fcp. 8vo. price
Portrait of the late Rev.

be had, price 2s. 6d.
RUTHERFORD
'
Fcp. 8vo. price
in half-morocco.
Robertson, mounted for framing, can
(John)The Secret History of the Fenian ConOrigin,
its
Objects,
and Ramifications.
2 vols.
Post 8vo. cloth,
or,
Pages from the
price i8j.
SCOTT (W.
of an Essex Parish
Antiquities
T.)
History of Great Dunmow.
Crown
SCOTT (Robert H.)-Weather

trated.
Crown
8vo. price
3-r.
SENIOR
8vo. price
$s.
sewed,
4s.
Charts and Storm Warnings.
Illus-
6d.
De
Tocqueville.
Correspondence and
(N. IV.) Alexis
Conversations with Nassau W. Senior, from 1833 to 1859. Edited by M. C. M.
Large post 8vo. price 21s.
2 vols.
Simpson.
Journals kept in France and Italy.

a Sketch of
2
Simpson.
the
vols.
Revolution of 1848.
Post 8vo. price 24s-.
From 1848 to 1852. With

Edited by his Daughter, M. C. M.
SEYD (Ernest) F.S.S. The Fall in the Price of Silyer.
Its
Causes,
Consequences, and their Possible Avoidance, with Special Reference to

Demy 8vo. sewed, price 2s. 6d.
India.
its
SHELLE Y (Lady) Shelley
Memorials from Authentic Sources.
With (now first printed) an Essay on Christianity by Percy Bysshe

With Portrait. Third Edition. Crown 8vo. price $s.
SHILL1TO
(Rev. Joseph)
Privileges.
Book
Womanhood
for
Young Women.
its
Problems.
By
various Writers.
SHUTE (Richard) M.A.A
2 vols.
Duties, Temptations,
Crown
SHIPLEY (Rev. Orby) M.A. Church Tracts
Shelley.
and
8vo. price 3^. 6d.
or, Studies in
Crown
Modern
8vo. price $s. each.
Discourse on Truth,
Post 8vo. price
gs.
Kegan Paul
C.
SMEDLEY (M.
Crown
SMITH
B.)
&
Go's Publications.
Boarding-out
17
and Pauper Schools for Girls.
8vo. price %s. 6d.
{Edward) M.D., LL.B.,
R R.S.Health
and Disease, as
Human
Influenced by the Daily, Seasonal, and other Cyclical Changes in the

New Edition. Post 8vo. price Js. 6d.
System.
Practical Dietary for Families, Schools, and the Labouring

Classes. A New Edition. Post 8vo. price $s. 6d.
Tubercular Consumption in its Early and Remediable Stages.
Second Edition.
SMITH
(Hubert)
With Five
Crown
Tent
8vo. price 6s.
Life with English Gipsies in Norway.
full-page Engravings and Thirty-one smaller Illustrations by

others, and Map of the Country showing Routes.
Third
Revised and Corrected.
Post 8vo. price 2 1 J.
Whymper and
Edition.
Some Time
in Ireland.
STEVENSON (Rev.
IV.
Recollection.
Crown 8vo. price js. 6d.
E.) Hymns for the Church and Home.
Selected and Edited by the Rev.
W. Fleming
Stevenson.
The most complete Hymn Book published.

The Hymn Book consists of Three Parts
I. For Public Worship.For Family and Private Worship. III. For Children.
** Published in various forms and prices, the latter ranging from Sd. to 6s.
Lists and full particulars will be furnished on application to the
:
II.
Publishers.
SULL Y
Sensation
Demy
and Intuition.
8vo.
or. 6d.
Pessimism
SYME
M.A.
(James)
price
a History and a Criticism.
(David)
Outlines
Demy
8vo. price 14J.
of an Industrial Science.
Crown
8vo.
price 6s.
TELFER
(J.
Buchan) E.R.G.S., Commander
2 vols.
R.NlmL
With numerous Illustrations and Maps.

medium 8vo. price 36^.
Trans-Caucasia.
Royal 8vo.
Crimea and
Second Edition.
THOMPSON (Rev.
+
A. S.) Home Words for Wanderers.

of Sermons.
TRAHERNE
Family.
(Mrs.
A.) The
A New
and Cheaper Edition.
Romantic Annals
UMBRA OXONIENSIS Results

Right Hon. W.
Catholicism.
UPTON (Capt.
E.
Large
Gladstone,
of
Naval
5^.
of the Expostulation of the

Roman
in their Relation to the Unity of
Newmarket
tion of the Descent of Racers

Post 8vo. price gs.
and Coursers.
and Arabia.
An
With Pedigrees and
Examina-
Frontispiece.
A.) Bokhara: Its History and Conquest. Second

Demy 8vo. price i8j.
(Lady Mary) Every Day a Portion, Adapted from the
Edition.
VYNER
8vo. price
Volume
fcp. 8vo. price $s.
Richard D.)
VAMBERY (Prof.
Crown
Bible and the Prayer Book, for the Private Devotions of those living in WidowSquare crown 8vo. cloth
hood.
Collected and Edited by Lady Mary Vyner.
extra, price $s.
WELLS
(Capt.
Polynia
Whymper
The
R.N
Gateway to the
Spitzbergen
C.)
With numerous Illustrations by
a Voyage to Spitzbergen.
and others, and Map. New and Cheaper Edition. Demy 8vo. price 6s.
John
or,
WETMORE
D.)
LL.D.Warfare
Crown
by Professor Tyndall.
WHITNE Y(Prof.
for the
Second
Code.
Post 4to. boards, price 42 s.
Edition.
WHITE (A.
S.) Commercial Telegraphic
W.
List of
Use
With Prefatory Note
of Science.
8vo. price 3s. 6d.
William Dwight) Essentials of English Grammar,

Crown 8vo. price p. 6d.
of Schools.
WHITTLE
A.M.
Catholicism and the Vatican.

(J. L.)
Second Edition.
Narrative of the Old Catholic Congress at Munich.
8vo. price
Crown
6d.
4-r.
WILBEREORCE
torical
With a
(H.
IV.) The Church and the Empires.
Preceded by a Memoir of the Author
Periods.
Newman, D.D.
of the Oratory.
With
Portrait.
His-
by John Henry
Post 8vo. price
10s. 6d.
Short Lectures on the Land Laws. DeWorking Men's

Crown
limp
Causes and Possible
WILLIAMS (A. Litkyn) Famines in India
The Essay
Demy
Le Ras
The
Armenian
(Chas.)
Campaign.
A Diary of the CamWILLIAMS
Armenia and
Large
WILLIAMS (Rowland) D.D. Life and Letters of; with Extracts
WILKINSON (T
L.)
livered before the
College.
8vo.
Prevention.
for the
paign of 1877
8vo. price
Prize, 1875.
Koordistan.
in
cloth, price 2s.
their
post 8vo. cloth, price 10s. 6d.
Edited by Mrs. Rowland Williams.

2 vols, large post 8vo. price 24?.
from his Note-Books.

graphic Portrait.
$s.
With a Photo-
Psalms, Litanies, Counsels, and Collects for Devout Persons.

Edited by his Widow.
New and Popular Edition. Crown 8vo. price 3-f. 6d.
WILLIS
(R.)
Epoch
M.D.
in the
Servetus and Calvin a Study of an Important

Studies and Romances. Crown 8vo. price 6d.
C. T) James the Second and the Duke of
:
Early History of the Reformation.
8vo. cloth, price
i6j-.
WILSON (H Schiltz)
WILSON (Lieut. -Col.
7^.
Demy
Berwick.
8vo. price 12s. 6d.
WlNTERBOTHAM(Rev. R.) M.A., B.ScSermons

Crown
WOOD
8vo. price
and Expositions.
Js. 6d.
Yachting Cruise in the South Seas.

(C. E)
Photographic Illustrations.
Demy 8vo. price Js. 6d.
With
six
WRIGHT (Rev. David) M.A. Waiting for the Light, and other
Sermons. Crown 8vo. price
WYLD (R. S.) ER.S.E. The Physics and the Philosophy of the
6s.
Senses; or, the Mental and the Physical in

by several Plates. Demy 8vo. price l6.r.
their
Mutual Relation
Illustrated
History of the English Revolution of 1688.

YOUMANS (Eliza A.) An Essay on the Culture of the Observing
YONGE
(C.
Crown
D.)
8vo. price 6s.
Powers of Children,
especially in connection with the Study of Botany.

Edited, with Notes and a Supplement, by Joseph Payne, F.C. P., Author of
1
Lectures on the Science and Art of Education,' &c.
Crown 8vo. price 2s. 6d.
First Book of Botany.

Powers of Children.
Crown
8vo. price
W ith
T
Designed to
300 Engravings.
$s.
YOUMANS (Edward L.) M.D. A

Basis of the
New
Cultivate the Observing

New and Enlarged Edition.
System.
Class Book of Chemistry, on the
With 200
Illustrations.
Crown
8vo. price
5-r.
Kegan Paul
C.
&
Cols Publications.
19
THE INTERNATIONAL SCIENTIFIC

SERIES.
I.
The Forms of Water
in Clouds
and Rivers, Ice and Glaciers.
By
25
J.
Tyndall, LL.D., F.R.S.
II.
Seventh
Illustrations.
Crown
8vo. price
The Doctrine
XII.
Darwinism.
Professor Oscar
Schmidt (Strasburg University). With
26 Illustrations. Third Edition. Crown
With
Edition.
8vo. price
^s.
and Politics ; or,

on the Application of the Principles
of 'Natural Selection' and 'Inheritance' to Political Society. Py Walter
Bagehot.
Third Edition.
Crown
XIII.
Thoughts
Physics
Tenth Edition.
XIV. Fungi:
Foods. By Edward Smith, M.D.,

LL.B., F.R.S. With numerous Illustrations.
Fourth Edition.
Crown
5^.
Mind and Body
IV.
LL.D.
With
Bain,
Berlin).
8vo. price 4s.
Sixth Edition.
On the Conservation
VI.
Theories of
Sociology.
Crown
Py HerCrown
Swimming,
Pettigrew,
Second
130 Illustrations.
Crown
8vo. price
J.
B.
Edition.
XVIII.
5.C
IX.
Crown
8vo. price
The New Chemistry. By
$s.
P.
Edition.
X.
8vo. price
Second Edition.
$s.
Sheldon
8vo. price $s.
Animal Mechanism
Terrestrial
By
and
Aerial
a Treatise on
Locomotion.
With 1 1
J. Marey.
Second Edition. Crown
Professor E.
Illustrations.
8vo. price
5-r.
B 2
With
Crown 8vo.
price
5.5%
Professor of the University of Louvain,

Correspondent of the Institute ol
France. With 83 Illustrations. Second
Edition.
Crown 8vo. price 5-f.
Professor
Second Edition.
Amos.
Light.
XIX. Animal Parasites and Messmates. By Monsieur Van Beneden,
The Science of Law. By

Crown
XI.
Crown
The Nature of
a General Account of Physical Optics.

By Dr. Eugene Lommel, Professor of
Physics in the University of Erlangen.
With 188 Illustrations and a Table
of Spectra in Chromo-lithography.
Professor
Cooke, of the Harvard University. With 31 Illustrations; Third
J.
Third
5-r.
8vo. price $s.
With
Mental
in
VIII. Responsibility
Disease. By Henry Maudsley, M.D.
Second Edition.
8vo. price
XVII. Money and the Mechanism of

Exchange. By W. Stanley Jevons,
M. A., F.R.S. Third Edition. Crown
Walking,
and Flying. By
M.D., F.R.S., &c.
thoroughly re-
Illustrations.
Professor of Sanscrit and Comparative

Philology in Yale College, Newhaven.
Second Edition. Crown 8vo. price $s.
5-f.
or,
Influences,
XVI. The Life and Growth of Language. By William Dwight Whitney,
of Energy.
8vo. price
Animal Locomotion;
$s.
C.
Translation
With 100
Crown
Edition.
Balfour Stewart, M.A., LL.D.,

F.R.S. With 14 Illustrations. Third
Edition.
Nature,
By M.
vised.
By
VII.
8vo. price

XV. The Chemical Effects of Light
and Photography. By Dr. Hermann Vogel (Polytechnic Academy of
Illustrations.
Crown
The Study of
bert Spencer.
8vo. price $s.
the
Four
Fifth Edition.
V.
By Alexander
their Relation.
their
Crown
Cooke, M.D.,
Edited by the Rev. M. J.
LL.D.
Berkeley, M.A., F.L.S.
With numerous Illustrations. Second Edition.
Uses, &c.
8vo. price
$s.
The History of the Conflict
between Religion and Science.

By J. W. Draper, M.D., LL.D.
8vo. price 4*.

III.
oe Descent and
By
XX.
Fermentation.
By Professor
Schutzenberger, Director of the Chemical Laboratory at the Sorbonne.
With 28 Illustrations. Second
Crown 8vo. price 5^.
Edition.
20
XXI. The Five Senses of Man.
List of
By
Professor Bernstein, of the University

of
Halle.
With 91 Illustrations.
Second Edition.
Crown 8vo.
Prof.
W.T.Thiselton Dyer, B.A., B.Sc.

Form and Habit in Flowering Plants.
price $s.
Mr.
Pietro Blaserna, of the Royal Univertrations.
price
Prof.
With numerous IllusSecond Edition. Crown 8vo.
Rome.
sity of
Norman
J.
Lockyer,
F.R.S.
Spectrum Analysis.
XXII. The Theory of Sound in its

Relation to Music. By Professor
Michael Foster, M.D.

plasm and the Cell Theory.
Proto-
H. Charlton Bastian, M.D., F.R.S.

The Brain as an Organ of Mind.
$s.
Forthcoming Volumes.
A. C. Ramsay, LL.D., F.R.S.,

Earth Sculpture Hills, Valleys, Mountains, Plains, Rivers, Lakes; how they
were produced, and how they have
been destroyed.
Prof.
W.
Prof.
The
Kingdon
M.A.
Clifford,
of the Exact
Sciences Explained to the Non-Mathematical.
Principles
First
T. H. Huxley, LL.D., F.R.S.

Bodily Motion and Consciousness.
Prof.
Rosenthal. General Physiology

of Muscles and Nerves.
Prof. J.
P.
W.
B. Carpenter, LL.D., F.R.S.

Physical Geography of the Sea.
Sir
John Lubbock,
Bart.,
Bert
(Professor of Physiology, Paris).

Life and other Cosmical
Conditions.
The
On
F.R.S.
Ants and Bees.
Forms of
Prof.
Corfield, M.A., M.D.

Air
(Oxon.)
in its Relation to Health.
MILITARY WORKS.
ANDERSON
R. P.) Victories
an Attempt to explain the Causes which have led to
them.
An Officer's Manual. Demy
{Col.
and Defeats
8vo. price 14^.
Army
of the North German Confederation

a Brief Description
RLUME
{Maj.
W.) The Operations
of the German Armies in France,

from Sedan to the end of the War of
With Map.
From the
1870-71.
Journals of the Head-quarters Staff.
Translated by the late E. M. Jones,
Maj. 20th Foot, Prof, of Mil. Hist.,
Demy 8vo. price gs.
Sandhurst.
of
Organisation, of the Different

Branches of the Service and their role
in War, of its Mode of Fighting, eVc.
Translated from the Corrected Edition,
by permission of the Author, by
its
Colonel
Edward Newdigate.
8vo. price
Demy
{Cap. A. von)T ACtical Deductions from the War

of 1 870-1. Translated by Colonel
Sir Lum'iey Graham, Bart., late 18th
Third Edi(Royal Irish) Regiment.
Demy
Revised and Corrected.
tion,
5-s
BOGUSLAWSKI
8vo. price
BRIALMONT
{Col.
A.) Hasty
trenchments. Translated by
Charles
Nine
A.
Plates.
Empson,
Demy
R.A.
En-
Lieut.
With
8vo. price 6s.
Js.
CLERY
Capt. Minor Tactics.

{C.)
With 26 Maps and Plans. Third and
revised Edition.
price 16s.
Demy
8vo.
cloth,
DU
&
Kegan Paul
C.
VERNOIS
{Co/.
v-.i
Verdy)
An
Studies in Leading Troops.
authorised and accurate Translation by

Lieutenant H. J. T. Hildyard, 71st
Demy 8vo.
Parts I. and II.
Foot.
price
Co!s Publications.
21
SCI/ELL {Maj. von) THE OPERATIONS

of the First Army under Gen.
von
C.
GOEBEN.
von
II.
demy
Translated by Col.
Wright.
Four Maps,
8vo. price gs.
Js.
GOETZE
{Capt. A. von) Operations

of the German Engineers during the War of 1870- i. Published
by Authority, and in accordance with
Translated from
the German by Colonel G. Graham,
With 6 large
V.C., C.B., R.E.
Maps. Demy 8vo. price 2is.
Official
Documents.
R.) The
{Lieut-Col.
Memorandum Book for
HARRISON
Officer's
Peace and War.

roan,
Oblong 32mo.
band and pencil, price
elastic
2s. 6d.
HELVIG
russia,
under
von
Gen.
Steinmetz.
Translated by Captain E. O. Hollist.
Demy
8vo. price 10s. 6d.
SCIIELLENDORF
The
Duties
{Major-Gen. B. von)
the
of
General
Staff. Translated from the German

by Lieutenant Hare. Vol. I. Demy
8vo. cloth, \os. 6d.
SCHERFF {Maj.
the New
Parts
5-y.
and
I.
W. von) Studies in
Infantry Tactics.
Translated from the
II.
German by Colonel Lumley Graham.
H.) The Operations

Army Corps.
{Capt.
of the Bavarian
Translated by Captain G. S. Schwabe.

In 2 vols.
With Five large Maps.
Demy
The Operations of the First Army
8vo. price 24^.
Demy
8vo. price
SHADWELL
6d.
Js.
{Maj.-Gen.)
C.B. Moun-
tain Warfare. Illustrated by the

Campaign of 1799 in Switzerland.
Being a
Tactical Examples
the Battalion.
Translated from the German by Col.
With nearly
Sir Lumley Graham.
Demy 8vo. cloth,
300 Diagrams.
price
Translation of the Swiss

Narrative compiled fiom the Works of
the Archduke Charles, Jomini, and
others.
Also of Notes by General
H. Dufour on the Campaign of the
Maps,
HOFFBAUER
and
Demy
Introductory
{Capt.) The German

Artillery in the Battles near
Metz. Based on the Official Reports of
SHERMAN {Gen.
Translated by
General W.
German
the
Artillery.
Captain E. O.
With
Holli^t.
Demy
and Plans.
LA YMANN
Capt.
Map
8vo. price 21 J.
Th e
is.
6a
von)
CAVALRY
{Maj.-Gen.
Translated by Major
Frank S. Russell 14th (King's)
Crown 8vo. cloth limp,
Hussars.
Field Duty.
price 7 s. 6d.
PAGE
Drill.
S. F.) Discipline and

Crown
Cheaper Edition.
8vo. price
is.
{Capt.
Public Schoolboy
the Volunteer, the

Militiaman, and the Regular Soldier.
Crown 8vo. cloth, price $s.
:
IV.
T.) Memoirs of
T. Sherman, Commander of the Federal Forces in ihe

American Civil War. By Himself.
24.C
With Map.
Demy
8vo. price
Copyright English Edition.
STUBBS
{Lient.-Col.
F.
W.)
The
Regiment of Bengal Artillery.
MIR US
Remarks.
8vo. price \6s.
2 vols.
Frontal
Attack of Infantry. Translated

by Colonel Edward Newdigate. Crown
8vo. price
With Appendix,
Valtelline in 1635.
I5-5-.
The History of its Organisation, Equipment, and War Services.

Compiled
from Published Works, Official Records,
and various Private Sources.
With numerous Maps and Illustrations.

2 vols, demy 8vo. price 32^.
STUMM {Lieut.
Hugo), German Military
Attache
Khivan Expedition.
to
the
Advance
Russia's
Based on the Official
Eastward.
Reports of.
Translated by Capt. C. E.H.Vincent,
With Map.
Cvown
8vo. price 6s.
22
List of
VINCENT {Capt.
C. E. II.)- -Elementary Military Geography, Re-
and Sketching.
connoitring,
Compiled for Non-commissioned Officers and Soldiers of all Arms. Square
crown 8vo. price 2s. 6d.
WICKHAM
{Capt. E. II, R.A.) Influence of Firearms upon Tac-
Historical and Critical InvestiBy an Officer of Supegations.

rior Rank (in the German Army).
Translated by Captain E. H. Wickham, R.A. Demy 8vo. price p. 6d.
tics
WOINOVITS
{Capt.
I.)
AustrianTranslated by
Cavalry Exercise.
Captain W. S. Cooke.
price
Crown
8vo.
WARTENSIEBEN
{Count H. von.)
The Operations of the South

Army in January and February,
Compiled from
87 i.
the Official
of the Head-quarters of the Southern Army.
Translated by Colonel C. H. von Wright.
i
War Documents
Demy
With Maps.
The Operations
8vo. price 6s.
of the First
under Gen.
von
Army
Manteuffel.
Translated by Colonel C. H. von

Wright.
Uniform with the above.
Demy
8vo. price gs.
WHITE
E. B. P.) The Substantive Seniority Army List

Majors and Captains. 8vo. sewed,
{Capt.
price 2s. 6d.
Js.
POETRY.
ABBEY
{Henry) BALLADS
Deeds, and other Verses.
cloth
price
gilt,
ADAMS
{W.
OF Good
Fcp. 8vo.
Edition.
Fcp.
$s.
A DON Through Storm and Sunshine. Illustrated by M. E. Edwards,

A. T. H. Paterson, and the Author.
Crown
Aurora
8vo. price
Volume
"Js.
6d.
Fcp. 8vo.
cloth, price 5 s.
BARING
M.A.,
{T. C.)
M.P. Pindar
in English Rhyme.
Being an Attempt to render the Epinikian Odes
with the principal remaining Fragments of Pindar into English Rhymed
Verse.
Small 4to. price Js.
BAYNES
{Rev.
Canon R. H.) M.A.)

for Quiet Hours.
Home Songs
Third Edition.
price
Fcp. 8vo. cloth extra,
3s. 6d.
This
bound
may
in
8vo. cloth ele-
8vo. sewed,
price is.
Narrative
in
Fcp.
Coloured Wrapper,
and
Poems
Ballads.
Fcp. 8vo. sewed, in Coloured Wrapper,

is.
Songs
for
Sailors.
Dedicated by
Special Request to H.R.H. the Duke

With Steel Portrait
of Edinburgh.
and Illustrations. Crown 8vo. price
y.
6d.
An
Edition in
Covers, price is.
Illustrated
Songs of a Song Writer.

of Verse.
also be
had handsomely
morocco with
Also, a Cheaper
8vo. price 2s. 6d.
Baby May and Home Poems.
price
M.A.
St.
Malo's
{John)
Quest, and other Poems. Fcp. 8vo.
price
Crown
May
With
and Ballads.
gant, price 6s.
of Love,-
from Shakespeare to Tennyson.

Selected and arranged by.
Fcp. 8vo.
cloth extra, gilt edges, price y. 6d.
ADAMS
IV C.) Baby
{Dr.
Home Poems
Frontispiece.
5*.
A Lyrics
Also, a Cheaper
8vo. cloth, 2 v. 6d.
BENNETT
gilt edges.
Edition.
Fcp.
Paper
Crown
8vo. price 6s.
BOS WEIL
{R.
B.)
M.A.,
Oxon.
Metrical Translations from the

Greek and Latin Poets, and other
Poems.
BRYANT
{W.
C.) Poems.
Red-line
Edition.
With 24 Illustrations and
Portrait of the Author.
Crown 8vo.
cloth extra, price Js. 6d.
Cheap Edition, with Frontis-
piece.
3s. 6d.
BUCHANAN{Robt.)Poetical Works.
Collected Edition, in 3 vols, with Portrait.
Crown 8vo. price 6s. each.
Master-Spirits, Post 8vo. price
ios.6d.
'
Kegan Paul
C.
BULKELEY (Rev. II.

Cosmos
J.)Walled
Crown
and other Poems.
in,
8vo. price
5.C
3s. 6d.
the
WonderLife in a Dream
the Purgatory of St. Patrick. Translated by Denis Florence MacCarthy.
Post 8vo. price \os.
:
CARPENTER
COLLINS [Mortimer) Inn
of Strange
Meetings, and other Poems. Crown
8vo. cloth, price
CORY
$s.
in
Banner
(Mrs.
Drama
G.) The King's

in
Four Acts.
DENNIS (J.) English

and
Great
Elegantly
$s. 6d.
(Aubrey) Alexander
DE VERE
DURAND
(Lady) Imitations from

the German of S pitta and Terstegen.
Fcp. 8vo. price
EDWARDS
45-.
Basil)
Minor
Chords ; or, Songs for the Suffering
a Volume of Verse.
Fcp. 8vo. cloth,
price 2>s. 6d. ; paper, price, 2s. 6d.
ELLIOTT
Rhymer.
(Rev.
(Ebenezer), The Corn
Poems. Edited by
a Dramatic
crown 8vo. price $s.
:
Law
his son,
Edwin
Elliott, of St. John's,

2 vols, crown 8vo. price i8j-.
Antigua.
Eros Agonistes
Poem.
YRE (Maj.
&c.
Sonnets. Col-
Arranged.
Fcp. 8vo. price
bound.
Five
4to. price 10s. 6d.
Illustrations.
lected
$s. 6d.
V. )C.B.,
the
E. B. D.
6d.
3.5-.
LaysGen.ofSira
K.
C. S.
Knight-Errant
in Many Lands. Square crown 8vo.

with Six Illustrations, price Js. 6d.
FERRIS
(Henry
Weybridge)
Fcp. 8vo. price
Small
By
Poems.
Fcp. 8vo. price

:
M.A. HYMNS
Original and TransSmall crown 8vo. cloth, price
price $s.
CRESSWELL
h.)
(Rev.
and VERSES.
the Rev.
Arthur)
Ione
a
Four Parts. Fcp. 8vo. cloth,
(Lieut. -Col.
Poem
DOWNTON
23
NARCISSUS, and
{.)
Fcp. 8vo. price $s.
other Poems.
Co!s Publications.
lated.
a Poem. Fcp. 8vo. price
Calderon's Dramas
working Magician
&
Poems.
$s.
GARDNER (H.) Sunflowers

Fcp. 8vo. price
of Verses.
Book
$s.
The Infant Bridal, and other Poems.

A New and Enlarged Edition. Fcp.
8vo. price
7-r.
6d.
The Legends of
a DraSt. Thomas of Canterbury

Large fcp. 8vo. price $s.
matic Poem.
M. H. G.) Hebe
(Lieut.
Fcp. 8vo. price
Tale.
HARCOURT
St. Patrick, and
other Poems.
GOLDLE
A.
(Capt.
5-r.
P.) The
F.
Shakespeare Argosy. Containing

much of the wealth of Shakespeare's
Wisdom and Wit, alphabetically arranged and classified.
Crown 8vo.
Antar and Zara:
an Eastern Romance.
Inisfail, and other Poems, MeditaFcp. 8vo. price 6s.
tive and Lyrical.
The Fall of Rora, The Search

after Proserpine, and
Meditative and Lyrical.
DOBSON
(Austin)
Vignettes
Rhyme, and Vers de

Edition.
other Poems,
Fcp. 8vo. 6s.
Societe.
Fcp. 8vo. price
in
Third
$s.
By the
in Porcelain.
Vignettes in Rhyme.
Author of
Third Edition. Crown 8vo. price 6s.
Proverbs
'
DO WDEN
(Edward) ZZ.ZX Poems.

Second Edition. Fcp. 8vo. price 5.C
price 6s.
HEWLETT
Verse.
HOLMES (E.
price
G.)A Sheaf of
(Henry
Fcp. 8vo. price

G.
3^. 6d.
A.) Poems.
Fcp. 8vo.
5-$-.
HOWARD
An
G. B.)
St. Paul's.
(Rev.
Legend of
Old
Fcp. 8vo.
price 4J. 6d.
HOWELL
(James) A Tale of the

and other Poems.
Sea, Sonnets,
Fcp. 8vo. price
HUGHES
other Poems.
LNCHBOLD
Sonnets.
5-r.
(Allison)
(J.
Penelope,
Fcp. 8vo. price
and
4*. 6d.
W.) Annus Amoris
Fcp. 8vo. price
4c. 6d.
24
{Mrs. Hamilton)The Disciples:
KING
a
List of
New
Third Edition, with
Poem.
Crown
some Notes.
Aspromonte, and
other Poems.
Fcp. 8vo. price
Edition.
KNIGHT {A.
price
8vo. price
Second
8vo.
Lady of Lipari
(The)
Poem
Fcp. 8vo. price
Three Cantos.
$s
in
8vo. cloth elegant, price
Fcp.
Edition.
the i8th and 19TH Centuries.

$s.
MORICE
The
F. D.) M.A.
{Rev.
Olympian and Pythian Odes of
A New Translation in Eng-
Pindar.
Crown
lish Verse.
MORSHEAD
8vo. price
Js.
6d.
D. A.)The AgaTranstEschylus.
(F.
memnon of
With an
Crown 8vo.
into English Verse.
Essay.
Introductory
by
Illustrations
Fcp.
Du
George
cloth
4to.
cloth, price 5^.
elegant,
12s. 6d.
PFEIFFER
(Emily)Glan
Silence and Song

Gerard's
prom
the Works of German Poets of
Fcp. 8vo. price
'
His
6s.
(.4//^) Translations
Alarch
a
Poem.
Monument and other Poems.

Crown
Second Edition.
8yo. cloth,
price 6s.
POWLETT (Lieut.
N.) R.A. Eastern

Legends and Stories in English
Verse. Crown 8vo. price $s.
RIIOADES
(James) Timoleon: a Dra-
matic Poem.
SCOTT
Fcp. 8vo. price
(Patrick)
The
the Deed, and

8vo. price
5^
Dream and
other Poems.
Fcp.
5-r.
Songs for Music.
By")
Four Friends.
Two
ConSquare crown 8vo. price 5-r.

taining Songs by Reginald A. Gatty,
Third
Writer.
Second Edition. Fcp. 8vo.
vStephen H. Gatty, Greville J. Chester,

and Juliana Ewing.
WRITER
Worlds.
Series.
(H. C/wlmondeley)?EGASVS
the Author of Puck
on Pegasus, ' &c. &c. With Ten FullMaurier.
Also, a Cheaper
8vo. price 2s. 6d.
NEW
PENNELL
page
New and
lated
A
(F) London Lyrics.
Revised Edition, with Additions and a Portrait of the Author.
LOCKED
LUCAS
Southern
Resaddled. By
$s.
Crown
(Georgiana) Rays from

Cross
Poems.
Crown 8vo. with Sixteen Full-page
Illustrations by the Rev. P. Walsh,
the
cloth elegant, price ioj. 6d.
4s. 6d.
C.) Poems. Fcp.
F.
6d.
7-f.
PEA COCKE
By
(A) Songs of
a
New
price $s.
The
Epic of Hades. By the Author

of 'Songs of Two Worlds.' Third
Edition.
Fcp. 8vo. price "js. 6d.
NICHOLSON
(Edward
B.
Librarian oj
London Institution The Christ

Crown
Child, and other Poems.
the
SPICER
(#".) Otho's Death Wager

a Dark Page of History Illustrated.
Fcp. 8vo. cloth, price
In Five Acts.
:
STONE HEWER (Agnes) Monacella:

A Poem.
a Legend of North Wales.
3-r.
6d.
NOAKE
(Major
Bivouac
R.
or,
an Appendix
Fcp. 8vo. price
NORRIS
(Rev.
Compton)
$s.
The
Inner
Fcp. 8vo.
65-.
(John) Songs of Life and

Death. Crown 8vo. cloth, price 5-r.
(C.
New
Kegan) Goethe's Faust.
Translation in
8vo. price 6s.
Rhyme.
Crown
8vo. cloth
price
gilt,
ys. 6d.
W. A.) M.A. Poems.
(Rev. J.
Fcp. 8vo. price
TAYLOR
(Sir
JJa
II.) Works Complete
Crown
Five Volumes.
PAYNE
PAUL
Crown
speare.
TA YLOR
6d.
Alfred)
and Outer Life Poems.

cloth, price
The
Martial Lyrist.
With
Advice to the Soldier.
Sweet Silvery Sayings of Shake-
8vo.
in
cloth,
price 30X.
TENNYSON
Drama.
Queen Mary
tion.
Harold
(Alfred)
8vo. price 6s.
Crown
Crown
a Drama.
New
8vo. price 6s,
Edi-
Kegan Paul
C.
TENNYSON
'
&
{A.) Works Complete:
The Imperial Library
Edition.
in 7 vols, demy 8vo. price

each; in Roxburgh binding,
Complete
6d.
10s.
1
s.
6d.
Post 8vo. cloth
gilt
In Six Volumes.
;
or half-morocco.
Roxburgh style. {Seep. 31.)

Cabinet Edition. 12 Volumes.
with Frontispiece.
2s. 6d.
Fcp.
price
8vo.
Poems.
Small 8vo. price
Small 8vo.
Tennyson Birthday Book.

2s.
Small 8vo. price ^s.6d.
of the King.
Thoughts
Small 8vo.
{Alice
Small 8vo.
&c.
Small 8vo. price
Small 8vo. price
Selections from the above Works.

Super royal i6mo. price
3s. 6d.
cloth
gilt extra, price 4J.
the above Works.
Pocket Volume Edition.
13
vols,
gilt, in
M.A.Arvxn
{Herbert)
Story of the Sword.

8vo. price
case,
Shilling Edition of the Poetical

In 10 vols, pocket
each, sewed.
A Poem.
or,
the
Crown
6d.
fs.
Laurella,
Crown 8vo. price
{Dr.
J.)
6s. 6d.
Lyrics,
Tennyson) Sonnets,
C.
and Translations. Crown
WATERFIELD
Hymns for
{W.)
Seasons. 32mo.
Holy Days and

cloth, price is. 6d.
WA Y{A.) MA. The Odes of Horace

Fcp. 8vo. price
WILLOUGHBY
Works.
8vo.
Literally Translated in Metre.
in neat case, price 36^.
Extra cloth
Fcp.
$s.
TURNER {Rev.
4s.
B.A.Hymus
Lyrics.
and other Poems.
price 3j.
is.
Small crown 8vo.
{Rev. Godfrey),
TODHUNTER
Ditto, ditto.
price 42^.
8vo. price p. 6d.
and Sacred
Gareth and Lynette.
from
Illustrated
6d.
TODD
i6mo.
C.) Preludes
in Verse.
of the King.
Complete.
Small 8vo. price 6s.
The Holy Grail, and other Poems.
Small 8vo. price 4s. 6d.
Idylls
p. 6d.
In Memoriam.
Edited by
321110. cloth limp,
Poems.
of
is.
THRING
price
Enoch Arden,
arranged.
cloth extra, 3s.
THOMPSON
price
price 5x.
Songs
Specially
6d.
is.
Roll Call').
6s.
other Poems.
Princess.
Idylls
Recitation.
by
Elizabeth Thompson (Painter of 'The
price 3J. 6d.
The
Tennyson for the Young and for
Volume
Maud, and
Julia
6s. each.
Emily Shakespear.
3D-
Original Editions
by
Illustrated
Margaret Cameron.
2 vols, folio,
half-bound morocco, cloth sides, price
Fcp. 8vo.
Cabinet Edition. 12 vols. Complete

in handsome Ornamental Case.
{See
p.
Poems.
other
Each
{Seep. 31.)
each.
25
Tennyson's Idylls of the King, and
6.
{See p. 31.)
Author's Edition.
Co!s Ptiblications.
size,
2s.
{The Hon. Mrs.) Ox
the North Wind
Thistledown
a Volume of Poems. Elegantly bound,

small crown 8vo. price p: 6d.
LIBRARY NOVELS.
AYRTON{J. C.) A Scotch Wooing.
2 vols, crown 8vo.
Blue Roses
Marriage.
or,
By
Fifth Edition.
1 2 J.
Helen Malinofska's
the Author of ! Vera.
2 vols, cloth, gilt tops,
BUNNETT {F.
Crown
E.) Linked at
Last.
8vo.
CAD ELL
{Mrs. H. M.)IdA Craven

a Novel.
2 vols, crown 8vo.
CARR
{Lisle)Judith
Second Edition.
Gwynne.
Crown
8vo.
3 vols.
26
CHAPMAN
Mrs.
{Hon.
Constant Heart
cloth, gilt tops,
E.
IV.)
2 vols,
a Story.
List of
s.
Hogan, M. P.
HOCKLEY
3 vols.
cr.
8vo.
B.) Tales ok the
(W.
a Nuwab's Leisure
Hours.
By the Author of Pandurang Ilari.' With a Preface by Lord
2 vols, crown
Stanley of Alderley.
ZENANA
CLA YTON {Cecil) Effie's Game How

a
She Lost and how She Won
or,
'
Novel.
a Novel.
2 vols.
(Mortimer) The
COLLINS
Clarice
a Story of 187
Princess
Squire Silciiester's Whim.
Miranda
(Her First Romance.) 4
3 vols.
Midsummer Madness.
INGELOW (Jean) -Off the
2 vols.
1.
AEA TINGE
3 vols.
CONYERS
{Anshy)
crown 8vo.
3 vols,
COTTON {R.
LISTA DO
T.) Mr. Carington
Tale of Love and Conspiracy.

crown 8vo.
Crown
price
or,
vols.
Crown
{Mrs.) Lady Moretoun's

Daughter. 3 vols, crown 8vo.
St.
FAITHFULL
{Mrs. Francis
or Love
Me
G.) LOVE
Not.
vols,
M.)A
(G.
Novel.
FISHER
(G.)
Malcolm
Second Edition.
3 vols.
8vo.
Michael.
St.
crown 8vo.
MARHE WITCH (B.)The Neglected

Question. Translated from the Rusby the Princess Ourousoff. 2 vols,
crown 8vo. \/\s.
crown 8vo.
FENN
or. 6d.
George and
vols,
Me,
Novel.
EILOART
Service
(Edward)The Owl's Nest in

a Story.
Crown 8vo.
MACDONALD
8vo.
2 vols,
2 vols, crown 8vo.
the City
Trans-
a Ncvel.
Bunnett.
LOVEL
Woman.
T. ) Civil
(J.
Novel.
3 vols,
DE WILLE (E.) Under a Cloud

Johannes Olaf
lated by F. E.
(n.)-HoNOR Blake:
the Story of a Plain

crown 8vo.
Chksterleigh.
Skelligs.
vols. cr. 8vo.
sian
Little World:
In 3 vols.
Queen.
(Alice) His
3 vols.
MARSHALL
(H.)-The Story of Sir

Edward's Wife a Novel. Crown
:
crown 8vo.
8vo. price 10s. 6d.
FO THE R GILL
{Jessie)
Aldytii
2 vols, crown 8vo.
Novel.
2i.r.
MORLEY (Susan) Aileen Ferrers

Novel.
Healey
Romance.
3 vols.
cr.
crown 8vo.
8vo.
Throstlethwaite
GRAY
2 vols,
(Mrs. Russell)
Lisette's Venture a Novel. 2 vols, crown 8vo.
Crown
a Novel.
3 vols.
8vo.
GRIFFITHS
Arthur)'
(Capt.
Queen's Shilling:
a Novel.
2 vols.
HA WTHORNE (Julian) Bressant

Romance.
Idolatry
IIA
vols,
Crown
cr.
8vo. cloth, price gs.
a Story of Scottish Life

New Author.
a Novel.
(Sydney)
Perplexity
3 vols, crown 8vo.
Novel.
Sister Rosalind
a Novel.
By
Author of Christiana North,' and
Under the Limes.' 2 vols.
:
the
'
'
SAUNDERS
Overman
vols,
and Character. By a
2 vols, crown 8vo.
crown 8vo.
MOSTYN
My
8vo.
(Nathaniel)
Septia Romance.
Second Edition.
Heathergate
vols,
WTHORNE
mius
crown 8vo.
a Romance. 2 vols.
Margaret Chetwynd
THE
Israel Mort,
(John)
a Story of the Mine.
3
crown 8vo.
SAUNDERS
Mills
(R'atherine)
a Novel.
TuE
High
3 vols, crown 8vo.
C.
&
Kegan Paul
SHAW
{Flora L.) Castle Blair: a

Story of Youthful Lives.
2 vols,
crown 8vo.
[PkUip)Woman's a RidBaby Warmstrey a Novel.

crown 8vo. cloth.
or,
3 vols,
STRETTON(Hesba) Hester Morley's
Thomasina
a Novel.
crown 8vo.
2 vols.
WORKS OF
cr.
By
Vanessa.
the
Crown
8vo. price 6s.

:
the Author
3 vols. cr. 8vo.
2 vols.
What
'tis TO Love.
By the Author
of 'Flora Adair,' 'The Value of
Fosterstown.'
3 vols, crown 8vo.
a Novel.
PALGRAVE
Agha
{W. Gifford) Hermann

an Eastern Narrative. Third
Crown
Pandurang Hari
face
lated from the Arabic Originals. Illustrated with Historical and Explanatory
G.C.S.I., C.B.
Still Waters a
Quiet Hours.
With Seven
:
by
Sir
H.
Bartle E. Frere,
8vo. price 6s.
Crown
a Cynic of the
Century.
An Autobio-
Nineteenth
Crown
graphy.
HARDY
{Thomas) A Pair of Blue

Eyes. Author of Far from the Madding Crowd.' Crown 8vo. price 6s.
Overman
Crown
8vo. price ior. 6d.
SAUNDERS
8vo. price 6s.
6s.
Memoirs of a
or,
Reginald Bramble
8vo. cloth, price 7^.
GARRETT {.) By
8vo. cloth, price
With an Introductory Pre-
Hindoo.
Times of the Early Khalifahs. Trans-
Crown
By
White and Black.'
Edition.
Godfrey) 'IlAm en Nas

Historical Tales and Anecdotes of the
Story for
Second
FICTION IN ONE VOLUME.
CLERK {Mrs.
Illustrations.
Thoma-
8vo.
Waiting for Tidings.

'
'
2 vols.
2 vols. croAvn 8vo.
{Miss M.)
Kitty. With a Frontispiece. Crown
Crown
Author of
a Novel.
sina' &c.
Edition.
YORKE {Stephen) Cleveden
8vo.
BETHAM-ED WARDS
Notes.
2 vols,
crown 8vo.
{Colonel Meadows)
C.S.L,
M.R.I. A. Seeta a Novel. 3 vols,
crown 8vo.
3 vols,
Spinsters of
a Novel.
WEDMORE {F.) Two Girls.
TAYLOR
Queen.
Blatchington
of
Promise. 3 vols, crown 8vo. cloth.

The Doctor's Dilemma. 3 vols,
crown 8vo. cloth.
A Noble
TR A VERS {Mar.) The
27
crown 8vo.
cloth, price 12s.
SHELDON
dle
Co.'s Pttblications.
Israel
{John)
a Story of the
Mort,
Mine.
8vo. price 6s.
'
HA WTHORNE
Romance.
{JV.
Septimius
Second Edition.
Crown
8vo. price gs.
{Mary A/.) Beatrice Aylmer, and other Tales. Crown 8vo.
IGNOTUSCvlmshire Folk: a Novel.

New and Cheaper Edition. Crown
8vo. price 6s.
Portrait
(C.) Malcolm. With

of the Author engraved on
Fourth Edition.
Steel.
Crown
8vo.
price 6s.
MEREDITH
Crown
{George)
Ordeal of
New
Edition.
Gideon's
Crown
8vo.
and
TA YL OR
The
Tara
other
8vo. price 6s.
Margaret and Elizabeth

Crown
a Story
8vo. price 6s.
:
Col. Meadows) C. S. I. , M. R. I.
Confessions
of
Thug.
8vo. price 6s.
Crown
a Mahratta Tale.
8vo.
price 6s.
CORNHILL LIBRARY
{The).
Richard Feverel.
Crown
Merryweather,
Stories.
Crown
MACDONALD
Stories.
price 6s.
of the Sea.
price 6s.
{Katherine)
Rock, and other
Joan
HOWARD
SAUNDERS
Crown
of
FICTION
8vo. price 3*. 6d. per
volume.
Half-a-Dozen Daughters.
Masterman.
By
J.
28
CORNHILL LIBRARY
The House
CORNHILL LIBRARY
FICTION.
of
By
of Raby.
List of
Mrs.
Two
By
Bride.
By Mrs.
J.
Charles
By John Saun-
ABEL Drake's Wife.

ders.
The Left-Handed
or,
By
Gibbon.
By Charles Gibbon.
ROBIN Gray,
Lack of Gold.
For
By Moy Thomas.
Fight for Life.
One of
FICTION.
G. L. Banks.
Hooper.
of
God's Providence House.
G.
By John Saunders.
HlRELL.
llain Friswell.
CHEAP FICTION.
GIBBON
Lack of Gold,
{Charles) For
Crown
Frontispiece.
Illustrated Boards, price 2s.
With
8vo.
With a Frontispiece.
Robin Gray.
Crown 8vo. Illustrated boards, price 2s.
SAUNDERS
{John)
Ari
IIirell.
Crown
Frontispiece.
boards, price
2s.
DRAKE'S WIFE.
i,
With
8vo. Illustrated
With
Frontis-
Illustrated boards, price 2s.
piece.
BOOKS FOR THE YOUNG.

Aunt Mary's Bran
of 'St.
BARLEE
By the Author
Pie.
Olave's.'
Price
Illustrated.
{Ellen)LOCKED Out: a Tale
With a
of the Strike.
Royal i6mo. price
BON WICK
{J.)
is.
Frontispiece.
6d.
Tas-
Frontispiece.
Mike Howe,
the Bushranger of Van

With Frontispiece.
8vo. price 5/.
Diemen's Land.
Crown
Brave Men's Footsteps. By the Editor

of 'Men who have Risen.'
A Book
of Example and Anecdote for Young
People.
With Four Illustrations by
Third Edition.
Crown
C. Doyle.
8vo. price t,s. 6d.
COLERIDGE
[Sara)Pretty Lessons
in Verse for Good Children,

with some Lessons in Latin, in Easy
Rhyme.
trated.
A New
Edition.
Illus3-r.
6d.
Pixie's ADVENTURES or, the Tale of

a Terrier.
With 21 Illustrations.
;
DA VLES
G.
Christopher)
Mot; NTA1 n,
Meadow, and Mere:
a Series of
Outdoor Sketches of Sport, Scenery,

Adventures, and Natural History.
With Sixteen Illustrations by Bosworth
W.
Harcourt.
Crown
8vo. price 6s.
Rambles and Adventures of our

School Field Club. With Four
Illustrations.
DRUMMOND
(Miss)Tripps Build-
Study from Life, with

INGS.
Frontispiece. Small crown 8vo. price
6d.
EDMONDS
Lives
Crown
cloth, price 5*.
Minnie's
an Every-day Chronicle.
With 4 Illustrations by W. H. Hughes.
Fcp. cloth, price y. 6d.
3-r.
Children's Toys, and some Elementary

Lessons in General Knowledge which
they teach.
Illustrated.
Crown 8vo.
{N .)LlTTJLE
TROUBLES
i6mo.
FR.G.S.Tm:
MANIAN Lily. With

UANVERS
{Herbert)
Well
Spent
a Series of Modern Biography.

8vo. price $s.
EVANS
{Mark)The Story of our

Father's Love, told to Children
;
New
and Enlarged Edition of

With Four
Theology for Children.
Illustrations.
Fcap. 8vo. price y. 6d.
being a
Kegan Paid
C.
FARQUHARSON
Crown
8vo.
Crown
8vo.
price 3s. 6d.
Girlhood.
Elsie's
II.
price
Crown
HERFORD
Holidays at Roselands.
8vo. price 3s. 6d.
[Brooke)The
Religion in England
Crown
Young Folk.
price
Story of
:
a Book for
8vo. cloth,
5.?.
INGEL OW
(>)-The
Wonder-horn.
Little
With
Fifteen IllusSmall 8vo. price 2s. 6d.
trations.
KER
T.)
{J.
29
-Slavonic
Russian,
Servian,
Polish, and Bohemian Sources.
With
Four Illustrations. Crown 8vo. price
PELLETAN{E.) The Desert Pastor.

Jean Jarousseau. Translated from
the French.
By Colonel E. P. De
L'Hoste. With a Frontispiece. New
Fcap. 8vo. price
Edition.
REANEY
{Mrs.
Working
Bokhara
in
Womanhood. With
a Tale of Central Asia.
Crown
Illustrations.
a Frontispiece.
price
other Stories.
Royal
Illustrations.
is.
Blessing and Blessed
Crown
Illustrated.
LEANDER
8vo. price
{Richard)
Crown
Fantastic
LEE {Holme) Ker

A Book for Girls.
8vo. price
$s.
Title of Honour.
With a
New
Edition.
Crown 8vo.
Frontispiece.
price $s,
LE WIS {Mary A.) -A Rat with Three

With Four
Tales.
Catherine F. Frere.
Illustrations
Price
by
3j. 6d.
and the Dingy Hen.

MAC KENNA
Spangle
(Z.) Sir
Illustrated.
2s. 6d.
Edition.
Third
Illustrations.
Crown
MALDEN {H.
8vo. price
5-r.
E.) Princes and PrinTwo Fairy Tales. Crown
8vo. cloth.
Daddy's Pet.
A Sketch from
Humble Life. With Six Illustrations.
Royal i6mo. price
SADLER
is.
W.) R. N. The African

Cruiser: a Midshipman's Adventures
on the West Coast.
With Three
Illustrations. Second Edition. Crown
{S.
8vo. price
6d.
3.r.
Seeking his Fortune, and

With Four Illustrations.
other Stories.
Crown
8vo.
price 3s. 6d.
Seven Autumn Leaves from Fairy

Land. Illustrated with Nine Etchings.
3^. 6d.
'Jessica's
First Prayer.'
Michel
Cross
Lorio's
Two
With
Stones.
Royal i6mo. price
3s. 6d.
Six
cloth,
Brook')
('Nelsie
E.),
$s.
Stories.
{S.
At School with an Old Dragoon.

With
{Mrs.
other
Royal i6mo.
3 Illustrations.
price is. 6d.
ROSS
a Story of
8vo. cloth, price
STRETTON{Hesba), Author of
J.) Plucky Fellows. A Book for Boys. With Six

Crown
Illustrations. Fourth Edition.
8ro. price
Crown
5-f.
Little Minnie's Troubles an Everyday Chronicle. With Four IllustraFcap. price

tions by W. H. Hughes.
MC CLINTOCK
Girl Life.
Sunshine Jenny and
$s.
Stories. Translated from the German

by Paulina B. Granville. With Eight
by M. E.
Illustrations
Full-page
Fraser-Tytler.
i6mo.
6d.
8vo. price
of the Pampas.
The Wild Horseman
cesses
Three
3s. 6d.
S.)WAKING ANE
From Girlhood to
G.
or,
Sunbeam Willie, and

{David) The Boy Slave
With
Fairy
From
Tales.
6d.
3-r.
Elsie's
III.
Co!s Publications.
NAAKE
(A/.)
Dinsmore.
Elsie
I.
&
The Storm of
i6mo. price
Life.
The Crew
other
6d.
With Ten
Sixteenth Thousand.
trations.
trated.
is.
and
Illustrations.
Illus-
Royal
is. 6d.
of the Dolphin.
Illus-
Thirteenth Thousand.
Royal
i6mo. price
ij-.
6d.
30
List of C. Kegan Paul
STRETTON (Besda), Author of
'
Jessica's
Thirty-fourth Thousand.
Six Illustrations.
is.
With
Royal i6mo. price
The
King's Servants. Thirty-eighth

Thousand. With Eight Illustrations.
Royal i6mo. price is. 6d.
price
is.
Fifty-fourth
Illustrations.
Thousand.
Royal i6mo.
6d.
* * Also a handsomely bound Edition, with

#
Twelve Illustrations, price 2s. 6d.
David Lloyd's Last Will.

Four
Illustrations.
Royal
With
161110.
price 2s. 6d.
The
Wonderful
Thousand.
A Night and
Twelfth
Life.
Fcap. 8vo. price 2s. 6d.
a Day.
With
Eighth Thousand.
i6mo. limp cloth, price 6d.
piece.
Friends till Death.
Frontis-
Royal
Christmas
cloth, price 6d.
Michel Lorio's Cross, and Left

Alone.
With
Frontispiece.
Twelfth
Royal i6mo. limp
Thousand.
cloth,
price 6d.
Old Transome.
With
Frontispiece.
Royal i6mo.
Twelfth Thousand.
limp cloth, price 6d.
*** Taken from 'The King's Servants.'
of a Baby, and How

With
Apple-Tree Court was Won.
Fifteenth Thousand.
Frontispiece.
Royal i6mo. limp cloth, price 6d.
The Worth
STORIES.
Py the Author ot
'Aunt Mary's Pran Pie.' Illustrated.
Small 8vo. price ^s. 6d.
SUNNYLAND
WHITAKER
trated.
With
With
Stories.
Thousand.
Fifteenth
Frontispiece.
[Florence) Christy's In-
heritance.
A London
Story.
Royal i6mo. price
is.
Illus-
6d.
Illustra-
and Frontispiece.
Twentieth
Thousand. Royal 161110. price is. 6d.
limp cloth, price 6d.
tions
Two
Royal i6mo. limp
6d.
Lost Gip.
With Six
STRETTON (Hesba), Author of 'Jessica's

First Prayer.'
First Prayer.'
Cassy.
& Co's Publications.
ZIMMERN (//.) Stories
in Precious
STONES.
With Six Illustrations.
Third Edition.
Crown 8vo. price $s
LIST
OE THE COLLECTED EDITIONS OF
TENNYSON'S WORKS.
MR.
LIBRARY EDITION,
THE IMPERIAL
SEVEN OCTAVO VOLUMES.
COMPLETE
IN
Cloth, price
6d.
\os.
per
vol.
6d.
12s.
Roxburgh
binding.
CONTENT
I. MISCELLANEOUS
II. MISCELLANEOUS
III.
POEMS.
POEMS.
Vol.
MEMORIAM and MAUD.

OF THE KING.
VI.-IDYLLS OF THE KING.
IV. IN
Vol.
V. IDYLLS
PRINCESS, AND OTHER
VII. DRAMAS.
POEMS.
Printed in large, clear, old-faced type,
set complete, price ,3. 13s. 6d.
Engraved Portrait of the Author, the

The handsomest Edition published.
th a Steel
**
THE AUTHOR'S EDITION,

IN SIX VOLUMES.
Bound
Contents.
Vol.
I.-EARLY POEMS
IDYLLS.
and
ENGLISH
complete,
V. ENOCH
LUCRE-
6s.
IN
and
6s.
Vl.-QUEEN MARY
KING,
js. 6d.
ARDEN
MEMORIAM.
6s.
THE
THE
^s. 6d.
IV.-THE PRINCESS and MAUD.
Vol.
6s.
IT. LOCKSLEY HALL,

TIUS, and other Poems.
IDYLLS OF
III.
in cloth,
HAROLD
and
7s.
This Edition can also be had bound in half-morocco, Roxburgh, price
is. 6d.
per
extra.
vol.
EDITION,
CABINET
THE
TWELVE
COMPLETE
VOLUMES.
IN
Price
is. 6d.
each.
Contents.
Vol.
I.
-EARLY POEMS.
Photographic
Tennyson.
a
Illustrated with
Portrait
of Mr.
Mr.
Tennyson's
Residence
OF THE KING.
Illus-
trated with an Engraved Portrait of

'
Elaine,' from a Photographic Study
by Julia M. Cameron.
VII. IDYLLS
OF THE
KING. Conan Engraving of 'Arthur,'

from a Photographic Study by Julia
M. Cameron.
.ENGLISH IDYLLS, and other

POEMS. Containing an Engraving
of
VI. IDYLLS
Vol.
taining
at
Aldworth.
VIII.-THE
PRINCESS.
With an En-
graved Frontispiece.
III.
-LOCKSLEY HALL,
POEMS. With a
IX. MAUD and
and other
Engraved
IV.
ENOCH ARDEN.
With a Picture of 'Maud,'
taken
from a Photographic Study by Julia
M. Cameron.
Picture of Farringford.
X IN MEMORIAM.
LUCRETIUS, and other POEMS.
With a
Steel
Engraving of Arthur H. Hallam,

engraved from a picture in possession
of the Author, by J. C. Armytage.
MARY: a Drama. With
Frontispiece by Walter Crane.
KING. With
.-IDYLLS OF
XII.
a Drama. With Frontisan Autotype of the Bust of Mr.
piece by Walter Crane.
Tennyson by T. Woolner, R.A.
These Volumes maybe had separately, or the Edition complete, in a handsome ornamental
Containing an Engraving of a Scene
in the Garden at Swainston.
XL QUEEN
THE
HAROLD
case, price
32.?.
EDITION,
THE MINIATURE
THIRTEEN VOLUMES.
IN
Contents.
Vol.
I.-POEMS.
II. POEMS.
III.-POEMS.
OF THE KING.
V. IDYLLS OF THE KING.
VI.-IDYLLS OF THE KING.
IV. IDYLLS
VII. IDYLLS OF THE

VIII. IN MEMORIAM.
Vol.
KING.
IX.-PRINCESS.
X. MAUD.
XL ENOCH ARDEN.
XII. QUEEN
HAROLD.
MARY.
Vol. XIII
Bound in imitation vellum, ornamented in gilt and gilt edges, in case, price 42*
This Edition can also be had in plain binding and case, price 36s.
LONDON
SPOTTISWOODE
AND
PRINTED BV
CO.,
NEW-STREET
AND PARLIAMENT STREET
0613
SQUARE

Burmapastpresen02fytc PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Burmapastpresen02fytc PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Ift |Ithrarg

the Harris family

Digitized by the Internet Archive

BURMA, PAST AND PRESENT.

SHWE DAGON, PAGODA,

PERSONAL REMINISCENCES OF THE COUNTRY

LATE CHIEF COMMISSIONER OF BRITISH BURMA, AND AGENT TO THE VICEROY

iroXeuu neKop-qiAed' acOAoov.

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.

The Burmese the standard language of the country.

Description of the Burmese and Taking languages.

Burmese great lovers of both vocal and instrumental music.

PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION, AND HABITS AND CUSTOMS

Ear-tubes. Universality of smoking. Singular custom.

people from the inhabitants of

Absence of caste prejudices. Their

a rule not laborious.

Absence of pauperism. Affection of

parents for their

Male costume. Tattooing.

absence considered a mark of effeminacy.

Marriage customs. Perfect freedom of

custom pursued by a bridegroom's bachelor

Suicide of a bridegroom. Attempted

rowing. Description of the

and courting. Floating lights. Water

Meaning of the observance. Mythological legend

FOUR YEARS' ADMINISTRATION OF BRITISH BURMA,

history of the Panthays or Chinese

Burma and Yunnan confined to Chinese

Mission starts for

stop the Mission.

opened with the Governor of Momein.

Chinese freebooter Li Plsieh-tai.

Return journey quite an

Bhamo. Large increase of trade. A Panthay Embassy

BUDDHISM AND EDUCATION IN BURMA.

ancient religion of Burma.

of nats and other

wide-spread religion. Propagated by persuasion alone.

Birth and parentage of

He deserts his palace and assumes the garb

Rules of the Order. The Novitiate. Ordination. Celibacy.

How overcome. Success of the system

Arakan Hill Tribe

Official documents connected with services

C Narrative of the Mission

apology from the Emperor of China

on the comparative progress of the pro-

four years' administration uf

MAPS AND ILLUSTRATIONS.

SPECIMEN OF BURMESE WRITING

BURMESE DANCING GIRL AND A BURMESE LADY

FUNERAL PROCESSION OF A BUDDHIST PRIEST

INTERIOR OF A BUDDHIST MONASTERY

MAP OF BURMA AND ADJACENT COUNTRIES, WITH ROUTES

BURMA, PAST AND PRESENT,

LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.

of the Burmese and Talaing languages.

reverence paid to the numerals III. and IX.

Burmese metaphysical works are the

and instrumental music.